<<

Downloaded from orbit.dtu.dk on: Dec 17, 2017

Comparison of procedures for determination of acoustic nonlinearity of some inhomogeneous materials

Jensen, Leif Bjørnø

Published in: Acoustical Society of America. Journal

Link to article, DOI: 10.1121/1.2020879

Publication date: 1983

Document Version Publisher's PDF, also known as Version of record

Link back to DTU Orbit

Citation (APA): Jensen, L. B. (1983). Comparison of procedures for determination of acoustic nonlinearity of some inhomogeneous materials. Acoustical Society of America. Journal, 74(S1), S27-S27. DOI: 10.1121/1.2020879

General rights Copyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the public portal are retained by the authors and/or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights.

• Users may download and print one copy of any publication from the public portal for the purpose of private study or research. • You may not further distribute the material or use it for any profit-making activity or commercial gain • You may freely distribute the URL identifying the publication in the public portal

If you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact us providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim.

PROGRAM OF

The 106thMeeting of the AcousticalSociety of America

Town and CountryHotel © San Diego, California © 7-11 November1983

TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEEROOMS, 8:30 A.M. TO 12:10P.M.

Session A. Underwater : Arctic Acoustics I

William Mosely,Chairman Naval ResearchLaboratory, Washington, DC 20375

Chairman's Introductions8:30

Invited Papers

8:35

A1. Bottom-interactingacoustic signais in the Arctic channel:Long-range propagation. Henry W. Kutschale andTai Lee(Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory of ColumbiaUniversity, Palisades, NY 10964) Hydroacousticsignals from underwaterexplosions that havepropagated over the Arctic abyssalplains commonlydisplay marked dispersion in pulsesthat arebottom-interacting and that arriveafter the $OFAR signal.In theinfrasonic band of 2 to 20 Hz, the temporaldispersion for eachpulse that has interacted withthe fiat bottom of theplain can be nearly as strong as that observed in the$OFAR signalfor thefirst mode. However,the bottom-interactingpulses correspond to a coherentsummation of manyhigher-order normal modesin a channelbounded above by theocean surface and below by theupper 400 m of thebottom sediments, wherethe velocityincreases with depth.Using normal-mode theory and the Multiple ScatteringPulse Fast Field Program(MSPFFP), we haveanalyzed the dispersionand pulseshapes and havederived the acoustic propertiesof thebottom in the Pole,Barents, and Mendeleyev Abyssal Plains. The principalproperties of the bottomcontrolling the propagationare compressionalvelocity, density, and attenuation.In contrast,the ice layerhas a negligibleeffect on the dispersionof the observedwaves. The effecton pulsecompression of this frequencydispersion of the bottom-interactingsignals was simulated numerically, using predistorted wave- formsmatched to thedispersion of the SOFAR channelat specifiedranges.

9:00

A2. Ambientnoi•e in thecentral Arctic Ocean. Ira Dyer (Departmentof OceanEngineering, Massachusetts Instituteof Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139) Underwaterambient noise has been measured in thecentral Arctic Ocean on three separate occasions with theuse of a horizontaland a verticalarray. These data help to identifyvarious noise mechanisms. Of principal interestis noise caused by variousice cracking events which depend upon stress levels in theice and which seem to havevarying temporal and spectral characteristics. I review these mechanisms and show how the data relate to them.While spatial analyses have been carried out only at verylow , spectral analyses cover the rangefrom I to 10000 Hz. In this frequencyrange noise mechanisms other than packice are sometimes important,such as wind-generated noise and earthquakenoise. [Work supportedby ONR.]

9:25

A3. Seismic/acousticpropagation in the Arctic Ocean.Arthur H Baggeroerand GregoryL. Duckworth (Departmentsof Oceanand ElectricalEngineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139}

During the FRAM II and FRAM IV experimentsin the Pole AbyssalPlain and the BarentsAbyssal Plain of the Arctic Ocean24 channelhydrophone arrays approximately I km X I km in extentwere used to record digitallyboth seismic refraction and long-range acoustic propagation data. From these data the velocity versus depthfunction for the seismic structure along the FRAM II andFRAM IV drift trackswere estimated by high- resolutionvelocity spectral analysis and tau-slownessmigration methods. These indicate oceanic layers 2 and 3, but they are relatively thin. These techniqueswere also usedto identify internal and surface-reflected

Sl J. Acoust.Soc. Am.Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 108thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America multipathsas well as converted shear paths to obtaina detailedcharacterization of the seismic propagation. Thelong-range acoustic signals contained strong modal components and bottom interacting ones. Velocity spectraand autoregressive algorithms resolved the dispersive properties ofthe phase and group velocity of each mode.These were usedto estimatethe water columnsound velocity profile with an inversionalgorithm. DuringFRAM II thebottom interactions lasted up to 80s long and contained as much energy as the low-order modesat low frequencies.These signals were used to estimatethe shallowvelocity versus depth structure. DuringFRAM IV thedispersion characteristics ofthe low-order modes changed slightly. In contrast,virtually no bottom-interactingenergy was observed suggesting strong scattering of the deeppaths by an intervening midoceanicridge. [Work supportedby ONR Arctic ProgramOffice.]

A4. TRISTEN/FRAM IV ew spatial eoberenceand temporal stability. F. R. DiNspoll, R. Nielsen, D. Potter(Naval UnderwaterSystems Center, New London,CT 06320),and P. L. Stocklin(Analysis and Technology,Inc., N. Stonington,CT 06359)

The TRISTEN-82/FRAM IV experimentwas a multifacetedexperiment investigating acoustics in the Arctic. This paper focuseson the spatial coherenceand temporal (frequency)stability of acousticsignals transmittedand receivedbetween fixed ice camps separated by approximately130 nmi. A high-powered,low- frequency(NUSC HLF-3 Arctic)hydroaroustic source transmitted stable cw tonesof I h or moreat various frequenciesfrom 5 to 200Hz duringApril 1982.These signals were received on an X-shapedarray having an apertureof 1200m on eachleg. The armywas operated by theMassachusetts Institute of Technologyand the Wood Hole OceanographicInstitute. The spatialcoherence, both broadsideand end-fireto the sourcewere foundfrom normalizedsensor pair crosscorrelation, corrected for signal-to-noiseratio. Total and 3-rib down receivedsignal bandwidths were found using complex demodulation and FFF with a resolutionto a fractionof mHz, followedby cumulativeenergy analysis in the frequencydomain. The experimentalsetup data, analysis procedures,and resultswill be presented.[Work sponsoredby the Officeof Naval Research,Code 425-AR.]

10:15

AS.Arctic data collection the easy way--Data buoys.Beanmont M. Buck(Polar Research Laboratory, Inc., 123 SantaBarbara Street, Santa Barbara, CA 93101)

This paperpresents a reviewof developmentaland operationaluse of Arctic data buoys.There are many problemsinvolved with aircraftand icebreakerlogistics for scientificsupport in the Arctic. Mannedresearch stationson seaice are expensive,self-contaminating in termsof acousticand electromagneticnoise, and generallylimited to a 40- to 50-dayperiod in thespringtime. Autonomous data buoys, on the other hand, do not sufferthose limitations. These devices can be installedby parsdrop,aircraft ice-landing,submarine, or ice- breakerin almostany geographic area of the ArcticOcean, peripheral seas, and marginal sea ice zones to collect andreport data over all seasons.There are restrictions, of course,as to what can be accomplished automatically withina smallbuoy hull, andalmost all Arctic buoys,so far, havebeen mechanically passive. Recent advances in low-powermicroprocessors and memories enable considerable increases in theextensive in-buoy processing neededfor data compression to aceomodate the limited capacities of polarorbiting scientific satellites. [Work supportedby U.S. Navy andNOAA.]

ContributedPapers

10:40 A my-theoreticmodel is advancedto describethe averagereverbera- tion intensitieswithin an Arctic channelbounded by a pack-icesurface A6. Normal mode and ray equivalencein the Arctic channel. and an upward-refractingsound-speed profile in the presenceof pressure RobertH. Mellen {B-K Dynamics,Inc., 247 ShawStreet, New London, ridgescattering. The surfaceis assumedrandom and a phenomenological • 06320) modelbased on Kirchoff assumptionsin the high-frequencylimit is de- Effectsof upwardrefraction combined with scatteringby the rough rived.Relevant parameters are estimated from data supplied by Chapman iceinterface result in a dispersivesound channel capable of propagating and Scottusing a curve-fitroutine. Ridges are modeledas inverted cones, only very low frequenciesto long range.Because only a few modesare the surfacesof whichare also assumed random. This simplifyinggeomet- involved,normal mode theory is appropriate.However, surface-scatter ric assumptionallows for a highlytractable technique. Forward as well as modelsare usuallybased on plane-waveapproximations for which ray backscatteredgeometries are treated with no assumptionsregarding theory is most useful.The two approachesare simplycombined in the source/receiverrange or depth and ridge location or draft. Applications impulse-responsemethod. Application of thismethod to thepropagation to sonarreceiver performance will be discussedin a companionpaper. of transientsand continuous wave signals is discussed.Removal of disper- [Work supportedby ONR.] siveeffects by deconvolutionto increasedata rate is alsoconsidered in viewof theextreme temporal stability of thechannel. [Work supported by 11:10 ONR and NUSC.] Ag. Sonar receiver performance models for the arctic channel in the presenceof ridge scattering.Garry M. Jacynaand Alan J. Friedman 10:55 (PlanningSystems Inc., McLean, VA 22102)

A7. Reverberationmodel of the arctic channel in the presenceof ridge A genericclass of sonarreceivers are modeledin an attemptto de- scattering.Garry M. Jacynaand Alan 1. Friedman{Planning Systems scribeaverage receiver performance in the Arctic channel.A ray-theore- Inc., McLean, VA 22102} tic model,discussed in a companionpaper, describes the averagereverber-

S2 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S2 ationintensities within an Arctic channel in thepresence of pressureridge campswere negligible during the transmissionperiods and hencethe re- scattering.Receiver performance isevaluated in termsof signal detectabi- sultsapply to transmissionbetween essentially fixed stations. lityas a functionof range,ridge location, and source/receiver depth. The modelsare extremelygeneral in that arbitrarypulse shapes and sensor locationsare allowed. As an illustration,two pulseshapes are consid- 11:40 ered--a transientand a CTFM pulse.Their effecton receiverperfor- manceis dependent on the source/receiver geometry as well as ridge loca- A10. Ultrasonicreflection measurements of floatingice. Neal G. Brower tion. In general,however, the longerCTFM pulseoften leadsto a (AppliedPhysics Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University,Laurel, MD -limitedcondition as a resultof surfaceas well as pressure 20702), Kin W. Ng, and Walter G. Mayer (Departmentof Physics, ridgescattering. [Work supportedby ONR.] GeorgetownUniversity, Washington,DC 20057) An experimentalinvestigation of reflectionof ultrasonic,bounded 11:25 beamsfrom floatingice has been conducted. Ultrasonic frequencies and icethicknesses corresponding to frequencythicknesses of between2 and 5 A9.Depth dependence of the temporai characteristics of cw propagation mm.MHz are considered.Nonspecular reflection profiles are obtained in theArctic Ocean. G. R. Giellis,T. C. Yang,and C. W. Votaw(Code usingschlieren techniques. These nonspecular profiles are comparedto 5123,Naval Research Laboratory, Washington, DC 20375I theoreticalprofiles calculated for water/iceplate/air systems.[Work sup- Previouswork by P. Mikhalevsky[J. Acoust. Sec. Am. 70, 1717-1722 portedby ONR.] (1981)] investigated the temporal characteristics ofcw signals propagating in theArctic Ocean. The previous work was limited to receivers at a depth of 91 m. In thispaper, the temporal characteristics will beextended to 28 11:55 hydrophonesin a verticalarray with depthsfrom 30 to 960 m. The data All. Acousticscattering from Arctic sea-iceridges using high-angie PE. weretaken during the FRAM IV experimentin April 1982.The signals Robert R. Greene(Science Applications, Inc., 8400 WestparkDrive, weregenerated at the Tristen ice campand receivedat the FRAM IV ice McLean VA 22101) camplocated north of Spitzbergen.The rangeof approximately275 km wasover the Mid-OceanRidge; the average water depth along the path Long-rangepropagation loss runs with thehigh-angle PE modelindi- was3000 m. Mostof thedata examined are at a highsignal-to-noise ratio catethat scatteringof soundinto the oceanbottom by sea-iceroughness (> 10 dB• which makesit possibleto studythe temporalfluctuation and can accountfor the frequencydependence of transmissionloss in the the statisticsof the cw signalsat differentdepths. By employinga mode Arctic.But differences between the slopes of thedata and predicted trans- filteringtechnique, the temporal dependence of theamplitude and phase missionloss curves suggest the presence of anadditional loss mechanism of the lowestorder mode has been investigated. The drift ratesof the ice in the ice.

TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 CALIFORNIA ROOM, 9:00 A.M. TO 12:00 NOON

Session B. Noise I: Use and Misuse of the FFF

John C. Burgess,Chairman Departmentof MechanicalEngineering, University of Hawaii, 2540 Dole Street,Honolulu, Hawaii 96822

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

Invited Papers

9:05

B1. Digital signalprocessing for soundand vibrationanalysis: A tutorial. JohnC. Burgess(Department of MechanicalEngineering, University of Hawaii, 2540 Dole Street,Honolulu, HI 96822)

The literature on digital signalprocessing is basedon four kinds of transform:Fourier transform(leT), z-transform,Fourier series, and discreteFourier transform(Dl:q•). Digital implementationuses only the DI:rT, usuallyin theform of an FFT algorithm.Some popular texts attempt to describedigital results by usinganalog (usuallyFT) analysis.Some have presented analytical results for infinitelength random signals and thenused illustrationsbased on finite lengthperiodic signals. What "windows"do and their differenteffects on random and periodicsignals seldom are clearlyidentified. There are two implementationsof the DFT that differby a constantfactor. Fast convolution and correlation analyses require special handling to avoid"circular" effects. The DIeT treatseach finite lengthsample from a randomsignal as if it werea samplefrom a deterministic signal.The purposeof this tutorialis to illuminatethese and other potentiallytroublesome aspects of digital signalprocessing pertinent to applicationsin soundand vibrationanalysis.

9:35

B2. Noise source identification by coherence and acoustical methods using FF'Y analyzers. Thomas H. Hodgson(Center for Soundand Vibration, North Carolina StateUniversity, Raleigh, NC 27650) The practicalunderstanding of the two-channelFFT spectrumanalyzer as used in noisesource identifica- tion will be addressed.In particular,the measurementof the coherencefunction and the acousticintensity, the

$3 d. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S3 latterby bothtwo-microphone and surface methods, will be described.Problems related to amplitudeand phaseinformation and the design of mostanalyzers as they relate to Fouriertransform theory or electrical networkpractice will be discussed.Several case studies of noisesource. identification measurement will be presentedin orderto demonstratesome of thepoints related to FFT analyzeruse described in thepaper. Both steady-stateand impact noise problems will beconsidered with referenceto causesof possibleerrors.

9:55

B3. Field experiencewith soundand vibrationmeasurements using an FF'Y analyzer. Frank H. Brittsin {BechtelResearch and Engineering,P.O. Box3965, San Francisco, CA 94119} The theoryupon which FFT analyzersare based promises a very powerful and useful measurement tool. In thefield, a varietyof practicaldifficulties often affect the ability to obtainvalid results using an FFT analyzer. Thesedifficulties fall into fivccategories: {!) inadequateknowledge on the part of the user,{2} details of the analyzeras implementedby the manufacturers,{3) bugsin the hardwareand softwareof the analyzer,{4) conditionsunder which measurements are made{including the individualcharacteristics of the equipment testedand the backgroundvibration), and {5)ability of thc userto interpretdata from the analyzer.Each of thesefive categories isdiscussed, with emphasis on two-channel measurement applications. Practical cxamplcs of field problemsencountered and methodsused to overcomethem are discussed.

10:15

B4. Statusof standardson digitalsystems for soundand v•ration analysis.Tony F.W. EmbletonIDivision of Physics,National Research Council, Ottawa, Ontario KIA OSI, Canada) ExistingANSI lAmericanNational Standards Institute) standards deal primarily with analogacoustical instrumentsand their use--following traditional thinking and procedures of acousticians.They are relevant to the analogparts of a digitalsignal processing system such as the signalitself Itime and frequency characteris- tics),transduction (directionality, linearity, frequencyresponse of microphonesor vibrationpick-ups), and output(preferred frequencies, reference quantifies). They are alsorelevant to digitalcomponents that mimic closelythe behaviorof analogdevices, e.g., filters that receivesignals continuously. The next revisionof S1.1 I will explicitlyinclude specifications for the performanceof bothanalog and digital filters. The IEC 0nterna- tional ElectrotechnicalCommission• acoustical standards similarly relate to analoginstruments and their use. The nextseveral years should see progress in the developmentof standardsfor digitalacoustical iustrumenta- tion, but beforethis can happenacousticians must recognizeand widelydiscuss the technicalproblems that exist.General consensusshould be reachedon many factors,one of the most fundamentalis the possible methodsof achievinga desireddegree of accuracyfor a givenkind of acousticalsignal. Standards written prematurelyrisk biasingmeasurement procedures, and instrumentationto meetthese needs, in what may be less-than-optimumdirections.

10'.35 to 11:00

Panel Discussion

ContributedPapers

11:00 Other methodshave beenevolved, but theseusually rely on two micro- phonemeasurements. The single microphone system reported here utilizes Bfi. Amplitude calibration of an FFT analyzer. JosephPope {Bruel & the incidentand reflectedpulse in a circularimpedance tube. The pulseis Kjaer Instruments,Inc., 185Forest Street, Marlborough, MA 01752} generatedby a suitablydamped loudspeaker driven by a low-frequency When usedfor frequencyanalysis, an FFT analyzerproduces a line squarewave. A two-channelFast FourierTransform. analyzer captures spectrumon the amplitude-frequencyplane. Each spectrum line repre- the pressure-timehistory. The signalis then conditionedleaving only sentsthe outputof a filter centeredat the frequencyassociated with the replicatesof theincident and the reflected pulses suitably shifted in timeto line,the shapeof the filter beingdetermined by the effectivetime window simulateconditions at the samplesurface. Using the variousfeatures of appliedto the databeing analyzed. While it is generallyrecognized that modernFFT analyzers,the reflection(absorption) coefiieient as well as the useof an explicitwindow function is often desirablese.g., to control the complexvalued impedance are readilyavailable from a singlemea- spectral"!eakage"--many FFT usersseem unaware that useof a windom surement.At presentthe usable frequency range is 5 kHz. [Worksupport- impliesa compensatorycalibration adjustment that is dependent upon the ed by the NaturalScience and Engineering Council, Canada.] characterof thedata and theobjective of theanalysis. Effective filter shapes for rectangular,Harming, flat top, and Kaiser-Besselwindows are dis- 11:30 cussedalong with the conceptof filter amplitude responseand effective noisebandwidth. ApprOpriate calibration for rms,power, power spectral BY. Use and mistmeof an FFT analyzer for octave-band and one-third density,and energy spectra is explained. octave-bandanalysis. Richard C. Sohaney(Bruel & Kjaer Instruments, Inc., ! 85 ForestStreet, Marlborough, MA 01752) 11:15 An FFT analyzeris often usedas a "real time analyzer"to perform octave-bandand one-thirdoctave-band analyses. The limitationsand as- B6. Acoustic impedancemeasurement v'a FF'r. Werner G. Richarz (Institute for AerospaceStudies, University of Toronto, 4925 DufFerin sumptionswhich the filter synthesizingtechnique imposes on the data Street,Downsview, Ontario, Canada) signalare discussed.A methodfor synthesizingANSI ClassII octave- bandand ClassIII one-thirdoctave-band filters using an FFT analyzeris The measurementof acousticimpedance of acousticmaterials and explainedwith emphasison the shortcomingsof synthesizedfilters. networksoften requires a ratherlaborious impedance tube measurement. ampleanalyses of varioussignals are performed with conventionalANSI

84 d. Acoust.So(:. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acouslical Society of America S4, ClassIII one-thirdoctave-band filters and an FI• analyzerto demon- FFT devicesoften include a data smoothingcapability that is based stratecorrect and incorrect use of the synthesizedfilter method. uponaveraging over a selectednumber of adjacentpoints in a dataarray. Averagingtime domain data in thisway is equivalent to low-passfiltering the data. The resultinginaccuracies associated with frequencydomain 11:45 representationsof the averaged data are examined. Predicted and experi- mentalresults are presentedfor the FF"r'sof averagedsinusoidal, period- 1•. Dam averagingand FFr devices.David K. Holger (Departmentof ic, and filtered random waveforms.The effectsof sampleinterval and EngineeringScience and Mechanics, 214 ERI Bldg., Iowa State numberof averagingpoints on the equivalentfilter characteristics of the University,Amm, IA 50011) averagingprocess are discussed.

TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 COUNCIL/CHAMBER ROOMS, 9:00 TO 10:40 A.M.

SessionC. Engineering AcousticsI and Architectural AcousticsI: Teleconferencing

James E. West, Chairman Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, New Jersey07974

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

Invited Papers

9:05

CI. Acousticsof teleconferencing.Chris Stockbridge(American Bell Inc., E.D.&D., Room4G-514, Holmdel, NJ 07733) Room acousticsis an elementof teleconferencingtoo often neglected.Ideally, the room shouldnot be symmetricaland the walls should be nonparallel, covered irregularly with sound scattering and noise absorbing panels.At thevery least, a placefor teleconferencing must be quiet and not reverberant. Technical specification of varioussizes of desirableacoustical spaces which match both people's behavior and equipment constraints will beset forth in thistalk. Equipmentand techniques will bediscussed which select acoustics for a naturalfeel withinthe room while generating signals that create clear and recognizable voice when heard at remote location(s).These include phased array directional microphones, carefully positioned loudspeakers, simple acousticabsorption, and for themore sophisticated, nonparallel walls and irregular ceiling clouds. The real challengeis to implementthis technology in an aestheticallypleasing fashion, tailored and matchedto the cultureof theexpected user population. A varietyof teleconferencingrooms will bepresented in photographs, showingevolution in thedesign of roomsfor audio,audiographic, and full motionvideo teleconferencing.

9:30

C2. The humanengineering of a newteleconferencing service. Daryl J. Eigen(Bell Laboratories,Naperville- WheatonRoad, Naperville,IL 60566I The BellSystem is developing a new network teleconferencing service. This service enables the customer to setup a conferencewith or withoutan operator,and it incorporatesstate-of-the-art signal processing techno- logyto enhanceaudio quality. The humanengineering of thisnew service concentrated on characterizingthe customer,optimizing the perceived audio quality, and making the conference setup procedures easy to use and errorfree. A coordinatedseries of interviews,surveys, laboratory studies, and field studies was implemented to increasecustomer satisfaction, performance, and usage. This sequence of testingis culminated in a Controlled ProductTest, which is a dressrehearsal of a newservice, using Bell Systememployees as the firstcustomers. The CPT startedon 7 February1983 in selectedsites in SanDiego, Los Angeles, and San Francisco with two bridgeslocated in LosAngeles. The CPT has since been expanded to additionalsites in 12states with four more bridges,two in WhitePlains, New York and two in Chicago,Illinois. This geographic diversity provides the opportunityfor large calling volumes and a widerange of conference configurations. Over 2000 calls have been placedthus far, allowingthe conference setup procedures to besimplified and perceived audio quality to be improved.

ContributedPapers

9:55 but only recently has it been appreciatedthat the directivity of micro- C.3. The Quorum TM teleconferencingmicrophone. James H. Snyder phonearrays makes them superior to conventionalmicrophones in many audioapplications as well. In this paperwe describea particularmicro- (AmericanBell, Holmdel,NJ 07733) phonearray, the Quorum TM teleconferencingmicrophone, whose direc- Arraysof microphoneshave long been used in underwateracoustics, tivity is achievedby the nonuniformspacing of the transducers.We pres-

$S J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $5 entequations for thearray sensitivity assuming plane and spherical wave 10:2S radiation,and comparethese results with measurements. CS.An sentratiodirection finder. C.H. Coker(Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974) and D. R. Fiseheli (Bell Laboratories,Holmdel, NJ 10:10 07733) CA. Conferencemicrophone with adjustabledirectivity. J. L. Flanagan and R. A. Kubli (AcousticsResearch Department, Bell Laboratories, A simpleprocedure is described for findingthe direction to the source Murray Hill, NJ 07974) of an acousticsignal--primarily the humanvoice. The method,in effect, constructsthe crosscorrelation of severelydistorted signals from two Designsare given for fixed-steeredline-array microphones suitable for microphones.The distortion,a combinationof time-domainprocessing teleconfereneeapplications.,The steering isarranged sothat the array can and digitallogic, is suchto givestrong preference to direct-pathearly be locatedout of line-of-sightof the conferees.The directivitypattern of arrivalsover reflectionsthat follow, and to producestreams of pulses the transducercan be selectedto giveeffective spatial coverage for a var- whosecross correlations can be computedvery simply. The methodhas iety of conferenceconditions. Additionally, the designsutilize acoustic beenimplemented as a combinationof customhardware, and a simple summationand anti-aliasingfiltering. They requireonly an inexpensive microprocessor.The implementationoperates in realtime (with •0.2-s electretelement as the transducer.Theoretical responses are calculated delay}and produces outputs to indicate either the azimuth angle, or inter- and plottedon an Apple II computer.A prototypemodel is fabricated, microphonedelay. Possible uses include self-aiming directional micro- and experimentalmeasurements, made under free-fieldconditions, are phones,automatic aiming or switchingof video cameras,and remote shownto comparesatisfactorily with the theoreticalresponses. identificationof talkersin nonvideoteleconferencing.

SessionD. ArchitecturalAcoustics II: The TechnicalCommittee on ArchitecturalAcoustics V. O. KnudsenDistinguished Lecture

SessionD moved to Thursday Afternoon, 10 November 1983 at 1:30 P.M.

TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 SUNRISE ROOM, 9:00 A.M. TO 12:05 P.M.

SessionE. PhysiologicalAcoustics I: Peripheral Systems

JosephE. Hind, Chairman Departmentof Neurophysiology,Medical ScienceBuilding, Universityof Wisconsin,Madison, Wisconsin53706

Chairman's IntFoductio•9:00

ContributedPapers

9.'05 The anatomyof the cochleaof six speciesof odontocetes,or toothed whales(Ph•,seter catadon, Grampus griseus, Lagenorhynchus albirostris, El. Comparativecochlear morphologyin echolocatingeetaeeans. D. Phocoenaphocoena, Tursiops truncatus, and Stene!!a !ongirostris)was R. Ketten,F. L. Starr,'• andD. Wartzok(Department of Immunology comparedusing conventional micrography and radiographictechniques and InfectiousDisease, John HopkinsMedical Institute,615 N. Wolfe includingedge enhancement x-ray, CT scan,magnification radiography, Street,Baltimore, M D 21205) and digitalsubtraction. These species were selected for differencesin fre-

S6 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S6 quencyand patterningof normal and ultrasonicvocalizations in their linear modulationof this activity, allowingone to definesmall-signal lin- naturalenvironments. The cochleawere extracted post-mortem and pre- ear transferratios and to observetuning curvesfor suchaxons. Each servedby injection.Whole cochlea were first examined radiographically tuningcurve to date reflectsmultiple resonances, sometimes coalescing for species-specificdifferences in grossmorphology and topology,par- with no interveningantiresonances, sometimes separated by simpleantir- ticularlyfor angularchange of the scalaeand torsionof membranaland esonances.The latter typicallyare muchsharper than the resonanceson neuralcomponents. Specimens were then decaltitledand processedfor eitherside, indicating that they are not simplyconcomitants of additive SEM or thin sectionmicroscopy. Measurements obtained by bothmeth- parallelresonances. Phase lag typicallyincreases by two cyclesor more odsare presentedand the advantagesof the radiographictechniques dis- with increasingfrequency through the tuning range (roughly l0 to 200 cussed.The resultsare comparedwith the cetaceancochlear models of Hz), with abrupt half-cycledeclines through the antiresonances.Reso- Wcvcr[Wever et al., Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci.68, 2381-2385(1971)] and nantand antiresonant frequencies vary from axonto axon,usually lying Fleischer[G. Fleischer,J, Paleon.$0 •1), 133-152(1976)] and analyzed between.20and 120Hz. The amplitudesof peaktransfer ratios vary ap- accordingto the dimension-frequencycorrelation techniques of Green- proximatelyfrom 50 to 200 spikes/s per cm/s 2. At 100Hz, whereit occa- wood[D. D. Greenwood,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 33, 1344-1356(1961)] and sionallyis found, the latter correspondsto approximatelyone spike/s Hinchcliffeand Pye JR. Hinchcliffeand A. Pye, Int. Audiol. 7, 259-288 responsefor whole-animaldisplacement of 10 pro. [Supportedby NSF (1968}].[Work supported by NSF.] al Also at RadiologyResearch Labora- Grant BNS-8005834.] tory, JohnsHopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD 21205.

10:05 9:20 E5. Filter characteristics of low-frequency cochlear nerve fibers as E2.Three-dimensional directionalisensitivity ofgoldfish 8thnerve fibers. determinedby synchronyresponse pntterns to two-componentsignals. Richard Fay, Sberyl Coombs,and JosephBaumann (Parrely Hearing StevenGreenberg, C. Daniel Geisler, and L. Deng (Departmentof Institute, Loyola University of Chicago, 6525 N. Sheridan Road, Neurophysiology,University of Wisconsin,1300 University Avenue, Chicago,IL 60626) Madison,WI 53706) Three-dimensionalmaps of directionalsensitivity were constructed The tuningand filter characteristicsof cochlearnerve fibers, as con- for singlefibers of thesaccular, lagenar, and utricular nerves by measur- ventiallydetermined by stimulationwith single-componentsignals, are ingacceleration thresholds to sinusoidalmotion oriented along 40 axesin usuallyintensity level-dependent. Shifts in characteristicfrequency and threeorthogonal planes. Stimuli were generated by adding three mutually significantdeterioration of frequencyselectivity are often observed at su- perpendicularvibration inputs to a rigid cylindercontaining water (and pra-rate-saturationintensities. In the presentstudy relatively level-invar- the fish}.The phasesand amplitudesof the inputswere computedto iant estimatesof characteristicfrequency (CF) and frequencyselectivity achievelinear motion vectors with particularorientations, as determined wereobtained for low-frequency( < 3 kHz) cochlearfibers in the cat via by anaceelerometer array. Phase-locking was used to definea cell'saccel- stimulationwith two (equi-amplitude)-componentsignals. Characteristic erationsensitivity, and the po10rityof the response{the excitatory direc- frequencywas estimated by on-lineanalysis of the fiber'ssynchrony re- tionof motion).In general,the 3-D directionalsensitivity of cells(in dB} is sponsepattern to a two-componentsignal whose bandwidth was approxi- describedby a solidcomposed of two tangentspheroids, with an axisof mately10%-20% of the unit'sCF. Estimatesof fiberCF remainedrela- greatestsensitivity passing through their centers.In the saccule,these tively constantover a 60 to 80 dB range of intensities.Frequency axesare oriented primarily dorsal-ventrally with deviations from vertical selectivity(for a two-tonecomplex) was determined by settingeither the of up to 40'. Lagenarfibers show similar patterns but with greatervari- upperor thelower signal component equal to theunit CF andvarying the ationof orientation in themid-saggital plane. Utricular units show greater frequencyof the secondcomponent over an octaverange. Two-compo- variationin all planes.Any givenaxis of particlemotion is represented in nentsignals provide a considerablyhigher estimate of a fiber'sfrequency theprofile of responseacross arrays of fibersof differentorientation, and selectivitythan is commonlyobserved using single-component stimuli. is bestdefined by fibersoriented with a null planeparallel to the axisof [Researchsupported by NIH.] motion.[Supported by the NSF.]

10:20 9:35 E6. Behaviorof the I•ulse-numberdistribution for theneural spike train in E3. Whole-nerveresponse to tonebursts in the alligatorlizard. Robert the cat's auditory nerve. Malvin Carl Teich and ShyamM. Khanna G. Turner, Nell T. Shepard,and Donald W. Nielsen (Otological {Departmentsof ElectricalEngineering and Otolaryngology,Columbia ResearchLaboratories, Henry Ford Hospital,Detroit, MI 48202) University,New York, NY 10027) The peripheralauditory system of the alligatorlizard (Gerrhonotus Pulse-numberdistributions (PNDs) were recorded from primaryaf- multicarinatus)has been studied extensively; however, limited data are ferentfibers in the auditorynerve of the cat, usingstandard microelec- availablefor the whole-nerve(AP) response.Could the AP serveas a trodetechniques. Pure-tone and broadband-noise stimuli were used. The convenientmonitor of the conditionof the ear during experimentation? numberof neuralspikes (pulses) n wasmeasured in a setof contiguous AP responsesto toneburst acoustic stimuli of variousfrequencies were intervals,each of duration T seconds.The quantity.n variesfrom one recordedfrom the alligatorlizard and threemeasures using the AP re- interval to another. These data were then used to determine the PND, sponsewere obtained. (1) Averagedsuprathreshold AP responseswere whichis the probabilityp(n,T) of occurrenceof n spikesin the time T, relatedto primaryauditory nerve fiber activity. (2) AP thresholdswere versusthe number n. The estimatedmean and varianceofp(n,T} were comparedto single-unitthresholds. (3) AP excitatorytuning curves were obtained. Two different values of Twere used. We observe that the count comparedto single-unittuning curves. The goodagreement between AP mean-to-varianceratio R is relativelyconstant and independentof the responsesand single-unit data indicate that the AP is a usefultool for stimulusintensity. The PND readilyexhibits the existenceof spikepairs measuringthe physiologyof the peripheralauditory system in the alliga- in the underlyingpoint process for someunits. A studyof the scaledand tor lizard. unscaledpulse-interval distributions {PIDs), under conditions of sponta- neousfiring, demonstrates that the occurrences of neuralevents are some- 9:50 timesnot describableby a renewalprocess. [Work supportedby NIH Grant 2-R01-NS 03654.] FA. Linear gain and phase in seismicneurons. Edwin R. Lewis •ElectronicsResearch Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley, CA 94720 I 10:35 In nearlyquiescent seismic environments, many bullfrog (Rana cates- E7. Acoustic responseproperties of units in dorsal cochlearnucleus of beiana}saccular afferent axons exhibit ongoing activity, typically ranging unanesthetized,decerebrate gerbil. Herbert F. Voigt (Departmentsof from 10 to 80 spikes/s.Low-level vibration of thewhole animal [see H. BiomedicalEngineering and Otolaryngology,Boston University, 110 Koyamaet al., BrainRes. 2S0, 168-172(19821 for methods]produces CummingtonStreet, Boston, MA 02215)

_e7 J.Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society ofAmerica S7 Singleunit recordingswere madein the dorsalcochlcar nucleus Electrophysiologicaland psychophysicalmeasures of thresholdas a (DCN}of unanesthetized,decerebrate Mongolian gerbils. Access to the functionof sinusoidalstimulus frequency deviate from those predicted by gerbilDCN wasobtained using a newlydescribed approach [Frisina et aL, Hill's excitationmodel. Severalmembrane models (e.g., the Franken- HearingRes. 6, 259(1982}]. Single units, recorded with 3M NaCI filled hauser-Huxleymodel and the Hodgkin-Huxleymodel) suggest possible micropipetteelectrodes (20 Mohm typical},were classifiedinto three mechanismsresponsible for thedeviations. For example,by usinga modi- types{II, III, or IV} basedon theirresponses to bestfrequency (BF} tone fiedHodgkin-Huxley model more accurate threshold "predictions" were bumtsand their rates of spontaneousdischarges. Type II unitshave little obtainedover the 50-500-Hz frequencyrange. The Hodgkin-Huxlcy or nospontaneous activity and are excited by BF tonesat all levelsabove modelwas modified by increasingthe sodiuminactivation rate constant, threshold.Type III unitsare alsoexcited by BF tonesat all levelsabove beta-h,by a factor of 4. This modificationcaused the hyperpolarizing threshold,but havespontaneous activity ratesthat exceed2.5 spikes/s. phaseof thestimulus to becomemore effective at increasingthe simulated Type IV unitsare excitedover a narrowrange of soundlevels near BF membrane'sexcitability to thesubsequent depolarizing phase, particular- threshold,but are stronglyinhibited at higherlevels. Thus all unit types ly whenthe hyperpolarizingphase was on the orderof l0 msin duration. foundin the unanestbetized,decerebrate cat DCN [Youngand Brownell, Consistentwith thismodel, recordings in the AVCN of eat indicatethat a 1. Neurophysiol.39, 282 {1976};Young and Voigt, HearingRes. 6, 153 hyperpolarizingelectrical stimulus applied to the auditorynerve signifi- 0982}]are also found in gerbil.[Work supported by NIH.] cantly increasesthe excitabilityof the nerveto a depolarizingstimulus that follows.[Work supportedby NIH.]

10:50

E8. Temporal-neural-responsecorrelates of pitch-intensity effects and diplacusis. K. Jones, A. Tubis (Department of Physics, Purdue University,West Lafayette,IN 47907},and E. M. Burns(Department of Audiologyand SpeechSciences, Purdue University, West Lafayette,IN 11:35 47907) E11. Directional sensitivityof auditory neuronsin the superiorcolliculus Pure-tonepitch anomalies such as pitch-intensity effects and diplacu- of the bat (Myotis !ucifugus}.Donald Wong (Department of Biology, sishave been traditionally considered as evidence against temporal theor- WashingtonUniversity, St. Louis,MO 63130} iesof pitch.These phenomena, however, may at leastin part, be correlated The directionalsensitivity of auditoryneurons in the deeplayers of the with stochasticmodel calculationsof VIIIth nerve firing probabilities. superiorcolliculus was examined in unanesthetizedbats stimulated in the Thesecalculations predict shifts in the peaksof the I$I histogramas a freefield with frequency-modulated (FM}sounds (100 to 40 kHz} mimick- functionof the intensityof acousticstimulation which are consistent with ' ing their naturalorientation sounds. The minimumthreshold of a unit averagehuman pitch-intensity data. The samemodels suggest a temporal wasfirst measuredwhen the soundwas presented directly in front of the basisfor somefeatures of central-processor-typealgorithms in complex- animal. Sounds 10, 30, and 50 dB above threshold were then delivered at tonepitch perception. They alsoaccount qualitatively for the frequency- every 10. azimuthfrom a hoop-mountedspeaker that rotatedalong the dependentdeviation from unity of the ratioof thefirst ISI histogrampeak horizontalplane from 80' ipsilateralto 80' contralateral.Many unitsex- to the stimulusperiod, as seenin ISI measurements.Physiological and hinted spatialselectivity to a soundsource that wasrestricted between 10' psyehophysicalmeasurements, and detailedneural model studies which ipsilateralto 20' contralateraland had an intensityI 0 dB abovethreshold. are designedto checkthe validity of thesepreliminary results, will be Soundof higherintensity was effective throughout the contralateralside described.[Work supportedby NIH Grant NS 15405and NSF Grant in driving theseneurons, although the relative responsemagnitude dif- BNS 8021529.] feredat the individualangles. Mapping experiments did not revealany systematicrepresentation ofbest azimuth in thismidbrain structure. Nev- 11:05 ertheless,faint echoesreturning from a targetalong a line near the bags flightpath provide directional cues necessary for accuratetarget localiza- E9. Implications of ear canal geometry for various acoustical tion. [Work supportedby NIH.] measurements.Michael R. Stinson (Division of Physics, National ResearchCouncil, Ottawa, CanadaKIA 0R6}

Recentwork hasdemonstrated that the geometry(size, shape} of the humancar canal leadsto a soundfield, at high frequencies,that varies within the canal in a complicatedfashion. In particular,the eardrum 11:50 terminatesthe ear canalat a rather sharpangle, and significantvariations of soundpressure (over 15 dB} ariseover the eardrumsurface above 10 El2. Suseeptibilityto intenseimpulses. G. Richard Price (U.S. Army kHz. The implicationsof theseobservations, as they apply to several Human EngineeringLaboratory, Aberdeen Proving Ground, MD 21005} aspectsof hearingresearch, will bediscussed, utilizing a three-dimension- and David J. Lim {Departmentof Otolaryngology,Ohio StateUniversity al horn equationapproach that hasbeen developed. Knowledge of the Collegeof Medicine,Columbus, OH 43210} soundpressure distribution within the ear canalis importantin the exten- sionof audiometryto highfrequencies, and for guidingthe development Pricehas advanced the view that susceptibilityto intenseimpulses of of hearingaids. Studies of auditoryprocesses that usea referencemicro- thetype produced by weaponsis a functionof a spectrallyrelated "critical phonein thecar canal become increasingly sensitive to microphoneloca- level"in the ear [J. AeoustSoc. Am. 73, 556-566(1983}; I. Acoust,Soc. tionas higher frequencies are used;estimates of theerrors of reproducibil- Am. Suppl.1 62, S95.(1977}].This viewresults in a majordisagreement ity aregiven. Present acoustic network models of the middleear assume a with all damagerisk criteria in usein the world by predictingthat for uniformsound pressure at the eardrum;possible ways of handlinga non- equalpeak pressures, rifle impulsesare morehazardous than cannonim- uniform pressuredistribution are discussed. pulses.A crucial experimentwas run usingboth earsof 57 catsto test this hypothesis[G. R. Price,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.! 71, S79(I 982}].Two monthspost exposure, final electrophysiological measures were made and 11:20 the earswere perfused for histologicalprocessing. Histological measures involvingboth scanningelectron microscopy and serial sectioningand El0. Electrical stimulation of the auditory nerve: Membrane models lightmicroscopy (opposite ears of eachcat} can now be compared with the appliedto the interpretationof electrophysiologicaland psychophysical earlier electrophysiologicalmeasures. The two setsof histologicalmea- responses.M. White (Department of Otolaryngology, UCSF, San suresshow the samepicture and they in turn correlatewell with the elec- Francisco,CA 94143) trophysiologicalmeasures.

S8 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S8 TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 GOLDEN WEST ROOM, 9:00 TO 11:35A.M.

SessionF.PsychologiCal Acoustics I: Pattern Processing inSpace and Time

Lois L. Elliott, Chairman NorthwesternUniversity, 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,Illinois 60201

Chairman's Introduction---9:00

ContributedPapers

9.-O5 This paperdescribes a systemfor processingsohorant regions of speech,motivated by knowledgeof thehuman auditory system. The spec- Fl. Behavioralevidence for central codingof azimuth as a functionof tral representationis intendedto reflecta proposedmodel for human stimulusfrequency. Alan D. Musicant'j (Departmentsof Behavioral auditoryprocessing of speech,which takes advantage of synchronyin the Scienceand Surgery,University of Chicago,Chicago, IL 60637) nervefiring patterns to enhanceformant peaks. The auditorymodel is also In a previousreport to the Society[Musicant and Butler,J. Acoust. appliedto pitch extraction,and thusa temporalpitch ptxmessoris envi- Sec.Am. Suppl.! 72, S93 (1982}]we presenteddata on the orderlypro- sioned.The spectrumis derivedfrom the outputsof a setof linearfilters cressionof perceivedazimuth of narrowbands of noiseas a functionof with criticalbandwidths. Saturation and adaptation are incorporated for stimulusfrequency. The patternsthat resultedhave been called Spatial each filter independently.Each "spectral"coefficient is determinedby ReferentMaps (SRMs}.A recentexperiment suggests that theseSRMs weightingthe amplituderesponse at that frequency(corresponding to mustinvolve a centralmechanism for codinglocation in the horizontal meanfiring rate} by a measureof synchronyto thecenter frequency of the plane. In this experiment,stimuli consistedof !-kHz-wide noisebands filter. Pitch is derivedfrom a waveformgenerated by addingthe Iweight- with centerfrequency (CF} ranging from 4--14 kHz. Therewere 13 loud- ed) rectifiedfilter outputsacross the frequencydimension. The system speakersplaced 15' apart at locationsfrom 360' to 180• azimuth.Stimuli performanceis evaluatedby processingof a varietyof signals,including werepresented from only that loudspeakerlocated at 270ø . Subjects,lis- natural and syntheticspeech, and resultsare comparedwith other pro- teningmonaurally, responded with the loudspeakerposition from which cessingmethods and with knownpsychoacoustical data from thesetypes they perceivedthe soundas originating.SRMs were then constructed. ofstimuli.[Work supported in partby NINCDS andthe System Develop- Subjectsnext performed the same task, but nowlistened monaurally with ment Foundation.] the pinnacavity of the open car filled. The externalmeatus was open. Azimuthaljudgements of stimuluslocation were collected and compared to the data collected earlier. Correlations between the means of the azi- 9:50 muthaljudgements at eachfrequency for the two conditionsranged from F4. Effect of amplitudemodulation upon fusion of spectralcomponents. 0.81-0.97for sevensubjects. The highdegree of correlationsuggests that, Albert S. Bregman, Jack Abramson {Department of Psychology, at least for narrow bands of noise, a central mechanism must exist that McGill University, 1205 Doctor PenfieldAvenue, Montreal, Quebec, codesazimuthal sound source location as a functionof stimulusfrequen- Canada H3A IBI), and Christopher Darwin (Laboratory of cy. '•Prcsentaddress: Department of Neurophysioiogy,University of ExperimentalPsychology, Sussex University, Brighton, England} Wisconsin,Madison, Wl 53706. We studiedthe perceptual integration of twocomplex tones, each sent to both earsand formedby amplitudemodulation {AM) of a carrier fre- 9:20 quencyCF by a sinusoldwith modulationfrequency MF. Onetone always F2. Sidedhessand perceptionfor singleecho of someordinary sounds. had CF = ! 500 Hz and MF = 1(30Hz. The other had CFs around 500 Hz Terry S. Zacconeand Earl D. Schubert(Hearing and SpeechScience, and MFs around 1(30Hz. Both harmonicand inharmonicpartials, pro- StanfordUniversity, Stanford, CA 94305} ducedby AM, wereemployed. The methodinvolved studying the compe- tition betweentwo organizations:la} the fusionof the two tones,and (b} Nine differentsound-sample sequences ranging in temporalpredicta- thetendency of thehigher to bestripped out of themixture by a competing bilityfrom white noise to Englishspeech were recorded with a singleecho sequentialorganization. Fusion was bestwhen the both toneshad the delayedfrom zeroto 100ms. The soundswere recorded in the presenta- sameMF, evenwhen the resultingpartials did not form part of the same tion modesof menaural,dieboric, and mixedIoriginai to both cars,de- harmonicseries. Fusion was enhanced when AM appliedto thetwo tones layedin one}.The singlerepetition intensity was equal to, and3 and6 dB wasin phase.Results relate to the perceptualseparation of simultaneous greaterthan, that of the originalsound. Subjects were asked to indicate voicesand favor a theory in which basilarmembrane outputs that are whenthe echowas perceivedand, in separatetests, on whichside they amplitudemodulated by the sameglottal pulsewill be allocatedto the perceivedthe sound.In general,the abilityof the subjectsto choosethe same voice. sideof theleading signal diminished as the repetition delay increased past 20 ms.They wereexpected to perceivetemporal order rather than sided- hessas the delaybecame longer than 20 ms. Even for soundswith pro- 10:05 nouncedenvelope, the subjectswere not able to regainidentification of sidedhesSout to 100-msdelay. Presentation of differentsound types re- FS. Modulation transfer function using temporal-probe tones. soltedin significantdifferences in performance.White noisepresented the Christopher Ahlstrom and Larry E. Humes (Division of Hearing and mostdifficult task, as shown by the low percentageof identificationof the Speech,Vanderbilt University, Nashville, TN 37212} leadingcar. The femalesinger and violinyielded the highestpercentages PsychoacousticMTFs weremeasured by embeddinga probetone in for leading-caridentification. SAM speechnoise. The speechnoise was 70 dB SPL overall,and the modulationdepth of lhis noisewas 60 dB. The modulationfrequencies were:0, 2.5, 5, 10,20, and35 Hz. The durationofeach tone pip was4.7 ms for frequencies500, 1414, and 4000 Hz. Bandwidths (3 riB} at each of the F3. Pitch and spectralestimation of speechbased on auditorysynchrony frequencieswere 19, 22, and 18Hz. Skirtslopes were between 6 and7 dB/ model. StephanieScheft {Department of Electrical Engineering& octave.Simple masking nearly predicted changes in theseMTFs in noise. ComputerScience, Rm. 36-521, MassachusettsInstitute of Technology, A SpeechTransmission Index {STI} derived from the MTFs in noisewas Cambridge,MA 02139} nobetter correlated {r = 0.95}with speech recognition scores than was the

$9 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S9 STI calculatedaccording to H. J. M. Stcenekcnand T. Houtgast,J. With monoticbursts the apparentsummation effect has a flat maximum Acoust.Soc. Am. 67, 318--326(1980}. [Work supportedby the Ve•ran's around a time interval between the burst onsets of about 60 ms. The Administration.] dichoticas well asthe monoticreflex arc containsat leastone nonlinearity since the summated effect of the bursts exceeds the arithinetic sum. The

10:20 measuredcharacteristics can be accountedfor quantitativelyby a model ßcontaining a peripherallinear adaptationstage with a recoverytime con- F6. Temporal effects of vowel productionon listeners' perceptionof s•nt on the order of 50 ms, a linear centraltemporal integrator with a speakerage. HeVoertJ. Oyer and Michael D. Trudeau(Speech and time constantof about200 ms and a threshold,all connectedin series.All HearingScience Section, The Ohio StateUniversity, 154 N. Oval Mall, thenumerical constants arc consistent with thosefound in neurophysinlo- Columbus,OH 43210} giealand psychophysicalexperiments. The inferencethat the threshold followsthe integratormay proveto be of major interest. Twenty-fourspeakers prolonged the vowels/a e i o u/and readthe passage"My Grandfather."The speakerswere divided into four groups of six(three males, three females} based on chronological age, 41-50 years, 11:05 51-60 years,61-70 years,and 71 yearsand over. Naive listenersprovided perecptualjudgements of eachspeaker's age based on the first two sen- F9. A demonstrationof peripheralconstraint on an auditory duration tencesfrom "My Grandfather."The speakers'vowel productions were diseriminationtask.GregoryJ. FlectandBrianR. Shelton(Department measuredto determinetime requiredto initiateand terminate each vowel. of Psychology,University of WesternOntario, London, Ontario, Canada These ten measuresplus time to articulate the four syllables N6A 5C2} /ma I gr•ndfaS•/and speakersex were regressed against speaker chrono- An earlierstudy investigated the discriminationof auditorydurations logicaland perceived ages. The bestsignifibant model for chronological presentedat a rapidrate in a two-alternativeforced-choice task. The re- ageyielded an R-Square of only0.428; while for thebest significant model sults indicated that a constant Weber fraction was obtained across base for perceivedage R-Square was 0.647. Results indicate that speakertem- durationsfrom 25-1600 ms ifs longinterstimulus interval (ISI) separated poralcontrol of speechexerts a stronginfluence on listenerp•rccption of the two alternativepresentations, but performancedegraded with short speakerage, but hasa relativelyweaker relationship with speaker'schron- basedurations ifa shortISI wasused [B. R. Shelton,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. ologicalage. These findings suggest that temporalaspects of speechare Suppl.1 72, S89(1982}]. Here, the samemeasurements were taken under criticalin estimationof speakerage. two presentationconditions: (1} a binauralpresentation of both intervals, and (2} a monauralpresentation of the two intervals,each to a different 10:35 ear. Basedurations of 25, 50, 100, and 200 ms were used,with ISI valuesof 25, 50, 100,200, 400, 800, and 1600ms. The binaurallypresented condi- F7. Octave equivalence in the processingof tonal sequences. tion replicatedthe previousresults, but the presentationof intervalsto Diana Deutsch(Center for Human InformationProcessing. University alternateears produced a markedimprovement in performance,especial- of California,San Diego, La Jolla,CA 92093) ly with shortISI presentations.This findingsuggests that the discrimina- An issueof considerabledebate concerns octave equivalence of tones tion of the durationof rapidly presentedauditory stimuli is restricted that arepresented in a sequentialsetting. In a previousstudy, Dentsch peripherally.[Work supported by NSERC.] [PerceptionPsychophys. 6, 411--412(1972}] showed that a well-known melodybecame unrecognizable when its component tones were displaced 11:20 randomlyto differentoctaves. It wasconcluded that, in accordancewith thetwo-channel model for theabstraction of pitchrelationships proposed F10. Auditory time constantsunified. Pierre Divenyi (Speechand by Deutsch[Psychol. Rev. 76, 300-307(1969}], octave equivalence effects HearingResearch, VA MedicalCenter, Martinez, CA 94553and INRS- do not operatedirectly in a sequentialsetting. It has,however, been ar- Telecommunications,University of Quebec,Verdun, Quebec,Canada guedthat distortion of melodiccontour was responsible for the recogni- H3E IH6} and RobertV. Shannon(Coleman Lab, 863 HSE, UCSF, San tionperformance obtained. To settlethis issue, a newparadigm was em- Francisco,CA 94143} ployed.Musically trained listeners were presented with novelsequences Psychophysicalmeasures of auditorytemporal integration typically of tones,which they recorded in musicalnotation. When the toneswithin yieldseveral different time constants depending on the task.An integra- a sequencewere in the sameoctave, a highperformance level was ob- tion timeconstant of 100to 300ms is proposedto explainthe relationship tained. However, when the toneswithin a sequencewere distributed betweenthreshold and burstduration JR. Piompand M. A. Bournart,3. acrossoctaves, performance deteriorated sharply. This resultconfirms Acoust.Soc. Am. 31, 749-758 {1959}].When click thresholdsare mea- thehypothesis that octave equivalence effects do notoperate directly in a suredin amplitude-modulatednoise the results are consistent with a much sequentialsetting. [Work supported by NIMH.] shorterintegration time of 10ms or lessIN. F. Viemeister,in Psychophy- sicsand Physiologyof Hearing,edited by Evansand Wilson(Academic, 10:S0 New York, 1977,pp. 419-427)]. The differencebetween these time con- FS. $tapediusreflex: On somefundamental temporal characteristics. stantsis thoughtto be due simplyto the differenttasks involved. The JozefJ. Zwisiocki(Institute for SensoryResearch, Syracuse University, longertime constantis calculatedassuming a linearintegrator operating on the input intensity.Any physiologicalintegration mechanism, how- Syracuse,NY 13210} ever,integrates neural activity, which is a compressirenonlinear function Effectsof neuraltemporal summation and adaptation on the stapedius of theinput intensity. An integratorwith a 10-mstime constant preeecded reflexare examinedwith the helpof monoticand dichotic pairs of tone by a compressirenonlinearity will produceapparent threshold integra- bursts.The toneintensities were sochosen that eachburst presentedsepa- tion timesof 100-300ms, depending on the magnitudeof the compres- ratelyevoked a constantresponse. The resultsshow that the apparent sion.Thus a singleintegration mechanismcan account for the apparently summationof theeffects of dichoticbursts is greaterthan that of monotic longtime constants for thresholdand the shorter timc constants for tem- burstsand decays monotonically as the interburst time interval increases. poraldiscrimination.

S10 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983, 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S10 TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 8:30 TO 11:45 A.M.

SessionG. Physical AcousticsI: Novel Applications of Macrosonics

Robert E. Apfel, Chairman Departmentof MechanicalEngineering, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06511

Chairman's Introductions8:30

Invited Papers

8:35

G1. Another round with nonlinearacoustics. Robert T. Beyer (PhysicsDepartment, Brown University, Providence,RI 02912I Early work in nonlinearacoustics largely followed the behaviorof one or two idealizedbeams of high intensitysound. More recent work has centered on attempts to makethe beams more realistic in nature,and to followup on possible ways in whichnonlinear acoustics can be applied to otherproblems of acoustics.In the formercase, such analyses as that of Zabolotskaya-Khokhlovon a taperedbeam, or the useof truncated equations,especially in thestudy of nonlinearinteraction of soundwith air bubblesin watercome to mind. Therehas also been considerable attention to thephysical meaning of thenonlinear parameter. On theexperi- mentalside, much work hasbeen done on the sound-bubbleinteraction. In addition,the existenceof higher harmonicsina searchbeam of finiteamplitude means that some of the limitations presented by thefrequency of the fundamentalbeam can be favorablymodified. Examples will be discussed.

9:00

G2. New applicationsof nonlinearacoustics at microwavefrequencies. Daniel Rugar(Edward L. Ginzton Laboratory,Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305) Threeimportant new applications have been found for nonlinearacoustics in the microwave frequency regime.For thefirst example, the gigahertz frequency acoustic microscope isseen to significantlyincrease in resolutionwhen operated at hightransmitted power levels. This effect is believed to be due to energy flow from thesecond and higher back to thefundamental frequency after passage through the focal region of thebeam. Using this effect, resolution better than 0.2/.tin has been demonstrated in water at 4.3 GHz lB. Hadimioglu(to be published)]. The second application of nonlinearacoustics uses the focused beam of a liquid heliumacoustic microscope to detectincoherent phonons (10 GHz) generatedby a heater[J. S. Foster,D. Rugar,and C. F. Quate(to be published)].This technique,which relies on scatteringof soundby sound,has resultedin a newform of acousticimaging. The thirdnew application has provided the first accurate measure- rbentsof low-energyphonon dispersion in liquidhelium at temperaturesless than 0.1 K. For planewaves in a dispersive,lossless fluid, power in thesecond will periodically rise and fall as a functionof propaga- tiondistance. By measuringthe periodicity,dispersion can be accuratelydetermined. This hasrecently been accomplishedat a fundamentalfrequency of 2 GHz. ]Work supportedby ONR.]

9:25

G3. Discoveryof a solitary,localized, stationary water wave.Junru Wu, Robert Keolian,and lsadore Rudnick(Department of Physics,University of California,Los Angeles, CA 90024) Whenatrough, 15X 1 in., is filled with water toa depth of2 cm and driven parametrically byoscillating it verticallywith an amplitudeof about0.06 cm at a frequency,10 Hz, wherethe half-wavelength of thesurface waveis equalto thewidth of thetrough, a strikingphenomenon is observed. In a stronglylocalized region, whichmay be centered almost anywhere along the trough,a standingwave of veryhigh amplitude is seento oscillateacross the width of thechannel. Surprisingly, its amplitudedrops off exponentially at itsedges with a I/e lengthof only0.9 era.It oscillatesat subharmonicfrequencies. This energy packet has particle-like behav- ior. Whenthe troughis tiltedthe wave packet moves toward the shallowend. Two solitarywaves of opposite phase,pair. Those of likephase combine or forman oscillating pair. [Work supported by ONR.]

9:50

G4. Metal fatiguetesting at ultrasonicfrequencies, history and uses. Warren P. Mason(4449 Meandering Way, Tallahassee,FL 32308} Ultrasonicfrequencies in therange of 20 kHz arenow being used to testfatigue in materialson accountof therapidity with which the tests can be made. It appearsthat the original work was done by thespeaker as describedin thepaper. At a recentinternational conference "Fatigue and Corrosion Fatigue up to Ultrasonic Frequencies,"which was dedicated to meon accountof my originalwork in the field,it is statedthat as a techniqueultrasonic fatigue is almost as sophisticated aspush-pull fatigue testing. It hasbeen shown that the

Sl I J. Acoust.SoC. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America Sl 1 resultsobtained at highfrequencies are closely similar to resultsobtained at lowfrequencies, cycle per cycle. Constanttotal strain and constant displacement tests are possible. Positive mean load, elevated temperatures, andcorrosion ultrasonic fatigue tests are now performed routinely. The feasibility and advantages ofperform- ingcrack propagation tests at ultrasonic frequencies hasbeen demonstrated. Hence ultrasonic fatigue testing is a very widelyused technique.

10:15

G5.Space applications of macrosonics.Taylor G. Wang(Jet Propulsion Laboratory, 4800 Oak Grove Drive, Pasadena,CA 91109)

(Abstract not available.)

10:40

G6. Recenttrends in practicalapplications of macrosonics.E. A. Neppiras(17 KinsbourneAvenue, Bournemouth,England) Macrosonicsincludes the area of technology where treatment by sound or produces permanent anduseful changes inthe treated medium. To date, two types of application have achieved major importance as viablecommercial techniques. These--cleaning andplastics welding--are still expanding inscope and impor- tance.Recent progress has been mainly in thedirection of a greaterdegree of automation and control. Apart fromthese two established areas there are several applications that have already been more-or-less fully developedbut which, for one reason or another,have a muchmore limited scope. Examples are: ultrasonic machining,metal-welding, tinning, and various metal deformation processes. A third category consists of applicationsand ideas that appear very promising but which have not yet been fully explored or developed. Examplesare: some aspects ofchemical processing and various gas-load applications, including the production of aerosols•atomization). After briefly reviewing the latest progress in the established areas, this paper will concentrateonnew ideas and applications that show signs of developing into valuable practical techniques.

11:05

G7. Industrialmachines employing resonance wave systems that are inductivelyexcited by reactivemass vibrators.A. G. Bodine(Bodine Soundrive Company, 7877 Woodley Avenue, Van Nuys, CA 91406) For thefield of macrosonicsemploying resonance technology with a mechanicaloscillator, the system is drivenat a low impedanceregion in orderto haveample current flow (elastic stroke) at the oscillator.The oscillatoris analogous to a constantvoltage generation, so it hasto functionwith an unconstrainedor variable amplituderather than with a fixedstroke limitation like a crank mechanism,for instance.The true mechanical oscillatoristhus an inductive coupling of a dynamicmass. The best form is an orbiting mass describing itspath infree space except for the constraint which confines the mass to its orbit. It isthe inductively phased reactartec ofthis constraint which provides the constant voltage ac drive for the resonance system frequency. This kind of oscillatorthus adapts its cyclic stroke to thefreedom of theresonance system. A veryuseful technique is to determineand maintain the frequency of theoscillator at thatwhich would be the resonance frequency of the systemif thework load at theoutput region of the systemwere infinite. Maximum Q thusoccurs with a "locked"load. Then, for all finiteloads, the output amplitude stays constant because a drop in loadmeans reductionin mechanicalamplification as the fixedfrequency system strays from the peakresonance wave patternenvironment.

ContributedPaper

11:30 sionin the0.5-to 10-MHz range was accomplished by a digitallycon- G8. TDS measurement of the second harmonic emission from ensonified trolledsweeping generator operating at a rate of 500 MHz/s. Second bubbles.Richard C. Heyset and JamesA. 'Rooney(Jet Propulsion harmonicreflection of energywas detected by a trackingreceiver whose Laboratory,California Institute of Technology,Pasadena, CA 91109) sweepprogram was driven synchronously with the transmitting program, butwith a trackingrate of 1GHz/s and a delayoffset corresponding tothe The secondharmonic spectrum of backscatteredsound from air bub- arrival time of backscatteredsound from the membrane. Selectedcombi- blesin waterhas been measured by TDS methods.Using the technique of nationsof transmissionand reception sweep rate established that the ob- Miller and Nyborg[D. L. Miller and W. L. Nyborg,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. served secondharmonic signal was due to resonanceof bubblesand not 73, 1537-1544)],air wastrapped in the poresof immersedhydrophobic dueto incidentaltransmitter or receiverdistortion components. The mea- Nucleporefilter membranesto producestable bubbles whose diameters suredfrequency spectrum of secondharmonic backscatter from bubbles lay in the 3-4 •u range.The membranewas insonifiedwith a wideband correspondsclosely to thepredicted spectrum shape, showing a dominant transmittingcrystal driven from a linearamplifier, and the backscattered peakat twicethe frequency at whicha strongabsorption dip occurs for soundwas received by a secondwideband ultrasound crystal. Transmis- soundpassing through the bubble-filledmembrane.

S12 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S12 TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 CABINET ROOM, 9:00TO 11:40A.M.

Session H. Shock and Vibration h Instrumentation

Ronald L. Bannister, Chairman WestinghouseElectric Corporation, Steam Turbine Division, Orlando, Florida 32807

Chairman's Introduction--9:0O

Invited Papers

9:05

HI. An overviewof shockand vibratlon measurements. Rudolph H. Volin (Shockand VibrationInformation Center,U.S. Naval ResearchLaboratory, Washington, DC 20375) Early instrumentslimited our ability to makeshock and vibrationmeasurements; however, the develop- ment of new instrumentsand measuringtechniques has advanced the stateof the art in shockand vibration measurement.The mostsignificant developments were the piezoelectricaccelerometer and the Fast Fourier Transformalgorithm. Both of thesedevelopments, coupled with advancesin the digitalcomputer technology, significantlyinfluenced the currentstate of the shockand vibrationmeasurement technology. Piezoelectric accelerometersenable us to measurecomplex motions of lighter structuresto higherfrequencies. The Fast FourierTransform algorithm initially made it possibleto analyzeshock and vibrationtest data on mainframe digitalcomputers rapidly and economically; but, combined with advancesin thedigital computer technology, it hasbroadened our ability to conductmany typesof laboratoryshock and vibrationtests, make measure- ments,and analyzetest data. Advancesin the digitalcomputer technology will continueto influencethe progressin shockand vibrationmeasurement. For example,the microcomputerhas already proven to be effectivein certaindata analysis applications. Future increases in theircomputing power will allowthem to be usedin a widerrange of measurementand data analysesapplications.

9:30

H2. Array processingto eliminate standingwave effectsin shell radiation measurements.E. V. Thomas (DTNSRDC, Code2742, Annapolis, MD 21402) The spectralmeasurement of a cylindricalshell's radiation characteristics in a tidal basinwere desired to comparewith deep ocean farfield radiation characteristics. effects from the surface and bottom of the basinspectrally distorted the radiationmeasurements. The techniquesevaluated to providerelief from standingwave effects were: large, highly directivearrays; line arraysin the nearfieldwith detectionbefore averaging;and line arrays in thesemifarfield with and without beamforming. Detection methods were linear, squarelaw, and logarithmic. An analyticalevaluation of thedetection methods indicated linear or logarithmic detectionhad a lower standarddeviation than square-lawdetection. Also, a large, highly directivearray wrappedaround the shell(i.e., the very nearfield)was evaluated. The bestsmoothing of the standingwave effectsof themedium were achieved using a ten-elementline array (normal to cylinderaxis) in the semifarfield usinglogarithmic detection before averaging, Further experimentalwork simplifiedthis array to a three- elementsloped line with logarithmicdetection. This systemallowed measurement of the shell'sradiation characteristicsover 2« decades without perturbation by standingwaves.

9:55

H3. Underwatermodal analysis of heat exchangertubing usingpressure transducers. C. D. Powell, C. P. Dietz,and N.J. Middelburg(O'Donncll & Associates,Inc., 241 Curry Hollow Road, Pittsburgh, PA 15236) In orderto performan accurate flow-induced vibration analysis of heatexchanger tubing, natural frequen- cies,mode shapes, and damping values must be known. This study concerns experimental determination of the aboveparameters for titaniumtubing in anunderwater environment. Being a lightweightmaterial with high stiffness,it wasanticipated that high naturalfrequencies with smalldamping values would be encountered whichcould be erroneously altered by themounting and cabling of traditionalinstrumentation such as acceler- ometers.A l-g microaccelerometerwas used to performa preliminarymodal survey to determinesystem naturalfrequencies, mode shapes, and separationof tubeand fixturemodes. It wasfound that mounted instrumentationdid indeedcause mass loading problems resulting in erroneousnatural frequencies and damp- ingvalues. Noncontacting pressure transducers were used to confirmthe identicaltube mode shapes and to thendetermine true tube natural frequencies and damping values using a varietyof excitationtechniques. The studyconcludes by evaluatingthe most applicable techniques to beused in orderto obtainvalid data.

10:30

1-14.Application of advancedexcitation and analysistechniques to the Galileo Spacecraftmodal survey program.David L. Hunt (SDRC Inc., 11055 RoselieStreet, San Diego, CA 92121)

S13 J. Acoust.Sec. Am..?,uppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $13 A modaltest of theGalileo Spacecraft will be usedto tunea finiteelement model that will servein a subsequentloads analysis. A part of the test is being devoted toapplying new techniques forperforming modal tests.Testing efforts will be applied in theareas of multi-shakerbroadband (MSB) excitation, time domain calculationofrational frequency response functions, and polyreference estimation ofmodal parameters. These threetechniques, having been developed and implemented, are being examined as a meansto performmodal testsin a fractionof thetime previously required, with a resultingdata quality which meets or exceedscurrent standards.The presentation will detail the techniques, their application to thespecific Galileo program, and highlightand interpret the results achieved.

10:45

H$. Using holographleinterferometry in vibrationmenmurements. R. Page(Apollo Lasers,Inc., 9201 IndependenceAvenue, Chatsworth, CA 91311) Thispaper will review principles ofholographic interferometry and provide examples ofcurrent applica- tionsin vibrationanalysis. Specific techniques discussed will include double exposure (frozen fringe), real time, andstroboscopic and time-average holographic interferometry.

ContributedPapers

11:10 11:25

H6. The NBS conical transducer. T. M. Proctor, Jr. (National H7. Transient waves in an elastic plate. T. M. Proctor, Jr., and F. EngineeringLaboratory, National Bureau of Standards,Washington, DC R. Breckenridge(National Engineering Laboratory, National Bureau of 20234) Standards,Washington, DC 20234),and Y-H. Pao IComeli University, Ithaca, NY 14853} The NBS conicaltransducer was first reportedon in 1980 [T. M. Proctor,Jr., I. Acoust.Sac. Am. Suppl.I 6•, S68(1980)]. A numberof RecentlyPao etal. [Y-H. Pao,R. R. Gajewski,and A. N. Cevanoglu, changeshave been made in thistransducer that improveits usefulnessand J. Acoust.Sac. Am. 65, 96-105 (1979}]have obtained theoretical solutions its frequencyresponse for acousticemission work. A designfor useas a for wavepropagation in an elasticplate by usinggeneralized ray theory. secondarystandard in the calibrationof other acousticemission trans- Thesesolutions give the dynamicdisplacement at locationson the surface dueerais discussed. A smallerversion has been constructed with virtually of a platedue to a pointforce step function input. Using the NBS conical the samefrequency response as the originalversion. Electrode problems transducer,a broadbanddisplacement transducer, experimental verifica- are discussed and solutions indicated. tion of the motion has been obtained.

TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 TOWN AND COUNTRY ROOM, 9:00 A.M. to 12:31 P.M.

SessionI. SpeechCommunication I: SpeechRecognition Algorithms

Janet M. Baker, Chairman DragonSystems; Inc., 173Highland Street, West Newton, Massachusetts 02165

Chairman's Introduction-9.q}O

Contributed Papers

9.•5 To date, relativelyfew attemptshave been made to explicitlyincorpo- rate enarticulatoryinformation in the designof automaticsystems for 11. An acousticanalysis of •rticulatory phenomenain connecteddigit connecteddigit recognition.One reasonfor the limitedprogress in this strings.Marcia A. Bush(Fairchild Laboratory for ArtificialIntelligence areahas been the lack of a convenientdescription of the relevantcoarticu- Research,4001 Miranda Avenue, MS 30-888, Palo Alto, CA 94304), iatoryphenomena, culled from systematicanalyses of largeamounts of Marie Hamilton, and Kazue Hata (Department of Linguistics, realspeech data. This paperdescribes the initialstage of an ongoingpro- Universityof Californiaat Berkeley,Berkeley, CA 947201 ject aimedat remedyingthis situation.The paperis basedon computer-

S14 J. Acoust.Sac. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $14 aidedanalyses of waveformsand spectrograms of I 180isolated digits and Phonotacticconstraints limit thepermissible word internal consonant connecteddigit strings, as produced by two maleand two femalespeakers sequencesin English.In somecases, knowledge of the phonemesequence of AmericanEnglish. The acoustic data were supplemented with phonetic uniquelyspecifies the location of theword boundary, while in othercases, transcriptionsby trainedlinguists. Coarticulatory phenomena are catego- phonologicalrules based on allowableconsonant sequences are not suffi- rized accordingto: (1) word-boundaryeffects (e.g., phonemeinsertions cient. For example,the word boundarycan be uniquelyplaced in the anddeletions); (2) within-word effects (e.g., context-dependent changes in sequence/...mgl.../,as in the word pair "someglass," whereas the word vowelformant frequencies); and (3) consistentspeaker-dependent effects boundarylocation is ambiguousin the phonemesequence/...str.../with- (e.g.,allophonic variations of/r/). Implicationsof the acousticdata for out further acousticinformation. The/...str.../may have a word bound- systemdesign are also discussed. In particular,the viewis advanced that ary in one of three placesas in "last rain", "race trials", and "may certaincoartieulatory phenomena may serveas importantsources of in- stretch."Studies were conductedto determinethe utility of phonotactic formationin identifying"difficult" digit sequences(e.g., those containing constraintsto predictword boundaries. The databases included the Mer- the digit "oh"). riam-WebsterPocket Dictionary, a phonemicallybalanced set of sen- tences,and samplesof unrestrictedtext. Resultsindicate that: {1}word internalconsonant sequences represent a verysmall subset of all permissi- 9:17 bleconsonant sequences across word boundaries; and (2} acoustic-phonet- 12.Exploring phonot•ctic lexical constraints inword recognition. Daniel ic knowledgeis needed when the word boundary is ambiguous. Results on P. Huttenlocherand VictorW. Zue (Room36-549, Department of thedifferences between word and syllable boundaries will alsobe present- ElectricalEngineering and Computer Science, Massachusetts Institute of ed. [Work supportedby the Officeof Naval Researchunder contract N00014-82-k-0727and the SystemDevelopment Foundation.] Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139) In a previousmeeting of the Society,Zue and Shipmandemonstrated that theconstraints imposed by theallowable sound sequences of a lan- 9:53 guageare extremely powerful. Even at a broadphonetic level of represen- tation,sequential constraints severely limit thenumber of possibleword I5. Recognitionof a smallvocabulary spoken by two dialectgroups. R. candidates[$. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 71, S7 (1982)].This providesan W. Bossemeyerand M. LaferrierelAmerican Bell, inc., 2220 Asbury attractivemodel for lexicalaccess based on partialphonetic information. Ave., Neptune,NJ 07753) However,Zue andShipman's results did not takeinto account the fact that the acousticrealizations of phoneticsegments are highlyvariable, A majordifference among American English dialects lies in the var- andthis variability introduces a good deal of recognitionambiguity in the iety of phoneticcharacteristics of vowels(H. Kurath,Studies in Area initial classificationof the signal.We haveconducted a set of studies Linguistics,1972}. Since LPC-based speech recognition systems depend investigatingthe robustnessof sequentialphonetic constraints with re- heavilyon thevowel portion of an utterance,dialect differences not repre- spectto variabilityand error in broadphonetic classification. In these sentedin a templateinventory could affect recognition accuracy in a studiessegment misclassifications or deletions are permitted. In onestudy speaker-independent,LPC-based isolated word recognitionsystem. it wasfound that the phonetically variable parts of words(around reduced Eighty-fivespeakers from each of twodialect groups, Eastern New Eng- syllableslprovide much less lexical constraint than the phonetically invar- land and Southeastern,recorded the digitsand two commandwords. iantparts. Thus, by utilizingthe information from robust parts of a word, Word recognitionscores for speakersin eachdialect group were com- a largelexicon can still be partitioned into small equivalence classes. De- paredwhen reference templates were from I l) theother dialect group; (2) tailedresults of the studieswill be presented.[Work supportedby the thesame dialect group; and (3) a combinationof thetwo groups. Compari- Office of Naval Researchunder contract N00014-82-K-0727 and by the sonsare madeon a word-by-wordbasis to determinewhat typesof pho- SystemDevelopment Foundation.] neticdialect variation affect recognition accuracy.

9:29 10:05 13. Exploringailophonic and lexical constraints in a continuousspeech recognitionsystem. Francine R. Chen and Victor W. Zue IRoom 36- I6. An improvedword detection algorithm for telephonequality speech. J. 545, Departmentof ElectricalEngineering and ComputerScience, G. Wilpon, L. R. Rabiner, and T. Martin (AcousticsResearch MassachusettsInstitute of Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139} Department,Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974) Recentresearch [Zue and Shipman, J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.I 71, Accuratelocation of the endpointsof spokenwords and phrasesis S7 (1982);Huttenlocher and Zue, this meeting] has shown that a broad importantfor reliableand robust speech recognition. The endpointdetec- phoneticrepresentation of speech provides strong constraints for lexical tionproblem is fairly straightforward for high-level speech signals in low- accessof isolatedwords. In addition,Church (Ph.D. thesis,MIT, 1983) level stationarynoise environments (e.g., signal-to-noise ratios greater hasdemonstrated the utility of detailedallophonic constraints for parsing than30 dB).However, this problem becomes considerably more difficult a sentencefrom a phonetician'stranscription. This gives reason to believe wheneither the speechsignals are too low in level(relative to the back- thatthe coupling of lexicaland allophonic constraints can be a powerful groundnoise), or whenthe background noise becomes highly nonstation- tool in continuousspeech recognition. The presentstudy explores how ary. Suchconditions are oftenencountered in the switchedtelephone broad phoneticconstraints can be appliedto a restrictedcontinuous networkwhen the limitationon usinglocal dialed-up lines are removed. speechtask. Using a broadphonetic representation derived from an ideal In suchcases the background noise is oftenhighly variable in bothlevel transcription,it was found that on the average, 70% of theword boundar- andspectral content due to transmissionline distortions, transients, and tonesfrom the line and/or from signalgenerators, etc. Conventional iesin thedigit vocabulary can be identified.Extending this approach to speechdata, we have implemented a classifier which derives a broadpho- speechendpoint detectors have been shown to performvery poorly (on the neticrepresentation from the speech signal. Preliminary results indicate orderof 50% word detection)over these conditions. In thistalk we pres- that allophonicand lexicalconstraints can be effectivein reducingthe entan improvedword detection algorithm which incorporates both voca- numberof stringcandidates, based upon the output from this classifier. bularyand task information, leading to worddetection accuracies close to [Work supportedby the Officeof Naval Researchunder contract 100%for isolateddigit detection over a widerange of telephone transmis- sion conditions. N00014-82-K-0727and by theSystem Development Foundation.]

9:41 10:17

I4. The uaeof phonotacticconstraints to determineword boundaries. Lori 17. A pretty goodformant tracker. Ronald A. Cole (Departmentof F. Lamei IRoom 36-545, Departmentof ElectricalEngineering and ComputerScience, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA 15213) ComputerScience, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,Cambridge, and Robert A. Brennan (Department of Electrical Engineering, MA 02139 Carnegie-MellonUniversity, Pittsburgh, PA 152131

S15 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S15 Algorithmswere developed for estimatingformant frequencies on a This paperdescribes two newmethods by whicha feature-basediso- timeframe by timeframe basis. The algorithmsincorporate acoustic pho- latedletter recognitionsystem, FEATURE [Cole el aL, Prae. ICASSP- neticknowledge about . The algorithmsare based on knowledge 1983,pp. 731-733],can learn the acousticalcharacteristics of individual of acousticphonetics, and do not merelyrely on spectral peaks. Thus two speakerswithout feedback from the user. The original tuning algorithm of formantswill be identifiedeven when the firstand secondformants merge FEATURE madeuse of labeledobservations from a givenspeaker, and of or whenthe secondand third formantsmerge to form a singlepeak. The thea prioricovarianees of thefeature mean values within the across deci- algorithmswere evaluated by comparingformants drawn on a speech sionclasses, to optimallyadjust the expectedfeature values of all the spectrogramby a trainedphonetician to thosedrawn automatically. The decisionclasses. In the first new procedurethe systemassumes a correct database consisted ofboth male and female speakers speaking phonetical- decisionevery time it classifiesa soundwith a highconfidence level. The ly balancedsentences. In addition,synthesis derived from the class-conditionalmean vectors and covariancematrices are thencomput- frequenciesand amplitudeswas tested for intelligibility.Results will be edin the•ame way as in thetuning-with-feedback procedure. In thesec- presentedfor thesetwo procedures. [Supported by NSF andDARPA.] ond newprocedure the systemrecords the averageobserved feature values overall possibleclasses on a feature-by-featurebasis. The a priori covar- lances between the mean values of a feature for each decision class with its

10:29 meanvalues over all possibleclasses are then usedto updatethe class- conditionalmeans and covariances. Experiments were conducted on con- 18. Unsupervisedspeaker adaptation in fenture-ba•ed isolated letter fusablesets of lettersusing both speaker adaptation procedures. A signifi- reengnition.Mosh6 J. Lasry and Richard M. Stern (Departmentsof cant improvementin letter recognitionperformance using both analyses Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, Carnegie-Mellon wasobserved after a smallnumber of iterations.[Supported by NSF and University,Pittsburgh, PA 15213) DARPA.]

10:41-10:55 Break

ContributedPapers

10:55 The applicationof finite-stateparsing techniques is proposedfor the purposeof assigningsyllable structure to a phonetictranscription, subject I9. On the use of hidden Markov models for speaker-independent to allophonicand phonotacticconstraints. In thisway, a speechrecogni- reengnitionof isolated words from n medium size vocabulary.L. tion devicecan exploit contextuallyVARIANT cuesin order to distin- R. Rabiner, S. E. Levinson,and M. M. Sondhi (AcousticsResearch guishminimal pairs such as "a Tease/aTease," "night Rate/niTRate," Department,Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974I and "great Wine/gray TWine." Our parsingsuggestion provides an ele- Recent work at Bell Laboratories has shown how the theories of LPC gant implementationframework for exploitingthe importantinteraction VectorQuantization {VQ} and hiddenMarkov modeling(HMM} can be betweensegmental variation and .syllable/word context. Other examples appliedto therecognition of isolatedword vocabularies. Our firstexperi- will be discussed,including Klatt's "Did you hit it to Tom?"Finally, the mentswith HMM basedrecognizers were restricted to a vocabularyof the frameworkwill be extendedto accountfor "featurespreading" {agree- tendigits. For thissimple vocabulary we foundthat a highperformance ment and coarticulation}in a natural way, by reformulatingparsing in recognizer{word accuracy on the orderof 97%) couldbe implemented, termsof four matrix operations:addition, multiplication, transitive clo- andthat tbe performance was, for the most part, insensitive to parameters sure, and element-wiseintersection. of boththe Markov model and the vectorquantizer. In thistalk weextend our investigationsto therecognition of isolatedwords from a mediumsize 11:31 vocabulary,(129 words), as used in the BellLaboratories airline reserva- tion and informationsystem. For this moderatelycomplex vocabulary we 112. A cornpar'sonof dynamic time warp algorithmsfor connectedword havefound that recognitionaccuracy is indeeda functionof the HMM recognition.Stephen C. Olinski (Bell Laboratories,600 Mountain parameter{i.e., the numberof statesand the numberof symbolsin the Avenue,Rm. 7C-427,Murray Hill, NJ 07974) vectorquantizer}. We havealso found that a vectorquantizer which uses The applicationof dynamictime warping to the problemofconueeted energyinformation gives better performance than a conventionalLPC wordrecognition has recently received much attention. Several successful shapevector quantizer of the samesize (i.e., number of codebookentries}. approacheshave appeared in the literatureincluding the level building algorithm[C. Myersand L. Rabiner,IEEE Trans.Acoust. Speech Signal 11.-07 Process.ASSP-29, 284-297 (1981)] and the single pass algorithm [J. Bri- I10. Stop identificationusing hidden Markov models.Gary E. Kopec dle, M. Brown,and R. Chamberlain,Proc. 1982IEEE ICASSP].A single (FairchildLaboratory for ArtificialIntelligence Research, 4001 Miranda mathematicaldescription of dynamictime warpingis presentedthat uni- Avenue,MS 30-888, Palo Alto, CA 94304) tiesthese and otherapproaches, and highlightstheir similaritiesand dif- ferences.By testingthe algorithmswith a databaseof connecteddigits, it A seriesof experimentshas been undertaken to assessthe powerof isfound that in general,the useof additionallevels of computationresults discretespectral slices for automaticallydiscriminating between the in a relativelysmall decrease in recognitionerror. voicelessplosives/p,t,k/in CV syllables.These experiments involve a 936-tokendata baseconsisting of 52 instancesof eachof the 18 syllables 11:43 /p,t,k/x/i,e,ae,a,ow, u/spokenby 13 maleand 13 femaletalkers. In one experiment,identification was attempted using a singlei 2-poleLPC onset 113. Reclaiming tealrural information after dynamic time warping. Hollis spectrum.The onset spectra from each talker were compared, using a log- L. Fitch (Institute for DefenseAnalyses, Thanet Road, Princeton,NJ likelihood distancemeasure, with the 900 onsetspectra of the remaining 08540) 25 talkers.An overallclassification accuracy of 92% wasachieved using a k-nearest-neighbordecision strategy. A secondexperiment involves clas- Templatematching methods use dynamic time warpingto eliminate sifterswhich use a seriesof LPC spectracomputed during the first 50 ms differencesin durationbetween the templateand the unknownspeech. of the stop release.Each CV syllableis modeledas a hiddenMarkov Thesedifferences may be linguisticallyrelevant. It hasbeen demonstrated processwhich generatesa spectrumevery 5 ms. Classificationis per- for one test word that the relative durationsof certain segmentsin that formedusing either a Viterbi or forward-backwarddecoding strategy. wordcan be usedto distinguishit from most"false alarms"---stretches of speechother than the test word that scorewell on the spectrally-based 11:19 templatematch [H. L. Fitch, Proc.ICASSP 82, 1247-1250{1982}]. Here, a moregeneral procedure is describedfor segmenting,and testingthe I11. A finite state perser for use in speech recognition. Kenneth relativedurations of the segments.This procedurehas now beenapplied W. Church (Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974) to ten words,and showspromising results.

$16 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of Amedca S16 11:S5 pensationand frequency warping, and particularly the integrationof the two, wasuseful for both within- and across-sexnormalization. The overall I14. Vowel-space normalization procedures and phone-preserving error rate in recognitionexperiments on the segmentdata basewas re- transformationsof syntheticvowels. T. M. Nearey (Departmentof ducedby 50% acrosssex, 60% withinthe female speaker group, and by Linguistics,University of Alberta, Edmonton,Canada T6G 2H 1} 20% for the malespeaker group. The bestfrequency warp pathswere A varietyof speaker-normalizationprocedures have been proposed foundto be nonlinearand stronglydependent on the speechsegment. for the recognitionof vowelsof differentspeakers and/or the cross-lan- Parametersfor a single,speaker-dependent, combined transform were guagecomparison of vowelsystems. Many suchprocedures are special alsoderived and the global transform was observed to beas effective as the casesof affinetransformations of coordinatesin a two-{ormorel formant equivalentspeech-segment-dependent transform. The globaltransform space.Results of perceptualexperiments are presentedindicating that parametersderived from asfew asthree segments yielded a performance onlya limitedsubset of affinetransformations preserve the phonetic iden- levelclose to that attainedwith parametersextracted from the whole set of tity of a setof syntheticvowels. From a perceptualpoint of view, many segmentsfor onespeaker. [Research supported by NSERC, Canada.] vowel normalizationprocedures appear to be too powerfulin the sense '•Presentaddress: Kurzweil Alpha Systems Inc., 57 WellsAve., Newton, that theycan "over-normalize" vowels which are phonetically distinct. In MA 02159. particular,rotations ofa two-formantspace and/or independentmultipli- catire scalingof the F I and F2 axeslead to markedchange in phonetic quality.On the other hand,results indicate that uniformmultiplicative 12:19 sealingoff I andF2 by a singleconstant is "almostphone-preserving" in the rangeof male/femalevowel differences. For larger{e.g., male/child} 116. A study of correlation methods for phoneme identification. A. differences,a specific nonuniform scaling similar to that proposedby Fant Maynard Engebretsonand John P. Tadlock ICentral Institute for the seemsto be requiredto maintain"perceptual constancy." Deaf, St. Louis, MO 63110}

With currentavailability of high-speeddigital signalprocessors and 12:07 inexpensivememory, c•rrelation methods of real-timespeech recognition I15. Speaker normalizing transforms for automatic recognition. maybe practical. In themethods presented here, speech is segmented into VladimirSejnoha*; {Department of ElectricalEngineering, McGill overlapping25.6-ms windows. A spectrumis calculated for eachwindow University,Montreal, Quebec,Canada} and Paul Mermelstein{McGill and correlatedwith speaker-independentreference patterns. Each win- University, Bell-Northern Researchand INRS Telecommunications dowedspeech fragment is identifiedwith the referencepattern yielding {Universityof Quebec},Verdun, Quebec, Canada H3E I H6} the highestcorrelation. Average spectral patterns are createdautomati- callyfrom "stable"segments of speech.A highcorrelation between spec- A methodfor the reductionof inter-speakerdifferences by spectral tra of adjacentwindows is usedas a measureof stability.The average transformationwill be described.Transforms were designed for the addi- patternsare categorized across speakers and averaged within categoriesto tive compensationand frequency scaling of spcechspectra based on the createthe referencepatterns. We havestudied standard and Mellin Iscale logof the energiesof 20 channelsspaced on the mel-scale.The frequency invarient}correlations in combinationwith linear magnitudeand eep- scalingwas implementedas either a linear scaling,or as a nonlinearfre- stral-smoothedlog magnitudespectra. Mellin correlation normalizes quencywarp found by dynamicprogramming. The transformswere then spectrathat are scaledwith respectto frequency.Cepstral-smoothing re- combinedso that theadditive component principally addressed the differ- ducesthe number of coefficientsrequired to representthe spectrum. Also cncesinthe tilt of thespectrum while the frequency scaling mainly treated cepstralcoefficients can be normalizedwith regardto transmissionchar- the dissimilaritiesin spectrumresonance locations. The transformswere acteristics.Results will be presentedfor vowelsrecorded from six male appliedto a database of averagespectra of tensteady-state voiced-speech and six femalespeakers. [Work supportedin part by N[H Grant NS- segmentsfor sevenmale and six femalespeakers. Both the additivecom- 038561.

TUESDAY MORNING, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 DEL MAR/HELIX/SANTA FE ROOMS, 9:00 A.M. TO 12:05 P.M.

SessionJ. Musical AcousticsI: Computer-BasedAnalysis and Synthesisof Music

Linda A. Seltzer, Co-Chairman Department'ofMusic, University of California, San Diego, La Jolla,California 92093

Max V. Mathews, Co-Chairman Bell Laboratories.Murray Hill, New Jersey07974

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

Invited Papers

9:05

Jl. Digital processingof instrumentalsounds. Roger Reynolds{Music Department, University of California, San Diego; La Jolla, CA 920931

In work at IRCAM IParis},digitvl processing techniques were developed to alter pre-recordedinstrumental materialsin perceptuallynovel ways. The goal of this processingwas to create soundmaterials that were

S17 J. Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting: Acoustical Society of America S1 ? fundamentallyunfamiliar but could coexist with natural instruments in musciallysatisfying ways. (1) Because soundsare represented numerically for digital purposes, the potential for soundediting is changed qualitative- ly. Musicalphrases were extended and transformed by replicating segments of themin orderedpatterns whose structuralproperties dominated those of the originalwithout eclipsing its identity.{2} Phase vocoding tech- niqueswere used to analyzeinstrumental sounds. Resulting data were appropriately reduced to formthe basis of resynthesisthrough the MUSIC X program.In this way, independentaccess to arbitrarygroups of partial componentswas attained. Odd andeven partials were presented over spatially distinct speaker channels and subjectedto dynamicallychanging vibrato functions with differingrates and depths. Additional distinct audi- tory imagesarose in the stereofield while the sonicimage of the originalinstrument remained. Examples of instrumentalrecordings and their digital transformations are presented in isolationand in musicalcontexts.

9-.35

J2. Changingconceptions of pitchstructure and timbre: A modestproposal. Gerald J. Balzano(Departmentof Music,University of Californiaat SanDiego, La Jolla,CA 92093) Two areasof musicalexploration of interestto composersfor whichthe computer is unnsually well-suited are microtonalsystems and "new" timbres.Notions about how to achievethese musical extensions are douhly theory-dependentin that theydepend on bothour theoryof perceptionand our theoryof the stimulus.Most extantattempts to do microtonalmusic have used small-integer ratios as the fundamentaldescription of the musicalelements involved and the basicentities to whichhuman perceivers are presumed sensitive. For timbre, the universeof possibilitieshas traditionally been characterized in termsof spectralvariables {possibly time- varying},and more recently in termsof projectionson axesin a "subjective"multidimensional space. In the presentpaper, alternatives to prevailingconceptions of bothpitch and timbre are considered.A symmetry- orientedgronp-theoretic approach to pitchstructure that eschews ratios will bedescribed; the resulting view of pitchsystems leads to somenovel ideas about how to do microtonalmusic on a computer.For timbre,an approachthat focuses on the dynamics of thesound-producing activity rather than on theresulting spectra will be described.This leadsnaturally to an interestingalternative to currentlypopular methods for generating timbresand "timbre transformations"on a computer.

10.-05

J3. Someexperiments with enmpusitionalalgorithms. Charles Wuorinen{670 West End Avenue,New York, NY} and Mark Lieherman{Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974} (Abstractnot received)

10:35

J4. Shakuhachipitch and intonat'on:Application to computermusic composition. Linda A. Seltzer(M/A- COM Linkabit Corporation,3033 SciencePark Road, San Diego, CA 92121 and Departmentof Music, Universityof California,San Diego, La Jolla,CA 92093} The musicfor theJapanese bamboo flute, shakuhachi, contains microtonality as well ascontinuous change of pitchin thecourse oflong notes. Shakuhachi pitch and intonation may be studied by means of pitchdetection analysisof the waveform.Or, altcruatively,the pitchof a notemay be describedas the resultof the following parameters:fingering, vocal tract shape, distance of thelips from the mouthpiece, and direction of breath.The melodictechnique of the shakuhachimay be appliedto computermusic composition in the continuousfre- quencydomain, without restriction to a scaleconsisting of discretefrequencies

11:05 JS.Digital sound synthesis forunderwater music perception. Michel Redolfi and Lee Ray (Computer Audio ResearchLaboratory, Center for Music Experiment, University of California at .ganDiego, La Jolla. CA 92123} A pieceof originalelectro-acoustic music, Sonic Waters II, wascreated. Software "instruments" and "note lists,"descriptions of the behaviorof thoseinstruments in the musicaltime of a sequence,were specified for the cmusicsynthesis program to produce,by frequencymodulation, amplitude modulation, and localizationand motionwithin a synthesizedspace, morphological transformations of severalharp recordings.Means of(l) transductionof this wide-bandmusical work (20 Hz to 16 kHz) for human listenersimmersed in water and compensatingfor changesof suchmusically significant psychoacoustic cues as depth perception and relative amplitudesof overtonesoccasioned by theprominence of boneconduction in underwaterlistening were inves- tigated.One pressure-loadeddiaphragm and four piezoelectrictransducers were positioned to broadcastthe computer-processedsound. The wavelengthof somebass notes exceeded the dimensions of the pool,limiting musicallyuseful propagation of low frequenciesdue to cancellationand reinforcementof standingwaves. [Worksupported by the CME, SystemDevelopment Foundation and the French government.]

S18 J. Acoust.Soc. Am.Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $18 ContributedPapers

11:35 11:50

J7. Modification of musical soundsby means of the phase vocoder. J6. Use of data reductionin computermusic. JamesW. Beauchamp Mark Dolson(Computer Audio Research Laboratory, Center for Music (2136 Music Bldg., 1114W. Nevada,University of Illinois at Urbana- Experiment,Q-037, Universityof California,San Diego, CA 92093} Champaign,Urbana, IL 61801} The usefulnessof thephase vocoder for performingtime-scale modifi- Two competingmethods of digital soundproduction are "instantre- cationof speechsignals is well established.However, the applicationof play"and "synthesis by algorithm,"If fidelityto an originalsound were thephase vocoder to musicalsignals is far lesscommon. Musical applica- the paramountconsideration, replay would be the moredesireable meth- tionsof the phasevocoder differ from speechapplications in severalim- od. However,replay requires massive amounts of memoryand is inflexi- portantrespects: ( 1} Musical sampling rates are much higher; hence, mini- ble with respectto contextualmodification, an importantconcept for mizationof computationand storage requirements isfar moreimportant. composers.On theOther hand, algorithmic synthesis methods generally (2} Musicalfidelity requirements are alsomuch higher; this counteracts aredesigned to minimizememory requirements and employ a few,well- attemptsto minimizecomputation and storage. {3} Musical applications chosen,perceptually significant parameters which are varied in an ad hoe oftenrequire analysis of individualharmonics; in thiscase, filter spacing fashion.Data reduction,where synthesis algorithm parameters are auto- mustmatch harmonic spacing. (4} Pitch translation (as opposed to time- maticallyextracted from the original sound, offers a link betweeninstant scalemodification} requires spectral envelope estimation to soundcon- replayand algorithmic synthesis. It is particularlyuseful if theextracted vincing.(5} Musical signals may be polyphonic. (6} Lastly, musical appli- parametersare perceptually meaningful and therefore can be intelligently cationsfrequently seek to distort sounds in aninteresting way; hence, they modifiedby the composer.Various methods of data reductionwill be ofteninvolve extremes of time and pitch scaling,selective modification of discussedtogether with their associatedsynthesis algorithms (including analysisdata, and novelcross-syntheses and timbraiinterpolations. Ex- constantwaveform, additive, filter, nonlinear/filter, and waveform inter- ampleswill bepresented from a phasevocoder package designed explicit- polationsynthesis}, and soundexamples will be played. ly for musicalapplications.

S19 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S19 TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEE ROOMS, 1:30 TO 4:40 P.M.

Session K. Underwater Acoustics II: Arctic Acoustics II

Henry Kutschale,Chairman Lamont-DohertyGeological Observatory, Palisades, New York 10964

Charman's Introduction•l:30

Invited Papers

1:35

KI. Characterizationof seaice. James P. Welsh(Head, Polar OceanographyBranch, Naval OceanResearch & DevelopmentActivity, NationalSpace Technology Laboratories, NSTL Station,MS 39529} Somedefinitions of icebergsand seaice are presented.Various classification schemes for seaice are dis- cussed.The morecommon sea ice characteristics are presented with examplesof measurementtechoiques and rangesof measuredvalues. Consideration is givento potentialfor inferenceof acousticproperties from ob- servedand measured sea ice characteristics. General overview is provided for applications of Arcticice proper- ties measurementexperiments. These experiments include in-situ, airborne, and satellitemeasurements to obtainsurface truth of remotelysensed ice characteristicsparticularly in the microwavefrequencies.

2:00

K2. Law-frequencyacoustic propagation in CanadianArctic waters.Gary H. Brooke(Defence Research EstablishmentPacific, Victoria, BC, CanadaV0S lB0} Underwateracoustic propagation within, and surrounding,the CanadianArctic Archipelagois typicalof shallowArctic water. That is,the propagation is strongly dependent on bottom properties at lowerfrequencies { < 40 Hz) butis increasinglyinfluenced by thesurface at higherfrequencies duc to thecharacteristic upward refractingvelocity profile in the watercolumn. Water depths are generally less than 600 m andare typically 200-400 m. DREP has madepropagation measurements in severallocations and, hence,under a varietyof propagationconditions. In this paperthe salientfeatu•s and trendsin the data are discussed.

2:25

K3. High-frequencyacoustics in the Arctic.Robert E. Francois(Applied Physics Laboratory, University of Washington,Seattle, WA 98195) Comparedwith otheroceans, acoustic propagation in the Arctic is generallylimited in rangeby upward refraction,ice surfaceinteraction, and the increasedabsorption loss at low water temperatures.At shallow depthsbeneath the under-icesurface, the water column is verynear its freezing point during most of theyear. Considerablesalinity variation occurs in thefreezing season because of brinedisplacement as ice is formed and in the meltseason because of thelayering of the nearlyfresh ice melt water over the sea water. This results in a positivedensity gradient with a rather sharp increaseat 20-50-m depth, where the older Arctic water is encountered.A densebiological population, analogous to the deepscattering layer seen in the openocean, is observedat this pycnocline.This thin layer, has high volumereverberation strength compared to values observedin other oceans.A study of theselayers sometimes reveals the presenceof internal waves.When propagationtakes place through this layer,anomalously high absorption attributed to scatteringis observed. At 60-300 kHz, we haveobserved apparent increases in absorptionof from 10 to 20 dB/km. The presenceof theice cover decouples the windfrom the watermass, resulting in greatlyreduced boundary layer mixing. This allowsthe manydiscrete layers formed by thenatural processes noted above to persistover large areas for long times.As a consequencelarge acoustic fluctuations often occur for smallvertical displacements of sourceor receiver.[Work supportby NAVSEA.]

K4. Site dependenceof low-frequencyAret'c ambient noi•e and signal attenuation.Orest I. Diachok and StephenC. Wales(Code 5160, Naval ResearchLaboratory, Washington, DC 20375) Our understandingof two significant,ice-related, low-frequency (below I kHz) underwateracoustic phe- nomena,characteristic of bothArctic and sub-Arctic environments, is briefly reviewed. Measurements suggest that oceanwave-generated noise at the peripheryof the ice-coveredArctic Oceanis generallyexceptionally highwhen the fetchis large,and can havevery longrange effects, when propagated signals are not subjectto significantsurface scattering and volume absorption losses. Surface scattering due to sea-iceridges, which may be modeledas randomlydistributed elliptical half-cylinders, dominates under-ice propagation at frequencies aboveabout 20 Hz. Ray theoreticalcalculations incorporating this modelare consistentwith observedsite- dependenttransmission loss differences over a limitedfrequency range 140-1000 Hz). Resultsof new lower frequencywave theoretical calculations, which incorporate this model and a suitablegeoacoustic structure of

020 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Sociely of America S20 theocean bottom, will be presented and compared with data. Initial concepts for extension of thiswork to three dimensions(including randomly oriented ridges) to enablemore refined predictions of scattering/transmission lossesand, in particular,spatial coherence losses will be outlined.

3:1S

KS. Measurementsof the verticalfield• of acousticsignals and normal mode propagation in the Arctic Ocean. T.C. ¾ang(Code 5123, Naval ResearchLaboratory, Washington, DC 20375) The verticalsound fidds of cw signalsand shotspropagating in the ice-coveredArctic Oceanwere mea- suredduring the FRAM IV experimentsin April 1982.The measurementswere made with a verticalarray consistingof 28 hydrophonesextending to a depth of 960 m. This experimentmarked the first successful deploymentof a largeaperture vertical array in theArctic environment. This paper will presentthe results and interpretationsof thevertical array data. The 1owest order normal mode amplitudes and phases were measured fromthe shot signals received simultaneously onthe 28 hydrophonesof thevertical array. The measured mode amplitudesarc compared with the computednormal mode and used as the basisfor spatialfiltering of normal modesfrom the cw signals.Intensity distributions of the cw signalsversus depth are presentedfor several frequenciesbelow 100 Hz. Spatialcoherence of the cw signalsare studiedand comparedwith that of the ambientnoise. The arrivalangles of the lowestorder normal modes are measured from thecw signalsusing the modefiltering technique. The angulararrival patternof the cw signalsare plottedusing conventional hecta- forming.Temporal behavior of the cw signalswill beshown; phase tracking beamforming is usedto enhance the verticalarray gain.

Contdbuted Papem

3:40 edfor differenttypes of events.Interchannel correlation was performed to obtaindistortion characteristics of the propagationpath. Usingthese re- K6. Seismic events in the Arctic Ocean. Ruth E. Keenan (Science sults,possible paths of propagationfrom source to receiverare discussed. Applications,Inc., WoodsHole, MA 02543}and Ira Dyer {Department [Work supportedby ONR.] of OceanEngineering, MIT, Cambridge,MA 02139) We presenttemporal and spectral characteristics of abyssallygenerat- ed T phasesobserved in the Arctic Ocean.A large( • I kin} horizontal 4:10 hydrophonearray suspendedthrough the icemade it possibleto verifythe eventas seismic.A simplepropagation model accounts for the basicfea- KS. Someambient noise measurements in springice, Pt. Barrow, Alaska. turesof eachevent. We identifiedcrustal and water wave arrivals• and the W. C. Cummings(Oceanographic Consultants, 5948 Eton Court, San timedifference between the longitudinal crustal wave and peak frequency Diego, CA 92122}and D. V. Hnlliday {Tractor,Inc., 9150 Chesapeake arrivalof the Tphaseestablished the range to thesource. The intersection Drive, San Diego, CA 92123} of thebearing of the Tphasewith the mid-Arcticridge provided a corra- Springice conditionsoff North Alaskaare confoundedby dynamic boratingrange estimate. T-phase sonograms display characteristic pear changesresulting from leadopenings and closings,rapid changesin de- shapesnoted by others.The spectrahave peak levels at 5 and 15 Hz and greesand kinds of icecover, rapidly changing wind conditions, and drift- behaveasymptotically asfn, f -4 aboveand below their peak level. The ing floes.The measurementswere taken in the springof 1982using a 9- durationof the Tphaseis longer than can be consistently accounted for by nmi telemeteringlink. [Work supportedby the North SlopeBorough.] anyone mechanis m. Possiblemechanisms including source depth, multi- ple bounces,dispersion, and swarmsare discussed.[Supported by SAI, Inc. and ONR.] 4:25

K9. TRISTEN/FRAM IV Arctic ambient noise measurements. 3:55 R. Nielsen,F. R. DiNapoli,M. Feeher,D. Potter(Naval Underwater K?. icequ•kesin the Arctic Ocean. Peter$. Stein,Nicholas C. Makris, SystemsCenter, New London, CT 06320), and P. L. Stoeklin (Analysis andIra Dyer (Departmentof OceanEngineering, M]T, Cambridgc,MA and Technology,North Stonington,CT 06359} o2139) Approximately250 h of multichannelice campambient noise data Resemblingearthquakes, stress cracks in a floatingice sheetdue to wererecorded by NUSC duringthe TRISTEN/FRAM IV experimentin effectsof winds,currents, and thermalgradients can excite various forms the BarentsAbyssal Plain, Arctic Oceanduring April 1982.Single hydro- of elastic/acousticwave propagation. The acousticemission of several phonedata wererecorded from variouselements of boththe Massachu- suchicequakes were recordedduring experiments on pack ice over the settsInstitute of Technology/WoodsHole OceanographicInstitute hori- easternArctic abyssalplains. These events occurred in the nearfield of a zontal array and the Naval ResearchLaboratory vertical array. This l-km aperture,24-channel hydrophone array. The signalswere bandpass papercharacterizes the averageambient noise level, and its varianceas a filtered from I to 80 Hz. A recursivetechnique was usedto locate these functionof frequency(to 2500 Hz), depth,and time. [This work is funded eventsand estimate the groupspeeds. Spectral characteristics are present- by ONR Code425-AR, ProgramManager, R. Obraeta.]

S21 d.A(•oust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1,Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society ofAmerica $21 TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 DEL MAR/HELIX/SANTA FE ROOMS, 2:00 TO 3:25 P.M.

SessionL. MusicalAcoustics II: Intonationand Scales

Donald E. Hall. Chairman Departmentof Physicsand Music,California State University,6000 J Street,Sacramento, Cd 95819

Chairman's Introduction---2:00

Invited Paper

2:05

LI. The tuningof Harry Partch's43 tones-to-the-octavej •t intonationscale, and it's musicalendowments and consequences.Danlee Mitchell (SanDiego State University, Music Department,San Diego, CA 92116) Harry Partch(1901-1974) is the Americancomposer noted for hisbold and uniquedeparture away from 20th centurytuning and performancepractices of our presentday Europeaninfluenced music monolith. During the 1920'sPartch formulated the theoreticalparameters of histuning system, based on an interlocking harmonicand subharmonicgrid extended to the 1lth partial.This systemfeatures a "micro" tunedscale of 43 tones-to-the-octave,and just harmonicrelationships in ratiosof successiveintegers 4-5-6-7-9- I 1 that surpass the resourcesof 12-toneEqual Temperament. Not contentwith a meretheoretical victory, Partch then devoted hisentire life to the buildingof sculpturallybeautiful musical instruments, and the employmentof thesemany instrumentsin his theatricallyoriented musical works. Mr. Mitchell, Partch'sclose associate for the last 20 yearsof his life, will presentan intimateview of Partch'sworld.

ContributedPapers

2:35 importancethan the presenceof beats.Small amounts of mistuninggo unnoticedor mayeven cause an increaseof the intonationquality. L2. Peree!•ion of musicalinterval taning.Donald E. Hall(Departments of Physicsand Music,California State University, 6000 J St., Sacramento, CA 95819) 3:05 Pairsof toneshave been generated under computer control and pre- L4. Phantom be•ts in mistaned chords. L L. Hall, M. V. Mathews, and sentedto musicallytrained subjectsthrough headphones. Musical rel- L.A. Roberts(Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974) evanceis increasedby usingfiltered pulse waves rather than sines.The stimulusintervals are harmonic{both tones heard simultaneously} rather Beatsare heardin slightlymistuned musical intervals. For example,a than melodic.These intervals are mistunedin varyingamounts in the mistunedfifth with frequencies• = 804 Hz andf2 = 1204Hz will pro- vicinityof eachtraditional musical interval (e.g., around the 3:2 frequency duce4 beatsper second.These beats have been attributed to interaction betweenthe 3rd harmonicoff• at 2412 Hz and the 2nd harmonicoff2 at ratio for the perfectfifth). Judgments of the relativedegree of perceived 2408 Hz. However,4 beatsper secondcan be heard when the mistuned mistuningare recordedand analyzed;although related to judgmentsof "dissonance,"these differ in significantways. From the resultswe can fifth is playedwith puresinusoids which have no harmonics.A second infer relativeability to detectmistuning of differentinterval species. We hypothesisattributes these phantom beats to interactionbetween combi- findimportant differences from the traditional "consonance rank" order- nationtonesf• - f• at 400 Hz and2f• - f2 at 404 Hz. Experimentalresults ing, and pointout someimplications for theoriesof keyboardtuning. supportingthe secondhypothesis are presented.If onecombination tone is removedby a cancellationtone ofappropriate amplitudeand ph•tse,the beatscan no longerbe heard. If tonesare added to a perfectlytuned fifth so as to approximatethe combinationtones produced by a mistunedfifth, 2:50 the resultingstimulus is difficultto distinguishfrom the mistunedinter- 1.3. Perceptionof melodicand harmonicintonation of two-part musical val. Similar results were obtained for mistuned fourths, attributable to fragments.Rudolf A. Rasch•Institute of Musicology,Drift 21, 3512BR inletactionbetween combination tonesf• --f• and 3ft -- 2f2. Utrecht, The Netherlands} Shortmusical fragments consisting of a melodypart anda basspart 3:20 weremistuned in variousways and to variousdegrees. They were present- 13. Modality and suffixeffects in memoryfor music.Linda A. Roberts edto a groupof subjectsf•r ajudgment ofthequality of intonationand for {Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974 and RutgersUniversity, New an identificationof the mistunedpart. Mistuningwas applied to the melo- Brunswick, NJ 08903}, David R. Millen, Caroline Palmer {Rutgers dic frequencyintervals of the melodypart and/or the basspart Imelodic University, New Brunswick, NJ 08903), and Vicky C. Tarttot (Bell mistuninglas wellas to the frequcnlcyintervals of simultaneoustones in Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974 and RutgersUniversity, Camden, melodyand bassIharmonic mistuning). Results indicate that the melodic NJ 08102) mistuningof the melody part has the largest influence on the perception of the intonation,followed by the harmonicmistuning, while the melodic Three experimentswere conducted to explorethe well-documented mistuningof thebass is less important. When mistuning is present in both modalityand suffixeffects found in language,using another dual-code melodyand bass part, mostlythe melody is consideredto bethe mistuned symbolsystem: music. In all threeexperiments, subjects were testedfor part.When the sound-pressure levels of the two parts are unequal, there is immediateserial recall of musicalnotes. In experiment!, moderatelyand a tendencyto considerthe louder part as the mistuned part. In thepercep- highly trainedmusicians recalled random orderings of notescontained tionof harmonicmistuning, the deviating interval size is probably of more withinthe spanof an octave{D to D). The highlytrained musicians dem-

S22 J. Acoust.Sac. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of Amedca S22 onstrateda recencyeffect for bothvisual and auditory presentation. Mo- recodingof stimuli.Results indicated a recencyeffect for bothmodalities deratelytrained subjects demonstrated the effecttypically observed for and an overallauditory modality advantage. Results of experiment3 Ivi- language:a recencyeffect was found only for the auditorycondition. In sualpresentation only I showeda largerrecency decrease (suffix effect} for experiment2, the target noteswere from a musicallyrestricted range an appendedvisual note than for a tone or a written letter. A dual-code (D,F,A) andthe rate of presentationwas increased to discouragelinguistic representationof musicis proposed.

TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 CHAMBER ROOM, 1:30 TO 4:20 P.M.

SessionM. EngineeringAcoustics Ih Numerical Techniquesand Others

Roger L. Kerlin, Chairman •4ppliedResearch Laboratory, Pennsylvania State University,P.O. Box 30, StateCollege, Pennsylvania 16801

Chairman's Introduction•l:30

ContributedPapers

1:35 Many longitudinalvibrators employ a multi-elementstack of piezoe- lectric ceramic rings as the active component.In order to designsuch MI, The finite elementmethod in acoustics.Earl Geddes(Electrical and transducersit is desirableto be able to measurelongitudinal 33-param- ElectronicsDivision, Ford Motor Company,Dearborn, MI 48121) etersof piezoelectricceramics using a single-ringgeometry. Existing one- From thevariational field equations for problemsin acousticsone can dimensionalmodels are not adequate to describethe "longitudinal" mode derivethe finite elementapproach to their solution.From this approach for typicalrings due to intermodalcoupling. A piezoelectricfinite element the applicationof a standardfinite elementmethod I FEMI programto a modelwas usedto relateresonant frequencies to 33-ceramicparameters problemin roomacoustics was performed. The roleof theacoustic varia- for certain selectedring geometries.However, sincepiezoelectric finite bles,the material constants, boundary conditions, etc., as required for the elementsare not generallyavailable, a simplifiedmodel was developed in FEM programwas examined. The needfor complexarithmetic in the whichthe necessary computations can be performed on a handcalculator. analysisof a nonconservativesystem and in the modelingof realsources Guidedby the finiteelement results, idealized mode shapes were used in was shown.The FEM eigenvectorsand eigenvalueswere then usedto conjunctionwith an energymethod in orderto obtainthe simplified mod- assemble the Green's function in the form of a data base. This Green's el. The resonantfrequencies predicted by the simplifiedmodel were in function was then to be used to examine the acoustic behavior of the room excellentagreement with thoseobtained using the finiteelement method. at lowfrequencies, i.e., below the Schroederfrequency. This new modelcan be usedto analyzea broadrange of ring geometries. The authorshave used the aforementioned models to obtain33-piezoelec- tric parametersfrom measurementsof resonantfrequencies and low-fre- quencycapacitance on ceramicrings. 1:50

M2. The additionof piezoelectricpro.riles to structuralfinite element progrmnsby matrix manipulationswith applicationsto underwater 2:20 acoustics.Graham MeDeatmon, Lyle Pauer, and Richard Scherch (GoodyearAerospace Corporation, Department 456G2, 12l0 Massilion M4. An improvementof the finite radiating element formulation-- Road, Akron, OH 44315) Applicationto the modelingof a radiating free-floodedtransducer. Rtgis Bossut(Sintra AlcateI-Dtpartment D. S. M., Z. I. desPaluds, The capabilityto analyzematerials having linear piezoelectric proper- 13400 Aubagne,France) and Jean-NoiflDecarpigny (ISEN, 3 rue ties wasdeveloped for structuralfinite elementprograms. Of the many FrancoisBai•s, 59046 Lille Cedex,France) methods with which this could be achieved, the method chosenwas to add thepiezoelectric properties by matri,xmanipulation of elasticand heat At low frequencies,the limit of a free-floodedcylinder farfield is very transferelement matrices. This methodis independentof the elemental far from the acousticcenter. Thus, modelingthis submergedstructure by shapefunctions. It thereforehas the advantages of convertingmany varie- the finiteelement method requires a largenumber of fluidelements, when tiesof structuralfinite elements into piezoelectricfinite elements with one the radiationboundary condition is representedby an outgoingspherical generalcoding and as the stateof the art improvesfor the structural (monopolar)wave. A radiatingelement has been created, that usesa radi- elementsso will the piezoelectricones without additionalor new pro- ating impedanceof both monopolarand dipolafwaves. With this new gramming.Otherwise, each variety of piezoelectricelement and improve- element,the radiatingsurface can be muchcloser to the transducer,and mentswould have to beprogrammed separately. This capability was add- thenthe numberof fluidelements decreases significantly. Unfortunately, ed to MSC/NASTRAN by .GoodyearAerospace Corporation. The one cannotobtain directly the farfielddirectivity pattern, because the theorybehind this methodand comparisonof finiteelement models of radiatingsurface is inside the nearfield zone. However, it ispossible to find severalpiezoelectric ceramic underwater acoustic projectors to experi- it by a simplealgorithm. This algorithm can also be usedin an acoustical mentaldata are presented. tank whenever its size is too small to measure the far acoustic field of a largetransducer.

2:35 M3. Analysis of intermodal coupling in piezoelectric ceramic rings. GeorgeW. Bcnthien(Code 7122, Naval Ocean SystemsCenter, San MS. Efficiency enhancementof thermo-acousticsources through high- Diego, CA 92152)and Gordon E. Martin (Martin AcousticsSoftware velocity motion. N. P. Chotiros (Applied ResearchLaboratories, The Technology,P.O. Box86050, San Diego, CA 92138-6050) Universityof Texasat Austin, P.O. Box 8029, Austin, TX 78712)

S23 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S23 A theoreticalstudy of thenno-acousticsources in the contextof sonar unimportantcompared to other geometricaland acousticfactors for a applicationswas undertaken. The mainobjectives were to improveencrgy rangeof thicknessof practicalinterest. A physicalbasis is presentedfor efficiencyand to provide a meansfor beamsteering,using a moving the observedvariation of the radiation resistancewith temperature. thenno-acousticsource. The resultsshow that improvementsin energy [Worksupported by NASA.l efficiencyof severalorders of magnitudeare possibleat very largeMuch numbers.(This is quitedistinct from peakintensity efficiency which oc- cursat Much 1.)The resultsalso show the possibilityof beamsteeringby 3:35 movingthe thenno-acousticsource in a numberof ways.The resultssug- M9. Transitionfrom the nonlinearKing integralto sphericalpropagation gestthat thethenno-acoustic source may, in certainsonar applications, be for a finite amplitude sound beam. Jerry H. Ginsberg (Schoolof a viable acousticprojector. [Work supportedby Office of Naval Re- MechanicalEngineering, Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, GA search.] 30332} The propagationof finiteamplitude waves radiating from a baffled 2:50 pistonhas been described in termsof directionalspherical waves [J. C. M6. An application of SEA to helicopter structure borne no'se. D. Lockwood, T. G. Muir, and D. T. Blackstuck,J. Acoost. Soc. Am. 53, L. Hawkings(Engineering Division, Westland Helicopters Ltd. Yeovil, 1148-11530973}]. That analysispredicts waveforms at largedistances, Somerset,England} providedthat comparable information is known at a referencelocation in thefarfield. Lockwood eta/. usedthis approach based on assumingthat The paperdescribes an exploratoryapplication of SEA to helicopter lineartheory is accurateat the referencelocation. Such an assumptionis structure borne cabin noise. The work was focused on a fall-scale center inaccuratewhen the sourcepressure level is sufficientto generatesignifi- cabin test sectionof advancedstructural design, rather than a complete cant nonlineareffects (growth of higherharmonics and depletionof the helicopterfuselage. Several theoretical models were developed, differing fundamental}within the nearfield. The presentwork describes the inter- in the complexityof the structuralrepresentation adopted. The main diffi- facingof thespherical propagation theory and the nonlinear King integral cultiesencountered in the modelingprocess arose from the composite [J. I4. Ginsberg,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1 71, S3011982}].The latter sandwichconstruction of thewall panels,and in particularexpressing the theoryis usedin this approachIo evaluatethe nonlinearwaveform at the couplingloss factors from the beamlikeframe elementsto thesepanels. referencelocation. Comparing the resultsof interfacing,and of direct Numericalpredictions based on thesetheories were made of the expected propagationaccording the nonlinearintegral formulation, with experi- vibrationlevels around the structure, and the acoustic pressure within the mentaldata provides a strong.validation for boththeories. The advantage cabin.These predictions were compared with measuredresults from the of usingdirectire spherical wave theory lies in its superiorcomputational trial structure.Good overallagreement was found with the morerefined efficiencyand itsability to describeshock formation. [Work supportedby model,although the cruder model still gaveacceptable prediction of noise ONR, Code425-UA, and NSF, Grant MEA-8101106.] levelsacross the frequencyrange considered {250-8000 Hz}. It is conclud- ed that SEA is potentiallya valuabletool for predictinghelicopter cabin noise.[Work supportedby U. K. MUD.] 3:50 MI0. Sound reflection from a fluid-loadedand maskedelastic plate. P. 3:05 D. Jackinsand G. C. Gaunaurd(Naval Surface Weapons Center, White Oak, SilverSpring, MD 20910) M7.Surface intensity and radiation loading on cylindrical surfaces via • methods.P. Stepanishenand H. W. Chen (Departmentof Ocean We haveextended available computer codes that predictthe classical Engineering,University of RhodeIsland, Kingston, RI 0288!} reflectionsand transmissionsof sound fields through sets of planeelastic layers[i.e., D. Foldsand C. Loggins,J. Acoust.SUe. Am. 62, 1102-1115 A numericalapproach is presentedto evaluatethe surfaceintensity {1977}].The presentlayers separate possibly dissimilar fluids, are possibly and radiationloading on a finite cylindricalsurface with a known har- viscociastic,and are isonifiedfrom one side.The resultswe displayin- monicradial velocitydistribution. The approachis basedon a combined eludereflection {R } and transmission{T} coefficientsas functionsof fre- FFT and Green'sfunction method [P. Stepanishenand H. W. Chen,J. quencyfand incidenceangles O. This computationaltool hasbeen used to Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 73, S22 (19831]. Surface pressure, intensity, and predictthe reflectionsfrom a singlefluid-loaded elastic plate ideally cov- radiationloading are rapidlyobtained via the useof standardFFT meth- ered with a lossylayer of homogeneousviscociastic material, isonified ods.The spatialfluctuations of the surfacepressure and intensityfor a from the coatedside. Resonancesin the coefficientsare analyzedin the knownvelocity distribution can thusbe readilyinvestigated. Numerical light of the resonancescattering theory {RST}, which hasnot yet been resultsare presentedto illustratethe spatialvariation of surfacepressure appliedto coatedplates. The presentmodel serves to assessthe effective- and intensityas a function of axial mode shape,circumferential mode nessof the maskinglayer to reducethe reflectionsfrom the metal plate. number,and frequency.Negative intensity regions and edgeeffects are The predicteddisplays of calculationsare presented for valuesof the ma- clearly observedin the resultsat low frequencies. terial param•ers in the rangescommonly found in practice.The Iossy natureof the absorbinglayer complicatesthe otherwisereal parameters

3:20 presentin theanalysis, and we quanti,tatively determine the shifts in reso- nancelocations, the wideningof the resonancepeaks, and the overall MS. A temperature correlation for the radiation resistanceof a thick- reductionof the returnedreflections caused by the masker'sviscociasti- walledcircular duct exhaustinga hot I•s. J. R. Mahan (Departmentof city. Mechanicaland AerospaceEngineering, West Virginia University, Morgantown,WV 26506),J. G. Cline (GeneralDynamics Corporation, 4.-05 Fort Worth. TX ?6101), and J. D. Jone• (Mechanical Engineering Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, M 11. Distn'butionof resonancefrequencies of coupleddynamic systems. Blacksburg,VA 24061) G. Maidanikand L.J. Maga (DavidW. TaylorNaval ShipResearch and DevelopmentCenter, Bethesda,MD 20084) It is oftenuseful to know the radiationimpedance of an unfiangedbut thick-walledcircular duct exhaustinga hot gasinto a relativelycold sur- Finite, uncoupleddynamic systems have response maxima at specific roundings.Results based on data availablein the literature[N. Fricker frequencies,the resonancefrequencies, the distribution of which can be and C. A. Roberts,Acustica 38, 124-130119771;A. Cummings,J. Sound ascertained.When the dynamicsystms are coupledand, therefore,inter- Vib. 52, 299-304 (1977)]and a new experimentalstudy confirm that the act with eachother, the couplingaffects the distributionof the resonance reactivecomponent is insensitiveto temperature,while the resistivecom- frequencies.In thispaper the dynamic systems are modeled as one-dimen- ponentincreases with the temperaturedifference between the gasflowing sionalwave-bearing systems and the coupling is effected via thetransmis, from the duct and thesurrounding air. A temperaturecorrelation is devel- sioncoefficients of the junctionsbetween the systems.The nature of the opedpermitting prediction of the radiationresistance from a knowledge changein the distributionof the resonancefrequencies is examinedin of this temperaturedifference. The effectof wall thicknessis shownto be somesimple cases.

S24 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of Arnodca $24 TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 CALIFORNIA ROOM, 1:00TO 3:35P.M.

SessionN. ArchitecturalAcoustics III, NoiseII, andShock and Vibration II: ActiveSound and Vibration Control

Oliver L. Angevine,Chairman AngevineAcoustical Consultants, Inc., 7349 Davis Road, WestFalls, New York 14170

Chairman's Introduction•l:00

Invited Papers

1:05

NI. Waveformsynthesis•The Essex solution to eauceilingperiodic noise and vibration. G. B. B. Chaplin (WolfsonCentre for the ElectronicCancellation of Noiseand Vibration, University of Essex,Wivenhoe Park, ColchesterC04 3SQ,England) Thepaper will givea basicdescription of thespecial method developed by theEssex Group for cancelling noiseand vibrationof a periodicnature. One of the advantagesof the methodis that the anti-noiseor anti- vibrationis produced by synthesis and does not depend on measurement of the original noise or vibration.The anti-noiseand anti-vibration can therefore be injected at preciselythe right time since no signalprocessing delayis involved. Examples will begiven of applyingthe system to cancelling the noise at theexhaust of a diesel engineand the vibration at itsmounting points, and to cancelling noise within a cab.The system is also highly selectiveand it ispossible to cancelone source of noisewhilst leaving other noise sources untouched. Exper- ienceon cancellingthe exhauststack noise on a cargoship will be discussed.

1:35

N2. Activenoise cancellation in duets.Jiri Tichy (The PennsylvaniaState Univeristy, State College, PA 16802),Glenn E. Warnaka(Lord Corporation,2000 WestGrandview Boulevard, P.O. Box 10038,Erie, PA 16514-0038),and Lynn A. Poole(The Pennsylvania State Univeristy, State College, PA 16802) Thispaper summarizes the state of activenoise cancellation in ducts.The application of activefeedback to reducethe soundenergy propagation through the duct is primarilyimportant at low frequenciesbecause passivesilencers are very large, and the attenuations achieved are relatively small. In itsclassical configuration, thenoise field detected by a signalmicrophone is phaseinverted and time delayed by an adaptivefilter. This signalis then reradiated into the duct from a soundsource at theduct wall or locatedremotely and connected bymeans of a waveguide.The adaptive filter is controlled by a microphonelocated in theduct to sense the noise reductionand adjust the entiresystem for optimumoperation. This paperanalyzes the effectsof the signal microphoneposition, type, and location of thecancellation sound sources, and sensing microphone location. Optimumoperation requires consideration of higherorder modes and the nearfieldof the cancellationsource, includingevanescent waves. Results obtained with practicalconstructions illustrate the greatpotential of activesystems to attenuatenoise with discrete spectra, random noise, as well as transients are presented.

2:05

N3. Activecontrol of noisein enclosedspaces. Glenn E. Warnaka,John M. Zulus(Lord Corporation, 2000 West Grandview Blvd., P.O. Box 10038, Erie, PA 16514-00381,Jiri Tichy, and Lynn A. Poole (The PennsylvaniaState University, State College, PA 16802) Activemethods for controlling noise have been demonstrated to befeasible. As theyare compact in volume andlow in weight,active controls seem very promsing for controlling low-frequency noise in enclosedspaces, particularlyin transportationvehicles. Nevertheless, certain difficulties arise due to themodal structure devel- opedwithin the enclosed spaces, because the cancellation sources must produce an exact match of theunwant- ed noisefield in orderto cancelit. Similarly,the nonuniformnature of the noisefield posespxoblems in detectionof thenoise. This paper discusses the progress which has already been made in controllinginterior noiseand shows that there are several approaches that maybe adopted.The methodsdepend on whetherthe noiseoriginates within the space or fromsources outside the space. If thesound enters the space by penetration fromthe outside, then the method of penetrationcan be important in determiningthe location of the cancelling sourcesand the detectingmicrophones. The technicalpotential and the latitudeof applicationindicate that thereis considerablepromise for activecontrol of noisein enclosedspaces.

2:35

N4. Activesystems for globalattenuation of noise.M. J. M. Jessel(CNRS-LMA, B. P. 71, F-13277 Marseille Cedex9, France)and O. L. Angerinc(Angevine Acoustical Consultants, Inc., 7349Davis Road, WestFalls, NY 14170) Theoreticalapproaches to activenoise absorption [G. A. Mangiante,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 61, 1516-1523 (1977)]provide criteria that may prove useful for the design of anysystem for active noise attenuation, especial-

S25 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S25 ly onewhich must produce attenuation in all directionsaround a complexsound source. ( I ) Topologicalfitness: a propernet of"anti-sources" ought to surroundcompletely either the primarynoise source{s), or thespace to besilenced. (2} Directioity: each anti-source ought to radiateonly towards the space to besilenced. (3} Concen- tration:practical system design requires substituting the theoretical continuous distributions of anti-sourcesby discreteones. This approach has been successfully applied to reducingthe audiblehum of an actualelectric substationtransformer. The active abatement method is easier for discrete frequencies, such as the spectrum of transformerhum, and is mosteffective at the relativelylow frequencies---120,240, 360, and 480 Hz--most prominentin the transformerhum spectrum. A relationhas been found experimentally for the attenuation achievableversus the number of sourcesfor each of thesehum frequencies. The active attenuator interferes less with the normalventilation and COOlingof a transformerthan do passivemethods. Active abatement also allowsattenuation differing in differentdirections.

3:05

NS. Coherentactive methods for applicationsin roomacoustics. Dieter Guicking(Drittes Physikalisches Institutder Universit/it,Buergerstr. 42-44, D-3400 Goettingen,West Germany} An adjustmentof reverberationtime in roomsis oftendesired even for low frequencieswhere passive absorbersfail. Among the active (electroacoustic} systems, incoherent ones such as "assisted resonance" permit prolongationof reverberationtime only, whereas coherent active methods--as proposed by H. F. Olsonsince 1953--allowsound absorption as well. A coherent-activewall liningconsists of loudspeakerswith micro- phonesin frontand adjustable control electronics. The microphones pick up theincident sound and drive the speakerssuch that the reflectioncoefficient takes prescribed values. An experimentaldevice for the one- dimensionalease has been developed and allowsreflection coefficients between almost zero and about 1.5 to be realizedbelow 1000 Hz, employingmoving coil or speciallydeveloped extremely flat electret loudspeakers. The extensionto threedimensions is beinginvestigated; problems arise mostly from diffractioneffects. The actualstate of the experimentalwork includinga comparisonwith modelcomputations will be outlined. Furthermore,some ideas about active diffusers are presented. In contrastto passive"Schroeder diffusers" with inherentfrequency dependence, active diffusers are basically broadband systems.

TUESDAY AFTERNOONi 8 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 1:30 to 4:50 P.M.

SessionO. PhysicalAcoustics II: GeneralTopics I

Steven L. Garrett, Chairman PhysicsDepartment, Naval PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, California 93940

Chairman's Introduction•l:30

ContributedPapers

1:35 1:50

O1. Reciprocity calibration of "secondsound" transducers in superfluid 02. An experimentaltest of acousticalreciprocity calibration applied to helium S. L. Garrett (Physics Department, Code 6lGx, Naval thermaltransducers in superfluidhelium J. Valdivia,Jr., B. R. Ogg,R. PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA 93940) K. Yarber, and S. L. Garrett (PhysicsDepartment, Code 61Gx, Naval PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA 93940} The reciprocitytheorem has been used for over 40 yearsto facilitate absolutecalibrations of electroacoustictransducers from purelyelectrical An experimentwill be describedwhich hasverified an extensionof the measurements,without referenceto a primary acousticalstandard. A reciprocitycalibration technique to reversiblethermal transducersin su- generalizationof this calibrationprocedure to reversiblesecond sound perfluidhelium. A plane-waveresonator of circular crosssection was transducersin He 11will bedescribed. The symmetryof two-fluidhydro- cappedat both endsby reversibleteflon electret diaphrams which con- dynamicsis usedto derivean expressionfor the secondsound specific tainedmany razor slits to generateor detectthermal waves(second acoustictransfer admittance, thus permitting absolute mechanical mea- sound).The resonatoralso incorporated a thermophoneand adc biased surementof temperatureoscillations in superfluidhelium. In the tem- carbonresistance thermometer to setindependent upper and lowerlimits perature range from 1.15ø to 1.9 øK, the Tisza approximationand the on theamplitude of thetemperature oscillations within the resonator.The thermodynamicsof an ideal Bose-Einsteingas [F. London,Superfluids, acousticalresonance data was acquired and analyzed by a computercon- Vol. II, Sec.7] leadto a transferadmittance which is quadratic in tempera- trolled systemdescribed previously [D. V. Conte and S. L. Garrett, J. ture. This generatesa calibrationconstant that has the experimentally Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1 72, S82 (1982}].The temperatureexcursions convenientfeature of beinga linear functionof absolutetemperature measuredby the reciprocitymethod fell betweenthe upperand lower [f(T) = 21.31T-- 17.01+ 0.17g•/2 .K-• S--3/2].Applications to non- limitswhich, for lowermodes, were separated by onlya fewpercent. At linearhydrodynamics, photoacoustic spectroscopy, and the characteriza- highermodes the lower limit departedfrom the upperlimit due to the tion of porousdiaphram second sound transducers will be suggested. thermalinertia of the resistancethermometer. Temperature excursions [Work supportedby theNPS FoundationResearch Program.] smallerthan 10 -• 'K/[(Hz}•2] weredetectable using the electret trans-

S26 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S26 ducersand a pre-amplifierwith a noisefloor of 10-s V/[(Hz)•/2].[Work 2:50 supportedby the NPS FoundationResearch Program.] 06. Ultrasonic study of oil/water emulsions stabilized with nonionic block copolymers.M. A. Barrett Gultcpe, M. E. Gultcpc, J. 2:05 L McCarthy, and E. B. Yeager (UltrasonicResearch Laboratory, 03. Comparisonof proceduresfor determinationof aroustienonlinearity Departmentof Chemistry,Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland of some inhomogeneousmaterials. L. Bj•rn• (industrial Acoustics OH 441061 ResearchGroup, Technical University of Denmark,Building 352, DK- An incrementin soundvelocity at 2 MHz has beenobserved as the 2800 Lyngby,Denmark) emulsionglobule size decreases with timein a water,toluene, and polyox- The widespreaduse of ultrasonicenergy in medicaldiagnosis and ethylene(POE•polyoxypropylcne (POP) block copolymer system. The therapyand the recent research showing the existence of nonlinearacous- observedeffect depends on thecopolymer concentration and is largest for tic effectsin inhomogeneousmaterials, like biological media, have led to a the blockcopolymer composed of 50% POE-50% POP moleties.A gen- stronglyincreased interest in investigationsaiming at providingenough eralacoustical treatment taking into account viscous loss in theemulsions informationfor an evaluationof thesecond order nonlinearity ratio B/.4 globulesas well as surroundingliquid and heat conductionacross the as a tissuecharacterizing parameter on a par with attenuation,imped- interfacefails to explainthe observedvelocity increment. Aqueous solu- ance,etc. The severaltechniques used for the determinationof B/d tionsof the abovecopolymer shows association effects as evidenced by a roughlyfall into two maingroups, finite-amplitude methods and thermo- break in the soundvelocity versus concentration curve at approximately dynamic-acousticmethods. The B/.4 valuesdetermined using various 15 g/l. [Work supportedby ONR.] techniquesof the two maingroups are strongly scattered, showing a de- pendenceon the procedureused, which makes it difficult to draw any 3:05 valid conclusions.The paperdiscusses advantages and disadvantagesof the techniquesused hitherto, aiming at an explanationof the reasonsfor 07. Sound absorptionin aqueousmixtures of MgSO4 and HCI. C. thedeviations between the presentB/.4 resultsfor biologicalmedia. The C. Hsu (Departmentof ElectricalEngineering, Chung Cheng Institute of necessaryaccuracy in thedetermination and the reliability in theexploita- Technology,Taoynan, Taiwan 335,Republic of China)and F. H. Fisher tionofB/d as a tissuecharacterizing parameter for clinicaluse are em- {Marine PhysicalLaboratory of the ScrippsInstitution of Oceanography, phasized. Universityof Californiaat San Diego, San Diego, CA 921521

Soundabsorption measurements were made at 25 øCover the frequen- 2:20 cy rangeof 30-300 kHz for aqueousmixture of 0.02 M MgSO4 andHCI, 04. Ultrasonic evidencefor structural relaxation in large unilamellar usinga sphericalresonator method. At I atm, theexcess sound absorption liposomes. Philip R. Strom-Jensen, Richard L. Magin, and measuredfor a mixtureof 0.1 M HC1 is negligiblewhile that of 0.05 M Floyd Dunn (BioacousticsResearch Laboratory, University of Illinois, HCI showeda maximum absorption, (aA)m• X 106,of 9.49 + 0.21at 214 Urbana, IL 61801) kHz and that of 0.01 M HCI, 68.90 + 0.71 at 161 kHz. AT 307 arm the mixture of 0.05 M HC1 showeda maximumabsorption of 5.78 + 0.14 at The ultrasonicabsorption of largeunilamellar vesicles (average diam- 205kHz. Theseresults will bediscussed in termsof normalmode coupling eter 0.2/•m) was determinedin the frequencyrange 0.5-5 MHz. The Of HSO4 and MgSO4dissociation reactions. The observeddecrease in liposomeswere composed of a 4:1 mixtureby weightof dipalmitoylphos- absorptionas HCI is addedcannot be explainedby ion-pairingconcepts phatidylcholineand dipalmitoyl phosphatidylglycerol.A large increase alone. in absorptionoccurs at the solidto liquid-crystallinephase transition tem- perature(42 øC)of the pure lipid vesicles.This increasein absorptionis interpretedas a structuralrelaxation of the "melting"fatty acidchains 3:20 occurringwith an averagerelaxation time of 76 ns.The liposomeswere 08. Shapeoscillations of microparticleson an optical microscopestage. alsofound to be extremelypermeable near the transitiontemperature, releasingencapsulated cytosine arabinoside. Addition of cholesterolor Zhu Zhe-ming• andRobert E. Apfel(Yale University, P.O. Box2159, gramicidin to the liposomebilayer broadenedthe ultrasonicabsorption New Haven, CT 06520) and reducedthe effiuxof cytosinearabinoside at the transition.Gramici- Forcesarising from modulatedacoustic radiation pressure have been din, in additionto broadeningthe transition,slows the isomerizationof usedin the pastto produceshape oscillations of dropsin order to study bondsin the hydrocarbonchains of thelipids. A concentrationof 5 mole surfaceproperties [e.g., P. L. Marstonand R. E. Apfel, J. Acoust.Sec. percentgramicidin increased the average relaxation time to 210ns. [Work Am. 67, 27 (1980)and C. -J. Hsu and R. E. Apfel, J. Acoust.See. Am. 70, supportedin part by grantsfrom the NationalCancer Institute, National S90(1981)] and to studythe oscillatingdrop's internal flow patterns[E. Institutesof Health, and the AmericanCancer Society.] Trinh, A. Zwern, and T. G. Wang,J. Fluid Mech. 115, 453 (1982)].We haveextended this work to studysurface properties of muchsmaller parti- 2:35 cles(8 to 200 gm, approximatediameter) by fabricatinga stagefor an opticalmicroscope that incorporates a 10-MHz, piezoelectric, quartz disk 05. Nearfield of a piston sourcein an absorbingmedium. Wesley electrededin sucha way as to allowthe transmissionof light througha L. Nyborg and R. Bruce Steele(Department of Physics,University of central region.The quartz disk forms part of a thin chamberinto which Vermont,Burlington, VT 05405) themicroparticles in a hostliquid can be injected. Establishing an a acous- Medical exposuresto ultrasoundfrom unfocusedsource transducers tic standingwave in the chamberhas enabled us to studyshape oscilla- usuallyoccur at distancesfrom thesource which are not greatenough to tionsfor dropsresting on a surfaceof thechamber and for dropsacousti- justifya farfieldapproximation. In orderto analyzebiophysical interac- cally levitatedaway from solid containersurfaces. At high acoustic tions which occur in the exposedmedium, it is necessaryto considerde- amplitudesdrop fissionhas beenproduced. We shall presentdata and a tails of the nearfield,taking absorption into account.A formulation,in photographicrecord for hydrocarbondrops in water.We hopealso to termsera line integral,given by Schoch[A. Schoch,Akust. Z. 6, 318-326 presentresults for biological cells, since the investigation of theproperties (19411]for a pistonsource proves to beuseful for thispurpose. A paraxial of their membraneswas the originalmotivation for this work. [Work approximationwhich he derivedleads to an analyticalexpression which supportedby the National Institutesof Health, (3rant 1R01-GM30419, applieseven to a centralregion of theimportant, but complex, field which andthe U.S. Officeof NavalResearch.]•lAIso at Nanjing University, existsjust in front of the source.In this papercomputed plots will be People'sRepublic of China. shown. comparing results obtained by use of solutions and approxima. tiensgiven by Rayleigh,Sehoch, and others.These comparisons give in- 3:35 formationon theconditions under which various approximations are val- id, and on the influenceof absorptionon the fielddistributions. [Work 09. Sampletransport ofmevitated objects in a dual temperatureresonance supportedby the National Institutes of Health, Research Grant GM- chamber.J. Robeyand E. Trinh (JetPropulsion Laboratory, California 08209.] Instituteof Technology,Pasadena, CA 91109)

S27 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $27 ExPerimentalstudies show the feasibility of transportinganacousti- andplane, cylindrical and spherical surfaces. The behavior of theacoustic cally levitatedobject in an elongatedresonance chamber filled with a pressure,potential, and forces for selectedmodes from each geometry is gaseousmedium, and havingits oppositeend zonesat widely different presented.The applicationof thesemodes to the fieldof acousticlevita- temPeratures(35 ø and 500øC). Theoretical considerations describe mode tion is alsodiscussed. [Work supportedby NASA.] behaviorand the conditionsfor optimumpower transfer into the heated regionas well as the dynamic pressure distribution for varioussimple and complexmodes. By properlyintroducing selected combinations of these 4:20 modes, positioningand movementalong the longitudinal axis and O12. Propagationof standingwaves in axisymmetriccavities enclosing throughthe temperaturegradient are possible.The reducedgravity of an inhomogeneousmedium. M. EI-Raheband P. Wagner(Applied spacewould provide a usefulenvironment for applicationof sucha system Mechanics, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of in the areasof materialprocessing, although the experimentalwork here Technology,Pasadena, CA 91109} hasbeen carried out in the laboratoryunder 1 g with low-densitymateri- als. Thispaper studies how gradients in speedof soundc anddensity p influencestanding waves in an axisymmetriccavity. Thec and p gradients are assumedindependent of radialand circumferentialcoordinates of the 3:50 cavityand to varyonly along its axis. The effects on propagation of thec O10. Method for separationof acousticlevitation and rotation modes andp gradientsare studiedseparately. First, the problemwith a step leadingto arbitrary axesof rotation J. L. Allen and M. Barmatz (Jet functionas c gradientin a cylindricalcavity is treatedin detailsince it is PropulsionLaboratory, California Institute of Technology,Pasadena, amenableto analyticalsolution. A smoothc gradientdescribed by expo- CA 91109} nentialfunctions isconsidered. In this case, a transfermatrix coupled to a numericalintegration procedure isadapted to thesolution of thedifferen- A methodfor separatingacoustic levitation and rotationof smallob- tialequation governing the axial dependence. The quasilinear c2 gradient jectshas been developed and tested experimentally. Sample rotation in an followsand it alsoyields to analysis.The poor energy transmission char- acousticalresonance chamber requires a phasedifference between two acteristicsoftransverse standing waves in cylindrical cavities with c gradi- equalfrequency {degenerate} modes. Therefore, this methoduses one set ent promptedconsideration of a geometrythat includestwo cylindrical of nondegeneratemodes for levitationand higher order sets of degenerate segmentswith differentcross sections joined by a conicalconnector. The modesfor rotation.This separationof modesmay be accomplishedby transfermatrix method couples the acoustics of varioussegments of cav- appropriatechoices of chamberdimension ratios producing up to three ities.The radialdependence in theconical segment is determinedby the setsof degenerateorthogonal higher order modes. By appropriateexcita- methodof shootingwhile the axial dependencefollows from numerical tion of thesesets of modes,arbitrary axes of rotationmay be achieved. integration.The analysisis then extended to cavitieswith concentriccen- This techniquefor onerotation axis was verified experimentally using a ter bodies.An approximationconsiders piecewise conical frustra and rectangularchamber. Spherical samples were stably levirated without ro- leadsto discontinuouspressure gradients at the junctionof conjoined tationusing the threeorthogonal fundamental modes, and rotatedabout segments.The approximateanalysis is testedagainst numerical results thez axisby generatinga phasedifference between the degenerate third from an accuratesimulation that invokesa Green's function and surface andfifth harmonics of thex andy directions,resPectively. A video tape of elementswith accountmade for mediuminhomogeneity. theselevitation experiments will be presented.[Work supportedby NASA.] 4:35

4:05 O13. Teat of the nearfieldholography technique using an unbafiled, uniformly oscillatingdisk. Todd B. Beyer and Julian D. Maynard Oll. Acousticforce potential on a spherein rectangular,cylindrical, and (Departmentof Physics,Pennsylvania State University, University Park, sphericalresonators. M. Barmatz(Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California PA 16802) Institute of Technology, Pasadena, CA 91109} and P. Coilas ß(Department of Physicsand Astronomy,California State University• Experimentalresults of nearfieldholography measurements of the Northridge, Northridge,CA 91 ! 30) radiationfrom an unbarlied,uniformly oscillating disk have been com- paredwith the exacttheoretical solution. The experimentalsource is a Generalizedexpressions ofthe acoustic force potential ona sphere in disk I m in diameterconstructed of an aluminumhoneycomb material rectangular,cylindrical, and sphericalgeometry have been developed. that is lightweightand structurally rigid. Eight drivers located beneath The methodof Gor'kov[L. P. Gor'kov,Soy. Phys. Dokl. 6, 773 (1962}], thedisk can be individually adjusted so that thedisk's surface vibrates in- validfor arbitrary sound fields was used to derivethese expressions in th• phasewith constantamplitude. The radiationeflleieney determined from limit of small sampleradius (kR • 1}. The criticalpoints of the force themeasurements at two frequencies I 150 Hz, 250Hz} agrees closely with potential,where all the forcecomponents are zero,were investigated. theradiation efficiency calculated from the exact theory. The theoretical Generalexpressions for the coordinatesof the potentialminima for var- solutionmakes use of oblatespheroidal functions to computethe pressure ious modes were determined from theoretical considerations and an anal- on the surfaceof an idealrigid disk vibrating with uniformnormal veloc- ysis of computer generatedpotential contour graphs. Besidesisolated ity. [Worksupported by the National Aeronautics and Space Administra- minimapoints, nonisolated minima were found consisting of lines,circles, tion.]

S28 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $28 TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 DEL MAR/HELIX/SANTA FE ROOMS, 3:35 TO 4:55 P.M.

Session P. IIl: Wind Instruments

R. Dean Ayers, Chairman Departmentof Physics-,4stronomy,California State University,Long Beach, California 90840

Chairman's Introduction---3'.35

ContributedPapers

3:40 to-edgedistance is 4-12 ram,and the jet velocitylies between 5 and 30 m/ s. In resemblanceto a commonpractice in organpipe construction, the Pl. The effects of the flaring bell on the normal frequenciesof a piecewhose edge is struckby thejet is unsymmctrical,consisting of a 45' trombone.J. Duane Dudley and William J. Strong (Department of wedgemounted so that oneside is parallelto the centerline of thejet. Physicsand Astronomy,Brigham Young University,Provo, UT 84602)

As sinusoidal waves encounter the bell of a brass wind instrument, 4**25 theyare effectively reflected by the flaringpart of the bore.A givenfre- quencyis effectively reflected from that part of thebell where a significant P4. The conical bore in musical acoustics.R. Dean Ayers, Lowell changein boreradius occurs within a wavelength.Hence the longer wave- J. Eliason, and Daniel Mahgerefteh (Department of Physics- lengthsreflect from pointscloser to the inlet end of the bell than do the Astronomy,California StateUniversity, Long Beach,CA 90840} shorterwavelengths. A computercalculation of the equivalentlengths correspondingto thenormal frequencies shows this effect, and shows how A review of textbooks and research literature reveals that there is thefrequency shifts depend on the shape of thebore. Through this effect, roomfor improvementin the treatmentof thissimple but importantbore the bell makesan importantcontribution towards making the normal shape.We useplots of acousticpressure standing waves to showstudents frequenciesharmonic. in a descriptivecourse that a completecone and an openpipe of thesame lengthhave the samenatural frequencies. These plots also predict the qualitativebehavior for the frequenciesof a frustumclosed at the small 3:SS end and suggesta rigorousapproach to their calculation.Incorporating theopen end correction for a straightpipe plus a correctionfor viscosity I)2. Effectof theplayer's vocal tract onthe tone quality of reedwoodwind and thermal conductivityin the calculationresults in agreementwith instruments.John Backus(Physics Department, University of Southern experimentalvalues to within0.5%. In order to understandthe inhar- California,Los Angeles, CA 90089-1341) monieityof the frustum'sfrequencies from a differentapproach, we have It hasbeen argued by woodwindinstrument players that the configu- calculatedthe pressure impulse response for reflectionfrom its closed end. rationof thepJayer's vocal tract has an effect on thetone quality of the We find that thisconsists of a deltafunction plus an inverted,exponential- instrumentwhen played. This matter is being investigated. The following ly decayingwake. Experimental observations confirm both that shape for arrangementhas been set up: A "clarinet"is simulatedby mountinga theimpulse response and its contribution to theevolution of thewaveform clarinetmouthpiece and reed on a pieceof brass tubing of such length as to throughseveral reflections. soundthe noteD3 whenblowri, using a foamneoprene "lip" v,dth the reed.A microphoneis attached to themouthpiece to monitorits internal pressure.The open end of thebrass tube is sealed onto the end ofa 4-in.- diamtube 10 ft longfilled with soundabsorbing material. By attachinga PS. Recorder multiphonics.R. Dean Ayers, Lowell J. Eliason, and vacuum cleaner to the other end of the 4-in. tube, the "clarinet" can be David Forel {Departmentof Physics-Astronomy,California State "blown," as it were,in reverse,with the reedend out in the open.Various University,Long Beach,CA 90840) systemscan now be attachedto the mouthpieceand their effecton the internalwaveform of themouthpiece determined. Results so far indicate A systematicstudy has been undertaken to identifyand analyzeall that the effectof theplayer's vocal tract on the instrument'stone quality possiblemultiphonics on a popularbrand of plasticrecorder (Aulos, alto shouldbe negligible.[Work supportedby the NSF.] voice).The absenceof a bellat the endof the recordercombines with the open-holecutoff effectto guaranteestrong, nonharmonic bore reson- ances,and many of the forked fingeringsproduce stable multiphonics 4:10 whenblown somewhat hard. The morestable and ourally interesting mul- P3. Edgetonespectra. A. W. Nolle {Department of Physics,The tiphonicshave two strongspectral components, one supportedby the fundamentalbore resonanceand the other by the fourth or fifth reso- Universityof Texasat Austin, Austin, TX 78712} nance.Hcterodyne descendants of thesecomponents arc alsofound, but It iswell knownthat asthe velocityof an air jet impingingon an edgeis rarely with comparablestrength. The lessinteresting multiphonics have increased,various regimes of periodicoscillation are foundin whichthe just onestrong component, often at the third resonance,with noticeably frequencyincreases with jet velocity.It will beshown that also there are weakercomponents beating against it. Somefingerings will producemore narrowranges in whichthe signalconsists of two or morecomponents, than one multiphonic,depending on the breath pressureand/or attack notharmonically related, and various products. Ultima- used.One factorthat may be significantfor stabilityis the fact that the tely,as the jet velocityincreases, the signalbecomes a noiseband. Exten- edgetone i•elf goesmultiphonic at the blowingpressures used, without sivedata on thesephenomena will be shown.In the presentwork the jet- any feedbackfrom the bore.

S29 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S29 TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 TOWN AND COUNTRY ROOM, 2:30 TO 4:11 P.M.

SessionQ. SoeechCommunication II: SpeechRecognition and ProcessingSystems

Hisashi Wakita, Chairman SpeechTechnology Laboratory, Division of MEL TEK Corporation,3888 StateStreet, Santa Barbara, California 93105

Chairman's Introduction--2:•0

ContributedPapers

2:35 The analysisprocess has four stages:the multiple valuedWalsh trans- form, the log magnitudecomputation, the Mel-sealeconversion, and the Q1. A reference speech recognition algorithm: An approach to inversemultiple valued Walsh transform.The multiple-valuedWalsh characterizing speech data bases. James L. Hieronymus and David transformoperator uses multiple-valued coefficients {p/2" + q/2"j)corre- S. Pallett(National Bureau of Standards,Washington, DC 20234) spondingto ej• usedin the Fouriertransform. This operation requires One way to characterizethe relativerecognition difficulty of speech only additions,subtractions, and shifts.Speaker-independent isolated data basesis to use a referencespeech recognition algorithm. This ap- digitrecognition experiments were carded out to evaluatethe new speech proachwas first suggested by R. K. Mooreat theRoyal Signals and Radar analysismethod. The recognitionerror ratesfor WalshMel-cepstrum, Establishment.A preliminaryalgorithm for thispurpose has been pub- multiple-valuedWalsh Mel-cepstrum(16 valued),and Mel-cepstrum lished[G. E. Cholletand C. Gagnoulet,Proc. 1982IEEE ICASSP, 2026- were 6.4%, 3.2%, and 3.1%, respectively. 2029 (1982)].Currently, an isolatedutterance reference algorithm under developmentin our laboratoryincludes automatic endpoint detection and a trainingtechnique which averages several tokens of eachutterance. Mel scaleccpstral coefficients are usedin conjunctionwith dynamic time 3:11 alignmentin both trainingand recognition.Recognition accuracy and Q4. A syllable-basedconnected-digit recognizer for telephonespeech. performancestatistics are presentedalong with distancemeasures for best D. Kahn (AcousticsResearch Department, Bell Laboratories,Murray and second-bestmatch. Histograms of the ratio of second-bestto first-best Hill, NJ 07974) scoresare plotted as a measureof data baseconfusability. If the ratio histogramhas considerable population near unity, there is significant dan- Thispaper describes a system for theautomatic recognition of digits gerof confusion. Other descriptors characterizing properties of thespeech spokenin connectedstrings. The input is standardtelephone-quality data baseare presented.Preliminary results of researchon confusability audio,bandlimited to 200-3200 Hz, spokenin a room with a background measuresare reported. noiselevel of 60 dBA. The firststep performed is a segmentationof the incomingstring into syllables.Important featuresof the syllabification algorithm[D. Kahn, J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.I 73, S88(1983)] are (a) 2:47 the analysisis basedsolely on the energycontour, with no spectralinfor- mation, and (b) syllablesjudged to be unstressedare appendedto the Q2. One-pass,speaker-independent, isolated digit recognitionsystem. precedingstressed syllable; this is relevantonly in the caseof "seven,"and George Vysotsky(Acoustics Research Department, Bell Laboratories, resultsin the syllabicanalysis being equivalent to a segmentationinto Murray Hill, NJ 07974) digits.The remaininganalysis centers around an Itakura-typedynamic- The systemdescribed in this paperis an outgrowthof one presented programmingmatch between each extracted segment and a setof stored earlier[J. Aeoust. Sec. Am. Suppl.1 72, S30(1982)]. It is a combinationof digit templates.The templatesare themselvesderived from segmentsex- deterministicand probabilisticapproaches to isolatedword recognition. tractedfrom telephone-qualityconnected-digit strings. The mostdistinguishing features of the newsystem are a real-time,one- passalgorithm and the useof telephone-qualityspeech rather than broad- band microphonespeech. This new versionis targetedto a singlechip implementationwith the requirementthat the systemuses no morethan 3:23 256 bytesof RAM and 8000 bytesof ROM. The systemmakes decisions Q$. Evaluation of a signal-averaging method for the measurement of basedon a single20 msframe often features (with no longterm storage of signal-to-noiseratios in speech.James Hillenbrand (Departmentof previousframes). Preliminary segmentation and matchingare combined Communicative Disorders, Northwestern University, 2299 Sheridan to significantlyreduce both the number oftenf usablewords at eachrecog- Road, Evanston,IL 60201) nition point as well as the memoryrequirement for referencesobtained duringthe multispeaker training. The systemwas evaluated on a tendigit Many abnormalvoice qualities are characterizedby unusuallylarge vocabulary(1000 tokens,21 talkers)and showedan accuracyof 94.4% amountsof noise.Although the presenceof noiseis easyto identify, pre- with a 3.1% error rate, and a 2.5% rejectionrate. The effectsof usinga cisequantification of signal-to-noise(S/N) ratios is a difficult problem. one-passalgorithm on total performanceare alsodiscussed. Yumoto, Gould and Baer [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 71, 1544-1550 (1982)] developeda techniquebased on signalaveraging. Using a sustainedvowel segmentedinto pitch periods,the signalcomponent of the S/N calcula- 2:59 tion is definedas the averageof the individual pitch periods.The noise Q3. Speaker-independentisolated word recognition for small-size componentis estimatedby successivesubtractions of the averagesignal hardwareusing multiple valued Walsh Mel-cepstrum. M. Watari (C&C from individualpitch periodsof the originalvowel. In the presentstudy, SystemsResearch Laboratories, NEC Corporation,4-1-1 Miyazaki, the accuracyof thisteehnique was evaluated in a seriesof computersimu- Miyamae-Ku, Kawasaki-City, Kanagawa 213, Japan) lations.A synthesizedvowel wasmixed with varyingamounts of synthe- sizednoise. S/N ratiosvaried over a 36-dB range.Known S/N ratioswere In thispaper, the multiple-valuedWalsh Mel-cepstrum is proposedas comparedwith S/N ratioscalculated by theYumoto et al. technique.The a speechparameter for a small-sizespeech recognizer. The new speech correlationbetween calculated and actual S/N ratioswas nearly perfect analysisis based upon the multiple-valuedWalsh transform instead of the (r = 0.99) and the meanabsolute error was only 0.1 riB. Resultsare also Fourier transformused in the standardMel-cepstrum. This makesit pos- reportedfor testsinvolving naturally produced vowels mixed with synthe- sibleto obtaingood speech parameters by usinga smallmicrocomputer. sizednoise. [Work supportedby NIH.]

$30 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $30 3:35 An 8-bitZ80 microprocessorwas used for logiccontrol with storage of programs,text files and digitized speech on harddisk. Speech sampling Q6. TheSIGPRO signalprocessing software development system. ]an ratesof 10 and 12.5kHz wereutilized for digitalg-bit (256 amplitude I. Wolitzky(Be11 Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Murray Hill, NS07974) levels)speech storage and reconstruction. Speech phrase lengths varied TheSIGPRO system isdesigned toassist in the development ofdigital from 2 to 20 s. signalprocessing software. By freeing the user from such "bookkeeping" tasksas file management, memory allocation, control flow decisions, vari- ablename and default parameter assignment, and error- and type-check- ingand correction, the SIGPRO system allows a signalprocessing soft- 3:59 waresystem to bespecified solely in termsof standard"building block" QS. A Imrtablephonetles laboratory. Hector Jaykinand Robert vander modulesand the connections between them. A libraryof approximately Veen IPhoneticsLaboratory, Linguistics Department, UCLA, Los 100such modules, for performing such operations as correlation, filtering Angeles,CA 90024) and filter design,Fourier transforms,LPC synthesis,etc., is included, alongwith a mechanismfor easily adding new modules to thesystem. The PIPS IPortableInstrumental Phonetics Station) is a portablebox de- systemis writtenentirely in thec programminglanguage, and generates signedfor gatheringand analyzing aerodynamic and other phonetic data asits output a c programthat can be compiled to producecorrect imple- in thefield. It containstwo pressure transducers mounted 10 cm apart in a mentationof thespecified system, either as an executableprogram or asa singletube with accompanyingamplifiers, a high-speedchart recorder, a C-callablesubroutine (that may, in turn, be integratedinto the module Rothenbergairflow measurement system, and a miniaturestorage oscillo- library).The programruns under virtual-memoryversions of the Un- scope.Circuits constructedat UCLA provide(1) preamplificationto ix(TM)operating system. (Unix is a trademarkof BellTelephone Labora- strengthenweak signals, (2) amplification to drivethe chart recorder gal- tories,Inc.) vanometers(3) rms energy envelopes ofac signals,and (4) FM modulation anddemodulation that can record and play back one channel of relatively high-frequencydata or two channelsof low-frequencydata on a single 3:47 track of a portabletape recorder.An experimenternormally uses the QT.Storage and retrieval of qualitydigitized long speech phrases using a othertrack of a stereotape recorder for anaudio recording, although the microcomputer.Henry S. Todd (Departmentof ComputerScience, two typesof FM encoderscan be usedsimultaneously to provide up to BrighamYoung University, Provo, UT 84602) threechannels of FM recordingon a stereotape recorder. Rechargeable batteriescan drive most of the circuits.At present,the PIPS hasbeen used Two microcomputerdigital speech storage and retrieval systems were in theU.S., China, and the Southern Sudan. [Work supportedby NIH and designedand evaluatedin a computer-assistedinstruction environment. NSF.]

TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 SUNRISE ROOM, 1:00 TO 4:35 P.M.

SessionR. Psychologicaland PhysiologicalAcoustics I: Acousticsof EcholocatingAnimals in Air

Patricia Brown, Chairman Departmentof Biology,University of California,Los Angeles, California 90024

Chairman's Introduction•l:00

Invited Papers

1:05

R1. Neuralrepresentation of bisonarinformation in theauditory cortex of the mustachedbat. Nobuo Suga (Departmentof Biology,Washington University, St. Louis,MO 63130) Forecholocation, the mustached bat (Pteronotusparnellii rubiginosus} emits orientation sounds containing upto fourharmonics, each of whichconsists of a longconstant-frequency {CF) component followed by a short frequency-modulated(FM) component. The auditory system of thisspecies extracts different types of bisonar informationfrom complex orientation sound and pairs and represents these systematically inthe separate areas of the cerebral cortex. Nine clustersof combination-sensitiveneurons have thus far been found in the auditorycortex. Two of these clusters making up the CF/CF areaconsist ofCFt/CF 2 and CFs/CF 3 facilitation neuronswhich are tuned to particularDoppler shifts, i.e., target velocities from 8 to -- 2 m/s. Theremaining sevenclusters consist of differenttypes of FM-FM neuronswhich are tuned to particularecho delays, i.e., targetdistances. Three of theseclusters, making up theFM-FM area,consist of FM t-FM2,FM t-FM3, and FMs-FM, facilitationneurons. The FM-FM areaprojects bilaterally to thedorsal fringe {DF) and ventrola- teralIVL) areasof the nonprimaryauditory cortex. The DF areaconsists of threeclusters of FM-FM facilita- tionneurons. The VL areacontains a small cluster of facilitationneurons that are tuned only to theFM t-FM2 combination.The FM-FM arearepresents target distances from 7 to 310era, while the DF arearepresents thesefrom 14 to 140cm. [Work supportedby I-R01-NS 17333.]

1:50

112.Fluttering target detection in horseshoebats. Hans-UlrichSchnitzler (Lehrstuhl Zoophysiologie, Eberhard-Karls-Universituat,D-7400 Tuubingen, Federal Republic of Germany)

$31 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America B31 The rhythmicalmodulations in insectechoes caused by the movingwings are behaviorally relevant infor- mationfor horseshoebats. By evaluating this information the bats are able to detectinsect echoes even in strong backgroundclutter and probablyto classifydifferent species. Transmitter and receiverof the horseshoebats' echolocationare especially adapted for the processingof thisbehaviorally relevant information. An adaptation of the transmitteris the Dopplershift compensation which keeps the carrierfrequencies of the insectechoes withinan "expectationwindow" and uncouples the insect echoes from the bats' flight movement. Adaptations of thereceiver are the specialized structure of thecochlea with thehighly expanded frequency representation in the rangeof the insectecho frequencies which leadsto a strongoverrepresentation of sharplytuned neurons with specialresponse characteristics throughout the whole auditory pathway. Thereby the bats establishan "analysiswindow" in the receiverwhich correspondsto the "expectationwindow" causedby the transmitter characteristic.

ContributedPapers

2:35 notrachealismuscles which move the syrinx caudad, causing adduction of the syringealmembranes during expiratory airflow and initiating phona- R3. Echolocation and foraging behavior of Hipposideros ruber tion.Subsequent contraction of a previouslyunclescribed syringeal muscle (Chiroptera).G. P. Bell and M. B. Fenton(Department of Biology, terminatesthe click by rotating a syringealcartilage and abductingthe CarletonUniversity, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada KIS 5B6) externaltympaniform membranes. This syringealmuscle does not con- Althougha greatdeal of recentliterature deals with the neurological tract duringlonger duration vocalizations. It is thusspecialized for the and anatomicalaspects of Doppler-shiftcompensation (DSC) by some productionof clicklikesounds. Simultaneous measurement of the rate of bats,there are a few data on the foragingbehavior of thesespecies. Wc airflow througheach semisyrinx indicates that during someclicks one studiedthe foragingof Hipposiderostuber in Zimbabwe,and conclude semisyrinxcloses while the other remainsopen. This is the first evidence from its behaviorand echolocationcalls that it is capableof DSC. These that airflow through each side of the syrinx can be independentlycon- batsselected moths which were flutteringtheir wingswhether tbe prey trolledduring pronation. [Work supportedby NSF.] were flying or sitting on the substrate.If, during an attack, the moth stoppedfluttering its wings,the bat terminated its approach.Pursuits of 3:20 flyingand sitting targets were equally successful, with thebats capturing thetargets 40% of thetime. Control experiments indicated that the bats R6. Acuity of echolocationin the oilbird, Steatorniscaripensis. David did not use visionor the soundof flutteringto locatetheir prey. DSC B. Thompsonand Roderick A. Suthers(Medical SciencesProgram, appearsto bea meansof rejectingclutter. [Work supported by NSERC, Indiana University,Bloomington, IN 47405} Canada.] The neotropicaloilbird echolocatesin totally dark caveswith a click which has most of its energy between 0.5 and 3.0 kHz. The acuity of 2:50 echolocationwas measuredwith an array of stationarycylindrical obsta- cles(diameter 8.9, 3.2, or 0.5 cm} which were shiftedbetween trials to R4. Echolocationbehavior in a "flycatcher"bat. Hioposiderosdi•tdems. preventthe birds from learningtheir position.Birds were tested in a dark Patricia E. Brown and Robert D. Berry (Department of Biology, room and observedwith an infraredviewer. Flights through the row of UCLA, LosAngeles, CA 90024and Naval WeaponsCenter, China Lake, obstacleswere scored as hits, light touches,or misses.The birds'ability to CA 93555) negotiatethe 3.2-cmarray wassignificantly better than with 0.5-cmobsta- Echolocationbehavior and sonar pulse design in free-rangingDiadem cles,indicating that oilbirdscan acousticallydetect 3.2-cm-diam obsta- horseshoebats {Hipposiderosdiadema) were studiedduring the NSF- cles.This is considerablysmaller than the 20-cm thresholdof previous sponsoredexpedition to Chillagoe,Australia. To followindividual bats studies[M. Konishi and E. 1. Knudsen,Science 204, 425-427 (1979}]. under field conditions,crystal-controlled radio transmitters were at- Like echolocatingswiftlets [D. R. Griffinand D. Thompson,Behar. Ecol. tachedto the bats.This producedvaluable data on homerange, activity Sociobiol.10, 119-123 11982}]and bats, oilbirdscan detect obstacles patterns,and foragingbehavior as well as permittingthe recordingof whosediameter is a fraction of the wavelengthof their echolocating echolocationsignals of knownbats under field conditions. In its foraging pulses.[Work supportedby NSF.] area,a bat wouldhang from a limb, acousticallyscanning for a passing beetle.Upon detection, the bat brieflytracked its preybefore darting out 3:35 to captureit andreturning to thesame roost. Hipposideros diadema em- ploysa CF/FM signalwith a restingfrequency of 55 kHz. Theyare capa- R7. Increased low-frequency sensitivity in the ears of Kauai moths: ble of Doppler-shiftcompensation, altering the CF componentin re- Response to the acoustic signals of the Hawaiian Hoary Bat. James sponse to movements of nearby objects. While Rhinolophus H. Fu!lard [Department of Zoology, Erindale College, University of ferrurnequinumwill lowerits restingfrequency to compensatefor its own Toronto, Mississauga,Ontario, Canada L5L 1C6] and Jacqueline flightspeed, it doesnot react to negativeDoppler shifts caused by receding $. Bellwood {Department of Entomology, University of Florida, objects.Hipposideros isstationary for prey detection, and compensates for Gainesville,FL 42611} both negativeand positiveDoppler-shifted echoes generated by ap- proachingand receding insects by loweringand raising the CF component The auditorysensitivity of tympanatemoths from the islandof Kauai of its sonar pulses. wasstudied to examinethe sensoryeffects placed on theseinsects by the site'ssole bat species,Lasiurus cinereussemotus (Hawaiian Hoary Bat}. Audiogramswere neurnlogicallydetermined and then subdividedinto 3:05 four bandwidthsto renderan estimationof sensitivity(audiogram area} at RS. Mechanisms of sonar pulse production by oilbirds. Roderick 5-25, 30-50, 55-75, and 80-110 kHz. Comparedto mothsanalyzed from sitesin Canada,Africa, and PapuaNew Guinea,Hawaiian moths reveal a A. Suthersand Dwight Hector (Medical SciencesProgram, Indiana reducedhigh-frequency { > 50 kHz} sensitivitycoupled with a significant- University,Bloomington, IN 47405) ly higher sensitivityto frequenciesbelow 30 kHz. Tuning is very broad The echolocatingclicks ofoilbirds (Steatornis caripensis) are generated with bestfrequencies extending from 9 to 33 kHz for variousspecies. Free- in two bronchialsemisyringes. Each click hasa durationof 20 to 60 ms flying individualbats were recordedas they hauntedat the samesite andmay consist of a continuousbroadband sound or bedivided by a short wheremoths were captured. L. cinereusemits two distinctsignals as it silent interval into two shorter sounds.Electromyograms, together with flies:a typicalFM, harmonicallycomplemented, echolocation call cen- measurementsof subsyringealpressure, tracheal pressure, and the rate of teredat 27.9 kHz and anotherFM signalof 9.8 kHz, commonlyemitted trachealairflow, show that clicksare precededby contractionof the ster- during agonisticencounters with other bats while foraging.We suggest

S32 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $32 thatthis bat gleans echolocation information from its low-frequency so- A newmethod has been developed forcontinuously monitoring the cialcall and thereby provides another set of acousticfrequencies to which directionin which an echolocatingbat is pointingits head.Two light sympatricmoths have become sensitive. [Work supportedby National emittingdiodes are mountedon the bat'shead and their positionsread GeographicSociety and NSERC.] sequentially,under microprocessor control, using an x-y positionsensing photodiode.The microprocessorcalculates the angleof the line between the two light emittingdiodes with respectto an initial direction,and the 3:$0 locationof the midpointof thisline. Readingscan be madeover a 360ø RS. Re•ponse•of cerebellsrunits in FM and CF-FM bats to acoustic rangewith an accuracy of -I- 1ø, at a rateof 100/s.This device has been stimuli. Philip H.-S. Jen, Tsutomu Kamada, and Xindc Sun (Division usedto determinethe bat's head aim in measurementsof horizontalangu- of BiologicalSciences, The Universityof Missouri,Columbia, MO 65211) lar resolution.Simultaneous monitoring of the bat'ssonar emissions pro- videsdata on how informationis integratedover time by the bat. Results With puretone pulses (35- and 0.5-msrise-decay times), a total of 499 of thesestudies will be discussed.[Work supportedby NIr-t and NSF.] unitsfrom FM bats(Myotis lucifugus and Eptesciusfuscus) and 401 units fromthe CF-FM bats(Pteronotus parnelliiparnellii and Pteronotus par- nelliirubiginosus) were isolated from a largearea of the,cerebellar vermis and hemispheres.Response latencies ranged between 1.2 and 68 ms but 4:20 mostwere below 10 ms. Phasic units, phasic burstera, and tonic units were observed.Threshold curves of these units were either narrow, broad, or irregular. In the CF-FM bats, units with BFs between60 and 63 kHz RI0. Spectrogram processing in echolocation. Richard A. Altes correspondingto the predominantCF frequencywere sharply tuned and (ORINCON Corporation,3366 N. Torrey PinesCourt, La Jolla, CA showedoff responsesupon cessation of the stimulus.In bothbats, vari- 92037) ationof BFsof isolatedunits from penetrationswithin the samelobe was smallerthan thosefrom different lobes. A studyof frequencytuning and Ech01ocationbehavior and neuronal representations ofsound suggest representationsuggests that a bat'scerebellum can effectively process the that animal sonarcan be modeledin termsof a spectrogramcorrelation predominantcomponents of biologicallysignificant signals. Responses to process.Recent experimental results, however, indicate that batsmay be a 4 msupward and downward sweeping FM stimuliand pure tone pulses sensitiveto thefine structure of thesignal-echo cross-correlation function werestudied in 70 unitsof the Eptesicusfuscus. Most unitswere more (J. A. Simmons,Science 204, 1336I. This sensitivitycannot be explained sensitiveto a downwardsweeping FM stimulusthan to a puretone pulse. by crosscorrelation of spectrograms.Spectrogram deconvolution or an An upwardsweeping FM stimuluswas as effectiveas a 35-mspure tone analysis-by-synthesisprocedure can be usedto reconstructa signalfrom pulse.A studyof directionalsensitivity of 47 unitsshowed that 33 units its spectrogram,aside from an arbitraryphase shift. Cross correlation of were most sensitive to a sound delivered from the front. The other 14 units two suchreconstructed signals, with the samearbitrary phaseshift as- weremost sensitive to a sounddelivered from 20'-30 • lateral.[Work sup- signedto both, yieldsthe requiredsensitivity to cross-correlationfine portedby NSF 80 07348and USPH 1-K04-NS-00433to P. Jen.] structure.The waveformreconstruction procedure is accurateonly if spectrogramfilters are not smoothwindow functions as in man-made 4:05 processors,but havelarge time-bandwidth product, e.g., sharprise and slowdecay in thefrequency domain, as in criticalband models of hearing. R9. A new methodfor measuringhem] aim in echolocatingbats. W. Thisfilter property insures that the filter ambiguity function has the same Mitch Masters and James A. Simmons (Institute of Ncuroscicncc, or largersupport in therange-Doppler plane as the signal ambiguity func- Universityof Oregon,Eugene, OR 97403) tion, a necessarycondition for spectrogramdeconvolution.

TUESDAY AFTERNOON, 8 NOVEMBER 1983 GOLDEN WEST ROOM, 1:00 TO 4:25 P.M.

SessionS. PsychologicalAcoustics II: Masking and Noise Discrimination

Dominic W. Massaro, Chairman Departmentof Psychology,University of California,Santa Cruz, California95064

Chairman's Introduction--l:00

ContributedPapers

1:05 quencyor 20-30 Hz resolvedconfusion. For maskerscomposed of 10-, 20-, or 40-ms pulses,the signaldelay necessaryto resolveconfusion in- S1. Stimulusparameters governing confusion effects in forward masking. creasedwith masker-pulseduration but wastypically less than 10ms. For DonnaL. Neff• andDaniel L. Weber(Boys Town National Institute thesethree pulsing maskers, signal durations less than one half or greater for Communication Disorders in Children, 555 N. 30th Street, Omaha, thantwice the masker-pulse duration were necessary to resolveconfusion. NE 68131} [Work supportedby NSF, NIH, andthe Universityof Nebraska.]• Pre- Confusion effectsin forward masking occur when the listener has sentaddress: Laboratory of Psychophysics,Harvard University,33 Kirk- difficultydiscriminating a suprathresholdsignal from the preceding land Street,Cambridge, MA 02138. masker.Confusion effects were examinedfor "pulsing"forward maskera 1:25 composedof repeatedbursts ofa sinusoidfollowed by a sinusoidalsignal. Differencesbetween the level, frequency,and duration of the signaland S2. The occlusion-impedanceof the ear canal and its influence on the an individualmasker pulse, as well as offset--onsetdelay were varied to occlusioneffect and external physiologicalmasking. Christoph P•ssclt determinethe changenecessary to resolveconfusion. For maskerscom- (Lchrstuhlf'tir a]lgcmeine Elektrotechnik und Akustik, Ruhr-Universit•it posedof 20-mspulses, changes in signallevel of 1-5 dB or in signalfre- Bochum, Postfach 102148,West Germany)

$33 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $3:3 Boneconduction (BC} as the limitingfactor for the soundprotection The combined effect of a backward and forward mask has often been rateofearplugs and earmuffs can be calculated by models.A modelof this notedto be difficultto predicton the basisof the maskingobtained from kindis part of a dummyhead system, recently developed in our laboratory eithermasker alone. This report describes the nonlineareffects of a back- forobjective sound attenuation measurement of soundprotection devices. ward mask on the shapeof forward maskingtuning curves.Five-point Basedon the separation of BCinto external-, middle-, and inner-ear com- psychophysicaltuning curves were obtained in two observers,using 200- ponents,the modelallows determination of BC accordingto the actual ms forward maskersof 500, 750, 1000, 1250, and ! 500 Hz, and a 10-ms, typeof occlusion.BC is mainlyaffected by the acousticimpedance, seen IO00-Hzsignal presented at 40 dB SPL. The forwardmask had a 2-ms ß outwards from the entrance to the ear canal. We have measured this "oc- risc/fall time and the signalwas fast-gated 3 ms after the forwardmask. clusion-impedance"for differentoccluding devices. Sample results will be The backwardmask was a 100•msburst of white noise,presented 3 ms presented.The occlusioneffect is, then,determined by the occlusionim- afterthe signaloffset, with a fastrise/fall. Tuning curves were obtained in pedanceand, also,by the relativevibrations between skull and earmuff, quiet, and with backward maskersof 20, 50,and 80 dB SPL. Tuning the latter dependingon the mechanicalimpedance of earmuffand under- curvesbecame sharper as the levelof the backwardmask was increased. lying skin as well as on the vibrationmodes of the skull. Further,the The tip of thetuning curve dropped by at least20 dB in thepresence of the physiologicalnoise spectrum, as generated in the externalear, is affected 80-dBbackward mask, and by lessthan 10 dB at other frequencies.The by theocclusion impedance too, thus leading to a characteristicexternal resultsare discussedin termsof the strategiesemployed by listenersto physiologicalmasking, former known as the "missing 6-dB effect." [Work detecta signalin the presenceof a forwardmask. [Work supported by partly supportedby Ministerffir Wissensehaftund For•zhung,NRW.] NSERC.I

1:45 2:45

S3. Frequencydiscrimination of tonespresented either insideor outside S6. Detection cues in forward masking and their relationship to off- of "notches" in band-reject noise. David S. Emroerich, Deborah frequency listening. William S. Yacullo (Section of Communicative A. Fantini, and William S. Brown {Departmentof Psychology,State Disorders,Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke's Medical Center,Chicago, IL Universityof New York at StonyBrook, Stony Brook, NY 11794) 60612} and Paul J. Abbas {Departmentof SpeechPathology and Audiology,University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242} At the 104thmeeting of thisSociety we reporteddata consistent with the notion that, in frequencydiscrimination, information is integrated Previousstudies [D. Johnson-Daviesand R. D. Patterson,J. Acoust. overa widefrequency range. These data were obtained from subjects who Soc.Am. 65, 765-770 {1979)and B. J. O'Loughlinand B.C. J. Moore,J. wereasked to discriminatetones which were presented in the centersof Acoust.Soc. Am. 69, I 119-1125{1981)] suggest that off-frequency listen- "notches"of variouswidths in backgroundsof band-rejectnoise. The ing is a majorfactor contributing to sharpnessof psychophysicaltuning presentresearch extends the earlierfindings by presentingthe tonesclose curves.The presentstudy is designedto evaluatethe contributionof off- to theedges of bandsof rejectedfrequencies in an attemptto determinethe frequencylistening to the sharpnessof psychophysicaltuning curves as a relativeimportance of activityfrom frequencyregions higher and lower functionof temporalcharacteristics of boththe variablemasker and sta- than the nominalfrequencies of the tonesbeing discriminated. In addi- tionarymasker used to restrictlistening to a narrowregion surrounding. tion, controlexperiments were conductedin which the toneswere pre- the probeusing the restricted-listeningtuning curve paradigm first em- sentedin thepassbands of band-rejectnoise rather than inside the notches. ployedby Johnson-Daviesand Patterson(1979}. Conventional forward- Againthe resultssuggest that activityremote from the peakof the distri- maskedpsychophysicai tuning curves initially were generated using stim- butionof activity createdby the presentationof a tone is importantin uli of varyingtemporal characteristics {sinusolds, AM and QFM tones, frequencydiscrimination. A reasonableinterpretation of the data is that andAM noise}as the variablemasker. Restricted-listening tuning curves remoteeffects extend more widely on the high-frequencyside than on the subsequentlywere obtainedutilizing fixed-levelstationary maskers 100 low-frequencyside of the tonesto bediscriminated. This interpretationis Hz wideof differingtemporal characteristics IQFM tone,AM noise,and somewhatclouded by the unexpectedfinding that in someconditions syntheticnoise comprised of sinusoidsof equalamplitude, random phase addingto the spectralcontent of the noisebackground improved rather relation,and spaced 1 Hz apart)which were gated with the variablemask- than impairedperformance. er. Resultssuggest that the off-frequencylistening effect observed utiliz- ing a tuningcurve paradigm is largelydependent on the temporalcharac- teristicsof both variableand stationarymaskers. Assuming differing 2:05 detectionmechanisms for maskersof varyingtemporal characteristics, it appearsthat the differentdetection cues are not equallydependent on off- S4. On the form of the maskingfunction for intensity discriminationof frequencylistening. pure-tones.Neal F. Viemeisterand Sid P. Bacon (Departmentof Psychology,University of Minnesota,Minneapolis, MN 55455) 3.-O5 The publisheddata on intensitydiscrimination of tonesdoes not per- mit detailedcharacterization of how the differencethreshold (AI) varies S?. Masking ability of forward maskers of varying temporal with intensity(I } overa wideintensity range. In the presentstudy, mask- characteristics. William S. Yacu!io (Section of Communicative ingfunctions •A] vsI }were obtained for 200-ms,I-kHz tonebursts over a Disorders,Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke's Medical Center, Chicago,IL 115-dBrange with I variedin 2.5-or 5-rib steps.For intensitiesbetween 5- 60612} and Paul J. Abbas {Department of Speech Pathology and dB SL and 95-rib SPL, the maskingfunctions were in reasonableagree- Audiology,University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA 52242} ment with recentreports: the Weber fraction, AI/I, was approximately constantup to 40 dB SPL and thendecreased monotonically up to 95 dB It hasbeen suggested that the detectioncues for simultaneouslypre- SPL. For I nearabsolute threshold, some subjects showed a slight"sensi- sentedsinusoidal and noisemaskers are different[D. Green, J. Acoust. tization," in which AI was below absolute threshold. Above 100 dB SPL, Soe.Am. 41, 1517-1525 [ 1967)and D. Weber and R. Patterson,J. Acoust. the Weber fraction increasedmonotonically with increasingintensity, Soe.Am. Suppl. I 68, S37 {1980}].The presentstudy was designed to suggestingmild "saturation."These data shouldpermit more refined evaluatemasking ability of forwardmaskers of varyingtemporal charac- modelingof intensitydiscrimination of tonesand of certain complex teristics.Conventional forward-masked tuning curves were generated uti- waveforms.[Supported by NINCDS NS 12125.] lizinga sinusoidalprobe and four types of stimulifor the masker:a sinus- oid, quasi-frequency-modulatedIQFM) tones, AM tones, and AM narrow-band noise 100 Hz wide. These maskers were selected as their

2:25 envelopespossess a wide rangeof amplitudefluctuation. The AM and QFM tones(50 Hz wide)had identicalspectral structures, yet distinctly S5. Forward masking tuning curves obtained in the presence of a diffe•nt temporal characteristics.Differences in maskereffectiveness backward noise masker. Brian R. Shelton and John C. Booth were evaluatedby comparingthe tuning curvesgenerated using the var- (Departmentsof Psychologyand CommunicativeDisorders, University ioustypes ofmaskers. Results indicate that stimuliwith amplitudefluctu- of WesternOntario, London, Ontario, Canada N6A 5C2) ationsthat are largeand randomin nature{AM noise}exhibit greater

S34 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $34 forwardmasking ability that stimuliwith eitherminimal or no envelope with the noisebursts sampled randomly for eachtrial. Performanceim- variation{QFM toneand sinusoid)or large,yet periodic,amplitude per- provedas a functionof bandwidth,as wouldbe expectedbased on the turbations{AM tone).This differencein maskingability is exhibitedon increasein informationin the stimulus.However, performance changed thehigh-frequency branch and within the tip regionof thetuning curve. it nonmonotonicallyas a functionof duration,even though there is a similar is suggestedthat differencesin maskingability may reflectthe useof increase in information as duration increases. For each of the four band- differentsignal detection cues. widths,performance improved up to a durationof 25.6 ms,but declined with furtherincreases in duration.Subsequent experiments were conduct- edto explainthe decrease in performancefor longerdurations. The results 3:25 will be discussedin termsof the peripheraland centraldeterminants of $8. Improved 1-bark bandwidth auditory filters. Andrew $ckcy and performancefor thistask. [Work supportedby NIH.] Brian A. Hanson(Speech Technology Laboratory, 3888 State Street, Santa Barbara, CA 93105) 4:05

A criticalband filtering function attributed to Schroeder[A. J. Four- S10. Changes in differential sensitivity for frequency modulation in cin,Rapportcur, "Speech processing by manand machine," in Theodore noise-exposedchinchillas. William W. Clark, BarbaraA. Bohnc,and H. Bullock(1977}, Recognition of Complex.•coustic Signals, Dahlem GlenisR. Long{Central Institute for the Deaf,St. Louis,MO 63110) Konferenzen,Berlin] is modifiedso as to {i}ensure l-bark bandwidth,(ii} haveasymptotic slopes which reflect masking characteristics of the hu- Frequencymodulation discrimination thresholds were obtainedfor manear, and{iii} attains its maximumat 0 bark.A bankof the newfilters two chinchillasbefore, during, and after exposureto an octaveband of spacedat l-barkintervals is presented, and its smoothing effect on a vowel noisecentered at 0.5 kHz, 95 dB SPL, for 54 days.During exposure, when spectrumis illustrated. the animals had threshold shifts of 35-45 dB, difference limens for fre- quencymodulation (DLs) were impaired by ten-foldfor centerfrequen- ciesbelow 2.3 kHz; at 2.3 k Hz and abovethey were completely unaffected. 3:45 Thirty daysafter exposure,when thresholdshifts had recoveredto about $9. Discrimination of noise as a function of bandwidth and duration. 25 dB, DLs recoveredabout halfway (fivefoldreduction) for the low- frequencystimuli; high-frequency DLs remainednormal. Histological ThomasE. Hanna (Laboratoryof Psychophysics,Harvard University, evaluation of the cochlea from these two animals showed losses of outer 33 Kirkland Street,Cambridge, MA 02138} haircells in theapical turn averaging 30%, anda basal-turnlesion in one A same-differenttask was usedto studythe discriminabilityof noise animalat a point60% of the distancefrom the apex.The resultsof this burstsas a functionof duration(0.1,0.4, 1.6,6.4, 25.6, 102.4,or 409.6ms) studyextend our previousobservation that the baseand the apexof the andbandwidth (50, 200, 800,or 3200Hz} of the burst.Each trial con- cochleaare affected differently by exposureto noise.[Work supportedby tainedeither identical (same) or independent(different) samples of noise, NINCDS.]

S35 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S35 WEDNESDAY MORNING, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 TOWN AND COUNTRY ROOM, 9:00 A.M. TO 12:05 P.M.

SessionT. SpecialPlenary Session:Applications of Signal Processingto Acoustics

Wayne T. Reader, Chairman David W. TaylorNa•l Ship R&D Center,Bethesda, Maryland 20084

Chairman's Introduction---9:00

Invited Papers

9:05

T1. Acousticsignal processing: An in•erd•iplinary field.James F. BartramIRaytheon Company, Submarine SignalDivision, Portsmouth, RI 0287!) This paperpresents an overviewof the field, from the perspectiveof the recentAssociate Editor for AcousticSignal Processing, Journal of theAcousticaiSociety of America(JASA). The subjcctmatter is defined, botha• to whatit is not•s well asto whatit is,and the history of theJournal category is briefly presented. The authorstresses the fact that signal processing cuts across all nineof theSociety's technical areas and many other nonacousticalscientific disciplines. To emphasizethe interdisciplinarycharacter of signalprocessing, an ex- aminationof thesubject matter contained in thevarious signal processing papers published in JASAand other journalsin the pastthree years is presented.

9'.35

T2. Digital signalprocessing and auditoryphysiology. J. B. Allen (AcousticsResearch Department, Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ 07974) Digital signalprocessing techniques are very importantto the areaof auditoryneurophysiology since the auditorysignals must be carefullycontrolled and becausethe data collectionparadigms are frequentlyquite complicated.in this talk I shalldescribe a computersystem that isjointly usedby Bell Labsand Columbia PresbyterianHospital. Key issuesinclude methods for real-time data acquisition at 10-/.tsccrates while running a full operatingsystem on the host computer,D/A and A/D hardwarewhich produceless than 0.01% distortionfor singletone signals,real-time linear systemidentification methods, and acousticimpedance measurement methods.

10:05

T3. Applicatiousof dlgital signalprocessing in computertousle. Garth Loy and Mark Dolson(Computer Audio ResearchLaboratory, Center for Music Experimentand RelatedResearch, Q-037, Universityof California,San Diego, CA 92093) Recentdevelopments in signalprocessing have opened many new lines of inquiryin computermusic. Areas wheresignal processing techniques are appropriate include measurement and observation, signal representa- tion,transformation, analysis, and synthesis of musicalsound. Topics addressed iu thispaper include represen- tationalrequirements for music,segmentation and analysistechniques such as linearpredictive coding, the phasevocoder, data reduction, filtering, and synthesis. Examples will be givenwithin the contextof a digital signalprocessing paradigm developed at C.A.R.L. thattightly couples the facilities of UNIX operatingsystem with researchtools for computermusic.

10:35

T4. Coherenceanalysis applied to structural acoustic problems.J. S. Bendat (J. S. Bendat Company, 833 MoragaDrive, Los Angeles,CA 90049) This presentationdiscusses signal processing techniques and engineeringrequirements for solvingstruc- tural acousticmultiple input/output problems using ordinary, partial, and multiplecoherence functions. Practicalmatters are includedon formulationof models,selection of input records,time delaybias errors, measurementinterference effects, and statistical sampling errors. These topics are covered in thebook by J. S. Bendatand A. Ci. Piersol[Engineering Applications of Correlationand Spectral Analysis (Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1980)].Recent two-input/one-output models employing these methods are: (1) spaceshuttle tile problemswhere it isrequired to determinethe response of tilesdue to pressuresfrom acoustic noise inputs over the tiles,versus that from correlatedpanel vibration inputs under the tiles(performed by A. G. Piersol);(2) a noisesource identification problem where it is requiredto determinethe relativecontributions of a structure- bornenoise input generated in an engine,versus a correlatedcooling fan noiseinput from a fan mountedon the engine,to a farfieldsound output (performed by W. Ci. Halvorsen).

S36 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 198th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S31• 11:05

TS. Nearfieldacoustical holographic techniques used to visualizeradiated sound fields. J. D. Maynard (Departmentof Physics,The PennsylvaniaState University, University Park, PA 16802) The termsignal processing is customarilyused in referenceto the analysisof dataobtained as a functionof time;similarly the term image processing refers to theenhancement of two-dimensionalspatial data. For wave fields,such as optical or acousticalfields, the wave equation couples the space and time variables and permits an extremelypowerful signal processing technique referred to hereas generalized holography. In thistechnique temporaldata are measured over a two-dimensionalspatial surface, and the dataare processedto reconstruct and visualizethe entire three-dimensionalwave field. The powerof this techniquearises from the enormous expansionof informationwhich occurswhen goingfrom the two-dimensionalmeasurement to the three- dimensionalreconstruction. Although the theory of generalizedholography is exact,conventional optical and acousticalholography suffers from seriousintrinsic limitations, such as the spatialresolution being limited to the radiatedwavelength. At The PennsylvaniaState University we are developing a newacoustic generalized holographictechnique, called Nearfield Holography, which overcomes the limitationsof conventionalholo- graphy.In thistechnique a briefmeasurement with a microphonearray can be usedto visualizethe surface motionof a complexvibrating structure, to reconstructthe entire three-dimensionalsound pressure field, particlevelocity field, and vector intensity field, and to mapthe flow of acousticenergy from the sources to the farfield.With thissystem one may pinpoint(within centimeters) acoustic energy producing sources on vibra- torswith smallstructural features (such as musical instruments) even when the radiatedwavelength is several meters.In this talk our most recentNearfield Holography equipment and processingalgorithms will be described,and computergraphic reconstructions of vibratingsurfaces (moving in real-time)and radiated soundfields will be shown.[Nearfield holography research is supportedby the Officeof Naval Research (PhysicsProgram) and the NationalAeronautics and Space Administration.]

11:35

T6. Signalprocessing techniques used in underwateracoustics. V.C. Anderson(Marine PhysicalLaboratory ofthe Scripps Institution ofOceanography, University ofCalifornia, San Diego, CA 92152) The two underlyinggoals of mostsignal processing applications in underwateracoustics are detection and estimationof a signalin thepresence of uncertainties.The use of standard techniques such as matched filtering, prewhitening,and adaptive parameter estimation brings into play new dimensions of technologyin theface of thewide variability and uncertainty in parametersof the signaland the background. This paperwill presentan overviewof signalprocessing applications in the field.

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 CABINET ROOM, 1:30 P.M.

Meeting of StandardsCommittee S2: Mechanical Shock and Vibration

to be heldjointly with the

TechnicalAdvisory Group (TAG) Meeting for ISO/TC 108Mechanical Vibration and Shock

P. H. Maedel, Jr. Chairman S2 WestinghouseElectric Corporation, Lester Branch, P.O. Box 9175, Lester,Pennsylvania 19113

G. Booth, Chairman TechnicalAdvisory Group for ISO/TC 108 220 Clark Avenue,Branford, Connecticut06405

StandardsCommittee S2 on MechanicalShock and Vibration.Working group chairs will presentreports of theirrecent progress on writing and processing various shock and vibration standards. There will bea reporton the interfacesof S2 activitieswith thoseof ISO/TC 108 (theTechnical Advisory Group for ISO/TC 108 consistsof membersof S2,S3, and other persons not necessarily members of thosecommittees). Report on the ISO/TC 108meeting, held from 19-30 September1983.

S37 d. Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 108th Meeting: Acoustical Society of America S37 WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 SUNRISE ROOM, 1:00 TO 3:00 P.M.

SessionU. Psychologicaland PhysiologicalAcoustics II (Poster Session)

Patrick W. B. Moore, Chairman Code512, Naval OceanSystems Center, Kailua, Hawaii 96734

Chairman's Introduction---l.'00 All posterswill bedisplayed from 1:00-3:00P.M. To allowall contributorsan opportunityto seeother posters, contributorsof odd-numberedpapera will be at their postersfrom 1:00-2:00P.M. and contributorsof even- numberedpapers will be at their postersfrom 2:00-3:00P.M.

UI. The effect of contralateralstimulation on spontaneousacoustic 45% for Silents wearers,and 26% for E-A-R wearers.Previous research emissions.John H. Grose(Auditory Research Laboratory (Audiology), indicatesthat the %BW statisticfor a protectedor non-noisepopulation NorthwesternUniversity, 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,IL 60201} with past audiometrictest experiencewill be lessthan 30%. Subjectsexhibiting spontaneous acoustic emissions (SAEs) were pre- sented with wideband noise in the ear contralateral to that in which their U4. A new approachto auditory depth perception.R. W. Gatehouse SAE wasbeing recorded. The SAE magnitudeswere monitored while the (Department9f Psychology,University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, noisewas incremented in 5-dBsteps. Some SAE componentswere mar- CanadaNIG 2Wi} kedlyreduced with increasingcontralateral stimulation while others pearedto be enhanced,despite frequency separations between compo- Acousticdepth judgment studies have generally used static position nentsof lessthan 200 Hz. Theeffects were in theorder of 3-10 dB, though sources,and asked subjects to estimatethe distanceof onesource only, or occasionallygreater, and the threshold for the SAE changewas generally onesource relative to a second.Here, blindfoldedsubjects were asked to belowthe acousticreflex threshold for that subject.The rms level of the "align" a moveableroedial sagittal plane comparison source with a static car canal noisein the ipsilateralear was also monitoredto ensurethat l.O-kHz standard,3 m awayfrom them. The comparisonsource's starting none of the observations were a result of transcranial transmission of the positioncould be at 0 (positionof standard),+ 100or +__200 cm away stimulus. Pure tones were substituted for the noise in order to determine and was either a 0.7- or 1.3-kHz narrow-banded tone. The two sources whetherthe effectwas tuned; however no sharptuning was observed. alternatedin 3-sbursts till theSindicated "alignment" was achieved. Half the subjectsreceived the 1.0and 0.7 kHz pairingfirst then the 1.0and 1.3 kHz pairingand vice versa. Three trials were given for eachpairing from each starting position.The mean error scores(i.e., mean differences U2. The perceptionof individual"harmonics" of a ripple-noisespectrum. between"true" andestimated source position} were analyzed. The results E.M. Burns,M. Cotban{Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907), indicate that observers overestimate the distance of the standard when L.L. Feth,and V. Kirby (Universityof Kansas,Lawrence, KS 66045} initial positionof the comparisonis closeto them,and underestimateit A seriesofexpetiments were performed in orderto compare the ability whenthe comparisonstarts from beyondthe "0." Comparisonfrequen- of listenersto obtainpitch information from a single"harmonic" (ripple) ciesperformances did not differ. The resultspartially confirm Mershon of a ripple-noisespectrum with their abilityto obtainsimilar information and Bowers[Percept. 8, 311-322 (1975)]using a morestandard depth froman equivalentlyfiltered white noise spectrum. The experimentsin- perceptionparadigm. eluded:(I } a studyto determinethe abilityof listenersto "hearout" indi- vidualripples from a ripplenoise using Plomp's paradigm [Piomp, J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 36, 1628-1636(1964}], {2} the determinationof "fre- US. Listeners' identification of human-imitated animal sounds. Norman quency"JNDs for individualripples and for narrow-bandnoises, {3) the 1. Lass,Sandra K. Eastham,Tammie L. Wright,Audrey R. Hinzman, determinationof "fundamentalfrequency" JNDs (by randomizingrip- KarenJ. Mills, andAmy L. Hefterin(Department of SpeechPathology pieswithin trials), and {4) musical-interval-identification studies. The re- andAudiology, 805 Allen Hall, WestVirginia University, P. O. Box6122, sultsare discussed in relation to temporally based visa vis spectrally based Morgantown,WV 26506-6122) modelsof ripplenoise pitch perception. [Supported by NINCDS.] The purposeof this investigationwas to determineif listenerscan accuratelyidentify human-imitated animal sounds. A totalof 20 speakers, tenfemales and ten males,recorded their imitations of cows,cats, dogs, U3. The evaluation of the effectivenessof three hearing protection pigs,and sheep. A mastertaps containing the randomly arranged record- devicesat an industrial facility with a daily TWA of approximately 107 ingswas prepared and presented to 30judgeswho were asked to identify dB. Larry H. Royster (Departmentof Mechanicaland Aerospace the imitatedanimals and to ratethe confidenceof theirjudgments on a Engineering,North CarolinaState University, Raleigh, NC 27650}and seven-pointrating scale. Results indicate that: { 1}listeners' accuracy was Julia Doswell Royster IEnvironmentalNoise Consultants,Inc., Cary, relativelyhigh for all fivehuman-imitated animals; {2} imitations of dogs NC27511} weremost accurately identified, followed by sheep,cows, cats, and pigs; {3} for all five animals investigated,listeners' accuracy was greater for Three hearing protectiondevices (Norton Sigma Comfit earplug, Sa- female-imitatedthan male-imitatedsounds; {4) listeners'confidence rat- fecoSilenta earmuff, and E-A-R foam earplug}were comparedfor their ingswere highest for sheepfollowed by cows, dogs, cats, and pigs; and {5} effectivenessin preventingboth daily temporarythreshold shifts (TTS} listeners'confidence ratings were higher for female-imitatedthan male- and shiftsbetween sequential annual audiograms (%BW statistic)[L. H. imitatedanimal sounds (with tbe exception of dogsounds}. Implications Royster and J. D. Royster,in PersonalHearing Protectionin Industry of thesefindings and suggestionsfor futureresearch are discussed. IRaven,New York, 1982)].The hearingprotection devices varied signifi- cantlyin preventingTTS. Comfitwearers exhibited the largest TTS shifts, which differed from zero at 500-4000 Hz. Significant TTS was found for U6. Effects of signal starting phaseon diotic and diehotic detection in Silents wearers at 500 Hz, and for E-A-R wearers at 1000-2000 Hz. E-A- reproduciblenoise masker•. R. H. Gilkey and B. Kollmeier'• {Central R wearersshowed nonsignificant improvements at 3000-6000 Hz, and Institute for the Deaf, 818 S. Euclid, St. Louis, MO 63110) Silentswearers showed significant improvement at 6000 Hz. Employees' previousthree annualaudiograms were evaluatedto compare%BW val- Dolan,Hirsh, and Yost [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 70, 886-887{1981)] and ues for the wearer groups.These valueswere 53% for Comfit wearers, Gilkey, Hanna, and Robinson[J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. I 68, S59

$38 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of Amedca S38 (1980)]have shown that the detectability of a tonalsignal varies greatly as decayof activityis compared to a similardiotic configuration in whichthe a functionof the phaserelationship between the signal and a reproducible levelof thenoise is decreased by 15dB. The resultsindicate that the decay noisemasker under diotic (NoSo) presentation.However, detectability of activityin the binauralsystem is more"sluggish" than the decayof variesonly slightly, if at all, asa functionof phaseunder dieboric (NoS•r) activity in the monauralsystem. [Work supportedby NINCDS Grant conditions.In the presentexperiment an adaptivetwo-alternative forced- NS. 03856, and the Fulbright Commission,Federal Republicof Ger- choiceprocedure is usedto obtaindetection thresholds for a 500-Hz tonal many.]•1 Also DrittesPhysikalisches Institut, University of Goettingen, signalin the presenceof eachof six individualsamples of reproducible FederalRepublic of Germany. noise.Six binaural conditions(NoSo, NuSo, NrrSm, NoSm, NnSo, and NoSrr)were investigated in combinationwith sixsignal starting phases (0 ø, 60ø, 120ø, 180ø, 240ø, and 300'). The results indicate that although the U10. Predicting masking by combinations of simultaneous maskers. magnitudeof the phaseeffect decreases with larger maskinglevel differ- Robert A. Lutfi (Auditory Research Laboratory, Northwestern ences,it issimilar in form for all conditionswith thesame masker. [Work University,Evanston, IL 60201) supportedby NINCDS Grant NS 03856,and theFulbright Commission, FederalRepublic ofGermany.] '• Alsoat DrittesPhysikalisches Institut, In a previouspaper [Lutfi, J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 262-267(1983)], I Universityof Goettingen,Federal Republic of Germany. proposedthe followingrule for predictingmasking by combinationsof simultaneousmaskcrs; X,. = [X• + X• + ...X•,] l/p, wbercX, X2 ..... X, arc the individualmasking effects of the maskers,X,. is the combined U7. Perceived rate of randomly modulated sounds. Hisashi Kado effect,and 0.20<œ < 0.33. In this paper,the rule is usedto predictthe (CentralInstitute for the Deaf, St. Louis,MO 63110and Electrotechnical resultsof severalexperiments in whichthe individual effects of maskersin Laboratory,Sakura, lbaraki 305, Japan) the combinationare known [Bilger,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 31, 1107-1109 (1959);Green, J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 41, 1517-1525 (1967);Canahl, J. The common measuresused in evaluatingthe magnitudeof a noise Acoust. Soc. Am. S0, 471-474 (1971);Patterson and Nimmo-Smith, J. (L•, Lcq,and etc.) correspond to first- and second-order statistics of the Acoust.Soc. Am. 67, 229-245 (1980)].With the possibleexception of the distributionof sound levels.There are, however,perceived differences study by Bilgcr, a singlevalue ofp (= 0.3) yields predictionsin good between sounds that have the same values of these statistics. It is therefore agreementwith the data. The rule also predicts some general characteris- necessaryto considerthe spectralproperties of the waveformenvelope tics of the results of studies in which the individual effects of the maskers which correspondto higher-orderstatistics. In the presentexperiments are not knownbut can be estimated[Johnson-Davies and Patterson,J. the subjectcompares a teststimulus and a referencestimulus and selects Acoust.Soc. Am. 65, 765-770 (1979);O'Loughlin and Moore, J. Acoust. theone which appears to befluctuating more rapidly. The referencestim- Soc.Am. 69, 1119-1125(1981)]. [Work supportedby NSF andNIH.] ulusis a noisewhose waveform envelope is a noisewith a low-passcutoff whichvaries from 0.125 to 8 Hz. The pointof subjectiveequality is deter- minedby adjustingthe modulation frequency of the teststimulus, a sinu- Ull. The effect of signal SPL on interaural time discrimination.Marion soldallymodulated noise, in an adaptiveprocedure. The resultsindicate F. Cohen, Anne E. McClave, and Patricia Gregorio Pollanck that whenthe medianfrequency of the spectrumof theenvelope is above1 (Departmentof CommunicationSciences, The Universityof Connecticut, Hz, it is a reasonablygood predictor of the subjectiverate, when the Storrs, CT 06268) medianis below 1 Hz the'modeis a betterpredictor. [Work supportedby NINCDS.] Interauraltimejnds for a partiallymasked sinusoidal signal were mea- suredas a functionof signalSPL, with the signalpresented at a constant signal-to-noiseratio of approximately10 dB aboveits maskeddetection US. Effect of presentationlevel on the SSW test with hearing-impaired threshold.The 250-, 500-, or 1000-Hzsignal ranged in levelfrom 13to 58 adults. Patricia A. Flynn, Jeffrey L. Danbauer, Dennis J. Arnst, dB SPL. The maskerwas a continuouswhite noise.A blockup-down two- Monica C. Goller, and Sanford E. Gerber (Speech Department, interval forced-choiceprocedure was used.Results show that interaural Universityof California,Santa Barbara, CA 93106) time discriminationimproves with increasingsignal SPL despitethe con- stantS/N ratio, indicatingthat signalSPL is a primarydeterminant of The effectsof varyingpresentation level on the StaggeredSportdale precisionof interauraltime discrimination.When thesedata are com- Word (SSW)test scoresof sensorineuralhearing-impaired subjects were paredwith jnds measuredat the samesignal SPLs but with no masker, investigated.Subjects were 15 adults having cochlearhearing losses they are nearly identical at 500 Hz. At 250 and 1000 Hz they are nearly between30 and 50 dB (re: PTA). Performance-intensity(PI) functions identical at the higher signal levelsfor two of the three subjects.At the weregenerated using subjects SSW test scores. Each subject received all lower signallevels, the jnds measuredin the presenceof the maskerare 40-SSW test items,but the PI functionswere generatedby presenting somewhatlarger, but demonstratea similardecrease with increasingsig- itemsnumbered 1-10 at 20 dB SL (re:three frequency PTA); 11-20 at 30 dB SL; 21-30 at 40 dB SL; and 31-40 at 50 dB SL. Theseresults for the nal level.The differencesnoted across frequency may bedue to the effect of the internal noise. [Work supportedby NIH Grant No. 5 R01 hearing-impairedwere compared to functionsreported earlier for normal NS16802.] subjects[P. C. Doyle, thesis,University of California,Santa Barbara (19811].The PI functionswere analyzed for "competing"versus "non- competing"conditions, and differences between subjects' raw SSWscores andword discriminationscores as a functionof presentationlevel. Practi- U12. Responsedurations and falsealarm reactiontimes. John L. Orr cal and theoreticalimplications for the clinicalpresentation of the SSW (Departmentof Physiology,University of TexasHealth Science Center, test at the variousintensity levels to hearing-impairedadults arc dis- Dallas, TX 75235) cussed. ThreeLong-Evans rats were initially trained to depress and hold down a responselever in the presence wideband white noise pulsing at 6.7 Hz for U9. A comparisonof the temporalresponse of the auditorysystem under a variableperiod between 4 and6 s to obtaina 45-mgfood pellet. This reinforcementschedule is thesame as operating a one-leverpress-release dichoticand diotic conditions. B. Kollmeier• andR.H. Gilkey (Central Institutefor the Deaf, 818 S. Euclid, St. Louis, MO 63110) psychophysicalprocedure with a variableforeperiod of 2-4 s anda 2-s trial durationwith onlyno-signal trials. The initialtraining of thenonsig- Mostof the classicalexperiments on binauralmasking have held the nal trial correctresponse of holdingthe lever down throughout the trial interauralphase of the noise,as well as that of the signal,constant permitsthe measurementof the temporalcharacteristics of the back- throughoutthe observationinterval. In thisexperiment the detectability groundlevel of releaseresponses in the absence ofa historyof contingent ofa 500-Hztonal signal is investigatedin thepresence ofa 2000-Hzlow- reinforcementfor releasingthe lever. After trainingto asymtoticperfor-. passnoise, which is switched from Nrr to No at themidpoint of theobser- manccon the nonsignaltrials alone,50% signaltrials (wherethe noise. vation interval. For a 20-ms Srf signal there is approximatelya 15 dB pulsationrate changed to 12.5Hz) were included. Discrimination training,, increasein detectabilitywhen it ispresented late in theinterval, relative to wasfollowed by changesin responseduration histograms and false alarm earlyin the interval.The timecourse of thechange in detectabilitycan be reactiontime histograms. In twoof thethree rats, there was an increase m usedas an indicationthe decayof activityin the binauralsystem. This theprobability of incorrectlever releases 3-6 s afterthe lever was de-.

S39 d. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S39 pressed.[Work supported by NIEHS grantROLES02750 to R. M. Lebo- Waveformsand powerspectra of acousticsignals used to elicit the vitz.] auditorybrainstem response were analyzed with respectto electricaland acousticaldifferences. Signals were of alternatingpolarity and includeda dc pulse,tone bursts of 0.5 and4.0 kHz, a 4.0-kHztone pip, and a 2.0-kHz UI3. Auditory evokedpotential asymmetriesin right- and left-handed logon.The earphonefaithfully transduced the temporal dimension of the listeners.L. J. Hood, D. A. Martin, and C. L Berlin (Departmentof 5.0-msbursts and pips while the logon{450 ps} and the click (100 Otorhinolaryngologyand Biocommonication,Kresge Hearing Research durationswere on the order of ten timesgreater than the electricalinput. Laboratory,Louisiana State UniversityMedical Center, 1100 Florida Earphonedistortion included the lossof well-definedenergy peaks and a Avenue,New Orleans,LA 70119) spreadof energyto higherfrequencies. Signal polarity was not maintained While Decker[ASHA 23, 803(1981}] reported no relationshipof han- throughthe earphone. dednessto auditory tract preferencein the auditorybrainstem response, we know of no data for the middle and late potentials.This studyexamines the relationshipof binanralinteraction and lateralasymmetry in the mid- UI7. The electrically inducedauditory brainstemresponse in the guinea dle and late potentialsto handedness.Binaural, right monanral,and left pig. D. D. Brownand R.T. Miyamoto (Departmentof Otolaryngology- monanral100-ps pulses were presented to six right-handedand six left- Head and Neck Surgery,Riley HospitalA56, Indiana UniversitySchool handednormal-hearing subjects in fourconditions of earphoneand elec- of Medicine,Indianapolis, IN 46223) tronicsrotations. Middle andlate potential data were analyzed statistical- ly using a time seriesANOVA. Lateral asymmetriesand binaural The cochlearimplant is a clinicallyuseful prosthesis for selecteddeaf interactionwere derivedby subtractingleft from right responsesand patientswho cannot benefit from a hearingaid. However,the poor speech summedmonaural from binauralresponses, respectively. Data indicate discriminationand limited dynamicrange generally achieved with the individual differencesin the amount and direction of asymmetry. The implantindicate that thereare a numberof basicand applied questions to characteristicsof binaural interaction and lateral asymmetry, the rela- be answered.Using acoustically and electricallyelicited Auditory Brain- tionshipto handedness,and the influence of stimulusand recording asym- stemResponse (ABR) techniques,we haveestablished an animalmodel metrieswill bedescribed for the middlelatency and late potentials. [Sup- (guineapig} to helpus answer some of thesequestions. We are presently portedby NINCDS •NS11647, the LouisianaLions Eye Foundation studyingthe effectof electrodelocation on the electricalABR. The single and the Eye and Ear Foundation.] activecochlear electrode is locatedin eitherthe basalor apicalturn. The returnelectrode locations are the temporalismuscle, the eustachiantube, or the bulls. By choosingthe properpolarity of the biphasicstimulating UI4. Crib-o-gram(COG) and ABR effect of variableson test results. pulse,the electrical artifact can be minimized and virtually all of theABR Laura B. Wright and Leonard P. Rybak (Departmentof Surgery, can beobserved. Normatire data for the electricalABR and preliminary SouthernIllinois UniversitySchool of Medicine,Springfield, IL 62702} resultsof the electrodeplacement study will be presented. Thisstudy compared seven categories of apparentlyrelevant informa- tion concerningthe Crib-o-gram(COG) as screeningtest and evaluated the followingvariables: birth weight,gestational age at birth, Apgar UIS. Complete reconstructionof the auditory system: Adult gerbil. scoresat I and 5 min, apnea,ototoxic drugs, number of dayson assisted David M. Harris and Michael Timmins (Department of ventilation,and gentamicinblood levels. Low birth weight,early gesta- Otolaryngology-Headand Neck Surgery, University of Illinois at tional age, and apneawere significantlycorrelated with COG results. Chicago,College of Medicine, 1855 West Taylor Street,Chicago, IL Thirteen of the 55 newborns tested failed the COG at least twice before 60612) havingthe ABR testgiven. Twelve infants had normalABR and onehad samedegree of hearingloss. Consequently the rate offaisc positive finding The object of our work is the reconstructionof the entire auditory is veryhigh. In spiteof the highrisk factors of the newborns,gentamicin, systemof the adult gerbil.The methodsto be describedinclude perfusion Apgarscores, or numberof dayson a ventilatorwere not implicatedas a with a vital stain,fixation and decaleification,photography of the cut causeof hearingloss. [Work supportedby DeafnessResearch Founda- surfaceof thetissue block (entire head) during collection of serialsections, tion.] tracingand digitizingstructures of interestfrom the photographicdata andcomputer graphic reconstructions. The imagederived from digitizing is confirmedby histologicalstaining and examiningeach section. Such UIS. Effects of cochlear high-frequencyhearing loss on BSER. Neil reconstructionsallow visualizationin three dimensions,or in horizontal, T. Shepard{Otological Research Laboratories, Henry Ford Hospital, coronal,or sagittalsections. These data allow for exactmeasurement of 2799 W. Grand Boulevard,Detroit, MI 48202) and John C. Webster structuresand their topologicalinterrelationships. The auditorysystem (22250Providence Drive, Suite701, Southfield,Ml 48075) depictedwill includenervous pathways as well as inner and middle ear structures.A quantitativelyexact reconstruction permits a precisedeter- The extensiveuse of BrainstemEvoked Response Testing (.BSER} for minationof multiple physiologicalrecording sites, for us a most impor- the detectionof mass lesionsinvolving the VIIIth nerve necessitates tant application.[Work supportedby NIH.] knowledgeof theeffects of hearingloss of cochlearorigin on BSER.Thir- ty-one ears displayingvarying degreesof sensorineural,high-frequency {beginningabove 500 Hz) lossof sensitivityof eochlearorigin were tested with BSER. A 100-/isrectangular pulse was used to exciteTDH-39 ear- UI9. Recovery from saturation in lateralization of high-frequency phonesat a rateof 11.3pulses/s. Utilizing monauralstimulation at two to stimuli. Ervin R. Halter and Thomas N. Buell (Department of fiveintensities per ear, responses were obtained from a vertexto ipsilateral Psychology,University of California,Berkeley, CA 94720) mastoldelectrode montage. Linear regression analysis lines for wavesI, Ill, and V lateneiesversus average degree of lossfor variouscombinations Lateralizationof trains of high-frequencyclicks improveswith both ofaudiometrietest frequencies are shown.The dependenceof BSER wave the numberof dicks in a train ln} and interclickinterval {ICI}. Functions latencieson individualand audiometrictest frequencies and variouscom- relatinglog thresholdto log n are linear;however, the absolutevalues of binations at and above 1 kHz are shown via the use of correlation coeffi- the slopesdecrease from the optimal--O.5 toward 0.0 with shorterICIs cients.The resultscompare well with earlierresults [A. C. Coatsand J. L. Igeneraily10 ms or less).We have arguedthat shallowerslopes are the Martin, Arch. Otolaryngol.103, 605-622 {1977}]and imply the depen- resuliof a formof rate-dependentsaturation which reduces the amount of binaural information derived from successive clicks in the train. The de- denceof resultson click stimulusparameters and earphonespectral char- acteristics.Also suggestionsfor normatirelimits of waveV latencyshift cay of the proposedsaturation was measuredhere by presentingtrains for varyingdegrees of high-frequencycochlear hearing loss are given. with an ICI of 2.5 ms but with eachtrain brokenby eitherone or three pauses.Of interestwas the duration of the break neededto fully recover from saturation.A pauseof 7.5 ms provedto be sufficient,implying that UI6. Auditory brainstem responsesignal transduction through a thesaturation responsible for shallowslopes in log-threshold,Iog-n plots TelephonicsTD•-39 earphone.C. CharlesOlsen (Department of Speech is the resultof an activeprocess rather than of fatigue.[Supported by and HearingSciences, Texas Tech. University, Lubbock, TX 79410} Nm.]

•40 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S40 WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 GOLDEN WEST ROOM, 1:00TO 3:00 P.M.

SessionV. PsychologicalAcoustics III: PsychophysicalTuning Curves and Loudness

Edward C. Carterette, Chairman Departmentof Psychology.Unioersity of California,Los Angeles, California 90024

Chairman's Introduction--l:00

ContributedPapers

1.'05 adults.Measures of psychophysicaituning curves, suppression (as indi- catedby theextent of unmaskingcaused by severalsuppressorsl, and the VI. A neural-countingmodel based on physiologicalcharacteristics of the audibilityregion of 2f l-f2 wereobtained with an adaptive forward-mask- peripheral auditory system: Application to loudnessestimation and ingdetection paradigm. Speech perception in noisewas evaluated with the intensitydiseriminafion.G. Lachs,R. AI-Shaikh,Q. Bi(Dcpartmentof nonsensesyllable test via a computer-controlled("best of three"I adaptive ElectricalEngineering, The PennsylvaniaState University,University procedure.The relationsamong functions were traced with multivariate Park, PA. 16802), and M. C. Teich (Department of Electrical analytictechniques. Based on theseanalyses, we conclude that: (1) Sharp- Engineering,Columbia University, New York, NY 10027) hessof tuning is intimately related to Combination Tone Generation We havepreviously used an energy-basedneural-counting model, in- {CTG} but not to suppression.{21 CTG is not relatedto suppression.(31 corporatingspread of excitation,receptor saturation, spontaneous neural Aspectsof speechperception in noisecan be accounted for by information activity,and refractorinessin the primaryauditory fibers, to predictthe on frequencyselectivity and nonlinearities.[Work supportedby outcomeof a numberof neurophysiologicaland psychoacoustical experi- NINCDS.] ments[M. C. Teich,et aL,J. Acoust.Soe. Am. Suppl.I 71, S18 (I 982);G.

Lachsetal.,IEEE Trans.Syst., Man. Cybern.SMC-13, No. 5 (1983)].We 1:45 wishalso to incorporatethe frequencycharacteristics of the middle-ear transmissionfunction, and the cochlearmapping function. This placesa V4. Adaptive,forced-choice, loudness-balance tests in normal listeners. numberof constraintson the allowedparameters of the theory.We dis- Craig C. Wier (Departmentof SpeechCommunication, University of eusathe parameter values required for our theoreticalsystem to effective- Texas, Austin, TX 78712}, Elizabeth Huckins (Departmentof Speech ly p•dict the outcomeof loudness-estimationand intensity-discrimina- and Hearing Sciences,University of Washington,Seattle, WA 98195), tion experiments,both for pure-toneand variable-bandwidthnoise and Robert S. Schlauch {Department of Speech Communication, stimuli.[Work supportedby NSF.] Universityof Texas,Austin, TX 78712J

An adaptive,two-interval, forced-•hoice procedure (Jesteadt, 1980} 1:15 wasused to obtainABLB and modified-MLBloudness-growth functions for a partially masked,2000-Hz toneburst. Subjects were six normally V2. Choice of stimulus parameters for measurement of auditory hearingadults. Steinberg and Gardner {1937)and Stevensand Ouirao functions.Frederic L. Wightman,Israel Raz, ThereseM. Velde,and {1967)showed that the comparison of theloudness of a tonein quietwith John H. Grose (Auditory Research Laboratory (Audiology), the loudnessof the sametone partially maskedproduced "recruiting" NorthwesternUniversity, 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,IL 60201) loudness-growthfunctions from normally hearing listeners.For the As a preliminaryto a large-scalestudy of the interrelationsamong ABLB conditionin the presentstudy, a pulsed,wideband masking noise severalauditory abilities, we conducteda separateexperiment in order to waspresented to onlyone ear. The levelof thetone in noisewas varied and determinewhich stimulus conditions would best discriminate among sub- comparedwith the levelof the tonein quiet presentedalternately to the jects.Using a forced-choiceforward masking paradigm in all conditions, oppositeear. in the modified-MLBprocedure, the tonewas presented we obtained,from 12normai listeners, eight 6-point psychophysical tun- monaurally,alternately in quietand in thepresence of a pulsed,wideband ing curveswith probefrequencies from 500 Hz to 4 kHz, two 10-point maskingnoise to thesame ear. Two noiselevels (3 and 33 dB N 0)and eight unmaskingpatterns (one each at 1 and 3 kHz), and two 4-point functions standard-tonelevels were used. The loudness-growthfunctions obtained relatingcombination-tone(2f l-f2) levelandf2/f I ratio(oneeach at 1and binaurailyand monaurallywere virtually identical. The resultsof these 3 kHz). Data from individualsubjects were fit with low-orderpolynomi- experimentsvalidate Jesteadt's adaptive procedure for the measurement ais,and the coefficients of thesepolynomials were entered into an analysis of loudnessgrowth. A comparisonof the ABLB and MLB data suggests of variance.The majorconclusions which arose from this analysis are: (I) that a similar,partial-masking procedure could be used to developa mort- Frequencyresolution, to theextent it ischaracterized by forward-masked aural,single-frequency, loudness-balance test for clinicaluse. [Work sup- PTCs,is adequatelyrepresented by two six-pointPTCs, one at I and one portedby DRF andNINCDS.] at 3 kHz. (2) Two-toneunmasking is independentof frequency,and thus one unmaskingpattern, at either I or 3 kHz can be usedto represent 2:00 unmasking.(3) Combination-tonegeneration is also independentof fre- quency,so the slopeof only oneCDT vsf2/fl function,at either 1 or 3 V$. The relation betweenloudness growth and intensity discrimination. kHz, canadequately characterize CDT generation.[Work supportedby Robert S. Schlauch, Craig C. Wier (Department of Speech NINCDS.] Communication, University of Texas, Austin, TX 78712I, and ElizabethHuckins (Department of Speechand Hearing Sciences, Universityof Washington,Seattle, WA 98195}

V3. Relationsamong auditory functions in normallisteners. Israel Raz, Tbe notionthat the intensity-differencelimen can be usedas an indi- rect test of loudnessrecruitmeat is an old idea. However, to date, a firm Fr•:lea'ic L. Wightman, John H. Gross, and Therese M. Velde •Auditory ResearchLaboratory (Audiology), Northwestern University, quantitativerelation between the two measureshas not beenestablished. 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,1L 60201) We considerthe problemas one in whichloudness is relatedto theoverall stimulusmagnitude and intensitydiscrimination is a reflectionof the ac- The interrelationsamong frequency selectivity, nonlinearities, and curacywith whicha loudnessjudgment can be made.Since for puretones speechperception in noisewere examined in 24 normal-hearingyoung loudnessand intensitydiscrimination covary as functions of intensity,for

$41 J. Acoust. Sos. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting: Acoustical Society of Amedca S41 a specificintensity one quantity can be inferred from the other. To testthis ResearchLaboratories, 7036 Educationand ResearchBuilding, Henry relation,adaptive ABLB loudness-growthfunctions were obtained for a Ford Hospital,Detroit, MI 48202),Donald N. Elliott, Peter Boisvert 2000-Hz, 500-mspure tonefrom a normallyhearing listener (partially (Departmentof Psychology,Wayne State University, Detroit, M148201 }, maskedmonaurally) and a listenerwith a moderate,unilateral sensor- and Ivan Hunter-Duvar(Hospital for SickChildren, Toronto, Ontario, ineuralhearing loss. Intensity-discrimination performance was measured Canada M5G IXg} for the same2003-Hz tone, at severallevels, in both earsof eachsubject. Intensity-recruitmentfunctions derived from thesedata are very similar We havebeen investigating the squirrelmonkey (Saimirisciureus} as a to the obtainedloudness-recruitment functions. [Work supportedby suitableanimal model for testingthe effectsof noiseon hearing.Our DRF and NINCDS.] previousresearch has showna similaritybetween human and squirrel monkeytemporary threshold shift (TTS} growth with time in the noise. The goalof thisstudy was to measurethe frequency spread of Trs to five differentindustrial noises for bothhumans and squirrelmonkeys and to comparethe results.Fifteen humansubjects and six squirrelmonkeys V6. A enmparison of the relative merits of four psyehophysieal wereexposed to eachof the fivenoises for 8 h, and TTS wasmeasured at procedures.Brian R. Shelton and Irene Scarrow (Department of ten differentfrequencies ranging from 250 Hz to 8 kHz. In the experi- Psychology,University of WesternOntario, London,Ontario, Canada mentswith humans,five frequencies were tested twice (counterbalanced) N6A 5C2I aftereach 8-h session.In thesquirrel monkey experiments, a complete 8-h The efficiencyof four psychophysicalprocedures to estimatethe de- exposurewas required for eachfrequency tested, since only one frequency tectionthreshold of a brief 100•Hz sinusoldpresented in noisewas as- could be measuredeach time the monkeyswere removedfrom the noise. sessed in naive observers. Six threshold estimates were obtained for ten The resultsindicate that in predictinghuman TTS from thesquirrel mon- subjectsin 50-trialadaptive runs using each of fourprocedures: two-alter- keyTTS for theseexposures, TTS wouldbe overestimated at 750Hz and 1 nativeadaptive staircase, two-alternative maximum-likelihood, three-al- kHz andunderestimated at 5.6 kHz, whereasthe TTS at otherfrequencies ternativeadaptive staircase and the three-alternativemaximum-likeli- wouldcorrespond closely. [Work supportedby NIOSH.] hood method.The four proceduresproduced equivalent thresholds, althoughthe staircaseprocedures provided biased measurements in the 2:45 initial runs.A trial-by-trialanalysis of the variabilityof thresholdesti- matesrevealed a markedadvantage to the useof threealternatives with VS. Vibrotactile sen.•tion as a function of hand preferenee. Ronald the adaptivestaircase, but not with the maximum-likelihoodprocedures. T. Verrillo (Institute for Sensory Research, Syracuse University, The dataprovide information regarding the relativeefficiency of the four Syracuse,N¾ 13210J procedures,and recommendthat particularprocedures should be usedin A psychophysicalmatching procedure was used to assessthe subjec- specificinstances. In general,the commonlyused two-alternative adap- tive magnitudeof vibrotactilestimuli in right-, left-, and ambi-handed tive staircaseis the least efficientprocedure of the four, and the three- subjects.No thresholddifferences were noted. At suprathresholdlevels of alternativeadaptive staircase provides the mostrapid and reliablethresh- stimulation,enhancement of sensationby a precedingstimulus was the old estimates.[Work supportedby NSERC.] samein all groupswhen both stimuli were presented to eitherhand ipsila- terally. However,when stimuluspairs were presentedcontralaterally, 2'.3O onlyright- and left-handers showed enhancement and suppression effects. No contralateraleffects were observedin ambi-handers.The resultssug- V7. Frequencyspread of TTS in humansand squirrel monkeys exposed to gestthat bilateralneural connections in right- and left-handersmay be industrial noises. Donald W. Nielsen, Diane Brandt (Otological different from those of ambi-handers.

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEE ROOMS, 1:00 P.M.

SessionW. UnderwaterAcoustics III: BottomInteraction (Pr6cis-Poster Session)

DeWayne White, Chairman NORDA, NSTL Station,Mississippi 39529

Chairman's Introduction--l:00

ContributedPapers

1:05 thesearch for thecomplex eigenvalues with a moretractable matrix eigen- valueproblem. Numerical results based on thisapplication are presented. WI. The application of stepwisecoupled mades to a refracting ocean [Work supportedby NORDA.] usingGalerkin's method.Richard B. Evans•Naval Ocean Researchand DevelopmentActivity, NSTL Station,MS 39529) The methodof coupledmodes developed JR. B. Evans,J. Acoust.Soc. 1:09 Am. 74, 188-195•1983}] for a homogeneouswater column with stepwise W2. A description of surface-wavescattering using a stepwisecoupled- depthvariations oft penetrableattenuating bottom is applied to a realistic mode approach. C. Feuillade (ODSI Defence Systems Inc., 6110 oceanenvironment with generalsound-speed profiles. The main compli- Executive Boulevard, Rockville, MD 20852 and NORDA, NSTL cation associatedwith this application is causedby having to find the Station,MS 39529} complexeigenvalues for the rangeindependent sections and not by the rangedependence. To handlethis problem,the Galerkinmethod is em- We haveextended the methodof stepwisecoupled modes to describe ployedwith an appropriatelychosen orthonormal basis set which replaces propagationthrough a medium of variabledepth due to surfacewaves.

S42 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S42 Thisfacilitates the modeling of acousticscattering from a roughsurface. The predictionof reflectioncoefficients for the water-sedimentinter- The methodmay be appliedto describescattering within a waveguide faceis strongly influenced by the physical nature of thesediment (a viscoe- witha roughsurface, or to modelenergy losses due to scatteringout of a lasticporous material saturated by a liquid)and the depth dependence of surfaceduct. Numerical procedures have been codified to solvethe equa- themechanical properties [E. L. Hamilton,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 68, 1313- tionsresulting from the analysisand some examples are provided. 1340(19801]. An efficientcomputational scheme for calculating reflection coefficientshas been developed for a sedimentlayer using the Blotequa- tionswith depth-dependentcoefficients. The qualitativeeffects of the in- 1:13 homogeneoussediment properties (in comparisonwith uniformproper- W3. Soundfield fluctuation in shallowwater wavegulde. C. S. Clay, Y. ties}are studiednumerically. [Work supportedby the Officeof Naval Y. Wang,and E. C. Shane(Department of Geologyand Geophysics, Research.] Universityof Wisconsin-Madison,Madison, WI 53706) The soundintensity fluctuation induced by the fluctuationof the sur- facein a shallowwater waveguidewas analyzed by usingthe adiabatic W7. Acoustic reflection from ocean abyssal plains. Herbert Frcese approximationof the normalmode theory. The soundfield fluctuation (Arete' Associates,Arlington, VA 22202), Ioannis Besieris, and canbe categorized into two parts:(I) The phasefluctuation of the normal Werner Kohler (VirginiaTech, Blacksburg,VA 24061} modecorresponds to the fluctuationof the horizontalcomponent of the wavenumber(i. Tolstoyand C. S. Clay, OceanAcoustics, pp. 222-236). (2) Existingbottom loss and pulse response data, measured at a varietyof The fluctuationof theeigenfunction corresponds to thefluctuation of the grazingangles, frequencies, and locations{Sohm and Hatterasabyssal verticalcomponent of the wavenumberand the fluctuationof the local plains,Blake Plateau, Florida shelf, and Gulf of Mexico},will bereviewed. waterdepth and the localsource and receiverpositions. The randomness A comparisonof data with existingtheoretical models will be made. ofthe field intensity defined as r/= SQR[(• 2 _ • 2)/••] wascalculated. It wasfound that the fluctuation of thesecond category can be the dominant comparingwith the firstcategory. The calculatedresult also agrees well 1:33 withthe experimental result conducted in a watertank [Y. Y. Wanget aL, we. An investigationof acousticinteraction with the oceanbottom from Chin.Phys. 2, 515 (1982)]. experimentaltime seriesgenerated by explosivesources. David Knobles (Applied ResearchLaboratories, The Universityof Texas at Austin, 1:17 Austin, TX 78712-8029)

W4. Sedimentcontributions to group velocity in shallowwater. David Receivedtime seriesfrom explosivesources in a thin sedimentenvi- W. Oakleyand RobertA. Koch (AppliedResearch Laboratories, The ronmentare comparedto simulatedtime seriescalculated by a ray theory Universityof Texasat Austin,Austin, TX 78712-8029) model.The comparisonsare madein variousfrequency bands to aid in the identificationof sedimentpenetrating arrivals by takingadvantage of the Dispersioncurves are used to examinethe effect of sedimentson group frequencydependence of theabsorption of thesediment. For largeranges, velocity,and the problem further dissected by a directlook at the relative mostof the receivedenergy refracts within the sediment.As the range contributionsof the sedimentlayers to the groupvelocity integral. The decreases,the fractionof receivedenergy due to reflectionsat the water- environmentsof interesthave water depths less that ! 50 m and sediment sedimentinterface increases. Discrepancies between the experimental and thicknessof the orderof 50 m. The rangeof frequenciesconsidered is simulatedtime serieswill be presentedand interpretedin termsof reflec- between25 and 600 Hz. A systematicvariation of s•iment typesand tionsfrom thin layerswithin the sediment and nonspecular basement velocityprofiles will beexamined to findfeatures of the dispersioncurves reflections.[Work supportedby NavalOcean Research and Development whichmight be usedto extractinformation about the bottomfrom shot Activity.] data. In the presenceof stablewater velocity profiles, gradients in the soundvelocity in the sedimentcan be detected,as can layering, provided suchlayers are nearthe water-sedimentinterface. Highly variablewater 1:37 soundvelocity profiles limit informationavailable concerning the sedi- W9. Estimated spatial coherence from a layered ocean bottom. T. mentto grossfeatures such as sediment type. [Work supportedby Naval W. Tunnell (NORDA Code 340, NSTL Station,MS 39529) OceanResearch and DevelopmentActivity.] In thismodeling study subsurface layering effects on the spatialcoher- ence of bottom-interactingsound were investigated.The oceanbottom 1:21 was modeledas alternatinglayers of clay and clayey silt. A silty clay WS. Shallowwater waveguide characterization using Hankel fransforms. bottomwas used as a control.Complex reflection coefficients were calcu- James F. Lynch and George V. Frisk (Department of Ocean latedusing a plane-wavemultilayer model [G. J. Fryer, J. Acoust.So:. Engineering,Woods Hole OceanographicInstitution, Woods Hole, MA Am. 63, 35-42 (1978)].Using a frequencyaveraging technique, estimates 02543) of the spatialcoherence were obtained as a functionof grazingangle for fixedsensor separation. The resultsindicated that subsurface layering can A coherentprocessing technique is proposedfor the characterization seriouslydegrade the spatial coherence at frequenciesabove 100-200 Hz. of shallowwater channels. For a horizontallystratified ocean and bottom, The spatialcoherence is considerablyless affected by subsurfacelayering themethod consists of measuringthe magnitude and phase versus range at veryshallow grazing angles (100 or less)or verysteep grazing angles (75' of thepressure due to a cwpoint source and Hankel transforming this data or greater).[Work supportedby NORDA.] to obtainthe depth-dependentGreen's function versus horizontal wave- number. The Grcen's function contains all the information about the channelnecessary to solvethe forwardproblem, including the natureof 1.-41 the discreteand continuousspectra and the plane-wavereflection coeffi- W10. A WKB-numeriealintegration method for computingbottom loss. cient of the bottom. Characteristics of the Green's function can also be Terry Foremanand Richard Pitre(Applied Research Laboratories, The usedto inferacoustic properties of thebottom. Results for simpleexam- Universityof Texasat Austin, Austin, TX 78712-80291 piesare presented using synthetic data and implications for the nonstrati- fied case are discussed. Computationof bottomloss at manyfrequencies and grazing angles is a computationallyintensive process. At highfrequencies and largegraz- 1:2S ing angles,the numericalintegration of the wave equationcan be very slow.When shear wave generation is an importantprocess, the problem is W6. Wave reflection from a sediment layer with depth-dependent exacerbatedbecause low shearwave speeds imply shortwavelengths and properties. M. Stern, A. Bedford, and H. R. Millwater (Applied thereforesmall integration step sizes. The WKB approximationmethod is ResearchLaboratories, The Universityof Texas at Austin, Austin, TX very rapid and accurateat shortwavelengths, but is inaccuratenear turn- 78712-8029) ing points.The hybridintegration method described here combines both

S43 d. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S43 methodsby dividingthe integrationdomain into WKB and numerical Acousticbackscatter from the seaflooris measuredusing the 12-kHz integration{turning point} regions. Due to thefrequency dependent size of SEA BEAM multibeamecho sounding system aboard the R/V THOMAS the turningpoint region, the accuracyand computationaleffort of this WASHINGTON.During a cruisein the easterntropical Pacific,a very hybridmethod are only weaklydependent on frequency.[Work support- densesurvey of a 15- X 20-mile manganesenodule area wascarried out, ed by Naval OceanResearch and DevelopmentActivity.] and the acousticreturns from the 16 beamswere recordeddigitally on magnetictape. Using the intensityof thespecular return for eachping, a reflectivitymap of the area wasproduced. The patchinessof the nodule coverageis evidenced by definitehighs and lows in the reflectivitypattern. 1:4• Thismap later served as the basis for a nearbottom survey using the Deep Wll. Optimum frequencyof acousticpropagation in shallowwater. D. Tow instrumentationpackage of the Marine PhysicalLaboratory and A. Gcrshfeldand A. I. E!ler (Naval ResearchLaboratory, Washington, there is remarkableagreement between the two setsof measurements. DC 20375) Bottomphotographs taken throughout the areaalso confirm the nodule distribution.This papercompares and discussesthese results. The effectof variousbasic physical and environmentalparameters on the optimum frequencyof propagationin the ocean is investigated throughthe useof a modelthat is computationallysimple to evaluate.A 1:$3 closedform expressionfor predictingtransmission loss {for the Pekeris W13. Acousticexploration of oceanfloor propertiesbased on the ringing case}is obtainedby applyingthe Poissonsum formulato transforma of sedimentlayer resonances.Anton Nagl, Herbert0berall, and slowlyconverging transmission loss expression {consisting of a sumover Kwang-BockYoo {Department of Physics, Catholic University, the normalmodes} into a rapidlyconverging series where only a few terms Washington,DC are neededto predictreasonable loss levels. A comparisonof spectrum levelsbetween the derivedloss expression and a sophisticatednormal It hasrecently been demonstrated [A. Nagl, H. 0befall,and W. R. modetransmission loss model shows close agreement for the frequencies Hoover,IEEE Trans.OeoscL Electron. GE-20, 332{1982}] that the phys- of interest.The resultsshow that the optimumfrequency is stronglyde- ical propertiesof a layeredocean floor may in principlebe determined pendentupon the respectivedepths and separation distance of the source- from an analysisof the resonancesin frequency,or in angleof incidence, receiverpair. The modelis usedto explorethe dependence of theoptimal which appear in bottom-reflectedacoustic signals. Here, we study the frequencyon several parameters. [Work supported by ONR Code425UA possibilityof probingthe characteristics of isolated resonances by employ- and NAVSEA Code63R.] ing sinusoidalpulse trains of sufficientduration; this contrastswith con- ventionaltechniques based on thetravel times of shortpulses, where many resonancescontribute simultaneously to the reflectedamplitude. It is 1:49 foundthat the resonancesmanifest themselves by a ringingof the signal, and by a characteristicinterference between the specularcomponent and W12. Seaflooraenustic backscatter measurements using SEA BEAM. C. thefields resulting from multiple reflections within a layer.[Supported by P. de Moustier(Marine Physical Laboratory of theScripps Institution of the Officeof Naval Researchand by the Collegeof Marine Studies,Uni- Oceanography,University of California,San Diego, CA 92152) versityof Delaware,where part of thiswork wascarded out].

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 SAN DIEGO ROOM, 1:00 TO 3:00 P.M.

SessionX. ArchitecturalAcoustics IV: Acousticsof WorshipSpaces {Poster Session}

Ronald L. McKay, Co-Chairman Bolt Beranekand NewmanInc., 21120 VanowenStreet, Canoga Park, California91303

David Lubman, Co-Chairman David Lubman and Associates,2217 VistaDel Sol, Fullerton,California 92631

Chairman's Introductlon--l:00

The acousticenvironment of a worshipspace often must be hospitableto both speechand music,and this frequentlymust be accomplishedwhile dealingwith an architecturalform that is not conduciveto good hearingconditions. Considerable creativity is, therefore, required of the acousticaldesigner, usually employing both room-acousticand electro-acoustictechniques. The creativitychallenge seems to be increasingwith an apparenttrend toward worship spaces that can seatthousands and serveas performingarts facilities too. Acousticalconsultants and otherswho havebeen involved with the worshipspace design challenge have beeninvited to presentposters displaying their solutions.These will form a basisfor display,discussion, and archival record. Posterswill be presentedby the followingpersons and organizations:

Ann Boyer, Jaffe Acoustics,Inc., Norwalk, Connecticut O. L. Angevine,Angevine Acoustical Consultants, Inc., West Falls, New York Facilities:Chapel at UniversityPark, Akron, Ohio; SerbianOrthodox Facilities:University of RochesterInterfaith Chapel,Rochester, New Church,Aliquippa, Penusylvania; United PresbyterianChurch, Cuya- York; Lake AvenueBaptist Church, Rochester,New York; Randall Me- hogaFalls, Ohio; Riverside Baptist Church, Denver, Colorado. morial BaptistChurch, Amherst, New York.

S44 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S44 EdwardA. Daly, Daly EngineeringCompany, Beaverton, Oregon Minorn Nagata,M[noru Nagata, AcousticEngineer & AesodatnsCo., F•cEffies:Saint Therese Catholic Church, Porthad, Oregon; First United Ltd., Tokyo, Japan MethodistChurch, Corvallis, Oregon; First Churchof the Nazarene, Facilities..St. Anselm's Priory, Tokyo, Japan; St. Ignatius Church, Tokyo, Portland,Oregon; United Churchof Christ Congregational,Forest Japan;Shiga Sacred Garden, Shigaraki, Shiga, Japan. Grove, Oregon. RogerC. Noppe,Purcell + Noppe + Associates,Inc., Chatsworth, David Joiner, Joiner,-Pelton-Ro•e,Inc., Dallas, Texas California Facilities:First BaptistChurch of Orlando, Orlando, Florida; Lovers Facilities:Whitesburg Baptist Church, Huntsville, Alabama. LaneUnited Methodist Church, Dallas, Texas; Sanctuario de Guadalupe, Monterrey,Mexico; Grand Avenue Baptist Church, Fort Smith,Arkan- Denn'sA. Paoletti, Paoletti/Lewitz/AssociatesInc., San Franciaco,Ca- sa• lifornia Facilities:Hope LutheranChurch, Daly City, California;Community Bertrant Y. Ktn•ey, Jr., Consultantin ,Gaines- PresbyterianChurch, Danville, California; Beth EdenBaptist Church, ville, Florida Oakland,California; Glad TidingsPentecostal Church, Victoria, B.C., Facilities:First LutheranChurch, Gainesville, Florida; Crossroads Canada. Church of Christ, Gainesville, Florida. Jack B.C. Parcell, Parcell + Noppe -F Asso•iate• Inc., Chatsworth, California Larry Kirkegeard,R. LawrenceKirkegurd & Associates,Inc, Lom- bard, Illinoh Facilities:St. Matthew'sEpiscopal Church, Pacific Palisadea, California

Facilities:Calvary Lutheran Church, Golden Valley, Minnesota; House L. W. Sepmeyer,Ludwig W. Sepmeyer,Consulting Engineer, Los An- of HopePresbyterian Church, Saint Paul, Minnesota; Trinity Episcopal geles,California Church,Portland, Oregon; Seventh Day AdventistChurch, Collegedale, Tennessee. Fact7ities:Grace BretherenChurch, Long Beach,California; /3race BretherenChapel, Long Beach, California. Marshall Long, Marshall Long/Acoustics,Santa Monica, California StephenM. Sessler,Newcomb & Boyd,Atlanta, Georgia Facilities:St. Margaret Mary Church,Winter Park, Florida;Mission Val- ley Free MethodistChurch, San Gabriel, California. Facilities:Temple Israel, Memphis, Tennessee. Ewart A. Wetherill, Bolt Beranekand NewmanInc., CanogaPark, Cali- Daniel W. Martin, l•miel W. Martin AcousticalConsultant, Cincinnati, fornia Ohio Facilities..Memorial Church, Stanford University, Paio Alto, California; Facilities: St. JamesChurch of White Oak, Cincinnati, Ohio. Chapel, OccidentalCollege, Los Angeles,California; St. Basil Catholic Church,Los Angeles, California. Ronald L. McKay, Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., Canoga Park, Cali- fornia Arthur K. Yeap, AD! Group,San Francisco,California Facilities: First Church of the Nazarene, Pasadena,California Facilities. Bethel Church, Lodi, California.

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 COUNCIL ROOM, 1:00 TO 2:50 P.M.

SessionY. Noise III: CommunityNoise

Gerald J. Franz, Chairman SilencingTechnology Associates, P.O. Box 695, Bayview,Idaho 83803

Chairman's Introduction---l:00

ContributedPapers

1.-05 thepass-by sound level of all vehicles.The secondteam consisted of an inspectionofficer and a personmaking stationarysound level measure- YI. Highway identificstina of exlmnst system noise problems. F. ments.A majorityof thevehicles called loud by the "spotting"officer had M. Kessler(Dames & Moore,6 CommerceDrive, Cranford,NJ 07016), pass-bysound levels 5-10 dB belowthe pass-bystandard for that classof E. DiPolverc (NJDEP, Trenton, NJ 08618), and M. Van Ouwerkerk vehicle.This indicatesthat the qualityof the soundemitted by suchvehi- (Dames& Moore, Cranford, NJ 07016} cles is distinctive and that the officers are able to detect defective exhausts To reducethe numberof excessivelynoisy vehicles on the road, a priorto thedefects causing the excessivenoise to exceedthe pass-by stan- simplifiednoise control enforcement procedure was developed and tested. dard. Numerousadditional findings are discussed. This procedureutilizes the "trained" ear of enforcementofficials in de- tectingfaulty, modified,or absentmufflers and exhaustsystems. The pur- poseof this studywas to evaluatewhether or not the trainedcar can be 1:20 utilizedas a screeningdevice for "probablecause" to stopa vehiclefor inspectionof theexhaust system resulting in thecitation of thedriver for a Y2. Somesimilarities in communityresponse to aircraft and road traffic mechanicallydefective exhaust system. Two teamsconducted these tests. noise.S. Fidell (Bolt Beranekand Newman Inc., 21120 VanowenSt•et, The firstteam included the "spottingofficer" and a personwho recorded CanogaPark, CA 91305)

S45 J. Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting: Acoustical Society of Amodca S45 A socialsurvey was undertaken in the vicinityof a majorair carrier Facedwith makinga choicebetween acquiring residences and clear- airport.One of the two neighborhoods wasexposed tonoise due to aircraft ingthe property versus acoustically insulating them, the St. Louis Airport operationsat aboutLa, = 70 dB.The other neighborhood was exposed to Authorityundertook a demonstrationproject to developfirm data on the roadtraffic noise at aboutLa, = 62 dB. A briefstructured interview con- cost and value of retrofit acoustical insulations for residencesin the air- ductedby telephone revealed a'number ofsimilarities incommunity re- portenvirons. Six wood frame homes, typical of most of the housing stock sponsetothe two noise exposure environments. These included reports of in the area,were modifiedusing standard available construction tech- sleepinterference and habituation to noiseexposure. Differences in ob- niquesand materialsin an effortto improvetheir insulation against air- servedprevalence of annoyancein the two neighborhoods were attribut- craft noise.Noise exposure measurements were madebefore and after ableto thedifferences in exposurelevels. modifications.This paper reports the details of theretrofit modifications employedand their effectiveness in reducing exposure to aireraRnoise.

¾3. The eifects of community noise on modular and manufactured/ mobilehomes. Mones E. Hawleyand GeoffreyM. Back(Jack Faucett 2:20 Associates,5454 Wisconsin Avenue, Chevy Chase, MD 2815} Y6. An overgroundexee• soundattenuation (ESA] study. Robert Dwellingswhich are built in factoriesand transported to theirsites G. Powell (AFAMRL/BBE, Wright-PattersonAir Force Base,OH accountfor an increasinglyimportant fraction of newhousing construc- 45433} tion in the United States.About half of thesehouses are placed in clusters In orderto betterpredict community noise from Air Forceoperations withother factory-built homes. The interior sources of noiseand the insu- an extensivestudy on overgroundexcess sound attenuation (all attenu- lationagainst noise from exterior sources were investigated and compared ationin excessof inversesquare and air absorptionlosses} was conducted with those for new site-built houses.Manufactured houses(formerly at Wright-PattersonAir ForceBase. The uniqueaspects of this study calledmobile homes), which have an integralchassis for transportation, were the methodsused to acquirethe referencenoise levels, procedures must be built in conformance with federal standards. Modular homes, usedto obtainup and downwindpropagated noise, and the all-weather, whichare removablefrom theirtransporters, are built to stateand local radio-controlledmicrophone recording systems. To be presentedare the buildingcodes. The result is that factory-built houses have internal noise experimentaldesign and samples of ESA valuescalculated from the noise levelsand external-to-internal noise level reductions equivalent to thoseof of 400 plusground runups of a KC-135A aircraftpropagating along a comparablesite-built houses. However, exterior community noise levels 2400-mmicrophone array. Also to be discussedare the availabilityand frequentlyare higher for factory-builthomes than for site-builthomes formatof the basicacoustic and meteorologicaldata from thisstudy. becauseof the way the sitesare chosen.[Work supportedin part by the U.S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency under contract number 68-01- 6159.1

2:3• l:S0 Y7. Analysisof overgroundexcess attenuation. Dwight E. Bishop(Bolt ¾4. The effect of eurved vehielepath on averagesound pressure level 13eranekand Newman Inc., 21120 VanowenStreet, Canoga Park, CA GregoryS. Davisand C. E. WallaceIDepartment of Mechanicaland 91303} AerospaceEngineering, Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 8528?) The noiseand meteorologicaldata acquiredby the Air ForceAMRL A mathematicaltheory is presentedwhich predicts average noise lev- at Wright-PattersonAir ForceBase has been analyzed to determinethe els for curvedaircraft flight paths.The error in computingequivalent factorsmost influencing the excess sound attenuation at differentfrequen- noiselevels by assuming a straight flight path and then bending it tofollow ciesand distances.Multiple regressionanalyses of the excesssound at- thecurved flight path is evaluated as a functionof theshape of thecurved tenuation(the differencein noiselevels measured at differentpositions flightpath and the location of theobserver. The theory is experimentally referredto thereference position levels after adjustment for inversesquare verifiedusing an automobile on a curvedtest track. It isshown that for a andair absorptionlosses} indicate that thestrongest variables influencing givenobserver location, the amount of errorincreases as the amount of the excesssound attenuation are the wind componentin thc directionof pathcurvature increases. Also it isshown that for a givencurved path, the soundpropagation, the temperature gradient, and the ground cover {grass amountof error increasesas the observerlocation is movedaway from the versussnow}. Regression coefficients ranged up to theorder of r• = 0.8. curvedpath. In somecases the error incurred is significant and is in excess Plotsof thevariance accounted for (r:}values as a functionof frequency of 3 dB. showtwo distinct peaks which shift downwards in frequencyas distance increases.At low frequencies(below about 200 Hz), the mostsignificant variableis groundcover. For the higherfrequencies the mostsignificant variable is the wind component.Curves showingthe measuredexcess YS. Airport related residential•consfical insulationdemonstration attenuationvalues as a functionof windcomponent and temperature gra- project.J. T. Wcissenburger{Engineering Dynamics International, St. dientwill be comparedto resultsfrom otherstudies and theoreticalmod- Louis, MO 63124) els.

S46 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S46 WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 1:00 TO 3:05 P.M.

SessionZ. Physical AcousticsIII: General Topics II

Robert T. Beyer, Chairman Departmentof Physics,Brown University, Providence, Rhode Island 02912

Chairman's Introduction--l:00

Contributed Papers

i:05 A theoreticaland experimentalstudy of moving thermoacoustic sourcesis presentedin thispaper. The inhomogeneouslinear wave equa- Zl. Removalof the assumptionof planeprimary wavesin the theory of tion for a fluidcontaining heat sources [P. J. Westerveltand R. S. Larson, the nonscatteringof soundby sound. Peter J. Westervelt (Applied J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 54, 121-122 (1973)]is usedto derivethe acoustic ResearchLaboratories of the Universityof Texas,P.O. Box8029, Austin responseh (t) of a mediumexcited by an impulseof light.The pressure TX 78712) radiatedby a lasersource moving at constantspeed over a watersurface is The virtual sourceof combinationfrequencies is well known to be thendescribed in termsof a convolutionbetween the impulse response h (t } Q = • (c•/St)(p, P2), where,6' = Po 2 Co 4 [ 2 + (d2p/d p2)m ] and the pres- and the optoacousticsource strength which is proportionalto dl/dt, sureof eachof thetwo primarywaves may be expressed aspl = a, cos whereI (t) representsthe laser intensity. In somelimiting cases of farfield andp2= a2cos •P2, where the a's and the eikonals, the ½'s, depend on the radiation,the computedpressure waveforms can be compared with pre- four-radiusvector x i (referto "eikonal"in theindex of anylate edition of viouswork [L. M. Lyamshevand L. V. Sedov,Soy. Phys. Acoust. 27(I ), 4- Landauand Lifshitz, The ClassicalTheory of Fields).The restrictionto 18 (1981).]An experimentalstudy is alsoin progress.The motionof the planeprimary waves implicit in myderivation ofQ [J.Acoust. Soc. Am. laserbeam over the water surface at velocitiesup to Mach 2 is achievedby 35,535-537 { 1963)] was later removed by me [Proc. Univ. of TexasNonlin- meansof a rotatingmirror. The laseris excited in theconventional non-Q- earAcoustics Symposium, edited by T. G. Muir,pp. 167-181 ( 1970)].The switchedmode, with a pulseduration of I ms.[Work supported by ONR.] presentpaper reports a functionR whosed'Alembertian equals Q when the regionof interactioncommon to bothprimary waves resides many 1:41 primarywavelengths from eachof the two sources.It turnsout that R = [8(a/at) la,a2[(a½,/&,)(a½2/axi)l 'sinr•l sin •21 in which ZA. Dark-fieldmagneto-elastic nondestructive testing technique. Jacques (d½,/0x.)(•½2/•xi)means Vfl.V½2 - c6-2½,½• Thus V2R -- C•2 • = Q R. ChamueW (The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc., 555 TechnologySquare, Cambridge, MA 02139) plusterms that are negligible if the primaries are not collinear since these termsare of orderE - ' andE - 2smaller than Q whereE = •b+ i•otis the In thefield of nondestructivetesting, great advantages can bc obtained space-onlydependent eikonal. E, andE 2 have magnitudes of theorder r• if a dark-fieldtechnique can be achieved.A magneto-elastictechnique 2 • ' andrv• •- I, respectively,where r I andr 2 are the distances from the generatingsound waves only in the presenceof a defectand from tbe interactionregion to the primary sources of waves having dominant wave- defectis described (no defect--no sound waves in thematerial under test}. lengths2, and•:, respectively.The conclusion isthat no scattering occurs The magneto-elastictechnique generates three-dimensional information outsidethe interaction region of twowaves, neither one of whichneeds to aboutthe defectlocation, dimensions, and characteristics,unlike conven- be strictlyplane, nor for that mattersteady state. tionalultrasonic NDE tcchniq9cswhere the defect is used as a scattererof incidentultrasonic waves. Eddy currentsarc generatedin the material 1:17 undertest with a currentcarrying conductor. A magnetis placedsuch thatits magnetic field is parallel to thecurrent carrying conductor. Elastic Z2. Acousticsignals having both positive and negativenonlinearity. M. wavesare generatedin the conductivematerial under test only at the S. Cramer(Engineering Science and Mechanics,Virginia Polytechnic crackedges from the interaction of themagnet with transverseeddy cur- Instituteand StateUniversity, Blacksburg, VA 24061}and A. Kluwick rentsflowing around the defect. The generated elastic waves are detected tInstitutfuer Stroemungslehreund Waermeuebertragung,Technische with an ultrasonicreceiver transducer coupled to the material.An array UniversitaetWien, A-1040, Vienna, Austria} of receiversmay be used to triangulateon thedefect and also to character- Thequantity F •t 1/ p)lOpa/8p) frequentlyoccurs in thenonlinear izc the propertiesof thedefect from the 3-D information.Conventional acousticsof bothgases and liquids.Here p is the density,a the sound EMAT(electromagnetic acoustic transducers) areused to generate elastic speed,and the derivative is takenat constantentropy. It is well known wavesin the material even when no defectsare present;the magneto- that whenF> 0 Ipositivenonlinearity}, pulses and periodic wave trains elastictechnique depends on thepresence of a defectto createthe elastic steepenforward to formcompression shocks. When F < 0 (negativenon- waves.Preliminary experimental results are presented together with other linearity},the steepening isbackward and expansion shocks form. When potentialapplications of the new concept. •1The author is currently with thesignal amplitude is sufficiently large compared to F, thelocal value of Sohoquest,P.O. Box 584, Sudbury,MA 01776. Fmay varyfrom point to point in thewave and the subsequent behavior is quitedifferent than the cases having either positive or negativenonlinear- ity everywhere.This phenomenacan occur for singlephase Navier- 1:53 Stokesfluids and the present paper will providea descriptionof thepropa- gationin this latter case. Results of interestinclude shock splitting, shock Z5. Self-seunnlng-lineelectro-elastic NDE technique. Jacques waveshaving sonic conditions either upstreamor downstreamof the R. Chamuelal (The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory,Inc., 555 shock,and collisions between compression and expansionshocks. Under TechnologySquare, Cambridge, MA 021391 certainconditions it wasfound that the ultimatedecay of a mono-signed A contactlessself-scanning-line electro-elastic nondestructive testing pulseis proportional to thenegative one-third power of thepropagation techniqueis describedcapable of determiningin realtime the presence, time rather than the classicalnegative one-half power. location,number, and sizeof defectspresent along a linear path on the surface of a conductive material under test. In one embodiment, the NDE probeconsists of a magnetostrictivedelay line placed in closeproximity Z3. Soundgeneration by a movinglaser source. Yves H. Berthelotand with thesurface to be inspected.A currentcarrying wire placed adjacent NicholasP. Chotiros(Applied Research Laboratories, The University of andparallel to the delay line is used to induceeddy currents in themateri- Texas at Austin, P.O. Box 8029, Austin, TX 78712) al. The presenceof a crackcreates transverse eddy currents interacting

$47 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S4'? locallywith themagnetostrictive delay line launching elastic waves in the 2:29 delayline. The elasticwaves are generated only at thecrack edge locations alongthe delay line. Spatial information regarding crack edge locations is 7,8. Experimental studyof internal noiseon a shellsubmitted to boundary preservedin thetime information. An ultrasonicreceiver coupled to the layer excitation. JacquelineLarcber, Jean-Marc Parot, and Jean- delayline is usedto detectthe elastic waves traveling in thedelay line. The Paul Berhault(Soci6t6 Metrarib, BP 182,69132 Ecully Cedex 2, France) self-scanning-lineelectrn-elastic NDE probeis not susceptible to thepres- A studyhas been done of theacoustic performance of elasticmaterial enceof elasticwaves propagating in the materialunder test. The new shells,surrounded by a heavy fluid. submittedto a turbulent boundary conceptis applicable to fiatand curved surfaces including pipe inspection. layer excitation.Measurements of internal noiselevels under localized Conventionaleddy current techniques are not self scanning along a linear excitation,in frequencybands, show good agreement with the resultgiven pathgiving only an integratedresponse, indicating only the presenceand by a statisticalenergy model. These results show significant effects of the not the locationand numberof defects.Application of the conceptto structuralproperties and material for a given shell shape.The results automationwill bediscussed. a)The author is currently with Sohoquest, agreewell with noiseand vibrationmeasurements in a reciprocitysitua- P.O. Box 584, Sudbury,MA 01776. tion{action of an internalnoise source on thestructure}. Flexural waves in the shellmaterial, although subsonic, play a major role.

2:41 2.'O5

7_,6. Nonlinear transient response of electrostatic loudspeakers. Z9. Experimental investigat'onof nonlinear crossedbeam scatteringin JuergenSchroeter (Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill,. NJ 07974 and the presenceof turbulence.Murray S. Korman (Dopartmentof Physics, Lehrstuhlf. Allg. E-Teclinik und Akustik, Ruhr-Universitaet,Postfach U.S. Naval Academy,Annapolis, MD 21402} 102148, D-4630 Bochum, Federal Republic of Germany) and Man An experimentalapparatus has been constructed to measurethe non- Moban Soodhi(Hell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974) linearscattering of two mutuallyperpendicular crossed sound beams in When an electrostaticloudspeaker (ESL) is usedas an acousticpulse thepresence of turbulenceIfrom a submergedwater jet). Resultsare used generator[see M. M. Sondhiand J. R. Resnick,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, to measureand characterizethe turbulentflow. The pulsedbeams {I.90 985-1002(1983) for onesuch recent application], it maywell be desirable and 2.10 MHz} are generatedfrom I-in.

ZlO. Sound radiation from a concave or a convex dome in a semi-infinite

2:17 tube. Hidco Suzuki (CBS TechnologyCenter, 227 High Ridge Road, Stamford,CT 06905) Z7. Analysis of acoustically excited structures using holographic interferometrywith thermoplasticfilms. JosephA. Clark (Acousto- A previousstudy [H. Suzukiand J. Tichy,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 69, 41- Optics Laboratory, MechanicalEngineering Department, Catholic 49 {1981 }] showed that a concaveor a convexdome in an infinitebaffle has Universityof America,Washington, DC 20064) radiationcharacteristics that are differentfrom thoseof the flat piston. These results indicated that a concave or a convex dome in a lossless tube Experimentalstudies of thetransient and modal response of vibrating mayalso have different radiation characteristics than a similarlymounted bodiesexcited by soundfields will be described.Reusable thermoplastic fiat piston.This problemwas investigated using the samemethod as the film is utilized with an automatedhologram recorder in order to more previousstudies. The resultsshow that the farfieldsound pressure re- convenientlyobtain real-time and time-averageholograms. This ap- sponserises by about0.5 to 0.7 dB in the frequencyrange ka = 2.2 to 2.8 proachfacilitates interactive analysis and designof vibratingstructures. forboth concave and convex domes having the height-to-radius {a} ratio of Typical structuresbeing currently studied are membranesexcited both 0.5 to 1.0.As expected,the radiationresistance increases by about13% to resonantlyand nonresonantlyby airbornesound. Membrane structures ! 7% over the radiationresistance in the low-frequencyregion. The radi- appropriatefor spatiallyresolved measurements of radiatingsound fields ation teacranceis very small at low frequenciesbut becomescomparable andturbulent boundary pressure fidds will bediscussed. [Research spon- to the resistanceat frequenciesabove ka = 2.5. The reactanteis always soredby O.N.R. andD.T.N.S.R.D.C.] negativebelow the cutofffrequency.

S48 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S48 WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 CHAMBER ROOM, 1:30 TO 3:05 P.M.

SessionAA. EngineeringAcoustics III: TransducerMaterials

Robert M. Gorman, Chairman Bolt Beranek and Newman, Inc., Union Station, New London, Connecticut06426

Chairman's Introduction--l:30

ContributedPapers

1:35 engineering.A fundamentallimit below which one cannotreduce the appearanceof coronalies with thetransduction material, that is, thepie- AAI. Shockresist•nt PVDF hydrophones.T. A. Henriquezand Mary zoelectric ceramic itself. The corona characteristics of over 2500 lead Lou Miller {Naval ResearchLaboratory, Underwater Sound Reference zirconate-leadtitanate ceramic rings have been determined and the re- Detachment,P, O. Box 8337, Orlando, FL 32856} sultsused to modela muchlarger ring population from which predictions Previousresearch successfully det•onstrated theuse of tubular PVDF canbe made about the coronaperformance oftransducers assembled from in a shockresistant hydrophone fT. A. Henriquez,"Application of Tubu- theserings. A summaryof the informationto be presentedis that: lar PVDF to ShockResistant Hydrophones," in Proceedingsof theInter- Populationsof "as-fired"ceramic rings have significantly higher corona nationalSymposium of AppliedFerroelectrics 0983}]. The l:nesentwork inceptionvoltages than ringswith surfacesfinished by machinegrinding. continuedthe developmentand refinementof a shockhardened under- {2}Two distinctivelydifferent types of coronahave been identified, one of water transducer. Nonvoided as well as voided tubular material with an whichcan be partially "cured" by sulfurhexafluoride. {3} The coronadata outerdiameter of inor «in. wasused as the active element in eachdesign. for the ringshave been fit to a Wetbulldistribution model and appliedto a To evaluatethe effects of stressrod material and circumferential prestress, "weak-link"model to predictthe bestperformance that canbe expected the free-fieldvoltage sensitivity {FFVS} was recorded for eachtransducer. from the assembledtransducer. [Work sponsoredby the SonarTrans- The responseof the elementwas dependent upon the acousticcoupling ducerReliability Improvement Program, NAVSEA.] betweenthe compressionbolt and rubbermandril within the tube and betweenthe rubbermandril and the tube itself.The hydrophoneswere alsoexposed to scaleddown explosive tests to determinetheir ruggedness. 2:20 The resultssupport previous findings that tubularPVDF canbe utilized as a broadbandstandard hydrophone. [Work supportedby NAVSEA.] AA4. Analysis of segmented cylinder ceramic transducers using multiportinterconnection techniques. Michael P. Johnsonand Stephen C. Thompson {SystemsEngineering Department, Ocean Systems Division, Gould DefenseSystems, Inc., Euclid Avenue,Cleveland, OH 1:50 44117) AA2. UnderwaterIranaducer wetting agents.L. E. Ivey and C. M. For manyyears transducer analysis using multiport interconnection Thompson{Naval Research Laboratory, Underwater Sound Reference techniqueshas beensuccessfully applied to tonpilzdesigns and other Detachment,P.O. Box 8337, Orlando, FL 32856} transducertypes in whichthe vibratory motion is entirely one-dimension- The problemof air bubblesforming and clinging to thesurface of oily al. The analysisof radiallyvibrating cylindrical ceramic elements has or dirty underwateracoustic transducers has been around since the first generallyused either empirically derived equivalent circuit methods or calibration facilities were established in 1941. An air bubble driven at its hasstarted directly from the differential equations of motion.For seg- resonancefrequency has a measurableinterference effect on the trans- mentedcylinders it is possibleto performan approximateanalysis using ducer'scalibration response. The bubbleproblem can be eliminatedby linearnetwork analysis methods. This allowsthe useof standardmulti- thoroughlytreating the transducer with a wettingagent after the grease portanalysis computer codes such as $EADUCER to performmuch of the andoil havebeen cleaned off with a strongdetergent. The wettingagent in calculation.Furthermore these methods eliminate the needfor empiri- somecases can alsoact as the alegreaser.There is a controversyamong cism.Calculated radiation impedance and finite mounting surface imped- present-daycalibration facilities as to whichwetting agent is best.A sur- ance effectscan be directly included.A descriptionof the method and veywas made of the Navy-sponsoredunderwater transducer calibration comparisonof the resultswith previousmethods will beprovided. facilitiesto determinewhich wetting agenteach was using.Each was usinga differenttype. Samples of eachtype were obtained and evaluated at NRL-USRD. Thetests performed were surface tension measurements, 2:35 computabilitymeasurements with severalpopular types of rubbermateri- als,and acoustictests of eachtype on standardtransducers in the USRD's AAS. On the construction of linear-response hydrophones. Mark LakeCalibration Facility. The resultsof thesetests shown in the formof B. Moffett{Naval UnderwaterSystems Center, New London,CT06320), curves,equations, and tabulateddata validatewhich wetting agents are Theodore A. Henriquez, and Mary Lou Miller {Naval Research bestto useas surfaceacting agents. Laboratory, Underwater Sound Reference Detachment, Orlando, FL 32856) Most hydrophoneelements in usenowadays can be classified either as 2:05 volume-modeelements or as piezoceramicelements. Although volume- AA3. Corona characteristics of transducer ceramics. R. W. Timme, L. modeelements are usuallyquite linear,nearly all havelow capacitance, P. Browder{Naval ResearchLaboratory, Underwater Sound Reference and so,in practice,are usedin conjunctionwith preamplifiers.Preampli- fiers, however,can be nonlinearand are not usuallysuitable for close- Detachment, P.O. Box 8337, Orlando, FL 32856), and R. E. Montgomery (TexasResearch Institute. Inc.) rangeparametric source measurements. Piezoceramic elements have high capacitancesand therefore can be used without preamplifiers.However, Transducersare frequentlyplagued by the presenceof coronawhich they do not work well in the volumemode, and sothey are usuallyconfi- can adverselyaffect the performanceand lifetime of the unit. Sitesat guredso as to exposeonly one elementsurface to the acousticpressure. whichcorona can occur include the wiring, spacing,configuration, sharp Suchconfigurations invariably require bondsof somesort, e.g., two ce- electrodeedges, etc., but thesecan be minimizedwith properdesign and ramic hemispheresare gluedtogether to form a sphericalhydrophone.

849 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S49 Nonlinearityof an epoxybond appears to accountfor thenonlinearity of The cthylene-propylene-terpolymer(EPDM) classof elastomershas F42D sphericalhydrophones. Linear-respous½ hydrophones suitable for been widely suggestedbut rarely usedin underwateracoustic devices. usewith parametricsources at closerange can be constructedwith vol- Recommendationsfor its useusually result from a recognitionof its low ume-modeelements. If cablelengths can be kept short {• 10m}, no pream- acousticlosses and goodmatch of soundspeed and density with seawater. plificrshould be used. Otherwise a passivelow-pass filter should precede The hesitationsabout using œPDM's resultfrom unknownsin its engi- thepreamplifier. [Work supported by NavalMaterial Command and Na- neeringproperties ofbondability and tear strength. The reportedmargin- val SeaSystems command.] al bondabilityand tearstrength were investigated as a functionof œPDM formulation.Specifically, the effectsof filler type and amount,sulfur or peroxidecure type and loading,and polymerparameters on bothengi- neetingand acoustic properties will beshown. With carein designingthe 2:50 EPDM formulation,this material can have acoustic properties (both rho- c and attenuation}as good as natural rubber and environmentalresistance AA6. EPDM rubber as an underwater acoustic window. Coriey superiorto neoprenes.œPDM's compatability with castor oil isthe best of M. Thompson,Rodger CapIn, and Michael J. Lizzi (NavalResearch all commonclasses of elastomers.The resultsof manytests confirm that Laboratory,Underwater Sound Reference Detachment, P.O. Box 8337, while EPDM's bondabilityand tear strengthare not equalto neoprenes, Orlando, FL 32856) they are neverthelessadequate for mostapplications.

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 DEANZA/MESA ROOM, 1:00 TO 3:05 P.M.

SessionBB. SpeechCommunication III: Voice Characteristics

Kung Pu Li, Chairman ITT DCD, 100dOCarroll Canyon,San Diego, California 92131

Chairman's Introduction---l:00

ContributedPapers

The ability of 40 subjectsto recognize25 famousmale voiceswas investigated.Samples were tape-recordedand editedon a PDP-I 1/34 BBl. Recognitionof famousvoices forwards and backwards.Diana Van computer.Three differentlistening tasks were prepared. Subjects indicat- Lanckcr(Phonetics Laboratory, Department of Linguistics,UCLA, Los ed whetherthey recognized voices given six choices: (I) from 2-ssamples; Angeles, CA 90024), Jody Kreiman (Department of Linguistics, (2}from excerptedwords (mean duration 481 ms;and (3) from excerpted Universityof Chicago,Chicago, IL 60637 and PhoneticsLaboratory, and concatenatedstrings of vowels(mean duration 494 ms). The same Departmentof Linguistics,UCLA, Los Angeles,CA 90024), and voiceswere usedin all tasks.Subjects were dividedinto two groups.For Karen Emmorey (PhoneticsLaboratory, Department of Linguistics, onegroup, the taskswere presented in the order2-s texts, words, vowels. UCLA, LosAngeles, CA 90024) For group two, the reverseorder was presented.A two-way ANOVA To investigatefamiliar voicerecognition, samples of famousmale revealedno effectof presentationorder. Subjects correctly identified 61% voiceswere tape-recorded and editedon a PDP-I 1/34 computer.Three of the voicesthey knew {ascertainedby a questionnaire)given 2-s texts, listeningtasks were prepared. Subjects indicated whether they recognized 40% of the voicesgiven excerpted words, and 34% givenvowel strings. voicesfrom (I) 2-s samples;(2) differentand reordered2-s samplespre- Subjectsperformed significantly better on the 2-stask than on the word or sentedalong with six choices;and (3) 4-s samplespresented backwards vowelstasks. There was no significantdifference between their perfor- (rerandomizedand refoiled).Ninety-six subjects were divided into four mance on the word and vowels conditions. These results show that voices groups,three by ageand onegiven the backwardspresentation first. For can be.recognized given limited amountsof voiceinformation. [Work task I, the meanrecognition rate was 17%. In task 2, subjectscorrectly supportedby NIH Grant No. 4-443944-31117.] identified69.5% of the voicesthey knew (ascertainedby questionnaires}. Recognitionfor known voicespresented backwards was 12.8% lessthan 1:29 for voicespresented forwards. In the group given the voicesbackwards first, a similar difference(12.5%) was observed.A two-way ANOVA BB3. A speaker recognizability test for communications systems. comparingthe four groups on tasks2 and3 revealedmain effects of group Panos Papamichalisand George DoddingtonITexas InstrumentsInc., and task, but no group-by-taskinteraction; thus differencesin perfor- P.O. Box 226015, MS 238, Dallas, TX 75266} mancebetween forwards and backwardspresentations were unchanged acrossthe four subjectgroups. These resultsindicate that voice recogni- A SpeakerRecognizability Test (SRT) hasbeen designed which tries tion can be achievedgiven only limitedinformation which includes rate, to establishhow well a givencommunications system preserves a spcak- pitch, and pitch range.[Work supportedby NIH Grant No. •. •.•.3944- er's identity. Contrary to previousefforts, no attempt is madeto identify 31117.] the cuesused by listener•for speakerrecognition. Instead, listenersare askeddirectly to identifya speakerwho saysan utterance.The test is constructed as follows: Several sentences are collected from five male and 1:17 fivefemale speakers. One sentence from eachspeaker is usedas reference. BB2. Recognitionof famousvoices given excerpted vowels,words, and 2- The listeningteam consistsof ten listeners.Each listeneris presented20 s texts. Karen Emmorey, Diana Van Lancker (PhoneticsLaboratory, different•entences and is asked to identifythe speakerof eachone of them Department of Linguistics, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA 90024I, by comparingit with the ten referencesentences. Among the issuescon- andJody Kreiman (Department of Lin•uisties, University of Chicago, siderealin the designof the testis the choiceof speakers,the useof refer- Chicago,IL 60637and Phonetics Laboratory, Department of Linguisties, ence sentencesfrom the same or different sessionsof data collection, and UCLA, Los Angeles,CA 90024) the useof processedor unprocessedspeech for reference.

S50 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S50 1:41 In encodingsynthetic speech for vocabularystorage and reproduc- tion, currenttechniques require storing at leastfive or six bits of coded BB4. Intonation,pitch height, and voicequality as indicatorsof speaker pitch valueper frame.Due to the slowvariation of pitch contours,it is attitude. Klaus R. Schercr, Kim Silverman, and D. Robert Ladd possibleto describethese contours as a sequenceof simplepitch patterns. (Departmentof Psychology,University of Giesscn,6300 Giessen,West If eachpattern in thesequence isapplied to a subunitof thecoded phrase Germany} or word, eachsubcontour can furthermorebe approximatedin termsof Utterancesfrom recorded interviews were rated for attitude conveyed. simplelinear functions. The pitchpattern is selectedby pickingthe best Stimuli were presentedin both the original audio versionand various match betweenthe targetor natural subcontourand one contourfrom a degradedversions. ludgments of backwardsand random-splicedversions libraryof predefinedsimple pitch contours. By storingone pitch pattern correlatedhighly with originals,while judgmentsof low-passfiltered contourper specificsubunit in speech,a considerablesavings in vocabu- pitchcontours did not. This suggests attitude is conveyed directly by voice larystorage may be achieved. Informal listening tests show that the degra- quality largelyindependent of pitch contour.However, judgments of dationin speechquality is minor. originalsshow (1} correlations between absolute pitch height and ratings of speakerarousal, and (2) interactionsbetween linguistic categories of inlonationand syntax in j.udgmentsof more "cognitive" attitudes like 2:29 "friendly"and "critical"(e.g., final riseswere rated friendly on yes/no BBg. Periodic repetition of multi-pulseexcitation. Bishnu S. Atal and questionsbut criticalin WH questions).This shows that it isimportant to BarbaraE. Caspers(Acoustics Research Department, Bell Laboratories, considerthe linguisticstructure of intonationand the accompanyingtext Murray Hill, NS 07974} in studyingintonational cues to attitude.Masking or merelyaveraging acousticcharacteristics ofF0 will obscurethese interactions. [Work sup- B. S. Atal and J. R. Remde {Proc.ICASSP 82} describeda methodfor portedby German ScienceFoundation.] determiningthe multipulseexcitation for LPC speechsynthesis. We find that, evenfor reasonablyperiodic speech waveforms, the secondarypulses 1:53 in the multipulseexcitation do not showsimilar periodic behavior. What is theinfluence of thislack of periodicityin theexcitation on thequality of BB5. Suppressionof noise in speech using PARCOR analysis. syntheticspeech? We haveinvestigated this question by introducingcon- Atsushi Mano and Shinji Ozawa (Ozawa Laboratory,Department of trolled periodicityinto the multipulseexcitation. The excitationwas first Electric Engineering,Faculty of Scienceand Technology,Keio segmentedinto individualpitch periods.For everysequence of n pitch University,3-14-1, Hiyoshi, Kouhoku-ku, Yokohama, 223 $apanl periods,the multipulse pattern from the pitch period in the middleof each sequencewas then used to repeatthe excitation pattern in theother n - I In this paper,a new noisesuppression algorithm is presentedfor re- surroundingpitch periods. In thisprocess, the overall amplitude envelope ducingany kind of backgroundnoise in speech.This noisesuppressor of the utterancewas left unchanged.We find that as manyas 15 periods usesthree kinds of filters. The first filter, which is the inverse lattice filter may be repeatedwithout introducingsignificant audible distortion in the implementedby PARCOR analysisof noisepart, makesany colored syntheticspeech signal. However, repetition of a singlemultipulse pattern backgroundnoises into white noises.The secondfilter, which is the white acrossall voicedsegments of an utteranceproduced noticeable coloration noisesuppressor using spectral subtraction, reduces the white noisecom- in syntheticspeech. We will discussfurther implications of theseresults in ponentsin speech.The third filter,which is the noninversetype of thefirst this paper. one,restores the speechdistorted by the firstfilter. The algorithmwhich detectsnonspeech periods is combined with thisnoise suppressor, and the characteristicsof thesefilters adaptively follow the nonstationarynoise 2:41 environment.The traffic noiseand jet enginenoise, etc., were used to estimatethis system. As a resultof thetests, we could improve the speech BB9. Optimizing pulse amplitudes in multipulse excitation. to noiseratio more than 20 dB. Andat thesame time, we could improve Sharad Singhal {AcousticsResearch Department, Bell Laboratories, the articulationof the speech. Murray Hill, NJ 07974} Multipulseexcitation lB. S. Atal and $. R. Remde,Proc. ICASSP 82] 2:05 is an attractiveway of modelingthe input to the LPC synthesisfilter at low bit rates.In the methoddescribed by Atal and Remde, the amplitudesand BB6. A model for the synthesisof natural soundingvowels. Donald locationsof the pulsesare determined in successivestages--one pulse at a R. Allenand William J. Strong{Department of Physics and Astronomy, time.At eachstage, one pulse is determinedto achievemaximum reduc- BrighamYoung University, Provo UT 84602} tionin theweighted mean-squared error between the original and synthet- A modelhas been developed which is designed to preservesome of the ic speechwaveforms. For closelyspaced pulses, successive optimization naturalhessthat is usually lost in speechsynthesis. A parameterizedfunc- of individualpulses is inaccurate,and oftenrequires additional pulses to tion is usedto producean approximationto the cross-sectionalarea compensatefor inaccuraciesintroduced earlier. This problemcan be only throughthe glottis. A circuitmodel of the subglottaland glottal system is partly correctedby reoptimizingall pulseamplitudes at the end. This usedto generatethe volume velocity of theair throughthe glottis from the paperdescribes a methodwhich locatess pulseat any stageby jointly lung pressureand the time-varyingsupraglottal pressure. The tract is optimizingits amplitudetogether with the amplitudesof all pulseslocated representedby it input impedanceimpulse response which can be calcu- up to that stage.As a resultthe amplitudes of all pulsesare kept optimal at latedfrom the area functionof the tract. A convolutionof the input im- everystage, and very little inaccuracyis introducedeven if the pulsesare pedanceimpulse response with the volumevelocity determines the su- closelyspaced. The newmethod provides significant improvements in the praglottalpressure. The equations relating the above two onditions for the SNR--by as muchas 10 dB in somesections of speech. volumevelocity are solvedsimultaneously. The output of the modelis generatedby conyGivingthe resultingglottal volume velocitywith the 2:53 transferfunction impulse response of the tract. A comparisonis made betweenvowels synthesized with and withoutthe vocaltract glottalflow BBI0. Doesa Bernoulliforce cause velar double bursts? John Kingston interaction.Listening tests showed that thoseyowles with the interaction {Pbonology Laboratory, Linguistics Department, University of werepreferred as morenatural sounding over those without the interac- California, Berkeley,CA 94720} tion. Multiple intensitypeaks, "double bursts," are commonin the release

2:17 of velar stops. Kealing. Westbur•. and Stevens [I_ Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl.1 67, S93{1980)] suggest that shortlyafter the velar release, a rateof BB7. Pitch encoding using simple unit pitch patterns. Kathleen air flow arisesbetween the tonguedorsum and the softpalate high enough M. Ooudie, Kun-Shan Lin, and Gene A. Frantz (ConsumerProducts to pull them back togetherby a Bernoulliforce like that which drawsthe Group, TexasInstruments, P.O. Box 10508,M.S. 5707, Lubbock,TX vocalfolds together. The releaseof this secondcontact produces a second 79408} burst. If a high rate of air flow causesthis second,brief closure,then

S51 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $51 doublebursts should occur more often after/k/than/g/, sinceintraoral unaspiratedcontrasts do. Alveolar releasesvary muchless across vowels, air pressureduring closure is higher for thevoiceless stop than the voiced butpeak intensity is reached approximately 10 ms later after It h] than[d] one. Intensity measurementsof the initial portionsof the burstsof or the It] whichfollows Is]. Evidently,the pointof contactwith the soft [kh,sk,g,th,st,d] before [i,A,U] show vowel quality determines burst inten- palateor the movementto the followingvowel mechanically determines sityfor velars---Icastintense before [u], mostbefore [i], with [^] inducing burst intensityfor velars,while for alveolarsaerodynamic factors are weak to moderatebursts--more than the voiced/voicelessor aspirated/ more potent.

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 DEL MAR/HELIX/SANTA FE ROOMS, 1:30 TO 3:05 P.M.

SessionCC. Musical AcousticsIV: The Violin Octet and Other Stringed Instruments

Carleen M. Hutchins, Co-Chairman CatgutAcoustical Society, Inc., 112 EssexAvenue, Montclair, New Jersey07042

Bertram Turetsky, Co-Chairman MusicDepartment, University of California,San Digeo,La Jolla, California92093

Chairman's !ntroduction•l:30

Invited Paper

1:35

CCI. Theviolin octet. Carleen M. Hutchins(Catgut Acoustical Society, Inc., 112Essex Avenue, Montelair, NJ 07042) Eightnew violin family instruments in graduatedsizes project the tone quality of theviolin into seven other toneranges, representing the first time a consistenttheory of acousticshas been applied to a familyof musical instruments.Undertaken in 1956at the instigationof HenryBrant, they resemble instruments constructed in Europeduring the 16thand 17thcenturies. Using early violin tests, F. A. Saunders,John C. Sehelleng,and C. M. Hutchinsferreted out a controllingcharacteristic of the violin:namely the two mainresonances within a semitoneof thetwo open middle strings. These two resonances are differently placed in viola,cello, and bass. Schellengand Hutchins developed a mathematical scaling theory and Hutchins spent nearly 10 years adapting and constructinginstruments according to theseparameters. The firstconcert was at Harvardin 1963,a memorialto F. A. Saunders;a secondin 1967at the New York YMHA. There are over 50 compositionsand arrangementsfor the OCTET, whichhas traveled thousands of milesfor concertsand lecture demonstra- tions•ne setpermanently in England,another in Stockholm,with a composercontest and concert for the "SwedishMusical AcousticsConference 1983." Violin makersin the USA, Europe,and Australia are con- structingthe instruments which are described in "THE VIOLIN OCTET" availablefrom the Catgut Acousti- cal Society.Personal work time privatelydonated; machinery and acousticalequipment funded by: John SimonGuggenheim Memorial Foundation, Martha Baird Rockefeller Fund for Music,American Philosophi- cal Society,Arnold Hoffman Foundation, George MacDonald Foundation, Estates of VirginiaApgar, Helen Rice, EuniceWheeler, and the Harriett M. BartlettFund of the CatgutAcoustical Society, Inc.

ContributedPapers

2:05 Helmholtzmotion when the bowvelocity changes, and in particularthe startingtransients. CC2. Violin sound s•nthe•i• from flint p•ineiplc•. Gnbriel Weinreioh (IRCAM, 31, rue Saint-Men'i, 75004 Paris, France and Randall Laboratory,University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI 48109• 2:20

A simplecomputer model of a violinhas been constructed. It consists CC3. Characterizingguitar •ound using time-evolvingspectra. E. of two arrayscarrying the forward and backwardwaves on the string, Paul PalmerandLinda Zuvich(DcpartmentofPhysiesandAstronomy, appropriatereflection rules at thebridge and finger, a bowof finitewidth, BrighamYoung University, Provo, UT 84602) anda combinationof paralleltwo-pole filters to simulate the radiativity of the violin body.The stringis assumedto be nondispersive,although an The soundof a guitaror similarinstrument can be characterizedby equivalentamount of dispersioncan be includedin oneor both of the the time evolutionof its partialsand its noiselikesound components. This boundaryconditions. The instantaneousforce exerted by the bow on the includesthe establishmentor generationof noise,families of partials,and stringis formulated as a single-valuedfunction of theirrelative velocity. formantsand resanances by the natureof the pluckingand thecharacter- The outputsignal can be convertedinto sound. The modelhas been used isticsof theinstrument. It particularlyincludes the decay and interchange to studya numberof phenomena,including the dynamicchanges in the of energyamong all the soundcomponents. The investigationof these

$52 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S52 componentsisfacilitated by usinglinear and logarithmic-frequency spec- en soundboxis replacedaltogether by a graphite-epoxysoundboard grill tral analysisand by usingvariable-length time windows in acquiringdata backedby an inflatablebladder in theshape of a normalguitar body. Both to be analyzed.Displays of time-evolvingspectra demonstrate the differ- instrumentsare demonstrated,and techniquesfor creatingaligned-fiber ent characteristicsof classesof guitarssuch as classicaland steelstring graphiteinstrument components with room-temperature"time-set" rath- and the differencesbetween members of each class.The relationships er than "thermo-set"epoxy resins are discussed. amongmeasurable sound parameters and guitar quality and guitar design and construction will be discussed.

2:s0 2:35 CC5. The lids of pianosand harpsichordsan acoustic transformers. Edith CC4. An inflatable guitar. Timothy P. White (Journalof Guitar L. R. Corlissand CharlesH. Corliss(Forest Hills Laboratory,2955 Acoustics,219 North Main Street,Ann Arbor, MI 48104) AlbemarleStreet, NW, Washington,De 20008} It isreadily demonstrated that blocking the soundhole of a steel-string The lid of a grand piano may be closedaltogether on the case,re- acousticguitar does not significantlyaffect the instrument'stone. Wave- moved,or raisedto a fixedposition by a stick.Many largerinstruments lengthconsiderations indicate that the high frequencies to whichour ears areequipped with a shortstick as an alternativeto the longstick. Raising aremost sensitive radiate directly from theguitar's soundboard. It iscom- the lid to thesealternative positions changes the tonecolor to an extent monknowledge among luthiers that, in determiningthe tone of an instru- perceptibleto the playerand the audience.This effectis measuredmore ment,the stiffness and damping properties of the guitar'ssoundboard are readilywith a harpsichordbecause the plucking action is essentially inde- of paramountconcern. In thisstudy, the traditional wooden architecture pendentof the player'stouch. Using a harpsichordbuilt by C. Randall of theguitar's soundboard, typically a spruceveneer reinforced with vari- Taylorin 1966,the authors have investigated the effect of adjustingthe lid ablewooden bracing, is replaced on a commercialproduction instrument to a numberof positions.The changeproduces measurable alterations in with a graphite-epoxy',grill" supporting a thin synthetic polymer mem- theoutput. The effect is similar to hornloading on a loudspeaker,and will braneunder tension. In anotherinstrument, the guitar's traditional wood- be discussedfrom this standpoint.

WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 CALIFORNIA ROOM, 12:30 TO 2:35 P.M.

SessionDD. Psychologicaland PhysiologicalAcoustics III, NoiseIV, and CCEA: Effectsof Man-Made Noise on Animals

William C. Cummings,Chairman OceanographicConsultants, 5948 Eton Court,San Diego, California 92122

Chairman's Introduction--12:30

Invited Papers

12:35

DD1. Audiogramsfor largecetaceaas: A proposedmethod for fieldstudies. Sam H. Ridgwayand Donald A. Carder(Code 5142, Naval Ocean Systems Center, San Diego, CA 92152) In thegreat majority of cetaceans,the sense of hearinghas not been studied. There are no audiograms on anyof thegreat whales. To us,the ABR (AveragedBrainstem Response} technique seems the only way to get suchdata on thelarger species. We haveused the ABR in smallercetaceans such as Delphinus, Tursiops, and Delphinapterustorecord audiometric data. Fine wires about the size of a humanhair are inserted into the head througha hypodermicneedle. Bare tips of the insulatedwire over the vertexand mastold region pick up electricalpotentials (electroencephalogram or EEG}. The EEG is amplified, filtered, and tape recorded during periodswhen sound pulses are presented through a hydrophone.We observe the ABR by synchronous averag- ingof the EEG for 10to 25ms after each pulse. The sound intensity and frequency are varied to determine the thresholdat eachfrequency, thereby producing an audiogramfor theanimal. Audiometric data would be helpfulin assessingthe impact of humangenerated acoustic events on whales. We havedeveloped a portable systemthat we hopewill enableus to makemeasurements on whalestrapped in fishermen'snets, cetaceans stranded in tidal basins,or animals that beach themselves.

12:50

DD2. Compatibilityof shipsand whalesin Glacier Bay, Alaska.James H. Johnson(National Marine MammalLaboratory, National Marine Fisheries Service, 7600 Sand Point Way N.E., Seattle,WA 98115} GlacierBay, southeast Alaska, normally a summerfeeding ground for humpbackwhales, was abruptly abandonedin midsummer1978, prompting charges by environmentaliststhat increasedvessel traffic had driventhem out. Subsequent research focused on whale-preyrelationships, vessel effects on whales,and the overallacoustic environment of GlacierBay comparedto nearbyareas where whales continue to feedin undiminishednumbers. Prey studiesshowed a highcorrelation between whale distribution and preyabun-

$53 d. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $53 dance;in 1982a groupof whaleschose to spendmost of thesummer feeding in thebusiest, noisiest part of the Bay. Behaviorstudies showed whales are affectedby vesselsup to 3-kin away,but reactionswere of short duration,and meaningin termsof possiblephysiological stress and cumulativeeffect is unknown.Acoustic studiesrevealed minor differencesbetween the Bay and comparisonareas {e.g., "white sound"from efferves- cenceof meltingglacier ice, and sporadic seismic noisel, which presumably are longstanding phenomena that do not explainthe recentreduction of whales.Humpbacks are graduallyreoccupying the Bay, possiblythe resultof current traffic regulationsand restrictionson numbersof vesselsallowed entrance. However, a "crash"of whaleprey stocksin 1978still cannotbe discounted.[Work supportedby National Park Service, NationalMarine FisheriesService, and Alaskacruise ship industry.]

ContributedPapers

l:OS energylosses range between 20 and40 dB perrange doubling for the same frequencies.Losses increased with increasingfrequency. [Work spon- DD3. Behavioraland physiologicalresponses of captivebeluga whales to soredby NOAAs National OceanSurvey, Office of Oceanographyand playbacksof drillingnoise. Jeanette A. Thomasand Ronald Kastelein Marine Services.] (HubbsSea World ResearchInstitute, 1700 SouthShores Road, San Diego, CA 92109} There hasbeen recent concern that noisefrom drillingplatforms may 1:35 havedetrimental effects on marine animals.Unfortunately, little data are DD6. Aeonstietesting procedures for determiningthe potential impactof availableon the hearingcapabilities of marinemammals and their re- underwaterindustrial noiseon migratinggray whales.Charles I. Maline sponsesto man-madenoise. The objectivesof our studywere to playback and Paul R. Miles (Bolt Beranekand Newman Inc., 10 Moulton Street, underwaterrecordings of drillingnoise to captivebeluga whales and as- Cambridge,MA 02238} sess:(11 behavioral responses such as respirationrate, dive interval, changesin socialcombinations, and change in usageof areasin the pool, A procedurewas developed for observingthe track patternsand be- and (21physiological responses monitored by changesin bloodchemis- haytotof migratinggray whalesoff SoberariesPoint southof Monterey, tries,especially cetecholamine levels. Baseline behavioral and blood val- California. A seriesof acousticplaybacks were made at realisticlevels ues were collected for two males and two females housedat Sea World, from an anchoredvessel to simulatethe presenceof oil andgas develop- SanDiego for a 30-dayperiod. Playbacks were conducted for 9 dayspre- mentand production activities. In anotherseries of tests,a seismicsurvey cededby pretestobservations. The playbackswere recordings of SEDCO vesselwith a 4000-in?air-gun array was navigated at progressivelyde- 708 platformand synthesized drilling noise projected at about150 dB re: I creasedranges from the migrating whales.This was followed by a test /•Pa. The mannerin whichbehavioral parameters and bloodchemistry sequenceusing a vesselwith a single100-in. -•air gun. Source characteristic valueschanged during the playbacksof drilling noisewill be discussed. andacoustic transmission loss measurements were made to permitpredic- tion of the noiseexposure for the nearbysubject animals. Exposure levels for whichobserved behavioral changes occurred were determined. [Work 1:15 supportedby Dept. of Interior,Minerals Management Service.] DD4. Behavioralresponses of wild belugawhales IDelphinapterus leucas• to noisefrom oil drilling. Frank T. Awbrey and Brent S. Stewart (Hubba SeaWorld ResearchInstitute, 1700 South Shores Road, SanDiego, CA 1:45 92109} DD7. Effectsof underwaternoise on migratinggray whalesoff the enast Two seasonsof field observationsand playbackexperiments with of California.Christopher Clark IRockefellerUniversity, Tyrrel Road, southwestAlaskan beluga whales has established that wild whalesin their Millbrook, NY 12545}, Peter Tyack {Woods Hole Oceanographic naturalhabitat respond more negatively to suddenchanges in soundlevel Institution,Woods Hole, MA 02543},James Bird ( 16Mead St., Apt. :•2, than to sustainedsounds. Recordings of noisefrom SEDCO 708 drilling Allstoa, MA 02134}, and Victoria Rowntree IWeston Road, Lincoln, platformwere projected, underwater at 163 dB re: I pPa sourcelevel. MA 017731 Whalesless than i.5 km from the sourceusually reacted to onsetof the The potentialeffects of man-madeunderwater noises on thebehavior noiseby swimmingaway. In two instances,groups of whalesthat wereat of gray whalesIEschrictius robustus} off the Coastof centralCalifornia least 3.5 km from the noisesource when playbackstarted continued to were studiedduring their southernand northernmigration in 1983. In approach.One group approached within 300 m beforeall or part turned January, two shore-basedthcodolite tracking sites recorded whales' back.The othergroup submerged and passedwithin 15m of theprojector. swimmingpatterns as well as behavioralactivities while underwater Resultswere consistentwith observationsof captivebelugas. sounds{production platform, drilling platform,semisubmersible, drill- ship, helicopter,or killer whale, Orcinusorcal were transmittedfrom a vesselanchored in the middleof the nearshoremigratory pattern. In April 1:25 and May, whenthe majorityof whaleswere mother-calf pairs, three theo- DD$. Sound and vibration levels in a ringed seal lair from seismic dolitetracking sites recorded swimming patterns, behavior, and respira- profiling on the ice in the Beaufort Sea. D. V. Holliday (Tracor, Inc., tion timesfor individuals.Experimental noise sources consisted of eithera 9170 Chesapeake Drive, San Diego. CA 92123). W. C. Cummings seismicvessel operating a 40-gun array, a vesseloperating a singleair gun (OceanographicConsultants, 5948 Eton Ct., SanDiego, CA 92122),and or a stationaryvessel broadcasting either drillship or killer whalesounds. D.E. Bonnett(Tracor, Inc., 3505 AndersonHill Road,Silverdale, WA The behavioralmeasures used to assaydisturbance included deflection of 99393) normal migratorypattern, speed of travel, individualrespiration, synch- ronizing of mother and calf respiration,and ratesof behaviorssuch as The ringedseal (Phoca hispida) habitat on Alaska'sNorth Slopeis breachingor underwaterexpiration. [Work wassupported by Minerals subjectedto intensivelocal seismic enploration. During the winterand ManagementService.] springmonths, this sealconstructs and maintainslairs for restingand birthingon the icesurface under a snowcover. Measurements of airborne sound and vibration levels in a lair and underwater sound levels beneath 1:55 the lair are reportedas a function 0f range to a seismicsound source (Vibroseis")operating on theice near Reindeer Island, north of Prudhoc DDS. Responsesof gray whales(Eschrichtius robustus} to nonbiological Bay, AK. Propagationlosses for underwatersound in the band between noise. Marilyn E. Dahlheim (Department of Zoology, University of 10 and 70 Hz were from 10 to 20 dB per doublingof range.Vibration British Columbia, Vancouver, BC, Canada V6T 2A9 and National

S54 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $54 Marine Mammal Laboratory,National Marine FisheriesService, 7600 5948 Eton Court, San Diego, CA 92122)and D. V. Holliday (Tracor, Sand Point Way N.E., Seattle, WA 98115) and H. Dean Fisher Inc., 9150 Chesapeake])rive, SanDiego, CA 92123) (Departmentof Zoology, University of BritishColumbia, Vancouver, Be, CanadaV6T 2A9} Oneeffect of man-madeunderwater noise is possible masking or other interferencewith soundsof whalesrequiring knowledge of the source In orderto focuson theproblem of increasingnonbiological noise in level.In conjunctionwith a technicalfeasibility study of acousticalloca- theenvironment of thegray whale (Eschrichtius robustus) and to answer tionin northernAlaska [W. C. Cummings,Tracor Doc. No. T-83-06-002- the questionas to how thisspecies uses its acousticsignaling most effi- U (1983)]numerous whale sound source levels were determined based on ciently,a studywas undertaken at LagunaSan Ignacio, Baja California accuratedistances using a three-hydrophonearray baselineof 2.4 km. In Sur,Mexico, in February1983 to determinethe responsesof graywhales termsofdB re: 1/zPaat 1 m (peakspectrum level over the duration of each to projectedsound sources. A seriesof underwater"playback" experi- signal),24 localizedsong elements ranged from 158to 189,median 176.5 mentswere conducted. The playbackincluded the projection of nonbiolo- dB. The 33 localizedmoans ranged from 129to 170,median of 158riB. At gicalas well as biologicalsound sources. The acousticaland behavioral a distanceof 10km, thisimplies a theoreticalreceived signal-to-noise ratio responsesof thewhales were recorded during pretrial, trial, andpost-trial for songsof 36 dB, basedupon the observedmedian ambient level at 500 playbackperiods. Sounds were projectedback only during the "trial" Hz, or 16 dB at maximumnoise level. However, based upon our exper- periods.With the onsetof increasedlevels of man-madenoise, the gray iencewith theprevailing shallow water propagation losses and noise char- whale's acousticalactivities increased,as did the sourcelevels of their acteristics,the S/N ratioof songscan be expected to approach0 at about calls.Observations on thebehavioral activities of thesewhales in response 15km, with moans,5-10 kin. [Work sponsoredby the North SlopeBor- to increasednoise resulted in {1)prolonged dive times and {2} direct move- ough.] mentson thepart of thewhales away from the transducers. The acoustical andvisual responses of the whalesappear to differdepending upon the soundstimuli being presented.

2:05 2:25

DD9. Preliminary measurementsof sound attenuation by snow over a DDI1. Interaction between offshore geophysicalexploration activities model seal lair. William C. Cummings (OceanographicConsultants, and bowheadwhales in the Alaskan Beaufort Sea, Fall 1982. Donald 5948 Eton Court, San Diego, CA 92122) and D. V. Holliday (Tracor, K. Ljungblad(Naval OceanSystems Center, Code 5131,San Diego, CA Inc., 9150 ChesapeakeDrive, San Diego, CA 92123} 92152}

Becauseof their winter habit of denningin snow aboveArctic ice, Out of concernabout the potentialeffects of marineacoustic geophysi- ringedseals, Phoca hispida, may beexposed to airborneman-made noise. cal surveywork on westward-migratingbowhead whales (Ba[aena mysti- Incidentalto acousticalstudies of winterseismic exploration [D. V. Ho]]i- cetus),the U.S. Minerals ManagementSer0ice (MMS), in consultation dayet al., J. A½oust.Soc. Am. Suppl.l, thismeeting] a seriesof measure- with the U.S. National Marine FisheriesService (NMFS}, implementeda ments was undertaken of airborne tones received in a model seal lair. Five programfor monitoringand regulatingsuch work in the AlaskanBeau- successivelayers of snow blockswere added around the sensor.Seven fort Seaduring 1981 and 1982.In 1982a twin-turbine,high-wing aircraft tonesfrom 105 to 10 $10 Hz wcrc playedfrom a loudspeakerat two dis- was usedto surveysystematically blocks covering approximately 1400 tances,0.8 and 11.5 m, throughthe accumulativefive layers(maximum km-*near actively "shooting" seismic survey vessels. Direct visual obser- thickness,0.9 m}. This studywas undertakenoff PrudhoeBay, Alaska, vation wassupplemented by the useof sonobuoysto listento and record April 1983).The resultsindicated an increasingtransmission loss through underwatersounds made by vessels,air guns,and whales.In additionto the "lair" wall of about 6 riB/doubledthickness, an increasingdepen- the systematicsurveys, sustained behavioral observations of bowheads dence with frequency{Hz}, and evidenceof significantpropagation were made on an opportunisticbasis, with the objectiveof identifying throughthe ground path. It istentatively concluded that, in thissituation, possibledifferences in behaviorbetween whales exposed to seismicsounds snowmay bc an effectivebarrier for higherfrequency airborne noise, but and whalesnot exposedto seismicsounds. No major changesm whale attenuationis limited by flankingpropagation through the underlying behavior(e.g., flight reactions}were observed.Tests of statisticalsignifi- medium.[Work sponsored by NOAAs NationalOcean Survey, Office of cancewere applied to data on numberof blowsper surfacing,mean blow Oceanographyand Marine Services.] interval per surfacing,surface times, and dive times.Only mean surface time of "adults" (i.e., all whalesother than cowsand calves)in the pres- 2:15 enceand absenceof seismicsounds (1.67 + s.d. 0.85 rain and 1.36 _+s.d. 0.59 min, respectively)was statisticallysignificant (t = 1.988, df= 89, DD10. Source levels of bowheadwhale soundsdetermined by acoustical p < 0.05}. No statisticallysignificant differences were detectedfor other array localization.William C. Cummings(Oceanographic Consultants, behavioralparameters in the presenceand absenceof seismicsounds.

$55 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $55 WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 TOWN AND COUNTRY ROOM, 3:15 TO 5:15 P.M.

Plenary Session

Frederick H. Fisher, Chairman President,Acoustical Society of /lmerica

Presentation of Awards

HonoraryFellowship to MauriceA. Biot Trent Crede Medal to Eric E. Ungar SilverMedal in Theoreticaland Applied Acoustic• to EugenJ. Skudrzyk SilverMedal in SpeechCommunication to Kenneth N. Stevens

Concert

Bertram Turetzky, Conductor Professor,Music Department, Unioersity of Californiaat SanDiego

Musicianswill playa varietyof musicalpieces on the familyof eightstring instruments developed by Carleen M. Hutchinsand the CatgutAcoustical Society.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, 9 NOVEMBER 1983 6:00 P.M.

Bussesbegin shuttle service to SanDiego AerospaceMuseum and BuffetDinner

S56 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S58 THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEE ROOMS, 8:00 TO 11:55 A.M.

SessionEE. PhysicalAcoustics IV andUnderwater Acoustics IV: AcousticalProperties of PorousMedia

Thomas J. Plona, Chairman Schlumberger-DollResearch, P.O. Box307, Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877

Chairman's Introductions8:00

Invited Papers

8:05

EEl. Acousticproperties of porousmedia. David Linton Johnsonand Thomas J. Plona(Schlumberger-Doll Research,P.O. Box307, Ridgefield,CT 06877) Thelong-wavelength acoustic properties of two-componentcomposites isreviewed and it isshown that in orderfor sucha systemto havetwo distinct longitudinal modes, one component must be a fluid,the other a solid,and each must form its own percolating cluster. The Blot theory, which treats the two displacements ona separateand equal footing, is shownto givean excellentdescription of a widevariety of suchsystems which include:the diffusive mode in polymergels, 4th soundin superfiuid/superleaksystems, the diffusion of a fluid pressurepulse through a poroussolid, and the additional "Slow Wave" recently observed in a varietyof water- saturatedporous materials. It isshown how one can independently measure all thenecessary input parameters and successfullycalculate the effectof fluid saturationon the measuredspeeds. The essentialconnection betweenthe acoustic properties and the electrical properties of poroussolids is made. Finally, it isshown that, in general,standard multiple scattering theories within the single site approximation are intrinsically incapable ofgiving even aqualitative description ofthe acoustic properties ofsuch bipercolating systems; theexception is whenone component does not percolateas occurs, for example,in a suspension.

8:30

EE2. Marine sedimentacoustics. Robert D. Stoll (109 Oceanography,Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory,Palisades, NY 10964) Theprediction of velocityand attentuation in acousticwaves which propagate through marine sediments is of key importancein manysurveillance and exploration techniques. A mathematicalmodel of the sediment mustreflect the influence of suchparameters as porosity, overburden stress, particle size, and lithification. The generaltheory of Biothas been used to construct a modelwhich has been successful in estimating propagation characteristicsin a widevariety of sediments.Two kindsof viscousdamping are includedin the model.One dealswith the overallmotion of the interconnectedfluid fieldwith respectto the skeletalframe. The other accountsfor localfluid motion near the graincontacts which produces a viscoelasticresponse similar to the "squeezefilm" phenomenonin lubricationtheory. Recent experimental data for sandstone,sand, silt, and othersediments show that thevarious forms of viscousdamping produce a frequencydependent Q in virtually all water-saturatedsediments. New dataare presented for sandand silt in the frequencyrange of 2-1500 Hz whichdemonstrates the effects of bothkinds of viscousdamping. [Work supportedby ONR.]

8:55

EE3.Internal friction and modulus dispersion in fluidsaturated porous rock. B.R. Tittman,J. R. Bulau,and M. Abdcl-Gawad(Rockwell International Science Center, Thousand Oaks, CA 91360) In the explorationfor gasand oil, the interpretationof seismic/acousticwell loggingdata requiresan understandingof the interactionbetween acoustic waves and rock under in-situ conditions,i.e., combined effectsof pressure,temperature, and pore fluid. Our recentlab studies have revealed a significantinternal frictionpeak and an associatedmodulus dispersion in eoconinosandstone when the frequency(88-550 Hz) and/or fluidviscosity (0.0025-! 3.5 poise) is varied at elevatedeffective pressures to 3.4X 107Pa. The resultsarc consistentwith a linearrelaxation mechanism involving the flowof a ruscousintergranular fluid with a characteristictime proportioned to fluidviscosity. The liquid "squirt"-type model of O'Connell and Budiansky (1977)predicts a relaxationpeak at the valueof frequency-viscosityobserved in thisstudy. The presentation will discussthe experimentalapproach, the data,their interpretation,and their applicationto exploration seisinology.[Work supported by Consortiumof PetroleumCompanies.]

9:20 EEA.On the drag and virtual mass cOefficients in Biot's equations. A. Bedford,M. Stern,and R. D. CostIcy (AppliedResearch Laboratories, The Universityof Texasat Austin,Austin, TX 78712-8029) Considera hypotheticalexperiment in whichthe solidconstituent of a fluid-saturatedporous medium is subjectedto a uniformoseillatory motion. Biot's equations can be solved for the dragand virtual mass coeffi-

$57 J. Acoust.Soc. Am; Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $57 cientsin termsof the resultingoscillatory motion of thefluid. Assuming the pores to becylindrical, the motion of the fluid hasbeen determined by subjectingthe wall of a cylinderof viscouscompressible fluid to a uniform oscillatorymotion and averagingthe resultingfluid displacementover the volumeof the cylinder.Motions parallelto andnormal to the axisof the cylinderhave been considered. In the caseof motionparallel to the cylinderaxis, the obtained coeffcients are equivalent to thosederived by Biot [J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 28, 179-191 (1956)]and Hovem and Ingram [J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 66, 1807-1812{1979)]. By superimposing the parallel and normalcases, the coeffcients for cylindricalpores at an arbitraryangle to thepropagation direction have been obtained.Then, by averagingwith respectto the angle,the coefficientshave been determined for a material containingpores of randomorientation. [Work supportedby the ONR.]

ContributedPapers

9:45 significantlyreduces the scatteringlosses (by an orderof magnitudeat a givenfrequency in dry glassbeads}. Decreasing pore fluid compressibility EES. Theoreticaland experimentalstudy of porousabsorbing material. producesa correspondingdecrease in the scatteringlosses. This work J. -L. Berry, J. Nicholas,and B. Malrical (D6partementde g6nie showsthat theoreticalmodels based on suspensionsare not adequate m6canique,Universit6 de Sherbrooke,Sherbrooke, Canada, JIK 2R 1} whenthe grainsare interacting to forma solidframe. The presentdata, Porousceramic has raised considerable interest given the greatnum- alongwith previous data for fusedglass beads, suggest that the scattering berof applicationsof itsabsorbing and insulating properties, both indoors strengthis relatedto thecontrast between the acoustic properties of the and outdoors.Numerous experiments with a Kundt tube enableus to compositeand of the grains. evaluatethe sound absorbing characteristics of ceramicsamples with vari- able flow resistivities{5-100 cgs},thickness (20-90 mm} and porosities (60%-80%}. The mostimportant factors were shown to beflow resistivity and thickness.Subsequently, a theoreticalanalysis was carriedout in 10:15 termsof normalincidence absorption coeffcient using the followingim- EES. Estimationof the componentsof anisotropicpermeability from pedancemodels: Delany and Bazley,Beranek, eremet, and morerecently observationsof acousticanisotropy. Wm. MansfieldAdams (Hawaii Attenborough.Material thicknessand the presenceof rear air space(or other material}are also taken into accountin order to simulatemore Instituteof Geophysics,University of Hawaii,Honolulu HI 96522), StephenW. Wheatcraft,and JohnW. Hess(Desert Research Institute, accuratelypractical situations. It was found that Cremer'sapproach Universityof Nevada,Reno, N V 89506) adaptedempirically to ceramicsgives the bestprediction. Thanks to this study, the optimal flow resistivityand thicknessmay be determinedto Decisionson positioning of monitoringwells in thevicinity of hazard- obtainthe best cost/performance ratio. •1 Also at C.R.I.Q.,Ste.-Foy, Que- ouswaste sites can be significantlyaffected by knowledgeof the natural bec,Canada GIV 4C7. anisotropichydraulic conductivity. That the verticalpermeability is usuallyless than the horizontalpermeability is well known:however, the anisotrophyin the horizontalplane may influence the choice of positions forthose monitoring wells that are downgradient from the waste-manage- 9:55 mentarea. Very little informationon the horizontalanisotropy is avail- able. Furthermore, field measurementsto estimate the horizontal anisot- EE6. Grain contactsand viscousrelaxation. William F. Murphy, III, ropy are expensivebecause at leastthree interacting wells are necessary, Kenneth W. Winklet, and Robert L Kleinberg (Schlumberger-Doll with morethan three being preferred. The Kozenyequation suggests that Research,P.O. Box 307, Ridgefield,CT 06877} directionalanisotropy of the electricalconductivity of a porousmedia A micromechanicalmodel is developedfor acousticattenuation and shouldcorrelate closely with the anisotropyof the permeability[S. J. dispersionin sedimentarymaterials such as sandstones.The theory de- Pitson,Geological WellLog.4nalysis (Gulk PubL Co., 1981},p. 135].A cribesthe responseof two grainsin contactto smallsinusoidal loadings. closerelationship should also exist between the acoustic anisotropy and Surfaceenergy and fluid saturation are included explicitly. Grain surfaces the anisotropyof the permeability.Recent advances in techniquesfor are microscopicallyrough and irregular. We postulatethat contact measuringacoustic velocities in a boreholemake it feasibleto obtainesti- betweengrains forms numerous small solid-solid contacts and that nar- matesof theanisotropy of the permeabilityfrom observations of theanis- row interconnectedgaps remain between the surfaces.As the grainsoscil- tropyof theseismic velocities. [Work supportedby EPA.] late, liquid mustbe squeezedout of and suckedback into the gaps.The contactrelaxation under normal force is hydrodynamic.The theoryoffers a unified explanationof severalheretofore apparently unrelated experi- mental observations.The resultingequations predict the stiffnessand loss 10:15 asa functionof frequency,effective pressure, fluid adsorption,saturation, EE9. The absorptionof sound by anisotropicporous layers. viscosity,and temperature.Insofar as the micromechanicalpredictions relateto continuumacoustic properties, the agreementwith observationis Shawn Burke{Dept. of MechanicalEngineering, Massachusetts Institute excellent. of Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139} An analyticalmodel which describesthe effectof a directionalanisot- ropyof acousticalproperties in poroussound absorbers is presented.The obliqueincidence impedance of an anisotropicporous layer is derivedin 10:05 termsof the material'sflow resistance,effective mass, and phasevelocity EE7. Effects of pressureand fluid saturant on ultrasonic scattering in measuredin two directions.The impedanceboundary condition is shown glass beads. Kenneth W. Winklet and William F. Murphy, III to bestrongly dependent upon the absorber's transverse complex velocity, (Schlumberger-DollResearch, P.O. Box 307, Ridgefield,CT 06877) aswell as on theangle of incidence.Values of the impedanceand oblique incidenceabsorption coeffcient for a layer of Fiberglasare calculated Compressionalwave phasevelocity and attenuationhave been mea- usingexperimental anisotropic parameter data. The random incidence sured in packingsof unconsolidatedglass heads as functions of external soundabsorption coeffcient is then calculatedfor threeboundary condi- confining pressure.Samples were studied when vacuum dry and when tion modelsof the Fiberglas,over frequencies ranging from 300-1200 Hz. saturatedwith diffcrcnt pore fluids. Prcssurc/porefluid combinations The anisotropicmodel predicts absorption coefficients that agreebetter werechosen to minimizenonscattering Joss mechanisms. Phase velocity with reverberationchamber data than eitheran isotropicbulk reacting exhibitsnegative velocity dispersion and attenuation is proportional to the modelor a locallyreacting model. The absorptioncoeffcient is shownto fourth power of frequency.Increasing confining pressure (to 15 MPa) be insensitiveto weak anisotropies.

S58 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America 10:35 Thework reported here is an extensionof thatby Kuntz[NASA CR 167979,September 1982; see also J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.1 69, S80 EEIO. Sound propagationin Hell with partially locked normal (1981}], who investigated the nonlinear behavior of intensesound propa- component. Steve Baker, Daniel Rudnick, a• and lsadore Rudnick gatingthrough air-filled bulk porous materials. The primarypurpose of (Departmentof Physics,UCLA, LosAngeles, CA 90024) thecurrent work is to explainsome of Kuntz'sexperimental observations. We considerthe consequences of introducing a flowresistance, R, into Ourmodel is based on the assumption that the nonlinear flow resistivity of thesuperfluid equations of Hel•. Wefind: (I) Thedimensionless quantity thematerial is far moreimportant than the ordinary hydrodynamic non- thatcharacterizes flow resistance in He• isR/p•to•r. (2)In a superleak linearitiesthat affect an openfluid. It is furtherassumed that the nonlin- there is a continuous transition from first to fourth sound and from second earresistance term is proportionalto eitheru 2 sgn(u) or u3, whereu is soundto a diffusivethermomechanical (TM) waveas r increasesfrom 0 to particle velocity. Both forms lead to harmonic distortion of the "cubic" oo.(3) In a pressurereleased system (such as a shallowpuddle of He• on a type.In thiscase the distortion components of an initiallysinusoidal wave flat substrate)there is a continuoustransition from secondsound to a TM areexclusively odd harmonics. This and other predictions are supported surfacewave and from gravitywave to a diffusiveTM surfacewave as r by Kuntz'sdata. The modelis thusverified. [Work supportedby NASA increasesfrom 0 to co.(4) For each system the attenuation per wavelength and ONR.] forthe propagating mode is a maximumnear r = 1,decreasing monotoni- callyas r•O, •o. [Worksupported by ONR.] •1Present address: Scripps 11:15 Institute of Oceanography,USCD, LaJolla,CA 92093. EEl4. A comparison between Biot model predictions and shear wave attenuation measurementsin unconsolidatedlaboratory sediments. 10:45 Burlie A. Brunson(Planning Systems Incorporated, 7900 Westpark Drive, Suite600, McLean, VA 22102) EEll. Acousticscattering correction in a superleakpartially filled with superfluldhelium. S. Baker, J. Marcus, G. Williams, and I Rudnick Shearwave attenuation measurements were made using three differ- (Departmentof Physics,University of California, Los Angeles,CA ent water-saturatedsediments. The sedimentassemblages used in the at- 90024) tenuationmeasurements included well-sorted spherical glass beads, a well-sortedangular quartz sand, and a moderatelysorted angular quartz The index of refraction n has been measured for the sound mode which sand.The mediangrain size of the sedimentswas held constantwhile the propagatesin a superleakpartially filled with He•l sothat the liquid forms grainshape and size distributions were varied. Sediment physical proper- a film on the powdergrains. The modeis a thicknesswave in thisfilm. ties were measuredunder the sameconditions prevailing during the Motivatedby a modelwhich treats the scattering from the powder grains acousticmeasurements. The propertieswere used as inputsto a theoreti- independentlyfrom the scatteringfrom the vaporspaces, we determine cal attenuationmodel based on theBlot theoryof propagationof wavesin thevalues of betain theequation, n2 = f o,p o,, wherefis the fraction porousmedia. The modelallowed attenuation versus frequency predic- of the pore volumefilled with liquid Hef• and P is the fractionof the tions to be made for eachof the three sedimentassemblages over the volumeoccupied by bothliquid and vapor 4He. The valuesof betaare measurementfrequency range of 1-20 kHz. The resultantcomparisons interpretedin termsof the tortuosityof the microscopicgeometry. The betweenthe measuredand predictedattenuations demonstrated the im- scatteringcorrection has been measured for 0.3 < f< 1.0.In thisrange the portanceof usingmeasured model inputs obtained under controlled labo- agreement between the data and the model is excellent with values of ratoryconditions when theoretical model capabilities are being evaluated. /•j•0.71 and/g2_•1.3. When f= 1, the poresare filled with liquidand the The modelcomparisons shed significant light on the abilityof this parti- systemis a fourthsound resonator. The value of n2 is in excellentagree- cular model to predict shear wave attenuationin nonidealsediments. mentwith directlymeasured fourth sound values. [Work supportedby [Work supportedby NORDA.] ONR•]

11:25 10:55 EELS. Grain shape and sorting effects on shear wave attenuation in EEl2. Couplingof airbornesound into the porouselastic surface of the unconsolidatedlaboratory sediments.Burlie A. Brunson (Planning Earth. Henry E. Bass,Lee N. Bolen,and JamesM Sabatier(Physical SystemsIncorporated, 7900 WestparkDrive, Suite 600, McLean, VA AcousticsLaboratory, The Universityof Mississippi,University, MS 22102) 38677) Shearwave attenuationmeasurements were made usingceramic bi- The surfaceof the Earth canbe modeledas an elasticmedium perme- morphtransducers to excitetransverse vibrations in a cylindricalcolumn ated with pores.This porousnature has enabledprior investigatorsto of unconsolidated sediment. Three different water-saturated sediments explainmeasurements ofsound propagation in thevicinity of theEarth by wereused in an attemptto determine the effects of grainshape and sorting describingthe surfaceas a locallyreacting boundary. Physically, one can on the frequencydependence of attenuation.The meangrain size of the envisionthe pressurevariations associated with soundwave passage forc- sedimentswas held constantwhile the grain shapeand sizedistributions ingair flowin thepores. Some of thisenergy is lost to thepore walls due to were varied.The sedimentassemblages used in the attenuationmeasure- viscousdrag and thermal conduction. Viscous drag causes the solid skele- mentsincluded a moderatelysorted angular quartz sand,a well-sorted ton to movegiving rise to a seismicwave in the frame.This wavehas been angularquartz sand, and well-sorted spherical glass beads. The moderate- measuredwith geephones.This physicaldescription conforms well to ly sortedsand showed the greatestattenuation over the measurement Biot'sdescription of soundwaves in a porousmedium and that theoryhas frequencyrange of 1-20 kHz. The well-sortedsand and the glassbeads beenused to modelthe coupling process. Specifically, the complex propa- showedgenerally lower attenuationwith the beadsbeing the least lossy gationconstants have been calculated using a codedeveloped by Atten- propagationmedium. All three sedimentsshowed evidence of viscous boroughwhich includespore tortuosity and thesepropagation constants attenuationdue to fluid-to-grainrelative motion. This mechanismleads to havebeen used to computegeophone and buried microphone response in a nonlineal'relationship between attenuation and frequency. [Work sup- a porousmedium below an air half spaceand abovean elasticlower half portedby NORDA.] space.Computer response will becompared with measurementsreported earlier.[Work supportedby ARO.] 11:35

EEl6. Effectsof the hydraulicanisotropy and the elasticanisotropy of a 11:05 porous bottom on the acoustic propagation in shallow water. Tokuo Yumamoteand Mohsen Badicy(Division of OceanEngineering, EEl3. Propagationof intensesound in fibrous bulk porousmaterials. RosenstielSchool of Marine and AtomsphericScience, University of D. A. Nelson,D. T. Blackstock(Applied Research Laboratories, The Miami, Miami, FL 33149-1098) Universityof Texasat Austin,P.O. Box8029, Austin, TX 78712-8029), and N. D. Perreira (Department of Mechanical Engineering,The The layeredanisotropic porous bottom was modeledby the stress- Universityof Texasat Austin, TX 78712) displacementmatrix derivedfrom the Blot equationsfor the anisotropic

S59 J. Acoust.$oc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America 559 porousmedia. The effectson the acousticmode attenuation of the anisot- We haveinvestigated the ultrasonicproperties of water-saturatedpo- ropyin thepermeability and the elastic moduli of sedimentswere calculat- rousgraphite as a planarsample is rotatedin the field of an ultrasonic edfor the realisticrange of the physicalproperties of naturallyconsolidat- beamover the frequencyrange of 0.1-10 MHz. Amplitudespectra are edsand deposits and the frequency range of 10-3000H z. It wasfound that calculatedfor a rangeof rotationalangles and show effects due to reflec- the anisotropyin permeabilityhas a significantinfluence on the acoustic tion and refractionof the beam, mode conversions,and extensiveattenu- modeattenuation while the anisotropyin the elasticrapdull has a small ation and dispersionin the bulk materials.Corrections due to the finite influence.[Work supportedby ONR.] widthand diffraction of the beam are to be taken into account to show any shiftsin timedelay that mightaffect the accuracyof thedata. Energy conversionto a shearmode at "normal"incidence is clearly demonstrated 11:45 in the time domainsignals and shownto accountfor shiftsin apparent amplitudeof the longitudinalmode. Our resultsdemonstrate the effec- EEl7. Angle-resolvedspectroscopy of fluid-filled porous graphite. tivenessof digitalsignal processing and selective windowing in FFT anal- J. F. Muratore and Herbert R. Carleton (Collegeof Engineering ysisin studyingthe different mechanisms involved in thebehavior of such andApplied Science, SUNY at StonyBrook, Stony Brook, NY 11794) highlydispersive materials subject to elasticwave propagation.

THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 COUNCIL/CHAMBER ROOMS, 9:00 A.M. TO' 12:20 P.M.

SessionFF. EngineeringAcoustics IV and Musical AcousticsV: Harry F. OlsonMemorial Session

Harry B. Miller, Chairman Code3234, Naval UnderwaterSystems Center, New London, Connecticut06320

Chairman's Introductionre9:00

Invited Papers

9:08

FF1. Somepersonal recollections of earlyexperiences on the newfrontier of electroacousticsduring the late 1920sand early 1930s. Frank Massa (Massa Products Corporation, Hingham, MA 02043) Duringthis brief presentation, time will beturned back a half-centuryto permitsome personal recollections of earlyexperiences as we explored the new frontiers in electroacoustics.The availability of thevacuum tube for the amplificationof weaksignals made possible the practicalapplication of a varietyof wide-rangelow- sensitivitytransduction techniques for thegeneration and reproduction of sound.Our trainingin electrical engineeringprovided an understanding of electrical measurements and design techniques that we could adapt for newspecialized uses during our earlystages of acousticmeasurements and electroacousticresearch. The demandsof the newtalking picture industry for improvedelectrical recording and reproductionof sound helpedfinance the costs of electroacousticresearch which resulted in rapidprogress in thesound reproduction andrecording industry during the early 1930s. In lessthan a decadethe reproduction of soundwas transformed fromthe primitive limited frequency range of themechanical phonograph to thehigh quality electrical record- ingand reproduction made possible by therapid advances in electroacousticengineering.

9:35

FF2. RTSKED, a real-timescheduled language for controllingu musicsynthesizer. M. V. Mathews(Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NS 07974) H. F. Olsonhelped create the RCA .This machine was the first to usesophisticated digital control.Control data were punched into a wideroll of papertape using a binarycode. New technology has supersededpaper tape• but control remains the principal problem for modernsynthesizers. Precise control of thetiming of eventsin musicis difficultfor storedprogram computers. A controllanguage is describedin whichthe computer executes a schedule. A schedulediffers from a normalprogram in thatcommands and the timesat whichthese commands are executed are separatelyspecified. thus making a cleanseparation between whatthe computerdoes and when it is done.Times can be specified in absoluteterms (wait so many millisec- onds)or bespecified in relativeterms (wait until a performerpresses a particular key). The language is intended tocontrol real-time performance. It allows the flexible combination ofinformation from a scorein thecomput- er memorywith informationgenerated by the performerplaying on a keyboardor on othersensors. Early experimentsindicate that RTSKED is easyto learn,pleasant to use,and powerful.

10:05

FF3.Theory, ingenuity, and wishful wizardry in loudspeakerdesign•A half-century of progress?George L. Augspurger(Perception Inc., Box 39536, Los Angeles, CA 90039) Duringthe past 50 yearsthe course of professionalloudspeaker design has been well-documented. The historyof high-fidelityconsumer products is lessfamiliar and more erratic. Loudspeaker designers seem to

S60 J.Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1,Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society ofAmerica S60 haveembodied three archetypes in varying proportions: theelegant theoretician, the inspired tinkerer, and the wishfulwizard. A briefexamination ofsome of their enduring successes, ephemeral favorites and resounding failuresis presented.

10:35

FF4.Some reinafire on electro-mechano-acoustieal circuits. Leo L. Beranek(7 Ledgewood Road, Winchester, MA 01890) Theadvanced development ofelectro-mechano-acoustical circuitsdates in theUSA from Firestone (1933}, Mason(1941), Olson (1943}, Le Corbeillier and Yueng (1952), Bauer (1953), and Beranek 11954). Although the connectionbetween the equations ofradio and acoustic wave motion was clearly recognized byHelmholtz and pointedup by Rayleigh, the use of lumped-elementcircuits was brought on by the advent of radio.Significant useof electrical(radio) analogies was made by Darrieus(France, 1929) and Haehnle (Germany, 1932). This papertreats the period in whichOlson's work was centered and cites some examples of productdevelopment that wereinfluenced by the conceptsof electro-mechano-acousticalcircuits.

11:05

FF5. Magneticrecording, ImSt and I}resent.Marvin Camras(IIT ResearchInstitute, 10 West 35th Street, Chicago,IL 60616} Whyis the old complaint true: "The ancients have stolen our inventions?" There are good reasons: It is easy to proposesomething, difficult to makeit work.Excellent ideas are often discarded when a triflingmistake givesnegative results; later a luckierdiscoverer gets the credit. Case histories in magneticrecording illustrate thesepoints. Metal particletape was proposed 95 yearsago. High frequencybias had its rootsin theMarconi- Muirheadwireless detector of 1902.Digital recording goes back at leastto Morse'stelegraph of 1840.The rotating-headprinciple used for videorecorders dates back about three decades before it becamepractical. Sendustused in the latestrecording heads was invented in 1936.Magnetic disks, the importantmemory of personalcomputers, were demonstrated in about 1905. Soundstriping for motionpicture film goes back to the early 1920s.Personal experiences of failuresand successesare related.

11:35

FF6. Fifty years of stereo Ilhonographs:A eal}sulehistory. C. Roger Anderson(Shure BrothersInc., Evanston,IL} Fromthe 45' diskrecording system shown in the 1933benchmark stereo work of Blumleinto thepresent daygenerations of pickupswith ultrasoniccapabilities is a longevolution of analyticand engineering effort. Thispaper is a recognitionof advancesalong the way, such as the theory of tracingdistortion, stylus contours, transducerprinciples, light and stiff moving systems, tracking requirements, and the designinsight that ledto contemporarypickups which perform superbly at l-g stylusforce.

11:50 FF7.Engineering highlights ofthe LP record. Daniel W. Gravereaux (Recording Research, CBSTechnology Center,227 High RidgeRoad, Stamford, CT 06905} For 35 years,the long'playing microgrove 33• rpmdisk record has brought the highest fidelity program- mingof anymass media to theconsumer. This is dueto the valuedefforts of manyengineers, scientists, and techniciansin the development and implementation of microgroove mastering techniques, cutting and playing transducers,electroplating, stamping techniques, lacquer blanks, cutting styli, mastering lathes, presses, and vinylformulation. This paper presents a few of the highlights in theengineering ofthe most standardized sound medium in the world--the LP.

12:05

FFS. Reminlselng--Thestereol•honic record. H. E. Roys(RCA Records,327 S. PascoChico, Green Valley, AZ 85614)[Author will not presentpaper.] The authorbecame active in the soundrecording field in the early 1930sand remainedactive in that field untilretirement in 1967.When, in 1957,two slightly different systems of recordingstereophonic records were introducedfor standardization he was a memberof theengineering committee of theRecord Industry Associ- ationof Americaand Chairman of the PhonographCommittee of the ElectronicIndustries Association. The situationwas unique in thatstereophonic recorders and pickups were not readily available and the choice for standardizationhad to be basedlargely upon theoretical considerations. The differencebetween the two was slight.The V-L systemrecorded one channel vertically and the otherlaterally. The 45-45 systemrecorded bothchannels vertically, but at a 45ø angle with respect to thesurface of thedisk. Record engineers in Europe gatheredand decided in favorof the45-45 system.Engineers in thiscountry did likewise.Thus for thefirst time in thehistory of recordsa commonagreement with respectto standardizationwas reached prior to mass production.

S61 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1. Vol.74. Fall 1983 108thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America •611 THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 CALIFORNIA ROOM, 9:00 TO 11:50 A.M.

SessionGG. ArchitecturalAcoustics V and Noise V: Measurements,Methods, and Materials

Alfred C. C. Warnock, Chairman NationalResearch Council of Canada,Division of BuildingResearch, Montreal Road, Bldg. M-27, Ottawa,Ontario, Canada K1A OR6

Chairman's Introductinn•9:00

ContributedPapers

9:05 9:50

GGl. Spatinltrnnsformationofsoundfields.J•rgen HaitiandOle Roth GG4. Acousticintensity measurementsin the reflectiveenvironment. (Briiel& Kj•er, N•erumHovedgade 18, DK-2850 N•erum,Denmark) A. Mielnicka-Pate(Department of EngineeringScience & Mechanics, Iowa StateUniversity, Ames, IA 50011} In thispaper it will bedemonstrated how cross spectra measured by a modified1/3 octaverealtime intensity analyzer during a planarscan can The two-microphoneintensity method was usedto investigatethe be usedto predictpressure, particle velocity, and intensityin a half-space intensitydistribution and radiated power of severalsources. The sources not containingthe sourceof the (noise)field. We just have to assumea usedwere two openpipes of 30-ram and 95-ram diameterand an alumi- ratherlimited number of significantuncorrelated components in the total numcircular plate of 100-mmdiameter. The pipesand plate were mount- source.In the nearfieldregion on both sidesof the scanplane the field ed with baffles.The investigationswere confined to the low-frequency quantitiesare evaluated using a nearfieldholography technique similar to rangeof plane-wavepropagation inside a pipe.The experimentwas per- the techniquedescribed by Williams,Maynard, and Skudrzyk [J. Acoust. formed in the nearfield and farfield of the sourcesin the reflective environ- Soc.Am. 68, 340-344 (1980)]for analysisof coherentsound fields. Out- ment.The theoreticaland experimentalresults will bediscussed for both sidethe nearfieldregion Helmholtz' integral equation is usedfor the pre- intensityand radiated power. The influenceof the sourceimpedance will diction. The combined method allows various simulations to be carried beanalyzed for theintensity measurements, particularly at pointslocated through.For examplewe can estimatea planar sourcedistribution by closeto the source.The intensityerror that can occur due to thepartial meansof theholography method, simulate an attenuationof somepart of absorptionof the reflectedwaves by the sourcewill be discussed. thesource, and investigatethe effectof thisattenuation on the fieldin the entiresource free half-space.

10:05 9:20 GGS. Effect of the sound field structure on the measurement of acoustic GG2. A transducerand processingsystem to measuretotal acoustic intensity.G.W. ElkoandJiri Tichy(Graduate Program in Acoustics,P. energydensity. Marc Schumacherand Elmer L. Hixson(Department of O. Box 30, StateCollege, PA 16801) ElectricalEngineering, The Universityof Texasat Austin,TX 78712) The effectof instrumentationphase and magnitudeerror on the mea- A four-microphoneorthogonal array is usedto determinethe acoustic surementof the activeand reactiveacoustic intensity for differentsound pressureand the threecomponents of acousticvelocity over the rangeof fieldswill be discussed.We will showexperimental results of measure- 300-3000Hz. Signalsare squared and summed to producepotential, kine- mentsmade for the activeand reactiveintensity in somesemireverberant tic, andtotal energy density. The threecomponents of theintensity vector fields.An easymethod to calculate the effects of phasebias will bepresent- canalso be determined. The devicehas been designed for thestudy of and ed and demonstratedfor the experimentallymeasured data. The mea- improvedmeasurements in reverberantand partiallyreverberant sound fields.Some preliminary measurements in a reverberationroom will be suredresults will be comparedto theoreticallypredicted values and the measuringsystem will be described. presented.[Work supportedby IBM Corp., CommunicationsProducts Div., Austin,TX.] 9:35 10:20 GG3. Soundintensity errors in a reactivefield. JeanNicolas and Gilles Letoire(Universit6 de Sherbrooke,G6nie m6canique, Sherbrooke, GG6. A portable, low-cost, digital system for room acoustics CanadaJIK 2RI) measurements.Robert D. Essen IArtec Consultants,Inc., 245 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001) During the pastyears many in situintensity measurements have been conductedby the authorslooking ahead for a betterunderstanding of the A portabledigital acquisition and analysis system has been developed phenomenainvolved when quantifyingsound power of a particular arounda low-costmicrocomputer. The systemconsists of a programma- sourcein the presenceof externalperturbsting noise. It becameevident ble transientsignal generator and an acquisitionand analysissection. that the limitationsdepend on the followingquestion: is the field progres- Designedprincipally for impulse responsemeasurements in both full scale siveor reactive?A generalformulation is developed for both typesof field. and modelrooms, the acquisitionsystem has been configured for portabil- In a reactivefield, the fact that the instantaneousphase variation of the ity and easeof usein the field.Data is "captured"directly into the com- pressu.reis differentfrom that obtainedfor a progressivefield is takeninto puter main memoryand is storedin digitalform on floppydisks. A resi- account.This leadsto enormousuncertainties that haveno commonmag- dent graphicsmodule can be used to display the impulse responsein nitudewith errorsassociated with progressivefield. In order to determine variousforms and to displaythe soundenergy decay curve computed theseuncertainties when measuringsound power, a model with two or fromthe impulse response by backwardintegration. General purpose sig- more point sourcescreating various degrees of reactionon the measure- nal processingsoftware has been written for computationof Fourier ment envelopeis used.It showsthe action and interactionof the main transforms,power spectra, cepstra, and digital filtering. The useof Wie- parameters(power ratios of the sources,distance, number, and spreadof ner filteringfor the deconvolutionof room impulseresponse and source measurementpoints). Interestingly enough it is shownthat an increasein signalis beingimplemented, and is the subjectof a companionpaper. the number of points does not reduce the uncertainty in the case of a Some resultsof measurementsmade in existingperformance spaces will highly reactivefield. be presented.

S62 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. $uppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S62 10:35 firstorder regression is fitted to theensemble average of a suitablenumber of decaymeasurements. Suggestions by Bodlund;Halliwell and Warhock; GG7. Acquisitionand analysisof architecturalacoustic data usinga and Bartel for detectingcurved decays are evaluated.Two additional microcomputer.E. Paul Palmer and Rodney Price (Departmentof methodsare proposed.It is demonstratedwith the helpof statistically Physicsand Astronomy, Brigham Young University, Provo, UT 84602) simulated,curved decays that a second-order,linear regression provides a A microcomputeriseasily adapted to thetask of acquiringup to 32-k betterestimate of the initialdecay rate thana firstorder regression; the samplesof 8-bitdigitized acoustic data at ratesup to 20 k bytes/s.This penaltyin calculationtime is notsevere. Guidelines for futureinvestiga- makesit suitablefor acquiringand analyzing architectural data suchas tionsare proposed. impulseresponse, reverberation time, speech intelligibility, etc. We will comparecomputer-simulated and experimentallyobtained impulse-re- 11:20 sponsedata for a simplerectangular room. Comparisons will bemade for dataacquired using an integrated-signal spark sound source, a pseudoran- GG10. Comparisonof impedancemeasurement techniques. J.T. Mason, dom-sequence,white-noise source, and a swept-sinesource. Difficulties G. B. Mills, S. L. Garrett (PhysicsDepartment, Code 61Gx, Naval metin usinga pseudorandomsequence of lengthdifferent from a power- PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA 93940), and JamesL. Wayman of-twowill bediscussed. Some limitations met in usinglow-resolution, 8- (MathematicsDepartment, Naval PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA bit data will be indicated.System variations and improvementswill be 93940) noted. The acousticimpedances ofa Helmholtzresonator and porous materi- als weremeasured using two differenttechniques. The firstmethod used 10:50 the conventionalStanding Wave Ratio technique.The secondwas the two-microphonetechnique of Chungand Blaser[J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 68, GGS. Influenceof reverberationroom volumeon measuredabsorption 907-921(19801]. The calculability of thefrequency dependent Helmholtz coefficients.A. C. C. Warnock (National ResearchCouncil Canada, resonatorimpedance allowed the methods to becompared for bothabso- Divisionof BuildingResearch, Noise and Vibration Section, Building M- lute accuracyand realtireprecision. [Work supportedby the NPS Foun- 27, Ottawa,Ontario, Canada KIA OR6) dationResearch Program.] Recentabsorption measurements in four roomsranging in volume from 16to 250m 3 suggest that the measured coefficients depend on the logarithmof the room volume;i.e., smallerrooms give smallercoeffi- 11:45 cients.Similar effects are suggested by roundrobin measurements in other GGI1. Effect of sealants on the sound absorption coefficients of countries.Absorption coefficients are alsofound to dependon the decay acousticalfriable insulatingmaterials. Mary K. Lory (Departmentof ratein the reverberationroom without the specimen. These results will be Speechand Hearing, University of California at Santa Barbara, Santa presentedand their implicationswith respectto standardtests will be Barbara, CA 93106) and James L. Wayman (Department of discussed. Mathematics, U.S. Naval PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA 939401

Acousticalfriable insulatingmaterials (AFIM I, which often in the 11:05 pasthave contained asbestos, have been used for soundcontrol since the GG9. Best estimates of initial decay rates in reverberation rooms. mid-1930s.Because of their widespreaduse and the easeof fiberdissemi- Richard M. Guernsey(Cedar Knolls Acoustical Laboratories,9 Saddle nation,friable asbestos materials are consideredto bethe majorsource of Road, Cedar Knolls, NJ 07927) asbestosfiber contamination in the indoorenvironment. Encapsulation of asbestosmaterials with a commercialsealant product is one of several The desideratumin laboratorydecay measurements is to get a good methodsused to controlpotential asbestos exposure in rooms.A sealant estimateof the decayrate of the reverberantfield immediatelyafter the productthat preservesmost of the acousticalproperties of the materialis sourceis turned off. When a decayis the superpositionof two or more preferredin thisusage. In thisstudy, AFIM samplematerials were treated modeswith differentdecay rates the levelis not a linearfunction of time. with six typesof sealantsand the effectson normallyincident absorption Thus we want to detect a curved decay and make a best estimateof its coefficientsfrom 100-2500 Hz were measuredusing a fixed,dual-micro- initialdecay rate. Currently, a real timeanalyzer controlled by a digital phonetechnique. "Penetrating" type sealantswere found to havea less computerprovides the best practicalmeasurement of decays.A linear, detrimentaleffect on soundabsorption than thoseof a "bridging"type.

THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 SUNRISE ROOM 9:00 TO 11:35 P.M.

SessionHH. PhysiologicalAcoustics II: Measurementof the Ear; EvokedPotentials

David L. McPherson, Chairman Departmentof Pediatrics,University of California,Irvine, 101 City Drive, Orange,California 92668

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

Cont•buted Papers

9:05 Previously,we reportedresults from simulatorstudies of techniques for remotemeasurement of eardrumSPL in hearingaid occludedears. HH1. Probe measurement of eardrum SPL in occluded real ears. Thesedata providedmeans for calibratingremote-measuring probes SamuelGilman, Donald D. Dirks,and David G. Hanson(Department whichincluded the effectsof earcanal length and impedance at the ear- of Headand Neck Surgery, Room 62-129, CHS UCLA, LosAngeles, CA drum. The presentpaper presentsdata with respectto the accuracyof 90024) probe/earmold measurementsof eardrum SPL in real ears. Measure-

S63 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $63 merits were made on fresh cadaver ears in which the eardrum SPL was elicitedby a 60-dBHL click.The shallower the filter slope, the longer the independentlymeasured with a micro-miniaturemicrophone placed adja- latencyand smaller the amplitude of theresponse; the magnitudeof this cent to the eardrum. Simulator-derived corrections obtained from the effectinteracts with cutoff frequency.There is little evidenceof differ- previousstudy were applied to the probe/earmoldmeasuring system to encesbetween 48 dB/oct and96 dB/oct slopes,and the maximumchange compensatefor ear canallength and assumedeardrum impedance. Re- wasbetween 24 and 12dB/oct for mostcutoff frequencies. Since acoustic sults from several ears showed the wide variation associated with individ- distortionproblems increase with increasingroll-off steepness, it is sug- ual car measurementsand correctedprobe/earmold errors of lessthan gestedthat 48 dB/oct isan optimumvalue for brainstemauditory evoked + 4 dB for frequenciesup to 6.0 kHz. responsemasking studies. The agedependence of theseprinciples will be shownfor newborns.In general,all of the observedlatency shifts are consistentwith known travelingwave mechanics.

9:20

HH2. Simplerrealization of ear simulatorsusing tuning stubs instead of 10:05 Heimholtzresonators. Juergen Schroeter (Lehrstuhl f. Alig. E-Teehnik und Akustik, Ruhr-Universitaet, Postfach 102148, D-4630 Bochum, HH5. The BER, masking, and cochlear place. Robert Burkard and FederalRepublic of Germany) Kurt Hecox (Waisman Center, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Madison,WI 53706} The Zwisloeki-and the IEC711-ear simulators are the widely accept- ed standarddevices whenever a mechanicallystable representation of the TWOexperiments concerning theeffects of maskingon the brainstem humanear impedanceis needed,e.g., for earphonecalibration. Though evokedresponse (BER} are reported.The firstexperiment evaluated the the designof thesesimulators is rathercomplex [see Burkhard, J. Audio effectsof noiselevel and rate on wavesI, III, and V. There wasan increase Eng.Soc. 25, 1008-1015 (1977) for some related problems], they were not in peaklatencies and a decreasein peakamplitudes with increasing noise intendedto reveal"correct" results above 10 kHz. Recentlymeasurement leveland rate. Higher noise levels and rates increased the I-V interval,and techniquesfor obtainingear impedances data up to 20 kHz havebecome produceda greaterihcrease in the III-V than the I-III interval.The available[Joswig, Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl.I 69, SI4 (1981)and Hudde, secondexperiment used the high-pass subtractive-masking technique and Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 24-31,242-247( 1983)]. To constructan ear simula- coratied derived-responsebandwidth and within-bandnoise level. For tor for highfrequencies we studiedthe effectof closed-endstubs of small half-octavederived bands, the within-band wave V latencyat highernoise diameterto replacethe lumped-parameterresonators used so far. These levelswas greater than the unmasked latency of theimmediately apical stubsdo notrequire any special damping material. The geometricaltoler- band.The magnitudeof within-bandnoise-induced wave V latencyshift ancesare high. An a priorierror estimationis possibleduring computer wasindependent ofresponse bandwidth. The relatively large within-band simulation.Predicted and measured results agree well enough to makea noise-inducedwave V latencyshift combined with the increasingI-V posteriorifine tuningredundant. intervalwith increasingnoise level suggest that a shiftin cochlearregion of responseemanation is notresponsbile for mostof thewave V latency shiftwith increasingnoise level. [Work supportedby NIH.]

9:35 10:20 HH3. Analogfiltering of the middlelatency auditory evoked response. David L. McPherson and Lance Montgomery (Departmentsof HHr. The effectsof signal/maskerphase conditions on the late cortical Pediatriesand Neurology, University of California, Irvine Medical response. Amy B. Schaefer, Charles D. Martinez, and Center,101 City Drive, Orange,CA 92668} Douglas Noffsinger(Audiology and Speech Pathology W 126,University There hasbeen confusion on the originof waveP0 of the middlela- of California,Los Angeles and VAMC WestLos Angeles, Wilshire and SawtelleBoulevards, Los Angeles, CA 90073} tencyauditory evoked response (MLR). It hasbeen suggested wave P 0 isa residualof the effectsof restrictivefiltering of waveV of the auditory Previousinvestigations have produced indirect evidence of a coherent brainstemresponse (ABR). Twelve subjectswere used to studythe effects relationshipbetween the presence and magnitude of thebinaural masking of analogfiltering on wave V of the ABR, and wavesNO throughNc. leveldifference IMLD) and the patternof monauralearly auditory brain- Monaural clickswere presentedat 70 dBnHL. Two seriesof 1024 aver- stempotentials exhibited by the samesubjects. This investigationsought ageswere collected for a 100-mssample for ninefilter conditions. High- electrophysiologicchanges corresponding to the presenceor absenceof passfiltering caused greater distortion of thewaveforms than did changes behavioralMLD by monitoringvia surfaceelectrodes the late cortical in low-passfiltering. When high-pass filtering was at or above150 Hz, P 0 potentials(P I, N 1, P2, N2} arousedby signal/maskerconfigurations couldnot be consistentlyidentified. It wasobserved that filteringof both known to producean MLD. Tonal stimuli of 500 and 2000 Hz were the MLR and ABR had differentialeffects on ipsilateralversus contrala- presentedbinaurally along with binaural narrow-band noisecentered at teral recordings.The later MLR waveformsshowed greater variability the test frequencyunder SoNo and S•rNo signal/maskerphase condi- thaneither the earlierMLR waves,or the ABR waveV for changesin tions.Twenty-five young (•' age:24.6 yrs) normal-hearing subjects with high-passfiltering, especially above 150 Hz. This studyis in agreement normalABR for 2000-and 4000-Hz tone pips and normal 500-Hz beha- with theconcept of simultaneousrecording of theABR andMLR report- vioralMLD weretested. A consistentand statistically significant increase edby Scherg [M. Scherg,Electroenceph. Clin. Neuro.54, 339-341(1982)] in the amplitudeand/or reductionin the latencyof onsetof the cortical althoughthat studydid not directlyaddress the questionof filteringef- potentialswas evidenced for 500-Hz stimulifor the S•rNocondition when fects. comparedto theSoNo condition. Such changes did notoccur in response to 2000-Hz stimuli. [Work supportedby NIH.]

9:50 10:35 HH4. High-pass masker slopes and the BAER. Kurt E. Hecox, Tom Kilsdonk, and Mary Malischke (Waisman Center and the HH7. Hemisphericdifference in evokedpotentials to spatialsound field Departmentof Neurology,University of Wisconsin-Madison,Madison, stimuli. Y. Ando and I. Hosaka (Faculty of Engineering, Kobe WI 53706) University, Kobe, Japan 657)

The use of analog filters is a nearly universalpractice in masking In orderto producedifferent subjective spatial impressions, two sound studiesof auditoryevoked potentials. Yet there is little systematicinfor- fieldstimuli were alternately presented with a lowand a highmagnitude mation on the impact of certainaspects of the filter's properties.This of interauralcrosscorrelation (IACC). (Subjectivediffuseness is the per- studyreports the results of varyingmasking noise cutoff frequency (8, 4, 2, cept for soundfields with the low IACC.) Auditory evokedpotentials 1,and 0.5 kHz) andslope (96, 72, 48, 24, 12,and 6 dB/oct),on the response (AEP) from both temporalareas (T 3 and T4)Of fivenormal subjects for

$64 d. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S64 eachstimulus were recorded. When a bandlimitedwhite noise was pre- 11:05 sentedas a sourcesignal, amplitudes of AEPs over the right cerebral HH9. Phase consistencyof evoked responsesto auditory stimuli hemispherewere much greater than those over the left, as similar to pre- deliveredat highrates. Scott Makeigand Robeft GalambosIChildren's viousresults by severalinvestigators. However, this tendencywas only HospitalResearch Center, 8001 Frost Street, San Diego, CA 92123) weak,even ifs vowel(a) was presented. Furthermore, it isgenerally found with the two soundsignals that (i) for the soundfields with high IACCS, We will reviewour recentresearch in evokedresponse detection using amplitudesof AEPsover the righthemisphere were always greater than auditorystimuli at ratesaround 40 Hz with emphasison responsephase thoseover the left, and that (ii) time differencesbetween the first and the consistency.Response phase often aggregates at stimulusintensities pro- secondmaxima of AEPs over the right hemispherewere clearly longer ducinglittle or no risein responseamplitude beyond the level of theback- thanthose over the left to the highIACC fields.From thesefindings, the groundEEG, and thuspromises to be usefulin electricresponse audio- rightcerebral hemisphere is considered to bedominantly operative for the merry.We notethat othershave previously proposed heavily weighting auditoryspatial sensation. phasestatistics in detectingresponses to weak stimuli deliveredat low rates(around I Hz). This sensitivityof evokedresponse phase to external stimulationsuggests that phaseof ongoingbrain activity may be reorga- nizedby weakstimuli before there is a detectableincrease in net response 10:50 amplitude. HHg. Human auditory steady state potentials analyzed with Fourier analysis:The zoom technique.R. Dean Linden, Gilles Hamel, David 11:20 R. Stapells,and Terence W. Picton IHuman NeurosciencesResearch Unit, Universityof Ottawa Health Sciences,451 Smyth Road, Ottawa, HHI0. Characteristics of the FFP to tonal stimuli. S. B. Resnick, J. CanadaKIH 8H5} M. Heinz, E. W. Bookstein,and R. V. Pagano (John F. Kennedy Institute, 707 N. Broadway, Baltimore, MD 21205} The Fourier analysisof evokedpotentials has several advantages over averaging.Regan introduced a "zoom"technique that manipulatesstim- The FFP to tone bursts of 12.8-ms duration was measured over a 51- ulusparameters during the analysis[Invest. Opthal. 12 669-679 (19731]. msperiod using multichannel recording for sevennormal-hearing adults. Sixsubjects were tested using this technique to assessthe effectof stimulus Averagedresponse waveforms based on 8192trials were obtained at each rateon the auditoryevoked potentials. A 95-dBpeSPL tone with 4-msrise of sevenfrequencies (between 312 and 1250 Hz) at each of four signal andfall timesand a 2-msplateau was presented to the rightea• at a rate levels(10, 30, 50, and 70 dB nHL). The averagedwaveforms then were that increasedfrom 10 to 60 tones/sover 50 s. This analysiswas carried subjectedto variousanalyses including bandpass filtering (using digital out for four differentfrequencies of the tone:500, 1000,2000, and 4000 filterscentered at the test frequencyand its secondharmonic), spectral Hz. The amplitudeand phaseoutputs from the Fourieranalyzer were analysesfor selectedpost-stimulus intervals and crosscorrelation {with repetitivelyrecorded during the sweep in stimulusrate and averaged over the input stimulus).Preliminary review of the data providesevidence of 32sweeps. The maximum amplitudes ofthe steady-state responses forthe thepresence of theFFP at signalfrequencies yielding the largest response 500, 1000, 2000, and 4000 Hz tonesoccurred at rates of 40/s, 43/s, 44/s, and of markedalterations in responsecomplexity as a functionof stimulus and 46/s with amplitudes,of 1.42, 1.34, 1.30,and 1.11#V, respectively. frequencyand level. Results of moredetailed analyses and comparison of This techniquemay be usedin "zooming"other parametersof interest theFFP with responsesto clicksand click trains will bepresented. [Work suchas intensity. supportedby NINCDS.]

THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 GARDEN ROOM, 8:30 TO 11:52 A.M.

SessionII. Speech Communication IV: Speech Perception

Ian Maddieson, Chairman PhoneticsLaboratory, Linguistics Department, University of California, 405 Hilgard Avenue,Los Angeles,California 90024

Chairman's IntroductionS:30

ContributedPapers

8:35 and old normal-hearingand sensorineurallyhearing-impaired listeners. The older listeners,independent of hearing-impairment,demonstrated a II1. Identification of transition frequency and duration changes in significantdecrement in identificationperformance for all experimental syntheticspeech as a function of hearing status and age. Peter J. Ivory continua.The hearing-impairedlisteners, independent of age, demon- andJohn F. Brandt(Bureau of Child ResearchLaboratories, University strateda significantdecrement in identificationperformance for most,but of Kansas,Lawrence, KS 66045) not all, experimentalcontinua. Specifically, identification of syllablesin- corporatingfrequency changes was not significantlyaffected in the 240- Theidentification of synthetic speech syllables which incorporated ms durationcontext but significantlypoorer in the contextsutilizing the identical formant transition frequencychanges in three different transi- two shorter transitiondurations. Furthermore, identificationof syllables tion duration contexts(40, 120, 240 ms) or which incorporatedidentical incorporatingduration changes was not significantlyaffected in the 800- transitionduration changesin three differenttransition frequency con- Hz transitionlocus context but significantlypoorer in the higherfrequen- texts(where F2 locuswas 800, 1520,or 2120 Hz} wasassessed for young cy contexts.

S65 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Supol. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $65 8:4? 9:23

I12. Speechunderstanding of older adult•: A preliminarystudy. Lois I15. Perceptionof sine-waveanalogs to individualformants of CV L Elliott,Laura Lyons,and Lu Ann Busse(Northwestern University, syllables. Rosemary Szczesiul, Richard E. Pastore, and 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,IL 60201) LawrenceRosenblum (Department of Psychology,State Universityof New York at Binghamton,Binghamton, NY 13901) Forty-twonormal older adults, aged 60-75 years, were tested on a batterythat included the Speech Perception in Noise(SPIN) test, conven- The immediategoal of our researchwas to delineatethe nature of the tional,and experimental pure tone sensitivity, the W-22 test in quietand perceptualconsequences of the types of acousticchanges typical of phon- noise,open- and closed-set identification ofsynthesized syllables that dif- emecontrasts. In this studywe usedsine-wave analogs of individualfor- feredin theplace of articulation feature, syllable discrimination, theBlock mant componentsof CV syllables.All of our sine-wavestimuli were dy- Designsubtest of theWAIS and the Concept Formation subtest of the namicin that theywere characterized by variouschanges in frequencyas a Woodcock-JohnsonPsychoeducational Battery. Results showed consid- function of time which mimicked characteristic formant transitions. Na- erablevariability on all measures.Only performance on the W-22 Test in ivelisteners performed both labeling and discrimination tasks in response noiseand sensitivity at 4 kHz weresignificantly related to absolutelevels to individualformant equivalents. Preliminary results suggest some simi- of performanceon low-(LP) and high-predictability (HP) SPIN test sen- larity betweenthe perceptionof speechand sine-wave analogs to formant tences.No testvariables were significantly related to relativeperformance componentsboth in the demonstrationof categoricalperception and the on HP and LP sentences.The differingpatterns of resultsfor different locationof categoryboundaries. In general,the relativelydistinct cate- subjectsof thishomogeneOuS sample having excellent language skills sug- gory boundariesseldom correspondeel to thosewhich would be predicted gestedthat: (1) a largerstudy in whichlinguistic abilities were systemati- by simpleinspection of visualrepresentations of the physicalstimulus callymanipulated might produce adifferent outcome and (2) data for 400- characteristics.[Work supportedby NSF grantBNS 8003704to the sec- $•0 similarolder adults might show significant but differingpatterns of oad author.] processingauditory stimuli, particularly in theextent to whichcognitive processescontribute to listening.[Work supported, in part, by NSF.] 9:3•

I16. Perceptionof "modulation" in speechlikesignals II: Discrimination of frequency extent as a function of spectral content and direction of 8:59 change.Creighton J. Millerand Robert J. Porter,Jr? IKresgeHearing ResearchLaboratory of the South,LSU Medical Center, 1100 Florida 113. Exploring the "McGurk effect."Sharon Y. Manuel, Bruno Avenue,Bldg. 124, New Orleans,LA 70119) H. Repp, Michael Studdert-Kennedy, and Alvin M. Liberman (Haskins Laboratories,270 Crown Street, New Haven, CT 06511-6695) This is the secondin a seriesof studiesdesigned to evaluatelisteners' perceptionof modulationin speechlikesignals [R. Porterand C. Miller, J. McGurk discoveredthat whena videotapeof a talker is dubbedwith Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 73, S3(1983)]. The study examines discrimina- similarbut mismatchedutterances, the optic informationexerts a strong tionof secondformant stimuli whose center frequency traversed a single influenceon the speechthat is perceived,often without the observer's 120 ms hayersinemodulation at their midpoint. Extent of frequency awareness.In severalstudies, we explored further the effects of conflicting changefor the stimulusset wasvaried in 20-Hz stepsacross the range, acousticand opticinformation on consonantperception. The following 100-400 Hz, both aboveand below the steady-statevalue of 1232 Hz. questionswere asked: (1) Do subjectsreport a consonanteven when no Separatecontinua were generated with and without the presenceof a 769- consonantalcues are containedin theacoustic signal {an isolated vowel)? Hz firstformant. Paired comparison discrimination tests were conducted {2} How is acoustic-opticplace of articulationconflict resolved when with listenerstrained to judge which of the stimulichanged most. Results acousticallyspecified manner {e.g., nasal, stop) restricts possible places of will bediscussed in termsof their relationto the modulationpercept, and articulation?(31 How far doesobservers' awareness of acoustic-opticdis- to prior resultsof otherinvestigations which have studied the perception crepancyreduce cross-modal integration? [Work supported by NICHD.] of secondformant transitions in andout of speechcontexts. [Supported in part, by NINCDS NS # 11647,The LouisianaEye and Ear Foundation, TheLouisiana Lions, and The Kresge Foundation.] "•Also Department of Psychology,University of New Orleans.

9:11 9:•,?

If4. Judging sine wave stimuli as speechand as nonspeech.David 117. Identification and discriminationof visually presentedsynthetic R. Williams, Robert R. Verbrugge,and Michael Studdeft-Kennedy consonant-vowelstimuli. Brian E. Walden and Allen A. Montgomery (HaskinsLaboratories, 270 Crown Street,New Haven, CT 06510) (Army Audiology and Speech Center, Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington,DC 20307) Interestin the perceptualequivalence of "static"and "dynamic"stim- uli spansboth speechand nonspeechdomains. Previous investigations of Two-dimensionalvector-based dynamic images representing the con- speechstimuli have shownthat, given matchedsets of three-formant sonant-vowelsyllables foa/,/va/, and/wa/were producedon an intelli- steady-statevowels and vowelsflanked by consonantaltransitions, pho- gent graphicsystem. The startingconfiguration and steady-statevowel neticequivalence is not definedby equalposition along the two continua were identicalfor thesethree stimuli. Visual presentationto subjectsre- [B. Lindbiotaand M. Studdert-Kennedy,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 42, 830- yealedthese stimuli to be highlyidentifiable representations of the three 843( 1967)].For judgments of relativepitch, on the other hand, ramp tones consonants.Six intermediate stimuli were also generated between each of arejudged to be nearlyequivalent in pitch to steady-statetones at their thethree possible pairs of consonantsand represented equal transitional endpointfrequencies [P. T. Brady et al., J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 33, 1357- stepsbetween the exemplars. The three resulting eight-item continua were ! 362(1961)]_ The presentset of experimentsdemonstrates this difference presentedfor identificationand discrimination(ABX paradigm).The in categorizationof staticand dynamic stimuli using a singletype of stim- data revealedthat the slopeof the identificationfunction in the regionof ulus. Two setsof sine wave stimuli {FLAT/CONTOUR) were construct- the phonemeboundary and the locationofthe 50% pointdiffered for the edby modelingthe frequencyand relativeamplitude characteristics of the three continua. Identification and discrimination functions, as well as aforementionedspeech stimuli. When judged in terms of phoneticcate- reproductionsof stimulusframes, will be presentedto illustratethe phon- cortes(/u/ vs/i/), significantlygreater proportion of/u/judgments were eme boundariesand most distinctivephonerote cues. observedfor theFLAT thanfor theCONq•OUR continuum. However, whenthe sametwo setsof stimuliwere judged in termsof relativepitch 9:S9 (HIGH versusLOW), no significantdifference in responsepattern for the two continuawas noted. Thus the experimentsdemonstrate that two dis- II8. Comparison of three performance measures obtained with tinct responsepatterns may be elicitedfor sinewave stimuli contingent pereeptually balanced vowel continua. B. Espinoza-Varas(Psychology only on the expcrimenter'sinstructions. [Work supportedby NICHD.] Department,University of Calgary,Calgary, Alberta T2N ! N4, Canada)

S66 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S66 The auditoryrepresentation of formantfrequency appears to be con- Medical ResearchLaboratory, Wright-PattersonAFB, OH 45433}, sistentwith a scaleof critical-bandunits: the [Schroeder et al., J. Jay Freedman, and Andy Rumbaugh {Air Force Institute of Acoust.Soc. Am. 66, 1647-1652(1979}]. This papercompares measures Technology,Wright-Patterson AFB, OH 45433} of identification,discrimination, and perceptual distance obtained in vow- el continuadivided into "perceptually equal" steps; i.e., equal steps along The effectof LPC voicetype and of messageformat on the speedand thebark scale. The continuaranged from either/u/to/i/or from/3/to / accuracyof responseto voicewarning signals were investigated at various œ/.The 400-ms,steady-state vowels were generated using a three-formant levelsof a simulatedmilitary inflightnoise environment. LPC voicetypes parallelsynthesizer. Within eachcontinua, the frequenciesof F• and/% were male, female, and machine,and the messageformats were voice were fixed,while the frequencydifference F 2 - F• (or F 3 - F2} varied warning,repeat voice warning, and tone-voicewarning. The primary task from •0.5 to = 7.0 barkin stepsof •0.5 bark.The fundamentalfrequen- wasa manualtracking task that requiredcontinuous attention whereas cy was 120Hz. Listenerswere asked to identifyeach of the stimuliin the the secondarytask requiredindividual manual responsesto randomly presentedwarning messages.A backgroundsignal of inflight aircraft continuaand to make a "vowel-goodness"rating. The resultsare dis- cussedin thecontext of thequestion of whetherthe bark scale is consistent voicecommunications was presented via the subject'searphones through- with all three performancemeasures [Supported by AHFMR and out the experiment.The voicewarning messages were alsopresented via NSERC.] theearphones at levelsof 0, 5, and I 0 dB abovethis background communi- cationlevel. Ten subjectscompleted the experimentaltasks while wearing 10:11 standardAir Forceflight helmets and oxygen masks in the presenceof the emulatedaircraft noiseat levelsof 105 and 115 dB (SPL}. The effectsof II9. Effect of voice type and messageformat on speedand accuracyof LPC voicetype and message format on voicewarning effectiveness will be responseto voicewarnings. Timothy R. Anderson(Air ForceAerospace presentedand discussed.

10:23-10:40

Break

ContributedPapers

10:40 11:04

II10, Sensitivity to rate-of-changeof frequency transition. Donald II12. PrecategoricalAcoustic Store (PAS}: Is there an auditorysensory G. Jamiesonand E. Slawinska{Department of Psychology,University memory? Diane Williams IPsychologyService {ll6-B}, VA Medical of Calgary,Calgary, Alberta T2N 1N4, Canada} Center, 150 SouthHuntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02130} We examineda possiblepsychoacoustic basis for the relativelyinvar- The existenceof an auditorysensory memory called Precategorical iant durationover which the rapidformant frequency transitions cueing AcousticStore tPASI was proposed by Crowderand Morton[Percept. placeof articulationoccur in initial-positionstop consonants such as Psychophys.5, 365-37311969}] to accountfor both the modalityand /ba/. Our stimuli consistedof a 200-msduration compoundof a pure- suf•x effectsobtained in list-learningexperiments. While PAS providesa tonefrequency glide followed by a steady-statepure-tone stimulus. Glides goodexplanation of theseeffects, the memoryhas little independentem- covereda fixedrange of frequencies(400-700 Hz; 1500-2200Hz; or both piricalsupport. PAS wasdirectly investigated in twoexperiments. In the together}over a variableinterval of time( 10-90ms, in 10-mssteps}. Three first experiment,the subjectheard a subliminallypresented word. The experimentsexamined discrimination performance in an AX paradigm; subject'stask was to determinewhether the two wordswere the same.In on any trial X = .8 or X = {•,lñ one stepin a stimulusseries}. In each the secondexperiment, the subjectsheard four wordspresented simulta- experiment,discriminability ( - In •u}tended to achievea maximum,and neouslyat normalintensity, and later.read a word.The subjects'task was bias{ln,/•} tendedto achievea minimum,when the transitionoccurred to determine whether the word he or she read was one of the words that over50 ms.These results support and extend earlier reports [A. Nabelek wereheard. If the auditorystimulus was represented in PAS, then perfor- and I. Hirsch,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 45, 1510-15190969}] and appearto manceshould be better if thevisually presented probe appears before PAS reflecta specialperceptual sensitivity to frequencychanges which occur hasappreciably decayed, and performance should decrease with increas- withinthe 40-60-ms interval of timetypical for the analogoustransitions ing probelags. In both experiments,discriminability performance was in naturalspeech. [Work supported by NSERCand AHFMR.] roughlyconstant with increasingprobe lags. This failureto supportthe proposedPAS is discussed.

10:52

IIll. Fundamentalfrequency and the comprehensionof simple and 11:16 complexsentences. Leah S. Larkey and Martha Danly (MIT 36-511, SpeechCommunication Group, ResearchLaboratory of Electronics, II13. The pursuitof invariancein speechsignals. Leigh Lisker(Haskins MassachusettsInstitute of Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139} Laboratories,270 Crown Street,New Haven, CT 06510, and University of Pennsylvania,Philadelphia, PA 19104} The intelligibilityof sentenceswith monotonefundamental frequency wasassessed using a sentenceverification paradigm, which measured lis- We mayimagine a modifiedMuller-Lyer illusion in whichtwo lines of teners'reaction time in judgingwhether a sentencewas true or false.A unequallength are perceivedas equal in differentcontexts. Is thisanalo- zero-phasevocoder was used to allowmanipulation of fundamentalfre- gousto thecommon situation in speech,where two distinct signals, e.g., quencycontours and resynthesis resulting in speechthat sounded as much deepand duke,are judged "equal" with respectto their/d/'s? In the likenatural speech as possible. Sentences were vocoded and resynthesized visualcase the term "illusion" is susceptible of precisedefinition, allowing usingeither a monotonecontour or the originalcontour. Listeners' reac- usto speakof a mismatchbetween stimulus and percept. In the speech tiontimes to monotoneshort, simple sentences were slower by 48 msthan situationwe are confrontedwith problemsthat make it very dif•cult to their reaction times to the same sentenceswi•;h normal fundamental fre- pose,let alone answer the question as to whetherthe/d/common to deep quencycontours. Reaction times to longersentences with complexsyn- andduke reflects a perceptualinvariance that is illusory. Identity of spell- tactic structureswill alsobe presented.The resultssuggest that an ade- ing is only weakevidence for perceptualconstancy, since spelling is more quatemodel of speechperception and comprehensionmust incorporate akinto phonologicalthan phonetic representation, and at leastsome pho- intonation.The contributionsof segmentaleffects, terminal fall, stressed nemrscomprise phonetically distinct "sounds." An exampleis provided syllables,and declinationare considered.[Work supportedby NIH and by the voicelessstops of English.It canbe shown that acousticallyidenti- the SloanFoundation.] cal segmentscontribute to bdgin somecontexts and to ptk in others.

S67 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $67 Anotherexample involves/wy/, whichmay be producedby the same 11:40 vocaltract configuration in differentcontexts. Even if somephoncmes are II15. Neural responsepatterns to speechsounds•A model. Pierre markedby acousticinvariants, not all of themare. [Work supportedby L. Divenyi {Speechand Hearing ResearchFacility, V. A. Medical NICHD.] Center, Martinez, CA 94553 and 1.N.R.S.-Telecommunications, Universit• de Qu6bec,Verdun, QuebecH3E IH6, Canada), Robert V. Shannon(Department of Otolaryngology,University of California, San Francisco,CA 94143), and StephenR. Saunders(Bell-Northern Research,Verdun, Quebec,H3E IH6, Canada)

11:28 We proposea four-stagemodel to representauditory response magni- tude over time and acrossfrequency channels. The first stageperforms 1114.Exploiting lawful variability in the signal:The TRACE modelof spectralestimation by computingpower at eachof the outputfrequency speech perception. Jeffrey L. Elman and James L. McClelland channels.Frequency is scaled in basilarmembrane distance and the input is passedthrough a windowhaving a durationinversely proportional to (Departmentof Linguisticsand Psychology, University of Califoroia,San thefrequency. The nextstage has been described earlier JR. V. Shannon,J. Diego, La Jolla,CA 92093} Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.! 65, S56{1979)]; it portraysfrequency analysis We describea modelof speechperception in whichlawful variability in the cochlea.This stageincludes mechanisms of cochlearfiltering {by in thespeech signal is treated as a sourceof additional information, rather meansof two filter banks,one havingsharp and the other havingbroad than as noise.Excitatory and inhibitoryinteractions among nodes for filters),nonlinear compression of the input power,and lateral suppres- phoneticfeatures, phoneroes, and words are used to accountfor aspects of sion.The third stagemodels temporal adaptation in the auditory nerve. eoarticulation,as well asthe interactionof bottom-upand top-downpro- The final stageis a temporalintegrator. Speech sounds analyzed by the cessesin perceptionof speech.Two resultsfrom a working computer modelacquire several interesting characteristics: {i} The dynamicrange of simulationof thismodel are presented.First, weshow how the simulation the input is greatlyreduced { < 15 dB},(ii} bandpass information {e.g., the is ableto processreal {digitized}speech and retunethe detectionof fea- onein formants,fricatives, etc.} is representedas a spectraledge at the low turesand phoneroesin accordwith the context.Second, we demonstrate sideof thebandpass region, {iii} bursts {especially high-frequency plosives} how perceptualbehavior which appears to be guidedby rulescan be in- acquiretemporal sharpness, {iv I individualglottal pulses are clearly visible ducedwithout any explicitrules in the system.[Work supportedby the onlyat highfrequencies. [Work supportedby !nstitutNational de la Re- Officeof Naval Research.] chercheScientifiquc, the Veterans Administration, and grants by N.1.H.]

THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 CABINET ROOM, 9:00 A.M. TO 12:20 P.M.

Session JJ. Shock and Vibration III: Statistical Methods for the Solution of Practical Vibration and Acoustical Transmission Problems

James A. Moore, Chairman CambridgeCollaboratioe, 225 Third •4oenue,Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142

Chairman's Introduction---9.'00

Invited Papers

9:05

JJ1. Phase estimation for transfer function of multi degree-of-freedom-systems.Richard H. Lyon (Departmentof MechanicalEngineering, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,Cambridge, MA 021 The useof statisticalestimates for vibratoryresponse is now a well-establishedprocedure using the methods of SEA. It hasgenerally been assumed that whileone could estimate the averageresponse in frequencybands, statisticalmethods can say little aboutthe phaseof response.But the phaseis veryimportant in someapplica- tionsof transferfunction analysis, such as waveformreconstruction, and it would be very desirableto have proceduresfor estimating transfer function phase on the basis of general structural features in theway that SEA usessuch features for estimatingaverage response. Some recent developments in the estimationof the phaseof structuraltransfer functions show promise that phasecan be estimatedfrom generalsystem parameters. The useof phaseinformation in waveformreconstruction and the role of thesenew developmentsin designing inverse filters for such reconstructions are reviewed.

9:35

JJ2. An approachto the statisticalenergy analysis of complexsystems. Richard G. DeJong{Cambridge Collaborative,Inc., P.O. Box 74, Cambridge,MA 02142} The principlesof SEA havebeen used to formulatea procedureto analyzethe dynamic response of complex systems.This procedureallows for individualcomponents of a systemto be modeledseparately and then combinedwith othercomponents to constructa completesystem model. An analysisis presentedthat shows

ß68 J. Acoust.So•. Am. $uppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of Amedca . • thatthe requirement for a highmodal density in each component can be relaxed under certain conditions which allowsthe procedure to beused at lowerfrequencies. The procedure has been implemented in a computer program,and some examples of itsapplication and comparisons to measurements are given.

10:05

JJ3. Statist'calenergy analysis for beamnetworks in buildingstructures. M. ]. Sablik,R. E. Beissner,H. S. Silvus,Jr., and M. L. Miller*• (SouthwestResearch Institute, P.O. Drawer 28510, San Antonio, TX 78284) The statisticalenergy analysis method is appliedto a beamnetwork in a buildingstructure. A methodof takingstructural resonances into account is introducedinto the analysis. Coupling loss factors are computed usingtransmission coefficients presented in earlierwork [M. J. Sablik,J. Aeonst.SOC. Am. 72, 1285{i 982);L. Cramer,M. Heckl,and E. E. Ungar,Structural Borne Sound (Springer-Verlag, New York, 1973)].Transfer functionscomputed from the model beam network are compared over a widefrequency range to experimental- ly measuredtransfer functions from an equivalent beam network in anexisting building structure in whichone of the beamsis vibrationallyexcited. Our resultsemphasize that unlessresonance effects are takeninto ac- count,the predictionsof statisticalenergy analysis will not displaythe fine details found in thefrequency dependenceof transferfunctions for realbuilding structures. a•Formerly with SwRI.

10:35

JJ4. Helicopterairframe vibration transmission modeling using statistical energy analysis {SEA•. Charles A. Yoerkie(Sikorsky Aircraft Division, United Technologies Corporation, Stratford, CT 06602) Predictinghelicopter cabin noise is a complexissue. It involvessources which •re bothacoustic/aerody- namicand vibratory in natureas well as a compact,highly interconnected airframe structure. Energy transmits to the cabinvia bothairframe structureborne and airbornepaths. Since a largenumber of resonantstructural and acousticmodes are excited,a statisticalapproach, which treats the responseof the modescollectively in groups,is desirable. The methoddescribed for modelingthe helicopterairframe and cabin interior is Statistical EnergyAnalysis ISEA). An SEA model,funded by a NASA LangleyResearch Center contract, is presented for theSikorsky S-76 ia 4-13 passengercommercial helicopter}. This overall source-to-receiver modeling approach allowsfor evaluationof variousnoise control measures in theconceptual design stage. Expressions have been developedfor SEA parametersand the couplingloss factor has been related to the more familiar vibration transmissioncoefficient. A full scalemeasurement program was conducted on the SikorskyS-76. Data are presentedshowing the SEA parametersand comparisons with theanalytic model. These data include vibration transmissionalong the beam/panel structure and transmission through intermediate acoustic spaces connect- ed by both resonantand nonresonantconditions. In addition,data are presentedconcerning the effectsof coherentand noncoherent source excitations at distantresponse points. [Work supportedby NASA Langley.]

11:05

JJ5. A comparisonof measuredand predictedsound levels in the spaceshuttle payloadbay. John F. Wilby, Allan G. Piersol,and EmmaG. Wilby {BoltBeranek and NewmanInc., P.O. Box633, CanogaPark, CA 913051

An analyticalmodel to predictspace-average sound levels in the payloadbay of theSpace Shuttle at lift-off hasbeen developed using power balance methods. The developmentof themodel has been reported earlier [L. D. Popeand J. F. Wilby,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 62, 906-911 (1977}];it is nowpossible to comparethe predictions of themodel with datafrom the first three launches. Space-average sound levels in thebay were estimated from measureddata and the resultingspectra compared with predictions;discrepancies were observedin the fre- quencyrange above 125 Hz. Modificationsmade to the analyticalrepresentation for the payloadbay door resultedin muchbetter agreement between measured and predictedsound levels. Payloads present in the bay weremodeled analytically, but the predictedeffects on space-averagesound pressure levels were small because of the smallsize of the payloads.[Work performedunder NASA ContractNAS5-26570.]

ContributedPapers

11:35 The methoddescribed may be usedto computecoupling coefficients for SEA models. J J6. Power transmission across a complex plate branch. Robert C. Haberman, Donald T. Pan, and Thomas S. Graham (Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., Union Station, New London, CT 06320)

Finiteelement and classical techniques were combined to computethe 11:50 transmissionand reflectionof vibratoryenergy across a platebranch with structuralconnections too complexto be modeledwith classicaltech- J J7. Point-force randomexcitation of a thin plate bent into an L-shape. niquesalone. The procedurefor combiningthe modelsis outlinedand Emil(os K. Dimitriadis and Allan D. Pierce (Schoolof Mechanical numericalresults are presented.Results are givenfor a simpleplate con- Engineering,Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, GA 30332} neetion(which agrees with classicaltheory} and severalcomplex welded and riveted plate connections.For complexconnections, results are The authors'model for randompoint-force excitation [J. Acoust.Soc. shownto be very sensitiveto structuraldetails such as massand contact Am. Suppl.I 73, S71{1983}] is refinedand simplified. The modalcross- areaat the brauch.Since contact area is in generalunknown, this suggests correlationterms introduced by point forcesare accomodatedby using that powertransfer coefficients should be averagedover frequency bands. the methodof imageswith only the nearestedge taken into accountto

S69 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of Amedca S69 approximatethe power input to a finiteplateß Arguments analogous to IZ-QS thoseused in room acoustics[see for example,.4coustics (McGraw-Hill, 1981},p. 295] allow the averagecross-correlation term to be expressedin JJS. Application of SEA in developinga high-frequencyvibration test termsof the powerinput ratio, finite plate to infiniteplate. Statistical method.Jerome E. Manning (CambridgeCollaborativc, Inc., P.O. Box energyanalysis (SEA} parameters are cornpuled for the L-configuration 74, Cambridge,MA 02142) platefor thecases when all edgesare simply supported and when all edges are free,with Warburton'sRayleigh-Ritz modes used in the latter case. The vibrationenvironment in manyaerospace environments extends Theanalysis confirms that the SEA parameters are very nearly indepen- to very highfrequencies (• 100kHz}. However,because of the limitation dentof forceposition. Calculations compare favorably with experiments in testequipment, it isdifficult and often impossible to imposea vibration conductedon a freely suspendedL-configuration plate with different specificationon an equipmentsupplier that extendsbeyond 4000 Hz. This sourcelocations and two differentdamping configurations. [Work sup- presentationillustrates the use of SEA to developthe requirements for a portedby WhirlpoolCorporation.] new testtechnique.

THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 GOLDEN WEST ROOM, 8:30 TO 11:55 A.M.

SessionKK. PsychologicalAcoustics IV: Discriminationof Frequencyand Periodicity

Peter M. Narins, Chairman Departmentof Biology,University of California,Los/lngeles, California 90024

Chairman's Introductions8:30

ContributedPapers

8:35 tunedauditory nerve fibers. In onespecies, the Japanese macaque, there is ß someevidence that superior discrimination of frequencyincrements may KKI. Effect of duration on pitch discriminationof complex sioonals relateto thedesign features of theanimal's vocal communication system. VirginiaM. Richardsand Ervin R. Hafter (Departmentof Psychology, [Supportedby NSF, SloanFoundation, and Deafness Research Founda- Universityof California,Berkeley, CA 94720} tion.] Discriminationof modulationfrequency was measured using trains of n clicks{n = 4 to 52} presentedat a rate of 250/s. Each click was the productof a 3500-Hzsinusoid and a Gaussianenvelope. Three spectral 9:15 envelopeswcrc tested, having standard deviations of 350, 560, and 933 KK3. Temporal microstructural rules for periodicity of random- Hz. The rateof improvementin performanceover duration is reflectedin amplitudesequences. Irwin Pollack(Mental Health ResearchInstitute, a plot of log-thresholdvs Iog-n.These functions are well definedby two Universityof Michigan,Ann Arbor, MI 48109} straightlines: for smallvalues of n, the slopesare near -- 1.0, and for largern's, the slopes approach - 0.5. Thissuggests a model in whichtwo We examinemicrostructural rules for the emergenceof periodicity factorsinfluence the discriminationprocess. For small n's, the spectral formedby temporalsubpatterns within repeatedrandom-amplitude se- widthof individualcomponents in theamplitude spectrum are reduced in quences.The specific subpatterns were weighted either by successive rep- proportionto thelength of theclick train; thus the slope of -- 1.0.With lication,e.g., AAABAAAB ... or by differentialamplitude weighting, furtherincreases in n, statisticalaveraging reduces the effectof neural e.g.,AAbAAb .... whereb is a reducedversion orB. For short-duration noiseby a factorof the square-rootof n; hencethe slopeof -- 0.5. The subpatterns,the dominantperiodicity is that of the entire repeatedse- modelfit well to all of the data, exceptthose obtained with the widest quence.For long-durationsubpatterns, the dominant periodicity is that of spectralenvelope. This maybe due to greatersensitivity to temporalinfor- the individual subpatterns,depending upon the relative amplitude mationavailable in the low-frequencyregions of thesewideband clicks. weightingand the numberof replications.[Work supportedby NSF.] [Supportedby NIH.]

9.35 8:55 KK4. Detection of temporal changesin the pitch of complex stimuli. KK2. Asymmetrical frequency d'scr'm'nation in primates. Joan William A. Yoat and Morris Moore (ParrelyHearing Institute, 6525 N. M. SinnoRand Michael R. Petersen(Psychology Department, Indiana SheridanRd., Loyola University,Chicago, IL 60626) University,Bloomington, IN 474(}5} The repetitionpitch of ripplenoise was temporally varied to determine Auditoryfrequency difference limens at 0.5, 1.0,2.0, and 4.0 kHz were therelationship between the rate of pitchvariation and the perception of measuredmonaurally in humansand in four Old World monkeyspecies: pitch change.Listeners were askedto discriminatebetween fiat spectral Japaneseand rhesusmacaques (Macaca fuscata, Macaca mulatta} and noiseand ripple noisewhose ripple densitywas temporallyvaried in a vetvetand deBrazza monkeys (Cercopithecus aethiops, Cercopithecus neg- sinusoidalmanner. The spectrumof the tcmporallyvarying ripple noise lectus}.A go, no-go,repetitive-standard discrimination procedure was stimuluswas I + m cos( 2f[ g(T)] •; wherefis frequency, rn is the modula- employedwi.th positive reinforcement. At certainfrequencies and sensa- tion depthof the spectralripple, and g(T} = T+ Tsin 2fi, whereTis the tion levels,humans and macaquesexhibit superior discrimination for fre- delayused to generateripple noise, Tis the rangeof pitchchange, f is the quencyincrements, while under these same conditions the Cercopithecus rate(Hz} of pitchchange, and t is time.The repetitionpitch of ripplenoise speciesexhibit superior discrimination for frequencydecrements. Possi- ßis directly related to thedelay, T. At eachrate of pitchvariation the depth ble codingmechanisms to accountfor theseresults will be discussed,in- of modulation{m} was varied in the adaptive,forced-choice task until the eludingmonitoring rate increases versus rate decreases in asymmetrically listenerwas at 71% correctin hisor herability to discriminateripple noise

S70 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeling: Acoustical Society of America S70 from flat noise.For a varietyof conditionsthe resultsindicate that listen- the relativeimportance of thesecharacteristics. Results indicated that ersare unableto detectthe changein the pitchof ripplenoise at ratesof directexperience with a targettone contributes little to discrimination pitchchange that exceed2-5 Hz. This in turnsimplies that the auditory performanceas long as the frequencycontour of thepattern remains sta- systemis slow(200-500 ms estimatedintegration timel in its ability to ble within certain limits. processthe complex stimulus of ripplenoise. [Work was supported by the NationalScience Foundation.] 10:55

KKS.Deteetionoftonesinsynthetieplosivebursts. C. L. Farrar, Y. Ito, 9:55 P.M. Zurek, N. I. Durlach, and C. M. Reed (ResearchLaboratory of KKS. Rate discriminationof high-passfiltered pulse trains. Glcnis Electronics,36.767, MIT, Cambridge,MA 02139} R. Longand John K. Cullen,Jr. (Departmentof Otorhinolaryngology, The generalgoal of our researchis to understanddiscrimination LouisianaState University Medical Center, New Orleans,LA 70119) betweensounds that differonly in spectralshape. The objectiveof this Differencelimens (DLs) for trainsof 30-/xsimpulses were determined specificstudy was to testthe notionthat the discriminabilityof two for repetitionrates of 50-, 100-,200-, 400., and 800 pulsesper second soundsis monotonicallyrelated to the differencebetween their simulta- underconditions of no filteringand high-passfiltering (I 15 dB/oct) with neousmasking pattern (or, its corollary,that two soundsthat produce cornerfrequencies of 2.5-, 5.0-, 7.5-, and 10 kHz. Noise,at 15-dBspec- equalmasking are indiscriminable.}Measurements were madeof the trum level,was low passed(115 dB/oct) at thecorner frequency of each thresholdsfor tonesin two maskingnoises, one with a/p/-shaped spec- high-passfilter condition and mixed with the trains of pulsesto preclude trum and the other with a/t/-shaped spectrum.Data on discriminating discriminationon the basis of potentiallow-frequency signal compounds. betweenthese two maskingnoises have beenpreviously obtained. We Measureswere obtained from four trained listenersat a signallevel of 30 attemptto relatediscrimination and detection results through transfor- dB SL relativeto individuallydetermined thresholds for eachfilter condi- mationsof"masking difference patterns," which show the difference, as a tionand repetition rate. A two alternativeforced choice adaptive proce- functionof frequency,between signal thresholds for the two maskers. durewas used. The datasupport the hypothesisthat resolutionof pulse- Further,we will describeour progressin developinga generalpsychoa- trainrepetition rate invol•es both temporal and pitch-based processes; the cousticmodel for discriminatingbetween sounds that differonly in their latterbecoming ineffective when frequency resolution of theear is insuffi- spectralshapes. cientto resolveseparate harmonics of the signal.[Work supportedby NIH.] 11:15

KK9. Development of auditory thresholds in young chickens. loft5 LincolnGray (Departmentof Otolaryngology--Headand Neck KK6. Temporaltuning curvesand their relation to frequencytuning Surgery,University of TexasMedical School, Houston, TX 77030)and curves.Anna C. Schroderand Edward Cudahy•1 (SyracuseUniversity, Edwin W. Rubel (Departmentof Otolaryngology--Headand Neck 805 SouthCrouse Avenue, Syracuse, NY 13210} Surgery,University of Virginia Medical School,Charlottesville, VA 22908) Temporaltuning curves for a 1000-Hz,10-ms, 10-dB SL sinusoidal signalwith a 500-,1000-, or 1500-Hz,10-ms sinusoidal masker were mea- Absoluteauditory thresholds were estimated in chickenswithin 12h suredusing a 2IFC adaptiveprocedure. Frequency tuning curves for the of birth andat 4 daysafter hatching. A two-interval,forced-choice stair- I 0 dB SL, 1000-Hzsignal were also measured for 10-and 500-ms simulta- caseprocedure was modified to usemomentary suppressions in chick's neousmaskers. Five normalhearing listeners were employed. The fre- peepingas indications of correctand incorrectresponses. The estimated quencytuning curves for the brief masker were broader than those for the thresholdsof bothages were the same at low frequencies(250-500 Hz). At longmasker, especially on the high-frequencyside of the signal.Marked higherfrequencies (1-2 kHz), however,4-day-old chicks had thresholds differenceswere not foundbetween the temporaltuning curves for the about20 dB lowerthan the 0-day-old chicks. Thus absolute thresholds are threemasker conditions. The implicationsof theseresults for relations a functionof bothfrequency and age. These thresholds are likely to reflect betweenauditory frequency and temporalanalysis will be discussed. perceptualdevelopment for two reasons: (a) Similar thresholds from both alPresentaddress: House Ear Institute, 256 South Lake Street, Los An- agesat lowfrequencies show that developmental differences are not due to geles,CA 90057. differencesin the sensitivityof the testingprocedure; and (b) thresholds obtainedfrom the 4-day-oldbirds are similar to other estimatesfrom maturebirds. In conclusion,responsiveness to low frequenciesdevelops 10:35 beforeresponsiveness to higher frequencies. [Work supported by NIH.]

KK7. Generalizationof learningin auditory pattern discrimination.M. R. Leek (Departmentof Speechand HearingScience, Arizona State 11:35 University,Tempe, AZ 85287) KKI0. Phaseeffects and profileanalysis. David M. Greenand Christine Frequencydiscrimination for tonesembedded in a varyingsequenc• R. Mason {Laboratoryof Psychophysics,Harvard University,33 of tenbrief tones can be extremely poor. Yet afterrepeated exposure to a Kirkland Street,Cambridge, MA 02138} constanttonal sequence, listeners demonstrate discrimination of changes in a targetcomponent almost as fine as for thetarget tone presented alone Randomizingthe phase of thecomponents of a tonalcomplex on each [e.g.,C. S.Watson et al., J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 60, 1176-1186(1976)]. It is presentationhas little effect on detection of anintensity increment of the clear,however, which aspects of theconstant pattern are learned, thereby centralcomponent. The complexconsisted of elevenequal amplitude allowingthe listenerto overcomethe effectsof the surroundingtonal tonesranging from 200 to 5000Hz. Thespacing between adjacent compo- contexton discrimination of thetarget. This experimentinvestigated gen- nentswas equal on a logarithmicfrequency scale. The signal was a sinus- eralizationto newpatterns of the learnedtarget and learnedcontext to oldadded in-phase to the central, 1000-Hz component. The overall sound assesstheir contributionsto patterndiscrimination. Four listenerswere pressurelevel of thesound was varied on each presentation according to a trainedin a same-differenttask to discriminatesmall frequency changes rectangulardistribution with a rangeof 40 dB anda mediansound pres- in a 920-Hz targettone, which was the secondelement in a ten-tonepat- surelevel per componentof 45 dB. Over 50 complexeswith different tern.Frequency difference limens were subsequently determined for the waveformswere generated by randomly selecting different starting phases learnedtarget tone embedded in a differenttonal context, and for different for eachcomponent. Eight of thesewaveforms were selected, and each targetswhen the contextwas held constant.Listeners were unable to waspresented as the complexfor morethan 500trials in a 2AFC experi- maintainsmall difference limens for thetarget tone when the surrounding ment.Thresholds for a signaladded to eachof thesedifferent complexes elementsof the patternwere changed. Varying the targetin the learned hada total rangeof only 2.4 dB. In a final test,we selecteda different context,however, proved much less disruptive. Variations in thefrequen- waveformon eachpresentation. Signal threshold was elevated by only 3 ciesand the frequencycontour of the learnedcontext served to illustrate dB. [Work supportedby NIH.]

$71 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $71 THURSDAY MORNING, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 TOWNE ROOM, 9:30 A.M.

Meeting of StandardsCommittee S12 on Noise

to be held jointly with the

Technical Advisory Group for ISO/TC 43/SC1 Noise

K. M. Eldred, Chairman S12 P. 0. Box 1037, Concord, Massachusetts 01742

H. E. yon Gicrke, Chairman,Technical Advisory Group for ISO/TC 43/SC1 Chief,Bionics & BiodynamicsDivision, AMRL/BB U.S. •4ir Force,Wright,Patterson .4FB, Dayton,Ohio 45433

Workinggroup chairs will reporton their progressunder the plan for the productionof noisestandards. The interactionwith ISO/TC 43/SCl and the recentTC 43/SCl meeting,held from 2-4 August1983, will be discussed.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 12:00 TO 12:40 P.M.

Education in Acoustics:Basic Acoustical Experiments

Mauro Pierucci, Chairman Departmentof AerospaceEngineering, and EngineeringMechanics, San DiegoState University,San Diego,California 92182

Chairman's Introduction--12.-00 Basicexperiments illustrating acoustical principles and aimed at acousticiansand nonacousticians alike will be presented.Emphasis will beon ideasthat will furtherstimulate the knowledgeof acousticsat the undergradu- ate level.

Participants

Victor C. Anderson Marine PhysicalLaboratory, Scripps Institution of Oceanography,University of California,.San Diego, La Jolla,California 92093 R. J. Piserehio Departmentof Physics,San DiegoState University,San Diego,California 92182

S72 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1. VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $72 THURSDAYAFTERNOONi 10NOVEMBER 1983 SUNRISEROOM, 1:00 TO 4:35 P.M.

SessionLL. Psychologicaland Physiological Acoustics IV: Acousticsof EcholocatingAnimals Under Water

Whitlow W. L. Au, Co-Chairman Code512, Naoal OceanSystems Center, Kailua, Hawaii 96734

Ronald Schusterman, Co-Chairman BiologyDepartment, California State University, Hayward, California 94542

Chairman's [ntroduction---l.-00

Invited Papers

l:OS

LLI, Dolphinsound productJun: Physiologic, diurnal, and behavioral correlations. Sam H. Ridgway(Code 5142,Naval Ocean Systems Center, San Diego, CA 92152} Themechanics of dolphinsound production wdl be reviewed but many questions remain. For example,do thediagonal membranes function somewhat as vocal cords? Does the nasalplug serve as a primaryvibrating source?Do the oasofrontalsacs serve as tuned, or tunable, resonators?Do the nasal sacsserve as acoustic reflectorsand helpto focussound? In general,there are threetypes of soundsproduced by T. truncatusand otherclosely related dolphins--whistles, burst pulse sounds, and click trains. Click trains,generally of high peakfrequency, are used by dolphinsthat are trained to performecholocation tasks. All threetypes of sound havealso been suggested as having potential value for communication.I have found that: (I} A singledolphin mayproduce as many as 50 000 separatesonic episodes in a single24-h day {Theaverage daily soundproduc- tionis more like a tenththis figure}; {2} Peaks in soundproduction occur in thehour before and during feeding, especiallythe first feedingof the day, and during the hour after sunset.It appearsthat dolphinsdisplay aggressionand agitationby increasingthe pulsatilecontent of soundsand by emphasizingthe harmonic structureof whistles.It is possiblethat echolocationevolved from soundsfirst used in aggression.

1:35

LL2. Insightsinto dolphinsonar discrimination capabilities from broadbandsonar discrimination experiments with humansubjects. Whitlow W. L. Au and DouglasW. Martin (Naval OceanSystems Center, P.O. Box 997, Kailua, HI 96734]

A widevariety of dolphinsonar discrimination experiments have been conducted, yet little is knownas to the cuesutilized by dolphinsin makingfine target discriminations. Hammer and Au [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 1285-1293{19801] found a correlationbetween dolphin discrimination capabilities and the matchedfilter responseof thetarget echoes. Sonar discrimination experiments have also been conducted with humansubjects usingthe same targets employed in theHammer and Au andother dolphin experiments. When digital record- ingsmade of the target echoes ensonfied with a dolphinlikesignal were played back at a s!owerrate to subjects, humanscould make fine targetdiscriminations under controlled laboratory conditions about as well as dol- phinsunder less controlled conditions. Most of thecues reported by humansubjects can be described by time- domainecho-features. The resultsof severaldolphin sonar and human listening experimenls will bediscussed along with the target echocharacteristics.

ContributedPapers

2:05 mately 10 times(10 dB} wider than the critical ratio at 30 kHz and 8 times wider{9 dB}at 60 kHz. At 120kHz, the criticalbandwidth was approxi- LL3. Crit'cal ratio and bandwidth of the Atlantic bottlenose dolphin matelythe sameas the critical ratio. (Tursiopstruncatus). Patrick W. B. Moore and Whirlow W. L. Au (NavalOcean Systems Center, P.O. Box997, Kailua,HI 96734) Maskedunderwater pure-tone thresholds were obtained for an Atlan- 2:20 tic bottlenosedolphin using an "up-downstaircase" method of stimulus LL4. Peak sound pressure level and spectral frequency distributions in presentationand a "go/no-go"response procedure. Broadband noise at echolocationpulses of Atlantic hattienose dolphins, Tursiops trtmeatus. two levelswas used to measurethe animal'scritical ratio at testfrequen- Marion G. Ceruti, Patrick W. B. Moore, and Sue A. Patterson{Naval ciesof 30, 60, 90, 100, 110, 120,and 140kHz. For frequenciesof 100kHz OceanSystems Center, Hawaii Laboratory,P. O. BOx997, Kailua, HI and below,the critical ratioswere similar to thosemeasured by Johnson 96734) [J3Acoust.Soc. Am. 44, 965-967 {1968}].The resultsindicate a sharp increasein the critical ratio to 51 dB at l10 kHz followed by a slight We investigatedthe relationshipbetween peak sound pressure level decline to 46 dB at 120 kHz. Different bandwidths of noise with very IPPL) and the shapeof the spectralfrequency distribution ofecholocation sharpcutoffs were used to measurethe dolphin's critical bandwidth at test pulsesemitted by Atlantic bottlenosedolphins (Tursiops truncatus} in a frequenciesof 30, 60, and 120kHz. The criticalbandwidth was approxi- targetdetection task. Two dolphinswere trained to stationon a bite plate

S73 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S73 and tail rest,echolocate, and reporttarget condition {present or absent}.A When the echolocationdetection abilities of a belugawhale and a microprocessordata acquisition system [M. G. Cerutiand W. W. L. Au, bottlenosedolphin were testedon identicalcylindrical targets and dis- J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 1390-1392{1983}], was used to collectamplitude tanees,they had interpulseinterval (IP1) distributions which were differ- and frequencydata for eachpulse and monitorsubjects' responses. Ten ent, whiledetection aceuracy showed no significantdifference. Bottlenose sessionsof 50 trialseach {25 target present and 25 targetabsent, presented dolphin pulse trains show a predictableand systematicrelationship randomly}were chosen for eachsubject from sessionsconducted during betweenthe distanceto a detectedtarget and time betweenecholocation Nov. 1982.Pulses were classified as "bimodal" or "unimodal,"depending pulses,thus permitting an inferenceof attendingdistance JR. H. Penner on the numberof maximain the frequencyspectrum between 30 and 135 andJ. Kadane,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 68, S97(1980)]. The beluga kHz. For bimodalpulses, the degreeof bimodalityBI, alsowas measured whalepulse trains contained, at all targetdistances, a firstIPI component by summingthe maximum intensities using the intervening minimum as a startingaround 30 ms and increasingto 60 ms and a secondIPI compo- baseline.The resultscollapsed across subjects yielded 15 670bimodal and nentbetween 200 to 220 ms whichbecame more numerous as targetdis- 12 383 unimodelpulses. The meanPPL for bimodalpulses was 207 dB tanceincreased. The transitionzone between the firstand secondcompo- re:! HPa and for unimodalpulses, 197 dB. The Pearsonproduct moment nentscontained very few intervalcounts. The interpulseintervals within correlation coefficient between BI and PPL was 0.69. Peaks in the aver- the transitionzone increased as target distance increased. If the bottlenose agedbimodal spectrum occurred at 60 and 135kHz or beyond,while the dolphinIPI patternsare acceptedas models,and similarassumptions averagedunimodal spectrum was peaked at 120kHz. Thesefindings sug- regardingattending distance are appliedto the belugawhale pulse train, gestthat bimodalfrequency distributions during high-pressure echoloca- the pictureis oneof alwaysscanning out to 30 m; followedby shortscan tion representsa physiologicalprocess in the pulseemission system. out to 160 m. Subsequenttarget detectionwork usingspheres instead of cylindersas targets,showed the sameIPI distributionpatterns for the 2:35 belugawhale.

LLS. Apparent echolocation by a sixty-day-old bottlenosed dolphin, Tursiopstruncatus. Donald A. Carder and Sam H. Ridgway(Code 3:20 5142, Naval OceanSystems Center, San Diego, CA 92152) LLS. Comparativeobservations on odontocetesonar signals from captive Little is known about the ontogenyof echolocationin dolphins.A animals.Cces Kamminga(Information Theory Group, Delft University bottlenoseddolphin calf born at our facility in San Diego Bay was ob- of Technology,Mekelweg 4, Delft, The Netherlands) servedcontinuously for two hourseach day and randomly at other times. Squealswere heard about ten seconds after birth andwhistlelike calls soon In thispaper a comparativeanalysis of typicalsonar signals of several thereafterbut we did not notice head scanningmovements concurrent speciesof littoral and riverincdolphins in captivityis presented.The sonar with high-frequencypulses until thedolphin's sixtieth day of life. On this waveshapes compared include those recently obtained from two species, day we noticedthat the calf wouldexamine items such as a humanfoot whoseacoustic behavior has not beendescribed previously in literature, insertedin the waterby approaching,head scanning, and pulsing.A hy- i.e., the off-shoreLagenorh.•nchus albirostris and the freshwater popula- drophoneplaced in the water elicitedthe samebehavior. Seven pulse tionof lrrawadi;Orcaella brevirostris. The latterfit verywell in thepicture trainswere recorded at distancesof 1-3 m. Peakfrequencies ranged from establishedthus far from a largecollection of echolocationdata. A study 33 to 120 kHz with 3-dB bandwidths of 28-81 kHz. of thesesonar signals reveals the noteworthyfact that--apart from the Commerson'ssignal--they all sharea rather simple,basic wave shape. This can best be understood and classified in terms of the well-known 2:•0 uncertaintyrelation in communicationtheory and enablesus therefore to link bioacousticswith mathematicalphysics. The signalsapproach the LL6. Target detection:Beluga whale andbottlenose dolphin echolocation theoreticallower bound for the productof the time durationand frequen- abilitiescompared. Charles W. Turl andRalph H. Penner(Naval Ocean cy bandwidthand couldtherefore be designatedas "smalltime-duration SystemsCenter, Hawaii Laboratory,P.O. Box 997, Kailua, HI 96734} bandwidth"signals. They are thus well suitedas a classof elementary An experimentcompared the echolocationabilities of a belugawhale optimal time-frequencysignals. The frequencyrange of interestin the and a bottlenosedolphin to detectfive targets of the samesize and target firstdescribed class of eetaecansonar is situatedat a dominantfrequency strength( + / -- 2 dB)at distancesfrom 40 to 120m. The performancefor below100 kHz, whilein the Phoeaenaand Commersongroup this domi- both animals at 40, 60, 80, and 100 m exceeded90% correct detection; nant valuegoes up to around120 kHz. The latter thusenabling those however,performance at 120 m rangedbetween 60% to 62% correct smallanimals to resolvespatial differences in their habitatup to an order detection.The belugawhale and the bottlenosedolphin were tested with of magnitudeof nearlya centimeter. the sametargets at 5-m incrementsat distancesfrom 100to 120m. These testresults indicated: { I} no significantlydifferent performance { p < 0.05} betweenthe belugawhale and bottlenose dolphin at thefive test distances, 3:35 {2}both animalsdifferentially reported three of the fivetargets, indepen- LL9. A qualitative model of the dolphin sonar. James W. Fitzgerald dentof targetdistance, and {3}the performanceof bothanimals at 120m (Mystic Marinelife Aquarium,Mystic, CT 06355 and B-K Dynamics, rangedbetween 60% to 90% correctdetection depending on whichtarget Inc., New London, CT 06320} waspresented at 120m. There may be severalreasons why bothanimals differentiallyreported three of the targetsat rangesbeyond 100 m, irre- By meansof a complex,functional anatomy, the bioacousticappara- speetiveof absolutedistance: { l} variabletarget strength, {2} the mannerin tusof thedolphin enables him tooperate four separate sonar systems more which the targetswere suspended plus rotational motion about the sus- or lesssimultaneously, using some of theanatomical components in com- pensionpoint may have induced target echo variability, and (3} for targets mon.These systems are: {l} a broadbandhigh-frequency {• 30-150 kHz} under100 m, targetecho levels were large and both the beluga whale and echolocation"attack "sonar,with a narrow( • I 0') forward-lookingbeam bottlenosedolphin were able to differentiatethe signalfrom the back- pattern,that is usedfor the locationand tracking of suchtargets as food- groundnoise. Beyond 100 m, subtlefeatures of the targetsdetermined fish;{2} a broadband,low-frequency { < 30 kHz) echolocation"search" their detectibility.On two targets,the salientfeatures were apparently sonar,with a broad{ • 120}forward-looking beam pattern, that is used for unavailableat rangesbeyond 100 m, and differentialdetection occurred. orientation and intruder detection;(3} an audio-frequency{•0.2-15 Becausethe rangedifferences were small, the significanttarget feature kHz}, frequency-contoured"communication" sonar, with a substantially that wasabsent was not solelya functionof sphericalspreading loss. nondirectionalbeam pattern, that is usedfor communicatingwith other dolphins;and, finally, {4} a wideband{0.15-150 kHz}, binaural "listening" 3.-05 sonarthat is used as the sonar receiver for all threeof thepreceding active sonars,as well as a passivelistening system for targetdetection, bearing; LLT. Bottlenosedolphin ( Tursiopstruacatus): Difference in thepattern of and classification.It is shownthat echolocation"clicks" originating in the interpulseintervals, Ralph H. Penner and Charles W. Turl (Naval larynx,which enter the melonthrough the closednasal plug, are totally Ocean SystemsCenter, Hawaii Laboratory,P.O. Box 997, Kailua, HI internallyreflected, radiating only from the forwardend, and form the 96734} attacksonar. A logarithmicspiral of the form R = ,4 exp[{-- tantic }t• ],

$74 J. Acousl.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S74 where/•½is the criticalangle, fits the shapeof the melon.For the open Effortsto experimentallydemonstrate echolocation in Californiasea nasalplug condition, echolocation "clicks" from the larynx propagate up lions,Zalophus californianus [W. Evansand R. Haugen,Bull. So. Cal. the nasalduct into the premaxillarysac, which acts as a "bubble"trans- Acad. Sci.62, 165-175(1963); R. J. Schusterman,Psych. Rec. 16, 129- ducer for the search sonar. The source of the whistle-like communicative 136(1966)] and in greyseals, Halichoerus grypus lB. Seroneeand S. Ridg- phonationsisidentified as lip-modulations excited by exhaust air expelled way,in ,4nimalSonar Systems, pp. 991-993( 1980)]have been unsuccess- fromthe premaxillary sac into the vestibular sac. Experimental confirma- ful. However,similar studies on polar pinnipeds have not been conducted tion, drawnin part from the bioacousticliterature on Odontocetes,is previously.No studieshave investigated the potential for ultrasonicvoca- profferedin supportof theprincipal qualitative features of thisnew mod- lizationsin pinnipeds.Echolocation in polarpinnipeds has been suggested el. becauseof their highly developed vocal abilities and their need to find food andnavigate during the dark austral winter [G. Kooyman,Ant. Res.Ser. 11,227-261 (1968);J. Thomasand V. Kuechle,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 72, 3:50 1730--1738(1982)]. This presentationwill summarizeobservations and LL10. Echolocationin Harbour seals:Mayhe they can do it after all. evidencethat indicatesthe presenceof echolocationin polar pinnipeds Deane Renouf(Department of Psychology/MarineSciences Research andreport the production of ultrasonicvocalizations by a captiveleopard Laboratory, Memorial University of Newfoundland,St. John's, seal(Hydrurga leptonyx). Clicks, buzzes, and frequency-modulated chirps Newfoundland,A IB •X9, Canada) wereproduced with peakfrequencies from 4 to 164kHz, but generally between50 and 60 kHz. This studydemonstrates the importanceof inves- Thoughthere is indirectevidence to indicatethat variousspecies of tigatingultrasonic vocalizations in all pinnipedsand impliesthat polar sealsare capable of someform of echolocation,all previousattempts at an pinnipedsmay be thebest test group for echolocation. experimentaldemonstration of sonar capacities have met with negative results.I haveobtained the followingcircumstantial evidence that Har- bourseals can echolocate: (1) During threebreeding seasons I have ob- servedapparently healthy blind adult harbour seals including females which have successfullyraised pups. (2) When visual cuesare reduced, 4:20 harbour seals make click vocalizations similar to those of animals which are knownto echolocate.{3) They are ableto find live fishin total dark- LL12. Seal blindfolded discrimination: Echolocation not proven in hess,producing clicks while doing so. (4) One seal trained to retrievea ring HMichoeru$•'.r'pus.B. L. Seroneeand S. H. Ridgway(Code 514, Naval whichhe first had to find in a 10-m-diamtank performedas well in the OceanSystems Center, San Diego, CA 92152) dark as in daylight,but eliekedonly when he couldnot usevision. I A four-year-oldfemale gray seal from Iceland was trained to wearan obtaineda morerigorous demonstration of Harbourseal sonar when I opaqueelastic band that blocked vision. Echolocation capability was eval- wasable to train an animal to discriminatebetween two visuallyidentical uatedin twoexperiments: (1) The seal was required to retrievean air-filled ringswhich differed in acousticimpedance. When the acoustical proper- plasticring 20 cmin diameterplaced at randomin a 5X 1 m sectionof a tiesof therings were made equal, the animal was no longer able to distin- 10-mredwood tank. (2) The seal was required to detectthe fiat surface of a guishbetween them. Very faint singleor doubletclicks were recorded 25-cmstyrofoam disk as opposed to theedge of thesame disk ( - 30 dB duringthe animal'sperformance, and it is suggestedthat quietdistinct targetstrength), placed randomly on either side of a divider.Without the signalsmay have been appropriate in anenclosed tank when the objects to blindfold,the seal's ring retrieval rate was 100% with a latencyof 3.8s. In be discriminatedwere suspended close to the enclosure'swalls. The rea- 427 blindfoldedtrials therewere 99% correctresponses, but latencyin- sonswhy the training procedures used in thisdemonstration were success- creasedto 6.5s. Head scanning movements were observed on about half ful are discussed,and the limitationsof the conclusionswhich can be the blindfolded trials and click trains were recordedon about 10% of the drawn from such results are outlined. trials observed.In the secondexperiment, the blindfoldedseal ap- proachedthe divider and made a choiceabout target location (right or left) 4:05 at least1.5 m away.Correct responses in a sessionnever exceeded 65% andaveraged 46% on 617trials. Without the blindfold, the seal's perfor- LLll. Incidental evidencefor echolocationin polar pinnipeds.Jcanettc mancewas almost 100%. The grayseal makes sound underwater but does A. Thomas, Frank T. Awbrey, and Sheldon R. Fisher (Hubbs Sea not appearto usethe clicksfor echolocationin any way similarto the World ResearchInstitute, 1700South Shore Road, SanDiego, CA 92109) demonstratedcapabilities of dolphins.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEE ROOMS, 1:00 P.M.

SessionMM. UnderwaterAcoustics V: SignalProcessing I (Prtcis-PosterSession)

Arthur B. Baggeroer,Chairman MassachusettsInstitute of Technology,Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139

Chairman's Introductian--l:00

Invited Papers

1:05

MM1. Broadbandsignal selectionand generationfor channel sounding.T. G. Birdsall •University of Michigan,262 CooleyBldg., Ann Arbor, MI 48109I Two classesof signalsand applications are considered. The T class,for deepwater work where ray pathsare an appropriatemodel, requires a processedoutput waveform that isa shortpulse with zeroamplitude beyond a

$7S J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America smallneighborhood of the peak.The F class,for shallowwater work wheremode theory is an appropriate model,or for multioctavework wherepropagation varies significantly across frequency, requires a definite powerspectrum. Although related, the two typesof requirementare differentin practice.Appropriate signal processingthat balancessignal-to-noise ratio and resolutionwill be discussed;it is called "factor-inverse matched-filtering."A specificmeasure of spectralflatness, together with in-bandfractional power, are com- bined to yield a signalefficiency measure. Emphasis is placedon continuousperiodic signals. The T-class signalsto be discussedare binary,digital, phase-modulatedby m sequences;variations are augmentedm sequencesand frequency modulation. The F-classsignals to bediscussed are linearFM anda particulardigital discreteFM signalcalled PDFM.

1:30

MM2. The importanceof correlators.G. Clifford Carter {U.S. Naval Underwater SystemsCenter, New London,CT 06320)

A lutorial reviewof generalizedcross correlators and their importanceto passivesonar signal processing will bepresented. A discussionof theeffects bandwidth, and integration time as well as multipath and multitar- getinterferences will beincluded. The presentationwill emphasizebroadband aspect of correlationprocessing includingdegradations experienced by narrow-bandcomponents. Fundamental limits on performancewill be discussed.

ContributedPapers

1:55 Extendingprevious time-spread work by the presentauthors [J. Acoust.Soe. Am. Suppl.I 73, SI 1 {1983)],the frequency spreading of an MM3. Broadbandsignal processing in communicationsystems. Stanley acousticsignal reflecting from an oceanbottom {in the presenceof source L. AdamsIHarris Corporation, P.O. Box37, Melbourne,FL 32901)and andreceiver motion} is computed using a simplegeometric-acoustic mod- Michael H. Brill [ScienceApplications, Inc., 1710Goodridge Drive, P. el. In that model,a ray reflectsspecularly from eachbottom facet, and O. Box 1303, McLean, VA 22102) arrivesat the receiverif and only if the positionand slopeof the facet The broadbandcharacteristics of the underwateracoustic propaga- providethe requisitespecular path. The model providesa connection tionchannel determine both the approach to communicatingand the per- betweenthe expected power flux into thereceiver aperture from a particu- formartecwhich can be achieved.This paperpresents a detailedbroad- lar facet and the slopedistribution of the bottom {assumedconstant in band characterization of the channel and uses this characterization to depth}.For a cw signal,the frequencyspread can be computedby histo- describeapproaches to communication.Performance hounds are calcu- grammingin Q = {f-fo}/fo the expectedrelative energy from a grid of latedand comparedto channelcapacity results. bottomfacets. {Here,fo is the frequencyemitted at the source,andf is the frequencyof the receivedsignal.} The quantityQ dependsonly on the positionof the facet,range, depth, and sourceand receivervelocities: it 1:59 doesnot depend onfo, so long as the ray paths are independent of frequen- cy, asin the presentmodel. In fact, the expossionfor Q is the time deriva- MM4. Wideband, frequency-domainbeamforming for coherent signal tiveof delaytime for a broadbandsignal, as well as having a narrow-band processing.Mark E. Weber •Code 5160, Naval ResearchLaboratory, interpretation.Computed frequency-spread curves are presentedfor sev- Washington,.DC 20375)and RodneyHeisler {Walla Walla College, eralsource/receiver geometries. Because relative energy vs Qis a function CollegePlace, WA 99324I of thechannel and notof thesent signal, it mayhelp to connectthe broad- bandscattering function with the expecteddistribution of powerin time Coherentdetection processors for sonar(e.g., matched filters for ac- and frequencyfrom an input powerimpulse. tivesystemsl require continuous time series as input and have convention- ally beenassociated with delay-and-sumtime-domain beamformers. As an alternative,we haveextended frequency-domain beamforming tech- 2:07 niquesto retainthe coherence of widebandsignals and have demonstrated efficientsoftware for computingcontinuous time-series beams for flexible MM6. Spread signal processing.Andrew C. Callahan (Raytheon postprocessing.Using computer-generated"acoustic-array" data, the Company,Submarine Signal Division, Portsmouth, RI 0287I) beamformerwas shownto preservethe envelope,spectrum, and correla- tion propertiesof signalswhile yielding near theoretical performance in The signalprocessing of broadbanddata often results in signalswhich reducingbeam side-lobe levels. Advantages over a conventionaldelay- arcstill spread over a regic;nof parameters,such as, frequency, Doppler, and-sumbeamformer are: {1} elimination of the needfor high input sam- delay,etc. It isof greatinterest to determinethe possiblegains achievable plingrates to achieveacceptable beam patterns--the frequency-domain by the inclusionof all signalcontributions into the formationof a region approachis insensitive to thesampling rate provided it exceedsthe {band- statistic.This is formulated into the analysisof distribution mixtures pass}Nyquist rate; {2} reduction of high-beamside-lobe levels caused by whichis referredto asspread signal processing. To determinethe poten- malfunctioningarray elements--the •sponse of missingarray elements is tial gainsin this approach,a particularexample of signalplus noise and readilyestimated in the frequencydomain by interpolatingfrom the spec- noisedistributions wcrc analyzed for detection performanceas a function tra of neighboringsensors; {3} minimization. of hardwarerequirements-- of signallevel and the fractionof signalsamples. Simulation results indi- all stagesof signalprocessing {bandpass filtering, holefixing, beamform- cate an improvementover both the greatestsample and constantfalse ing, time-linereconstruction, and matchedfiltering} can be efficiently per- alarm rate statisticsfor intermediatevalues oftbe signalsample fraction. formedin a generalpurpose array processor.

2:11 2.-03 MM7. A study of the stutistical propertiesof broadbandsignals. Fred MMS. Frequencyspreads of broadbandsignals reflecting from a random W. Machell and Clark S. Penrod(Applied Research Laboratories, The surfnee.Michael H. Brill {ScienceApplications, Inc., 1710 Goodridge Universityof Texasat Austin, Austin, TX 78712-8029) Drive, P.O. Box 1303, McLean, VA 22102},Xavier Zabal {TRW, 7600 ColshireDrive, McLean, VA 22102), and Stanley L. Adams (Harris A commonassumption in the processingof broadbandacoustic sig- Corporation,Box 37, Melbourne,FL 32901) nalsis that the underlyingprocesses are Gaussian.Although Gaussian

S76 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $76 processesarise naturally in theocean acoustic environmen t, another moti- mateof the background.The spatialnormalization high-pass filtering vationfor theGaussian assumption is thedesire for analyticallytractable effecthas been calculated for a varietyof normalizationschemes for linear resultsand simplealgorithms. In this paper,a broadbandpropagation andcircular arrays. In general,the attenuation of the filteris 6 dB/oct at modelis used to analyzethe statistical properties of randomsignals propa- frequenciesmuch smaller than the design frequency of thearray. Specific gatedin a deepocean environment. In particular,measurements of the frequencyresponse curves are presented, and the ramificationsto broad- first-orderprobability density functions associated with the sourceand bandenergy detection are discussed.These include modifications to the receivedsignals will be presentedfor severalsource-receiver configura- designof the Eckart filter, and the reducednoise bias effects from aniso- tions.These measurements provide insight into the appropriatenessof a tropicremote shipping. Gaussianassumption in broadbandprocessing. They alsoillustrate the effectsof acousticpropagation mechanisms on thestatistical structure of a signal.Measurements of correlationfunctions are presentedto showthe 2:27 effectsof multipathpropagation. [Work supportedby theOffice of Naval Research.] MMll. Techniquesfor isolating resonancesin experimentallyobtained broadband acoustic echoes. S. K. Numrich, N.H. Dale, and L. R. Dragonette(Code 5132, Naval ResearchLaboratory, Washington, 2:15 DC 20375}

MMg. A precisionmethod of determiningwide-bandwidth pulse delay in Theoreticaldescriptions of thescattering behavior of solidand hollow highly dispersivemedia. Herbert R. Carleton and Howard Austerlitz elasticbodies submerged in water havebeen given in termsof the form functionof the body.These computations, usually carried out for a wide (Collegeof Engineeringand Applied Science,SUNY at Stony Brook, StonyBrook, NY 11794) rangeofka or frequencies,constitute a broadbandanalysis of the target's response.When performed in sphericalor cylindricalgeometries, the re- The highattenuation of certainclasses of materialsresult in extensive sultsof thecomputation can be separated into the rigidand purely elastic distortionof the transmittedpulse duc to dispersion.A systemhas been (or resonance}terms. Techniques have been developed for performing developcAwhich enables the measurement of theattenuation and phase of similarseparations in experimentallyobtained echoes for elastictargets. highlyabsorbrive materials over the frequencyrange of 0.1 to 20 MHz. Of particularinterest are the responsesfrom boundedfinite bodies for Usinga high-speeddata acquisition system and a dedicatedcomputer, the whichno analyticalmodel exists. Illustrations will includebackscattered delayand dispersioncomponent of the FFT transmissionspectrum are returnsfrom solid and hollow targets not amenable to analyticalsolution. separatelycomputed by usinga seriesof Hilbert transformsof the spec- In the caseof the hollowtargets, plate wavesgenerated by the incident trum. The minimumdelay component is first computedand subtracted soundwill be identifiedusing these broadband methods of targetinterro- fromthe phase spectrum• The resultingphase data arc then used to deter- gationand analysis. minethe puredelay component to a highdegree of accuracy.Experimen- tal resultswill be presentedon both modelsystems and on materialswith attenuationsas high as 100dB/cm anddispersion as high as 20%. 2:31

MM12. Performance of a broadband cross correlation detector. Peter

ß 2:19 S. Tong (PlanningSystems Incorporated, 7900 WestparkDrive, Suite 600, McLean, VA 22102} MM9. Determinationof the broadbandspectra for saturatedparametric sonars.R.J. Wyber•1 (Applied Research Laboratories, The University of Crosscorrelating the outputsof two spatiallyseparated sensors is one Texasat Austin, P.O. Box 8029, Austin, TX 78712-8029) wayto implementa broadbandpassive detector and bearing estimator. In the absenceof targets,the correlationfunction will be nearlyzero for all The determinationof the propagationof a finiteamplitude wave by delays,and in the presenceof a target,this function will peakat thedelay Burger'sequation is well known. ,Application of thissolution to parame- correspondingto the targetbearing provided the targetis motionless.If tricsonars generally involves modeling a plane wave in thenearfield and a thetarget is moving, the signal received at thetwo sensors will experience sphericalwave in thefarfield. The transition between these regions is not differentamounts of time compression,and as a result the correlation welldefined and generally involves an arbitrarychoice of a transition functionwill not reachits peakvalue. Exact expressions for thisdegrada- region.To avoidthis requirement and to allowthe solution for a broad- tion are obtainedin termsof targetgeometry, target velocity, signal fre- bandparametric sonar to be extended to thefinite amplitude case, a model quency,bandwidth, and coherentintegration time. Theseexpressions, hasbeen developed based on the approximation that the nonlinear losses althoughadequate for performancecomputation in a givensituation, are in the fundamentalare due entirelyto the work doneon the nonlinear too complexfor systemtrade-off studies. Greatly simplified expressions sourcefunction. The model developed issimilar in principleto thatof H. arederived in thispaper which give valuable insight into the relationships Merklinger[J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 54, 1760-1761•1973)], except that the of themany variables and are more suitable for systemdesign and evalua- ad hocestimate of the nonlinearsource function is replaced by an integral tion. of theprimary intensity. This solution is extended to allowfor broadband sourcesignals up to l-octbandwidth. A solutionis obtained for thespec- trumof thetotal power in theprimary beam, which is independent of the 2:35 cross-sectionalarea of the beam and is thus valid in both the nearfieldand MM13. A processingsystem for acoustic reciprocal transmission farfield. ,I The author is on attachment from R. A. N. ResearchLaborato- experiments.H. Nguyenand H. A. DcFcrrari (Divisionof Ocean ries,P.O. Box706, Darlinghurst,Australia 2010. Engineering,Roscnsteil School of Marineand AtmosphericScience, Universityof Miami, Miami, FL 33149-1098) 2:23 Broadbandsignals such as linearmaximal pseudorandom sequences MM10. Spectral high-passfiltering effects of broadband spatial (LMPRS}find many applications in acoustic remote sensing in theocean. Wc havedesigned a system which both transmits and receives LMPRS normalization.Robert Peri (Bolt Betarickand Newman,Inc., 1300N. entirelyunder microprocessor control. Timing of theexperiments, gen- 17th Street,Arlington, VA 222091 erationsof the transmittedsignals, and coherencesampling of the re- Broadbandenergy detection is dependent upon a reliableestimate of ccivedsignal are accomplished with a low-power-consumingRCA 1802 the noisebackground. The energyat the outputof a beamof an acoustic processor.Parameters of theexperiment can bc set by software making array is usuallycompared to the meanenergy of its neighboringbeams, possiblea varietyof experimentswithout hardware modifications. The and a detectionis declaredif a largediscrepancy exists. This processof systemis battery powered and is designed tooperate for periods of months spatialnormalization isequivalent to a high-passfilter which attenuates at sea.Three systems have been constructed for acousticreciprocal trans- thosespectral components which are substantially smaller than the design missionexperiments in the Florida Straits and are now being tested. The frequencyof the array.This effectarises because of the substantialbeam systemwill be described along with preliminary results from experiments. overlapat lowerfrequencies which precludes a totallyindependent esti- [Worksupported by ONR andNOAA.]

$?? J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983. 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S77 2'.39 atedon two setsof data.The firstset was comprised of nineindependent underwatertransient sources. The percentof correctrecognition of SIG- MMI4. Bandlimited cross correlation in a multipath environment: NET in that evaluationranged from 93 to 98. The seconddata •et was Simulation study results. Peter D. Herstein, Helen M. Steinberg, froma strongimpulsive seismic source. The percentof correctrecognition Bernard F. Cole, and Henry Weinberg {Naval Underwater Systems was 97. The mathematical foundation of SIGNET was also used success- Center,New London,CT 06320} fullyas a basisfor a multiplesource identification technique. [Work sup- The techniqueof intersensorcross correlation of acousticsignals is portedby ONR/EnvironmentalSciences.] usedto obtainsuch information as the spatialcohenrice of the environ- mentor the positionparameters of a broadbandsource. In general,acous- 2:51 tic energypropagates from a sourceto a sensoralong multiple raypaths. However,cross-correlation performance is frequentlyanalyzed in terms MMI7. Passivesource ranging by usingmode filtering and mode phase of a singlewavefront (planar) model. For the planar model,the signal comparingin waveguide.E. C. Shang,C. S. Clay, and Y. Y. Wang receivedat eachsensor is approximatedas the sumof the delayedand {Departmentof Geologyand Geophysics,University of Wisconsin- attenuatedsource signal plus uncorrelated Gaussian noise. This enables Madison,Madison, WI 53706} the useof performancecriterion based on receiversignal-to-noise ratios. Extensiveanalysis of cross-correlationperformance under the assump- The conventionalbeamforming technique could not beused for source tion of the planarmodel has been reported [G. C. Carter, IEEE Trans. locatingin waveguideowing to the modal interferencestructure of the Acoust.Speech Signal Process. ASSP-29{3} {1981}]. In thisp,"per, model- field.In this papera new methodof passivesource ranging in a layered ingof thecross correlation between two sensorsis extendedto analyzethe waveguidehas been proposed. The mode-filteringprocessor was used to situationof a bandlimitedsignal propagating in a multipathenvironment. processthe field data of a verticalarray in order to obtain individual Usingthe genericsonar model {H. Weinberg,NUSC TD 597IC), a repre- modes.The sourcerange information can be extracted by measurementof sentativedeep ocean configuration was simulated in whichthe propaga- threeindividual mode phases. The sourcerange was expressed in termsof tion wasdominated by four first-orderbottom bounce type rays. Results the "modeinterference distance" as following:r = LoD• + d%; Ar•i are presentedas functions of{a} the rangeand bearingof the source,and {b} ----D O {6•0/2rr), where L,• is a certaininteger; 5q• o isthe phase difference of tbe verticaltilt of the baselineof the sensors.It is shownthat multipath theith modeand thejth mode;D r is the"mode interference distance" effectscan profoundlyeffect the levelof the normalizedcross-correlation deftnell.by: D,j = 2rr/(k,- kj);k, isthe wavenumber ofthe ith modegiv- peak. Signal-to-noiseratio at eachsensor is found to be an inadequate enby a numericalmode code. The information of Lo canbe estimated by estimatorof correlationperformance for this typeof multipathenviron- meansof comparingthe phase oftbejth modewith anothermode, say ruth ment.[This work wassponsored by the NavalSea Systems Command, mode,and thenL• wasestimated by solvingthe followingequation: Washington,DC.] (5•,•/2rr)= Fractionalpart { ( D,•/D•,,) [L,• +

2:55 2:43 MM18. Models of fluid structure interactions to optimize acoustics MMI5. Energy partitioning and optical-to-acoustic conversion performanceof sonar systems.Jacqueline Larcher, Jean-Marc Parot, efficiencyduring laser generation of underwatersound. Allan D. Pierce and Jean-PaulBerhault ISoci6t6METRAVIB, BP 182, 69132 Ecully (Schoolof ME, Georgia Instituteof Technology,Atlanta, GA 30332) Cedex 2, France)

Two mechanisms(thermoacoustic and ablative)are consideredwith In sona•systems, the interaction of transducerelements with theinner regardto how muchoptical energy is eventuallytransformed into sound. dome cavity and the boundarylayer with the dome structureaffect the The analysisof the former beginswith a fluid dynamic analysisof the overall acousticperformance of the systemin termsof aberrationsand generationof entropyand acousticmodal fields taking into accountvis- self-noise.Simple mathematicalmodels have beenderived to represent cosityand thermal ennduction. The acousticmodal field satisfies the Wes- both phenomena.For acousticaberrations resulting from coupling tervelt-Larsoninhomogeneous wave equation while the entropymodal betweenthe transducerand the acousticcavity plusdome structure, an field satisfiesa transientheat conductioncquation with similar source analyticnumerical model has been used to identifysignificant technologi- term. The derivationdemonstrates that the Westervelt-Larson.equation cal parameterscontrolling the performance.A statisticalenergetic model is valid undermuch broader circumstances than waspreviously asserted describescoupling between the hydrodynamicboundary layer, the dome by Bozhkovand Bunkin.The bulk of theabsorbed optical energy goes into dynamicstructural behavior and the inner sonarcavity. Experimental the entropymode, but the acousticportion can be enhanced if the spatial data havebeen collected on full scaleand modelsonar structures repre- and temporaldependence of theenergy deposition resembles a solution of sentingrealistic excitation and loadsconditions. Results of theoretical the wave equation,such that initially generatedwaves are continually modelsand experimentaldata show good agreementon the effectsof pumpedby the source.An upperlimit to lbe conversionefficiency is of cavity modesand area massfor acousticaberrations and of dome struc- order( fi /pcp•pma, , where fi iscoefficient of thermalexpansion and p•,• x is tural dynamicproperties for hydrodynamicself-noise. maximum attained (by sourcepumping) acoustic pressure in the source

region.Ablation generates sound because of the recoilforce acting on the 2:59 surfacewhen evaporated material jets off;the correspondingacoustic ra- diationefficiency is estimatedusing a modelproposed by Bunkinet al. MM19. A comparisonofbreadband sonar discrimination between human [JETP Lett. 13, 341-343 (1971}].[Work supportedby ONR.] listenersand a filter bank model.Douglas W. Martin and Whirlow W. L. Au (Naval OceanSystems Center, P.O. Box 997, Kailua, HI 967341

Broadband sonar discrimination capabilities of human listeners as a 2.'•7 functionof signal-to-noiseratio werecompared with the constant-Qfilter MMI6. Pattern recognitionby meansof a hybrid adaptiveautoregressive bank modelof Chestnut,Landsman, and Floyd [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 66, processingsystem. Bonnie Schnitta-lsraei IKLD Assoc., Inc., East 140-147(1979}]. A 48-s pulse(122-kHz peakfrequency, 39-kHz 3-dB HamptonField Office,94 PantigoRoad, E. Hampton,N¾ 11937} bandwidth)was usedto collect echoesfrom aluminum, glass,and bronze cylinders.Discrimination experiments were performedin pairs,alumi- An automaticpattern recognition algorithm, consisting of eventde- num-glass,hollow-solid aluminum, and aluminum-bronze.A modified tection, featureextraction, and a decisionprocess, was developed.The method of constants with the noise levels randomized in ten-trial blocks completeprocessing system was labeled SIGNET. The featureextraction and the signalstime-expanded into audio frequencieswere usedin the aspectof SIGNET formulatedthe autoregressive IAR} coefficientsfrom a humanexperiments. Thirty contiguousfilters covering a frequencyband hybrid adaptive AR algorithm in combinationwith a weightedlinear of 50 to 200 kHz wereused in the constant-Qmodel. The humanlisteners thresholdelement into a linear prediction residual{LPR}. The structure of performedsignificantly better than the computer model, requiring at least the data sequencewas then identifiedby extractingthose LPR segments, 5 dB lesssignal-to-noise ratio at the 75% correct threshold.Listeners which establishedcvent type boundaryphenomena. SICINET was evalu- reportedthat dominantcues occurred in the time domain.

$78 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of Amedca S78 3:03 isticsare complicated and frequency dependent. Typically the response is reducednear grazing incidence.When a beam is formed for maximum MM20. Dependenceof array gain on aperture angle for cylindrical and responsein a selecteddirection, increasing the apertureto includeele- mentsfor whichthe selectedbeam direction is neargrazing is inefficientin sphericalarray s of directional sensors. Henry Cox and J. Michael Steele (BoltBeranek and NewmanInc., 1300North 17thStreet, Arlington, VA increasingarray signalgain and may actuallylead to a lossin signal-to- 22209} noiseratio. The arraygain dependence upon aperture angle for cylindrical and sphericalarrays is presentedfor parametricfamilies of effectiveele- When receivingarrays are placedon air-backedstructures in water, mentdirectivities. Both uniformand optimumshadings are considered. the effectof the structureor baffleis to alter the responseof the hydro- Resultsare presentedin the formof parametriccurves which can be used phonesfrom theirfree field characteristics. The exactresponse character- in systemdesign tradeoffs.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, I0 NOVEMBER 1983 SUNSET ROOM, 1:30 P.M.

Joint Meeting of Standards Committees S1 and S3 The activitiesof Sl will bediscussed first, proceeding to mattersof interestto bothSI and S3, andconcluding with S3 activities.

Meeting of StandardsCommittee S1 on Acoustics

T. F. W. Embleton, Chairman S 1 National ResearchCouncil, Division of Physics,Montreal Road, Ottawa, Ontario,K1A OR6, Canada StandardsCommittee S1, Acoustics.Working group chairs will reporton their progressin the preparationof standards,methods of measurementand testing, and terminology in physicalacoustics, eleftroacoustics, son- ics, ultrasonics,and underwatersound. Work in progressincludes measurement of atmosphericabsorption, noisesources, noise dosimeters, integrating-averaging sound-level meters, and revision and extension of sound levelmeter specifications. Open discussion of committeereports is encouraged.

Meeting of StandardsCommittee S3 on Bioacoustics

W. A. Yost, Chairman S3 National ScienceFoundation, Sensory Physiology & Perception,Washington, DC 20550 StandardsCommittees S3, Bioacoustics.The currentstatus of standardsunder preparation will be discussed. In additionto thosetopics of interestincluding hearing conservation, dosimeters, hearing aids, etc., considera- tion will be givento newstandards which might be neededover the next few years.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 DEL MAR/HELIX/SANTA FE ROOMS, 2:00 to 5:20 P.M.

SessionNN. Musical AcousticsVI: Music Perception and Cognition

Diana M. Deutsch, Chairman Centerfor Human InformationProcessing, University of California,San Diego,La Jolla, California92093

Chairman's Introduction--2:00

Invited Papers

2:05

NNI. Dieboric listening to musical sequences:Relationship to hemisphericspecialization of function. Diana Deutsch(Center for Human InformationProcessing, University of California,San Diego, La Jolla,CA 92093)

S79 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1083 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $79 It isgenerally assumed that patterns of earadvantage in dichoticlistening reflect greater involvement of the hemispherecontralateral to the preferredear. This assumptionis criticallyreviewed with respectto musical materials.A setof experimentsis describedwhich demonstratethe presenceof a left-right anisotropyin the perceptionof frequencycombinations. When two frequenciesare simultaneouslypresented in a sequential setting,perception of thesefrequencies is superiorwhen the higheris to the right andthe lowerto the left than whenthe higheris to the left and the lowerto the right. Localizationis alsomore accurate when the higher frequencyis to theright and the lowerto the left.These phenomena are shown to giverise to apparentpatterns of ear advantage,whose direction may vary dependingon such factorsas overall error rate and listening strategy.Such apparent ear advantagesshould not be takenas reflectinggreater involvement of the contrala- teral hemisphere.Implications for patternsof ear advantagereported for speechmaterials are alsodiscussed. [Work supportedby NIMH.]

2:3S

NN2. Neuropsyehologyof music:A erltieal reviewof pastwork and future perspectives.Oscar S. M. Marin (Departmentof Neurology,Good Samaritan Hospital and MedicalCenter, Portland, OR 97201) Localizedbrain lesions may result in disordersof musicperception, recognition, reading, or mayalter vocal or instrumentalperformance. Amusias appear in this way to be disordersin .thefield of musicequivalent to thoseencountered in aphasias,agnosias, or apraxiasin theareas of languageand speech, visual perception, and generalmotor skills. Thus, amusias pose the same problems with respectto hemisphericspecialization, and localizationof function.The relationshipbetween nervous structure and function, brain localization or special- ized brain processorsto a particularbehavior depends largely on the cognitivestructure and characteristicsof the systemon whichsuch behavior is based.Thus it depends,for instance,on how constant,stable, or universal thecognitive system is; it dependson the sensory modalities on which it isbased, on its requirements for sensory perceptualanalysis, on its highercognitive codes or categories,on its useof informationstorage systems, syntacticalgorithms, and linkagesto othersystems. In light of thesefactors, a reviewof the clinicalliterature of thevarious types ofamusias will bepresented. Parallelisms or contrastswith equivalentdisorders of speechand language,and visualperceptual disorders will be discussed.

3.-05

NN3. Relative and absolutepitch perceptionby birds.Stewart H. Hulse (Departmentof Psychology,The JohnsHopkins University, Baltimore, MD 21218) Europeanstarlings {Sturnus uulgaris) were trained to discriminatea classof rule-based,four tone ascending pitchpatterns from a comparableclass of descendingpitch patterns. Then a seriesof transfertests examined the birds'ability to maintainthe discriminationunder various transformations of the originalpitch stimuli.The birdsperformed well when shifts in toneheight occurred to novelexemplars within the originalpitch training range,but not when shiftsoccurred to novelexemplars outside that range.When informationabout the directionof pitchchange was reduced by shorteningthe patterns,the birdscould solve the discriminationon thebasis of the firsttwo tonesin a pattern,although performance improved as pattern length and, therefore, amountof informationincreased. The sameseries of transfersshowed that in producingaccurate discrimina- tion the birdswere using pitch cues based on bothan absoluteand relativeperception of pitch.The data have implicationsfor a comparativestudy of informationprocessing in pitchperception.

3:35

NN4. Music of the animals. Edward C. CartercUe and Carl ShipIcy (Departmentsof Psychologyand Physiology,and The BrainResearch Institute, University of California,Los Angeles, 405 HilgardAvenue, Los Angeles,CA 90024) We examinethe questionand somepossible answers of whetheranimals make and appreciatemusic. We takeas the materialof musicsuch aspects as pitch, intensity, timbre, texture, harmony, frequency modulation, and durationas well as rhythm which isjust the interactionof all theseaspects in structuredpatterns. Our answeris that a lot of God'schillun got rhythm.

4:05

NN5. Perception of rhythmic structures. I_ J_ Hirsh (Washington University and Central Institute for the Deaf, St. Louis, MO 63110)

The concernof auditoryresearch with pitch and spectrumhas led to an emphasison individualphoneroes in speechand on notesin music.Even the sequentialproperties of transitionsin speechor of melodyin music haveemphasized changes in spectrum.While rhythmicstructures often are aspectsof suchpatterns, they may be studiedin a "pure" form. The rhythmicgrouping reported since the late 19th centurywas an interesting observation,but did not leadmuch further. Also, early studieson listeners'hearing of rhythmicpatterns may havebccn much affected by an imitative,tapping response, accompanied by characteristicsof a motor system. Seashore,in histest of musicalaptitudes, studied rhythmic perception through a same-differentprocedure but did notexploit the technique toward notions of stimuluscomplexity, or goodor easystructures. Whether such patternproperties will accordwith Martin'ssyllabic structures, or Garner'sgroups of runsand gaps,remains to be workedout by studieson recognitionand discrimination.Data from a studyalong these lines will be discussed.[Work supportedby NINCDS.]

S80 d. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1. VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $80 4:35

NN6. The role of anralizatlonin pitch or tonality recognition.'6/. Dixon Ward (HearingResearch Laboratory,University of Minnesota,2630 University Avenue SE, Minneapolis, MN 55414) PreviOusresearch [E.Terhardt andW. D. Wa/'d, J.Acoust. Sac. Am. 72, 26-33 (1982)] has shown that most trainedpianists can tell when a particularselection from Bach's "Well-Tempered Clavichord" has been shifted upwardor downwardin keyfrom the original signature, performing at a levelsignificantly bette• than chance evenwhen this transposition is only onesemit. This resultimplies that thesepersons posses some form of absolutepitch, or absolutetonality, even though they claim little or no abilityto nameisolated pitches. The desreeto whichthis recognition process depends on anralization{anticipation of how the excerptshould sound)arising either from the oral announcementof the correctkey that precedeseach excerpt or from the (untransposed}visible score on the answersheet was examined by removingthese cues. Performance declined slightlybut remained above chance, indicating that auralization, while helpful, is not essential. So unless there isa"best" key for anygiven piano composition, and Bach unerringly chose it, thesepianists' recognition of transpositionwas based at leastpartly on long-termmemory of the excerptsas heardin theoriginal key. [Researchsupported by the Bryng Bryngelson Communication Disorders Research Fund.]

ContributedPaper

$:05 the failure to generalizeis duc to the simultaneousactive processing of pitch or the inability to make generalizationsfrom simplefrequencies. NN?. Frequencygeneralization ennstrained by pitchprocessing in the Four wildcaughtadult starlingswere trained to peckat a lit key only on Europeanstarling? Jeffrey Cynx (Department of Psychology,The $ohns trials during which a 2000-Hz tonewas absent. Once discrimination was HopkinsUniversity, Baltimore, MD 21218) achieved,probes were introducedevery other sessionatp = 0.50 to de- terminegeneralization from 1000to 4000 Hz. Findingsare in agreement Earlier work with pitch processinghas shown that the Europeanstar- with earlierwork, usinga PayJovianprocedure, which indicated a range ling (Sturnusvulgaris}--unlike humans•fails to transferlearned pitch constraintfor frequencies[J. E. Trainer,"The auditoryacuity of certain discriminationsout of theoriginal frequency range (S. Hulse, J. Cynx,and birds,"unpublished doctoral dissertation, Cornell Univ. (1946}],but also J. Humpal,"Effects of shiftin pitchcontext on serialpitch perception in showthat the constraintis interactivewith the processingof relativeand birds,"in preparation}.The p•sent workwas undertaken to determineif absolutepitch information.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 CHAMBER ROOM, 2:00 TO 5:00 P.M.

Session00. Engineering AcousticsV: Transients

Peter R. Stepanishen,Chairman Departmentof OceanEngineering, University of RhodeIsland, Kingston,Rhode Island 02881,

Chairman's Introduction---2:00

Invited Papers

2.'05

OO1. The physicsofacoustlc transients. Miguel C. Junger(Cambridge Acoustical Associates, Inc., 54 Rindge AvenueExtension, Cambridge, MA 02140}

Many if not most soundfields, whether natural or man-generated,desirable or objectionable,are too transitoryto beapproximated with steady-statesolutions. Furthermore, transient pulses are usedincreasingly to explorethe frequencydependent characteristics of waveguides,geological formations, and echo-ranging targets.This shiftsthe burdenfrom effectivelysteady-state measurements at variousfrequencies to signal processingof transientsignals, an evolutionfacilitated by today'scomputer capability. In spiteof their impor- tance,transients are effectively ignored in standardtext books with theexception of applicationoriented fields suchas room acoustics and loudspeaker theory. This reviewpaper deals with basicphenomena associated with impulsivelyaccelerated and decelerated boundaries. Transient radiation loading and farfields are described for planarand convex pulse generators. Energy partition between incomp•ssible nearfield and acoustic farfield is illustrated.Finally, requirementsare formulatedfor the equivalenceof transientand cw scatteringmeasure- ments.

2:30

002. Time domain methodsof investigatingacoustic transient phenomenain arrays. P. $tepanishen (Departmentof OceanEngineering, University of RhodeIsland. Kingston, RI 02881)

S81 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Sociely of America A reviewof linearacoustic transient phenomena in activearrays is presented.Such transients occur as a resultof the finitebandwidth of the elements,the time delay causedby the propagationeffects in the medium, and acousticinteraction effects among the elements.The characteristicsof acousticradiation from a time dependentmonopolc and dipolesources are firstdiscussed to addresssuch phenomena. These results arc then extendedto distributedsources where the importanceof edgeeffects is clearlyobserved and discussed.Retard- edpotential methods to accountfor theeffects of boundarieson thetransient acoustic field are then presented. Suchmethods led to thedevelopment of impulseresponse techniques of evaluatingacoustic transient phenom- ena.The impulseresponse technique is discussedin detailand numericalresults are presentedto illustrate transientacoustic pressure field and elementinteraction phenomena in activearrays.

2:55

003. Transient effects in acousticscattering and radiation problems.G. C. Gann•urd (Naval Surface WeaponsCenter, R43, SilverSpring, MD 20910) We considerexamples of acousticradiation and scatteringproblems that we haveworked out overthe years wheretransient effects are investigated.In chronologicalorder, we first studythe soundradiation emitted by {multipole)point sources of varioustypes, undergoing accelerated motions along various rectilinear, circular, or helicoidalpaths. Changes in sourceacceleration results in anemission of a transientburst of radiation,and in a "headlight" effect, that we have quantitativelyexamined by techniquessimilar to those developedby J. Schwingerfor acceleratedelectrons. We thenanalyze the scatteringof a sound5-pulse incident on a rigid sphere.When the transientpulse hits the sphere,it givesit its momentumand makes it undergoan impulsive accelerationin the samedirection by radiationpressore. The so-calledKirchhoff solution [G. R. Kirchhoff, Mechanic(Teubner, Leipzig, 1883-one hundred years ago!) 3rd. ed., pp. 316-320] for theradiation field from an impulsivelyaccelerated sphere is shown to exactlycoincide with thefirst-order terms of thecomplete scattered fieldexpression that we haveobtained via the ResonanceScattering Theory (RST). This exhibitsvery enlight- eningconnections between transient solutions of radiationand scatteringproblems.

3:20

004. Transient acoustic sources. John V. Bouyoucos,David E. Nelson, and Roger L. Selsam (HydroacousticsInc., P.O. Box 23447,Rochester, N¾ 14692)

The characteristics of several different classesof transient, underwater acoustic sourcesare set forth and compared.Two relativelynew sources---the water gun and imploding piston source--are compared with more well-establishedexplosive devices and air guns.Characteristics examined include spectral features, efficiency of energyconversion, peak source levels, size, weight, and depthdependence. In addition,the performance advantagesand limitationsof the varioussource types in multi-sourcearrays is discussed.

ContributedPapers

3:45 purposeof thesetechniques is to generateadditional surface vibration dataat regionsof sparseobservations and in betweengaps of existingdata 00•. Transientsound radiation from a clampedcircular plate•Impulse to obtainsmooth surface vibration data. The developmentof the interpo- responsemethod. Adnan Akay and Michael Latcha {Mechanical lationtechniques is basedon the equally spaced data points and the meth- EngineeringDepartment, Wayne State University, Detroit, MI 48202} od of undetermined coefficients, given by the equation, A theoreticalanalysis of transientsound radiation from a clamped a.{O,O)=a.{x,y)-{k•x+k2y+k_•x-•+k4xy+k•y•), where k•, circularplate is obtainedusing a pressureimpulse response method. The k•,k•, k4,and k sare thecoefficients needed for the bestfit of the curvein vibrationresponse of the plateto a transientpoint force is obtained.The order to relate the unknown surfacevibration a.O,O) with the known modalpressure impulse response functions for the platearc derivedfrom surfacevibration a.{ x,y). An expressionfor the relativeerror has also the Rayleighsurface integral and numerically convoluted with the modal beenderived. This expressionprovides information about the vibration accelerationresponse of the plate.The impulseresponse functions are distributionover the fiat surfaceand henceabout the applicabilityof the closelyrelated to the modeshapes and the geometryof the problem.They interpolationtechniques. The resultsof theapplication of thesetwo inter- relatethe spatialdomain to the temporaldomain of the pressurewaves. polationtechniques based on an availableset of testdata are reported here, The pressureimpulse response waveforms are given for a numberof plate andare compared with themeasured sound pressure levels in the farfield. modesand the changesin the waveformswith distancefrom the plateare "Present address:C. F. Braunand Co., ChemicalEngineering Depart- shown.Sound radiation due to forcedand free vibrationsof the plateare ment, 1000 South Fremont Avenue, Alhambra, CA 91802. discussed.The resultsare compared with thoseobtained by directnumeri- cal integration of the Rayleigh surface integral and the experiments. [Work supportedby WSU and NSF.] 4:15

007. The Rayleigh distanceand geometricnearfield size for nonplane soundradiators. Herbert L. Kuntz (Hoover Keith and Bruce Inc., 9730 Town Park, #108, Houston,TX 77036},Elmer L. Hixson (Department 006. Interpolation techniquesfor soundradiation predictionfrom a fiat of ElectricalEngineering, The Universityof Texas,Austin, TX 78712), vibrating surface. Pranab Saha,'• and Allan D. Pierce (School of and William W. Ryan, Jr. •Harding University, Searcy,AR 72143} MechanicalEngineering, Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, GA The geometricnearfield of a finiteacoustic radiator is thearea around 30332) the radiator where the soundpressure level doesnot follow sphericalor In an attemptto developa modelof flat surfacevibrations to make cylindricalspreading. The geometricnearfield has been studied extensive- accuratefarfield sound radiation predictions,two interpolationtech- ly for circular and rectangularpiston radiators.The Rayleigh distance niques{ 12-pointformula and 24-point formula) have been developed. The D = kaZ/2, where4 = 2•rf/c, f is the frequency.c is the sound

S82 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S82 speed,and a is half the largestdimension, has been used to approximate theacoustic radiation. Jet stability of thedriving mechanism is discussed the sizeof the geometricnearfield of planeradiators. We foundthat, for relativeto thenormal mode ofvibration of thehemisphere. The bemisphe- variouslyshaped radiators, the Rayleigh distance is usefulin approximat- rical displacementsare presentedas a sumof resonantmodes and forced ing the geometricnearfield size. As with planeradiators, we foundlarge modeswhich are in turn employedin a parametricstudy of optimizing SPL changeswith radialdistance in thegeometric nearfield. One implica- acousticoutput. Results include analysis of resonantvibration modes and tionis that in noisyenvironments, where the SPL arounda largemachine predictionof acousticradiation in both the nearfieldand the farfield. may, necessarily,be measuredin the nearfield,the soundpower contribu- Experimentaldata are compared with the modeland future experiments tion to the soundfield can be grosslyunderestimated. Knowledge of the are presented. nearfieldsize may be usefulin industrialsituations for determiningthe 4:45 validity of soundpower estimates. [Work supportedby the U.S. Coast Guard.] 009. Diffraction at a fixed point on a fluid-loadedplate. R. V. Waterhouseand F. S. Archibald{David Taylor Naval Ship R&D 4:30 Center,Code 194,Bethesda, MD 20084I

008. Tow-powered low-frequency sound source. H. C. Sehau, A. At the lastmeeting, some theoretical results were presented for the L. Van Buren (Naval Research Laboratory, Uoderwater Sound nearfielddiffraction pattern formed by planebending waves passing a ReferenceDetachment, P.O. Box 8337, Orlando, FL 32856), and F. fixedpoint on a thin elasticplate in vacuo.This case is a goodapproxima- J. Radosta(Embry-Riddle Aeronautical University, Daytona Beach,FL tionto a metalplate in air, but not to a metalplate with wateron oneor 32014) bothsides. The latter case is of interest,for example, when the plate repre- sentsthe hull of a ship,and in the presentwork the previousanalysis is A novelmethod for productionof low-frequencysound from a sub- extendedto this case.The fluid loadingadds a third dimensionto the mergedrigid bodywith a clampedgas-filled hemispherical membrane is problem,as now some of the acousticenergy is transferred from the plate discussed.The deviceis driven hydrodynamically through the motionof a to thewater. The expressionfor thesound pressure contains a complicat- shipor othertowing vehicle. Analytical models are developedfor the ed integralwhich must be evaluated numerically. The integralcontains a devicewhich includes both bending and membranetheories for the shell fifthdegree polynomial in thedenominator, the five roots of whichcontri- deformationswith the inclusionof the pressuresfrom the drivingjet and butefive polesto the integrand.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 CALIFORNIA ROOM, 1:30 TO 4:35 P.M.

Session D. Architectural Acoustics II: The Technical Committee on Architectural Acoustics V. O. KnudsenDistinguished Lecture

William J. Cavanaugh,Chairman CavanaughTocci Associates, 18 Main Street,Natick, Massachusetts01760

Chairman's Introduction---l:30

Invited Paper

1'35

DI. Somerefieetiona on roomaeousties. Cyril M. Harris(Columbia University, New York, NY 10027} Thispaper reviews selected aspects of thefield of roomacoustics, emphasizing the contributions ofV. O. Knudsenand his close associates and former students. The workdone by theauthor with Knudsenin establish- ingso-called "optimum" reverberation time curves for "AcousticalDesigning in Architecture"is discussed. Finally,the author describes what he considers the most important unsolved problem in roomacoustics and givessuggestions for an approachthat may be usefulin its solution.

SessionPP. ArchitecturalAcoustics VI: RoomAcoustical Design, Assessment, Modeling, and Simulation

R. LawrenceKirkegaard, Chairman R. L. Kirkegaardand Associates, 125 Everest Road, Lombard, Illinois 60148

Chairman's Introduction--2:30

ContributedPapers 2:35 ington Center, a multipurposeperforming arts facility in Olympia, Washington,USA. In responseto the programmaticemphasis on high- PPI. An auditoriumdesign based upon subjectively optimal acousticsfor quality acousticsfor orchestralmusic, the architecturalconfiguration The Washington Center, Olympia, Washington, USA. Yoichi Ando progressedfrom a wide, single-balconyscheme to one that is narrower (Faculty of Engineering, Kobe University, Kobe, Japan) and with two balconies.The acousticaldesign effort was concentrated on the Dennis Noson (Noson & Associates,2605 East Lynn Street, Seattle, WA size and shape of wall reflectors, room asymmetry, and diffusing ele- 981•2) ments.The first reflectiontime delay, binaural dissimilarity,and total energyof the soundfield were predictedwith a computermodel of the Reeentlyd•veloped acoustical design criteria, derivedfrom an ex- auditorium.Adjustments were made to the shape,cheeked by computer, haustiveprogram ofsubjeetive testing at KobeUniversity and the Univer- andsynthesized into thearchitectural design, arriving at optimumvalues sityot G•Sttingeo,have b•n appliedto the acoustical design of The Wash- for selected seat locations.

S83 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S83 2:50 3:35

PP2. Comparisonof acousticexperience of studiorecordings and live PP5. Music performanceacoustics and room shape:An investigation concerts.Alexandra G. Sotiropoulouand David B. Fleming(University employingan imagesmodel of roomacoustics. Nicholas A. Edwards College,London, England and Technical University of Athens,Athens, (ArtecConsultants, 1no., 254 SeventhAvenue, New York, NY 10001) Greece} Critical listenersoften observe that rectangular(shoe box) rooms have It hasbeen common in recentyears to userecorded music in the inves- "betteracoustics" for musicthan fan shapedrooms of similarsize. In this tigationof sobjectivequalities of concerthall acoustics. The object of this paperwe examine the relationship between room shape and some physical paperis to compare experimental results from recorded music evaluations aspectsof soundfields in the room.The tool for our analysishas been a and live concertevaluations. A list of 54 oppositelabels describing acous- geometricacoustics {images) model implementedon a microcomputer. tic qualitiesof concerthalls were used at thepoles of bipolarrating scales Three-dimensionalimpulse responses have been computed for somesim- in the evaluationof studiorecordings. The rawjudgments were analyzed ple fan-shaped,reverse-fan-shaped, and rectangularrooms. Various by factor analysisand five independentfactors were produced,namely meansof graphicaldisplay are used to pointout thosetrends in the time body,clarity, tonal quality, extent, and proximity.The validityof these andspace distributions of the impulseresponse that are tied to thefunda- resultswas then testedin the environmentalcomplexity of live concert mentalshape of the room.Lateralization of the soundfield and develop- conditions.To thisend 27 scaleswere evolved to representthe previously ment of the reverberantfield are two acousticalprocesses in particular obtained factors and were used at three live concert evaluations. Four to that havetheir rootsin the architectureof the space.Drawing on the past fiveindependent factors were produced depending on the concertsitua- two decadesof researchinto the influencethat the directionof arriving tion. Four of thesefactors, namely body, clarity, tonal quality, and prox- soundhas on listenerperceptions and preferences for music,we identify imityhad also previously emerged; two factors which emerged only in the links betweenthe "sound"of a room and its shape. live concertswere spaciousness and intimacy[A. G. Sotiropoulouet aL, Proe. Inst. Acoust.,Edinburgh { 1982}].These results show that thereare 3:50 independentsets of acousticqualities (factors) common to the studiore- PP6. Mathematical and computationalissues in the deeonvolutionof a cordingsused in this studyand to live concerts. finite-length wavelet from a room impulse response under noisy conditions.John P. Walsh IArtec ConsultantsInc., 245 SeventhAvenue, 3:05 New York, NY 10001, and Artec/Ars Nova Research, 230 West 15th PP3. Cliff Temple Baptist Church: Acousticsfor worshipand recording. Avenue,Vancouver, Canada VSY IX9} Russell C. Campbell (General Dynamics, Fort Worth, TX and The theoreticaland computational issues which arise in thedesign and Departmentof Physics,Texas ChristianUniversity, Fort Worth, TX useof algorithmsfor digital aleconvolutionare discussed.Derivation of 76129)and RichardJ. Lysiak(Department of Physics,Texas Christian room impulseresponses from measurementsmade using source signals University,Fort Worth, TX 76129) whichdo not exhibitdelta functionbehavior, under noisyconditions im- Cliff TempleBaptist Church, locatedin Dallas,Texas, prides itself on posedby both the ambientconditions on-site and finite precisionin the its excellentmusic facilities which are not only usedfor worship,but also applicationof the deconvolutionfilter, form the focusof the paper.The for recordingRCA's DallasSymphony series of digitalRed Sealalbums. genealogyof thesemethods in the literatureof time seriesanalysis, geo- Reviewerssuch as David Hall [StereoRev. 46, 76 (1981)]have highly physicalsignal processing, and digital image restoration is described.

praisedthe acousticsof Cliff Temple,as well deservedaccording to this 4:05 study. Four typesof objectivedata consistingof noisemeasurements, echograms,reverberation plots, and characteristicspectra, are usedto PLY/. Acoustics of coupled spacesrelative to assisted reverberation. determinesound field characteristics present in the hall. Usingwide dy- Bruce E. Walker (Consulting and Research in Acoustics, 2659 namicrange analysis techniques JR. Campbell and R. Lysiak,Bull. Am. TownsgateRoad, Suite 101, WestlakeVillage, CA 91361)and Ludwig Phys.Soc. 28, 200(1983)] greatly enhanced the measurement of acoustical W. Sepmeyer(Consulting Engineer, 1862 Comstock Avenue, Los parameters,giving insight into the subjectivelyperceived superb acousti- Angeles,CA cal qualities.The objectivedata is then appliedto subjectivecategories whichare usedfor comparisonof Cliff TempleBaptist Church with other Onemethod of providingvariable reverberation in an auditoriumis to facilities.JR. Campbell, M. S. thesis,Texas Christian University (1983}.] coupleit electroacousticallywith an auxiliaryreverberation room. Pa- rametersavailable for control of the compositecharacteristics include microphoneand loudspeakerlocations in both spaces,the reverberation 3:20 time in bothspaces, and the gain of thecoupling amplifiers. By solvingthe PP4. Determining the necessarynumber of reflectionsfor an accurate coupleddifferential equations representing a simplifiedmodel of the ar- image source simulation of room acoustics.Lawrence E. Zagar and rangement,it wasfound that a varietyof decay"shapes" ranging from concave(rate decreasingwith time) to convexcould be realized.Reverber- JamesK. Thompson (Mechanical EngineeringDepartment, Louisiana StateUniversity, Baton Rouge,LA 70803) ation time couldbe variedover a greaterthan two to one range,while maintaininga "desirable"straight characteristic. Results of computer Previousattempts at usingimage source computer models to deter- simulationsfor steady-stateand transientexcitations will be displayed. minesound pressures in roomsor largeenclosures have had mixed results. One evident feature of these studies is that the maximum number of reflec- tionssimulated from each room surface is critical.An investigationwas 4:20 conductedusing measured data for three roomsand computersimula- PP8. The decayof soundin roomswith amplificationsystems. Eugene tions to evaluatevarious means of predictingthe necessarynumber of T. Patronis, Jr. {Schoolof Physics, Georgia Institute of Technology, reflectionsfor accuratemodeling. Schemes have been presentedin the Atlanta, GA 30332}and Ted Uzzle (Altec LansingCorporation, Box literature for predictingthe necessarynumber of reflectionsfor specific 3113, Anaheim, CA 92803} levelsof accuracy.These tests have indicated that suchformulas are high- ly inaccurate.There havealso been remainder formulas presented in the The regenerativebehavior of soundreinforcement systems affects the literaturefor correctingcomputations with a limited numberof reflec- soundlevel and interactswith the reverberafivcdecay of soundin enclo- tions.The remainderformulas currently available were found to beunable suresin which they operate, in ways not previouslydescribed. For a to accuratelycompensate for model errors in analyzing actual rooms. system of loop gain .4(s)B(s), the sound levels will be Where others had indicateda maximum of only three or four reflections --201og[!--A(s•BIs)]ldB ) above those predicted by classical needbe considered,these investigators found that as many as 40 reflec- feedforwardmethods. After the sourceofsound to beamplified is shutoff, tions may sometimesbe required. More typically, ten to 20 reflections the regenerativeloop will continue producing sound, and will take from eachroom surface must be modeledfor acceptableresults. The re- P/-- 57.6 log[.4(s}B (s}](s} to decay60 dB, wherePis theregenerative path quirednumber of reflectionswas found to be a complexfunction of room length(m). Methods for calculatingand measuringthe decayingloop, by size,room proportions, and the distributionand amountof absorption. itselfand in combinationwith the room'sreverberation time, are given.

S84 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S84 THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 GOLDEN WEST ROOM, 1:00TO 3:05 P.M.

SessionQQ. PsychologicalAcoustics V: BinauralHearing and Lateralization

Judy R. Dubno, Chairman Headand Neck Surgery, Medical Center, University of California,Los Angeles, California 90024

Chairman's Introduction--l:00

ContributedPapers

1:05 whosenegative slopes grow more shallow with increasing rate. When QQ1. Binauralinteraction in hearingimpaired listeners. Kaigham sensitivitywas measured for composite signals made of clicks whose cen- J. Gabriel(Research Laboratory of Electrouics,MIT, Cambridge,MA terfrequencies were 4 and6 kHz,or 4, 5.2, 6, and 7.2 kHz, the slopes ofthe functionswere similar to thesingle-frequency conditions. However, the 02139) interceptsfor the two- and four-frequency stimuli were decreased byfac- Thebinaural hearing abilities of foursensori-neural loss listeners were torsof approximately • and 2, respectively,relative to the case of single testedin fourexperiments: (1) interauraltime discrimination, (2) inter- frequencies.These data demonstrate that the rate-dependent saturation of auralintensity discrimination, (3} interaural correlation discrimination, binauralinformation previously shown to operate within frequency chan- and(4) binaural detection experiments. All testswere conducted on each nels[E. R. Hafter and R. H. Dye,J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 73, 644-651 (1983}] subjectusing third-octave bands ofnoise centered at250, 500, 1000, 2000, doesnot affect the integration ofinformation across channels. [Supported and 4000 Hz. "BinauralAudiograms" can be obtainedby plottingthe by NIH.] ratio of normaldiscrimination jnds to measureddiscrimination jnds ver- susfrequency on a log-logscale. In general,the frequency dependence of binauralhearing loss, so defined, appears unrelated to thefrequency de- 2:05 pendenceof hearing loss as measured by current monaural audiometric techniques.Furthermore, impairments of interaural time discrimination QQ4. The extensionof binauralcrosscorrelation modelling by a areindependent of impairments in interaural intensity discrimination. mechanismof lateral inhibition. Werner Lindemann (Lehrstuhl ftir Finally,the MLD alonewas not related to loss ofinteraural time or inten- allgemeineElektrntechnik und Akustik,Ruhr-Universitfit, D-4630 sitysensitivity. Two of the subjectstested showed elevated NoS•r and Bochum, Postfach 102148,West Germany} NoSothresholds, poor interaural time and intensity discrimination but a To modelthe stationary and dynamic behavior of thebinaural system "normal"MLD. [Worksupported by NIH GrantNS10916.] wepresent an extension ofthe well-known binaural crosscorrelation mod- elswhich is basedon a lateral inhibitionmechanism along the crosscorre- lation axis. The runninginteraural crosscorrelation is calculatedby countingspike coincidences in frequency bands. The resulting neural ac- 1:25 tivitydistribution is fedinto the lateral inhibition mechanism. The re- QQ2. A generalmodification for modelsof binauralinteraction, K. quiredEE and El gatescan be combined indifferent ways to optimize the J. Gabriel,H. S. Colburn,P.M. Zurek,and N. I. Durlach(Research performanceof the model. A widefield of psychoacousticlateralization andlocalization data can be explained very effectively. For example,in- Laboratoryof Electronics,MIT, Cambridge,MA 02139) terauralphase as well as interaural level differences areevaluated inorder Althoughmany studies have demonstrated the relationship between to modellateralization as well as time-intensitytrading. For nonstation- lateralizationand binauraldetection, current models of binauralinterac- arysignals the model can explain the law of the first wavefront and related tionare unable to predictperformance in both tasks with the same set of psychoacousticeffects. The model parameters are matched to thepsy- valuesfor themodel parameters. By incorporatinga mechanism which choacousticdata by choosingoptimal time constants of thespike firing low-passfilters (averages) interaural time and intensity differences into a process,the spike coincidence window, and the inhibition mechanism. simple,narrow-band model of binauralinteraction, results from inter- Somemodel results will be presentedgraphically in theform of "neural auraltime and intensity discrimination tests can be used to predictcorre- activitypatterns." [Work supportedby the DeutscheForschungsge- lation discriminationand NoS•r detection results. Evidence for such a meinschaft.] low-passmechanism has most recently been reported by Grantham and Wightman[J. Acoust. $oc. Am. 72, 1178-1184(1982)]. For both normal listenersand hearing-impaired listeners with a varietyof differentlosses, 2:25 thepredictions of the augmented model suggest that binaural hearing in QQ5. Envelope-basedlateralization of low-frequencywaveforms. Leslie correlationdiscrimination and NoS•r detection tasks can be characterized R. Bernstein (Department of Psychology,University of Illinois, by a listener'ssensitivity to interauraltime and intensitydifferences. Champaign,IL 61820) and ConstantineTrahiotis (Departmentof [Worksupported by NIH GrantNS I0916.] Speechand Hearing Science and Departmentof Psychology,University of Illinois,Champaign, IL 61820) Severalrecent investigations suggest that listenerseither cannot or do 1:45 not use interauraltemporal disparities (ITDs) in the envelopeof low- QQ3. Lateralization of clicks based on interaural time: Additivity of frequencywaveforms in lateralizationtasks [G. B. Henning,J. Acoust. Soc.Am. 68, 446--453(1980); G. B. Henningand J. Ashton,Hearing Res. information across frequency. Elizabeth M. Wenzel and Ervin 4, 185-194(1981); G. B. Henning,Hearing Res. 9, 153-172(1983)]. Lis- R. Hafter (Department of Psychology, University of California, tenersin thosestudies may havebeen unable to processthese ITDs princi- Berkeley, CA 94720) pallybecause of thetypes of stimulipresented. We employedan acoustic Sensitivityto interauraldifferences of time wasmeasured for trainsof pointingtask in whichlisteners varied the interaural intensitive difference I to 32 (n)clicks presented at ratesof 400 or 200 per second.The center of a 500-Hz narrow-bandnoise (the pointer) so that it matchedthe intra- frequenciesof the bandpassclicks were either 4, 5.2, 6, or 7.2 kHz. As in cranialposition of a second,experimenter-controlled stimulus (the tar- earlierresearch, plots of log thresholdversus log n producedfunctions get).Target stimuliwere sinusoidallyamplitude-modulated tones cen-

S85 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. $uppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S85 teredon 500 Hz or I kHz, and modulatedat 25, 50, or 100Hz. Targets To understandthe existenceof the binauraledge pitch [Klein and werepresented with eitherthe entirewaveform delayed or with only the Hartmann.J. Acoust.Sec. Am. 70, 51-6111981}] appearsto requirecen- envelopedelayed. Our results suggest that delays of theenvelope do affect tral lateralinhibition in the humanauditory system. We havelooked for thelateral position of our low-frequencytargets. However, the envelope- thiseffect in centralmasking experiments. Using the binaural-edge noise, basedcues appear to interactwith thoseprov/ded by the fine-structure whichcreates the binauraledge pitch, as a musket,we foundpulsation whichappear to be dominant. thresholdsfor sinetones in two frequencyranges where the binaural edge pitchexists. We furtherfound masking level differences using the same pulsationthreshold technique. Theoretically the differencebetween the binaural-edgethresholds and the MLD thresholdsshould show the peak 2.'4• and valleysignature of lateral inhibition.No suchstructure was found. We suggestthat this negativeresult does not excludethe possibilityof QQ6. A searchfor centrallateral inhibition.W. M. Hartmann central lateral inhibition, but that the time courseof central lateral inhibi- (Departmentof Physics, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI tionmakes the pulsationthreshold technique an inappropriatemeans for 48824 and Institut de Rechereheet COOrdinationAcoustique/Musique, observingthe effect.[Work partiallysupported by the NIH, grant NS 31 rue Saint Merri, 75004, Paris, France) 17917.1

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 1:30 TO 4:50 P.M.

SessionRR. PhysicalAcoustics V: Rayleigh Waves, Leaky Waves, etc.

Bernhard R. Tittmann, Chairman ScienceCenter, Rockwell International 1049 CaminoDos Riog ThousandOaks, California 91360

Chairman's !ntroductio•l'..10

ContributedPapers

1:3• Contradictingexperimental, approximate theoretical, and numerical resultshave been reported in the literatureby severalauthors [L. M. RRI. Quantitativeanalysis of pulsedpseudo-Rayleigh waves. J. H. M. T. Martel et al., Bull. Seisin.Sec. Am. 67, 1277-1290(1977}] on Rayleigh van der Hijden {Schlumberger-DollResearch, P.O. Box 307, wave transmissioncoefficient past a stepchange in elevation.In this pa- Ridgefield,CT 06877} per,reciprocity for bothwave propagation direction across a stepis dem- Acousticpseudowaves (leaky waves} along a planeinterface arc stud- onstratedexperimentally using a new ratio techniqueeliminating error ledin thespace-time domain. Analysis ofthe Grecn'sfunction as derived sourcesintroduced from elastic wave generation, coupling, and detection. by theCagniard--de Hoop method allows a quantitativedescription of the Two-dimensional ultrasonic models were used to obtain the data. The propagationof a pseudo-Rayleighpulse along a fluid/solidinterface. experimentaltransmission coefficient measurements are comparedwith Afterapplying the Cagniard-de HOOp method the answer has the form of other publishedresults. The ratio of stepheight to Rayleighwavelength a convolutionof theinput signal of thesource with theexplicitly obtained teatedranged from 0.159-1.33. The effectof stepheight on the interfer- space-timeGreen's function {"system's response"), which clearly shows enceof the transmittedwave componentsis examined.The conversion each feature of the time behaviorof the acousticquantities at different betweenRayleigh and shearwaves at the stepplays an importantrole in locationsand their dependenceon the materialparameters involved. thetransmission coefficient. 'j Present address: Sohoquest, P.O. Box584, Froman analyticstudy of thespace-time Green's function for the reflect- Sudbury,MA 01776. ed pressurea quantitativedescription of the pseudo-Rayleighpheno- menonhas been derived. This includesa conditionwhich limits the range of existenceand an equationfor the travelspeed. A pseudo-Rayleighfac- 2:05 tor whichdetermines the relativestrength of the phenomenonis defined RR3. New ultrasonicmodeling findings on Rayleigh wave propagation andthe decay of pulsedwave motion along the interface is studied. Using andtheir implications. Jacques R. Chamuela•(The Charles Stark Draper thisfactor it •comcs clearwhy the pseudo-Rayleighwave is verystrong Laboratory,Inc., 555 TechnologySquare, Cambridge, MA 02139) at a water/steel interface,while it does not exist on, e.g., a water/ice interface. Numerical results will be shown. The presenceof unexplainedlarge attenuation of low-frequencycom- ponentsand inverteddispersion of Rayleighwaves crossing the ocean- continentmargin, the Tibetan Plateau,and the Iranian Plateauare exam- piesof complexunsolved problems on Rayleighwave propagation across RR2. Rayleigh wave transmissionreciprocity past a step change in verticalboundaries. In this paper,new ultrasonicmodeling findings on elevation.Jacques R. ChamuePj (The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Rayleighwave propagationacross step changes in elevationusing two- Inc., 555 TechnologySquare, Cambridge, MA 02139) and three-dimensionalmodels are presentedexplaining the previously

S86 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S86 mentionedphenomena. Laboratory seismic ultrasonic modeling results crack faces.The systemsof integralequations are solvednumerically. on Tibet are presentedmatching actual field data. Physicalinsights into Substitutionof the dislocationdensities into appropriaterepresentation thecause of theinverted dispersion and attenuation are obtained from the integralsyields the reflectedand transmittedsurface waves. Reflection reportedresults. Implications of the new findingsindicate the need to and transmissioncoefficients are plottedversus the angleof incidencefor reconsiderthe currentocean-continent margin, the TibetanPlateau, and variousvalues of the wavelength,and versusthe wavelengthfor various the Iranian Plateaucrustal structure models. Opposite to the currentbe- valuesof the angleof incidence.A criticalangle of incidence,which de- lief of thepresence of a low-velocityhigh-damping layer (possibly partial- pendson the materialproperties of thesolid, has been observed. Beyond ly molten)near 30 km belowthe surface of theTibetan Plateau [P. Birdet thisangle no mechanical energy is radiated into the solid by body waves. al., Nature 266, 162-163 (1977);W. P. Chen et al., J. Geophys.Res. g6, 5937-5962 (1981);K. Y. Chun etal., Bull. Seisin.Soc. Am. 67, 735-750 (1977)]the newreported findings support the author'sconcept of a solid 3:05 low attenuationsolid crustal structure. A briefdiscussion on liquid/solid interfacewaves propagation past a stepchange in elevationwill follow the RR7. Eigenrays and eigenmodesfor source-excitedpropagation in Rayleighwave results. a• Present address: Sonoquest, P.O. Box584, Sud- layered multiwave media. I. T. Lu, L. B. Felsen, and A. Kamel bury, MA 01776. IDepartment of Electrical Engineeringand Computer Science, PolytechnicInstitute of New York, Route110, Farmingdale, NY 11735) Couplingof wavespecies at interfacesand boundaries in a medium 2:20 composedof planemultiwave layers creates a proliferationof ray fields evenafter relatively few multiple reflections. This inhibits a raytreatment RR4. Reflection of narrow ultrasonic beams at fluid/solid interfaces. of propagationfrom sourceto observer.The difficultymay be overcome Finn B. Jensenand Henrik Schmidt (SACLANT ASW Research by diagonalizing,in a planewave spectral representation of the Green's Centre, 19026La Spezia,Italy) function,the reverberation matrix F descriptiveof theboundary coupling. The reflectionof ultrasonicbeams near the Rayleighangle for a fluid/ The resultingeigenvectors of F representcombinations of theoriginal Q solidinterface is a well researchedsubject. Existing theories, however, are wavespecies, to be referredto aseigenrays, which, except for multiplica- all approximatewith limitations such as beamwidth large compared to the tionby the eigenvalue Aq, q = 1 ... Q,remain unaltered after one complete wavelength,lossless media, parallel beams of particularshape (Gaussian), reverberation.Thus eigenraysmay be tracedthrough successive rever- etc. A new numericalmodel has been developed to solvethe reflection berationslike ordilmryrays in a single-wavemedium. This featurealso problemwithout any of theabove limitations. This techniqueis basedon permitsthe original multiwave Q x Q matrixproblem to bedecoupled the fast-fieldsolution to the wave equation,and solutionscan now be intoa sequenceof scalarproblems. Conventional eigenmodes are generat- obtainedfor any beamwidth,and for parallel,diverging, and converging edfrom eigenrays by imposing self-consistency (Aq= 11after one rever- beams.Furthermore, due to the numericalefficiency of the computer beration.Alternative representations are given for themultiwave Green's code,pulsed-beam solutions can be generatedin reasonabletime using functionby useof thesenew concepts.[Work supportedby National Fouriersynthesis of the time signals.Computational results are presented ScienceFoundation and ONR AcousticsBranch.] forvarious beam configurations reflected at water/steeland water/alumi- numoxide interfaces, and the resultsare comparedwith availableexperi- mental data. 3:20 RRS. Parametric acoustic conversion in ocean sediments. Suk Wang Yoon(Applied Research Laboratories, The University of Texas at 2:35 Austin,Austin, TX 78712-8029)and ThomasA. Griffy (Departmentof Physics,The Universityof Texasat Austin,Austin, TX 787121 RRS. Observationsof backwardleaky Lainõ wavesin plates.Michel de Billy,a) LaszloAdler (Department of WeldingEngineering, Ohio State The interactionof acousticwaves from a parametricacoustic array at University,Columbus, OH 43210),and G6rard Quentin(Groupe de a water-sedimentinterface has been studied theoretically. This investiga- Physiquedes Solides, Universit6 Paris, Paris 7, France) tionwas motivated by the observationof betterpenetration of acoustical energyinto sedimentsusing a parametricacoustic array ratherthan a We havepreviously reported [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 72, 1018-1020 conventionalsource IT. G. Muir, C. W. Horton,St., and L. A. Thompson, (1982)]that a finiteultrasonic beam produces backward leaky-Rayleigh J. SoundVib. 64, 539( 19791].In orderto treatthe nonlinear interaction of wavesfrom liquid-solidinterface. These backward propagating leaky- soundwaves in a sediment,the inhomogeneous elastic wave equation for a Rayleighwaves are of muchlower amplitudes than the forwardone and solidwas solved. One effectof the nonlinearterms in this equationis the observedwith a singletransducer in pulse--echomode. The objectiveof couplingof compressionaland shear waves. The separationof the cou- this paperis to reportthe observationof backwardpropagating leaky- plingeffect is shown.The primarywaves from a parametricsource are Lamb wavesin platesimmersed in water. [Forwardpropagating leaky- expectedto exciteStoneIcy waves along the water-sedimentinterface. Lambwaves were predicted and observed by PIona,Pitts, and Mayer,J. TheStoneIcy waves are assumed to serveas a sourcefor parametricacous- Acoust.Soc. Am. 59, 1324(1976).] Several symmetrical and antisymme- tic conversionin the sediment.The analyticsolutions of the inhomogen- trical Lamb modeswere identifiedin brassand stainless-steelplates by eouswave equation are sphericalwaves modified by an angulardepen- measuringthe criticalangle at which the back reflectedsignal (to the dencein the amplitude.[Work supportedby ONR.] transmitter)is maximum.Backward propagating leaky-Lamb waves are alsoobserved with a secondtransducer on the transmittingside of the plate.The measureddispersion curves are in goodagreement with theo- 3:35 reticalpredictions. ')Also at Groupde Physiquedes Solides, Universit• Paris, Paris 7, France. RR9. Numerical simulation of acoustic propagation at a fluid. solid interface.Curt Randall (Schlumberger-DollResearch, Ridgefield, CT 06877I 2:S0 Propagationof acousticpulses in the neighborhoodof the interface betweenfluid and solidhalf-spaces is investigatednumerically using the RR6. Reflectionand transmi•ion of obliquelyincident Rayleigh waves finitedifference technique. The solid half-space may be homogeneous, or by a surface-breakingcrack. Y. C. Angel and J. D. Achenbach it maycomprise several distinct solids of differingacoustical properties. (Departmentof Civil Engineering,The TechnologicalInstitute, The solid-solidinterface may have arbitrary orientationwith respectto NorthwesternUniversity, Evanston,IL 60201) the fluid-solidinterface. Plots of the displacementfields clearly illustrate Reflection,transmission, and scatteringof Rayleighwaves that are the wavefronts,headwayes, and surfacemodes near the fluid-solidinter- obliquelyincident on a surface-breakingcrack are investigated. The for- face.In thecase of theinhomogeneous solid, reflection, transmission, and mulationof the problemhas been reduced to two systemsof singular modeconversions at the solid-solidinterface, and subsequentinteractions integralequations of thefirst kind for thedislocation densities across the with the fluid-solidinterface give rise to a multiplicityof decaypulses.

$87 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $87 Theorigin and physical significance of eachof thesedecay pulses is. made incidence,the antisymmetricfamily of modesare not excited. In addition, evidentby the diplacementfield plots. sharpchanges in the FIoquet wave coefficientsoccur, known as the Wood'sanomalies, as the frequencyof the angleof incidenceis swept. 3:80

4:20 RRI0. Acoustic modes in a thin rigid cylinder with periodic gaps. S. K. Chang (Schlumberger-DollResearch, Box 307, Ridgefield, CT RRI2. Acousticwaves along a fluid-filledborehole with a concentricsolid 06877• layer. S. K. Changand A. H. Everhart{Schlumberger-Doll Research, Axisymmetricacoustic modes in a thin rigid cylinderwith periodic P.O. Box 307, Ridgefield,CT 06877} gapsimmersed in a fluid are studied.The gapsare circularslots on the Transientacoustic waves in a fluid-filledcylindrical borehole with a circumferenceof the cylinder.The displacementpotential in the fluid is concentricelastic solid layer are complicatedby acousticmodes that re- expressedin termsof the FIoquetwaves in the cylindricalgeometry. A suitfrom the presence of thesolid layer. A realaxis integration technique Galerkin'smethod is appliedto formulatethe linearequations in relation [Tsangand Radar, Geophys. 44, 1706-1720(1979}] is usedto compute to the boundaryconditions on the cylinderand in the gaps.The modal waveformsexcited by an isotropicpoint sourceplaced on the axisof the wavenumbers are the location of the zeroes of the determinant of the hole.It is evidentthat dispersiveacoustic modes are an importantfeature matrix in the complexwavenumber plane. The zeroesare foundby a of the elasticwave propagation for thisconfiguration. There are at least Newton-Raphsoniterative method. For an axisymmetricacoustic field, four classesof modescaused by the solidlayer: the StoneIcymode, which the modesare leaky waves.It was found that theseleaky wavesare fast is sometimesreferred to asa tubewave• the compressionalmodes, caused wavesthat havea phasevelocity faster than the soundwaves in the am- by compressionalwave reflections in the solidlayer; the shearmodes, bientfluid medium. Since energy can leak out of thestructure, these leaky causedby shearwave reflections; and the hybrid modes,due to mode wavesare all attenuativein the axialdirection. Longer gaps increases the conversionsat the interfaces.A studyof the dispersion,attenuation, and modalattenuation since it is moredifficult to trap the wavesin the struc- residueof the modesprovides an explanationfor mostof the featuresin ture. the waveforms.

4:05 4:35 RR1 I. Scatteringof acousticwaves by a periodicarray of elasticstrips. A. Sezginerand $. K. Chang(Schlumberger-Doll Research, Box 307, RRI3. Farfield deeomgositionof acousticwaveforms in a fluid-filled Ridgefield,CT 06877) borehole.Andrew L. Kurkjian (Schlumberger-DollResearch, Box 307, Ridgefield,CT 06877} The scatteringof a timeharmonic plane wave in a fluidincident on an infiniteperiodic array of thin elasticstrips is studied.The stripsare co- In acousticwell logging, a transientacoustic source is placedwithin a planarand perpendicular to theplane of incidence.The acoustic displace- mud-filledborehole for the purposeof excitingrefracted compressional ment potentialin the fluid is expressedas a Floquetwave expansion. andshear waves in the surroundingformation. We modelthe downhole Mindlin's theoryof the bendingof thin platesis appliedto relatethe environmentby an infinite fluid-filledcylinder surrounded by an infinite pressuredifference across the elastic strips to themotion of thestrips. The solidformation. An isotropicpoint source is placedon the axisof thehole shearand bending components of thestrip motion are expanded in trigon- andan exactsolution for thefield in the holeis obtainedin the frequency- ometricbasis functions, such that theshear force and bending moment are wavenumberdomain. Space-time waveforms are obtainedby numerical- zeroat the edgesof the strips.The expansioncoefficients are solvedfrom ly transformingthis solution.The waveformsconsist of compressional thelinear equations obtained by applying the method of weightedresidu- and shearrefracted waves plus modes, which are guidedby the hole.In alsto theboundary conditions on the stripsand in the gaps.Anomalous thispaper we numericallycompute these individual components of the reflectionis observedwhen the incidentwave frequencycoincides with field.The modesare obtainedby locatingpoles and evaluatingresidues. thetransverse resonance frequencies of the strips.Resonance frequencies The refractionsare obtainedvia numericalbranchcut integrations. A ver- are observedin closepairs, corresponding to the strip resonantmodes tical branchcutis usedwhich convergesrapidly but only givesaccurate with a symmetricand an antisymmetricdisplacement profile. At normal results in the farfield.

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 GARDEN ROOM, 1:30 TO 4:39 P.M.

SessionSS. SpeechCommunication V: PhonemicPerception

John J. Ohala, Chairman Departmentof Linguistics,Unioersity of California,Berkeley, California 94720

Chairman's Introduction•l'.30

ContributedPapers

1:35 Russianvowels has been reported by Chistovichand her colleagues.Syr- dal [J.Aeoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 171, S105 [ 1982}] transformed fundamental SSI. Perceived eritleal distancesbetween F I-F0, F2-F 1, F3-F2. Ann frequencyand formant frequency values from naturally produced Ameri- canEnglish vowels into Bark valuesfrom whichthree distance measures K. Syrdaland H.S. (}opal(Calllet Center, University of Texas at Dallas, were calculated:F I-F0, F2-F 1, andF3-F2. Her proposedauditory- 1966 !nwood Road, Dallas, TX 75235} modelof vowelperception reduced between-speaker variability and pro- A criticalspectral distance of 3 to 3.5 criticalbands (bark} between videda perceptuallybased quantitatively defined link betweensome firstand second formant frequencies in simplifiedtwo-formant synthetic acousticand phonetic features. In thepresent series of experiments, sever-

$88 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of Amedca S88 al synthetictwo-vowel continua were constructed, each with a varying mesetones to date[M. S. Han, U.S.C.Studies in the Phonologyof Asian frequencyparameter which crossed a criticaldistance in eitherof the 3- LanguagesVII (1969};M. S. Hah and K-O. Kim, J. Phonet.2, 223-232 bark difference dimensions. Critical distances over the 3-bark difference (1974)].The presenttest utterances, unlike those of previousstudies, were dimensions,estimated by phonemeboundaries calculated from vowel selectedon thecriterion ofphonotactic representativeness. Han's canoni- identificationtests, will becompared with eachother and with previous calrepresentations ofthe tones' F0 patternsare corroborated in thecase of estimates.Some effects of durationon thephoneme boundary estimates of monosyllables,with little effectfrom segmental composition. Disyllables criticaldistance will alsobe discussed. [Work supportedby NIH]. involvingsonorant consonants at the syllablejuncture, however, do not haveF0 patternsthat aresequences of two canonicaltrajectories. The F0 patterncharacteristics of thesesignals are discussed. 1:47

SS2. A perceptually based approach to F0 characterization. Philip Lieberman,Bill Katz, Roger Zimmerman, Allard Jorigroan, 2:23 and Mark Miller (Department of Linguistics, Brown University, SS5. Measuresof i•honationtypes in a natural language.Paul L. Kirk Providence,RI 02912} (Departmentof Anthropology,California State University, Northridge, While researchersapplying quantitative techniques to the characteri- CA 91330), Peter Ladefoged, and Jenny Ladefoged (Phonetics zationof intonationpatterns [W. E. Cooperand J. M. Sorensen,Funda- Laboratory,Linguistics Department, UCLA, Los Angeles,CA 90024) mentalFrequency in SentenceProduction (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1981)] Using a Kay digital spectrograph,three typesof analysis(spectro- haveclaimed success i.nrelating phenomena such as F0 "resetting"tothe grams,power spectra, and waveforms}were used to investigatedifferent presenceof syntacticboundaries [J. Breckenridgeand M. Y. Liberman, phonationtypes in a singlenatural language (Jalapa Mazatec). In addition "The declinationeffect in perception,"unpublished manuscript, Bell to normal voice,this languageuses creaky voice and breathyvoice to Laboratories( 1977}], this procedure has been confined to a highlylimited distinguishwords. We recordedfive speakers producing contras five vow- corpusof short,simple-declarative read sentences. The degreeto which elsthat were identical in qualityand pitch. The spectrogramsshowed that thesemodels can be generalizedto spontaneousspeech has recently be- in comparisonwith normalvowels the creaky vowels had glottal pulses at come the subjectof controversy[N. Umeda, J. Phonet. 10, 279-290 irregularintervals and a greateramplitude in the higherfrequencies. The (19821].We thereforeexamined a corpusof spontaneousand readspeech breathyvowels are more clearly distinguished in theonset, and theyoften with the intentof findinga quantitativecharacterization which could be lackeddiscernible pulses. We usedpower spectra displays to quantify appliedacross speaking conditions. To this end, we analyzedthe data phonationtype differences.In creaky vowelsthe amplitudeof the first usingthe "topline"modeling procedure, as well as peak,valley, and all- harmonicin relation to the amplitudeof the first formant is lessthan in points rms lines, computedby linear regression.In simple-declarative normalvoice; and in breathyvowels the firstformant had lessintensity in clausesand sentences,the "topline" model performedadequately. The comparisonwith that of the first harmonic.Waveforms displayed the all-pointsrms line also performed well andcaptured the greaterdegree of irregularitiesin the glottal pulsesand the high degreeof first formant varianceoccuring in spontaneousspeech. Given this result,and for rea- dampingin creakyvowels. [Work supportedby USPHSgrant NS 18163- sonsof computationalsimplicity, we felt that an all-pointsrms line was o2.] superiorin characterizingthe data. This rms model is consistentwith auditoryprocessing models.

2:35

1:59 SS6. Atypical VOT categories in Hebrew and Spanish. Lawrence SS3. On the mechanismofF0 downdrift in Japanese.William J. Poser J. Raphael(Herbert H. LehmanCollege, CUNY, Bronx, NY 10468and (BellLaboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974and Massachusetts Institute of Haskins Laboratories,New Haven, CT 06510), Yishai Tobin (Ben Gurion University of the Negev, P.O. Box 653, Beer-Sheva, Israel Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139} 84105},and Tovah Most (GraduateSchool, CUNY, 33 West42nd Street, In Japanese,as in manyother languages, (F0) New York, NY 10036) tendsto fall during the courseof an utterance.Previous studies attribute thisfall to a singlemechanism: accent reduction, downstep, or a declining Availabledata indicatethat most languagesemploy three categories tonalreference line. Data arepresented showing that two mechanismsare of Voice OnsetTime (VOT) to distinguishhornorganic stop consonants. involved.First, sentencescontaining only unaccentedwords were con- The threecategories, voicing lead/short lag/long lag, are temporallydis- structedin sucha wayas to permitperfect balancing of segmentalcontent. creteand, in theopinion of someresearchers, may coincide with psychoa- Measurementsof bothaverage and peakF0 on the high tonedsyllables of cousticallypredetermined regions of auditory sensitivity.Moreover, thesewords show a small but consistentdecrease from left to right. The speakersof languageswhich displaya two-wayopposition (i.e.,/ptk/vs contouris approximatelyexponential, with a sharpdownturn at the end. /bdg/) seemto employadjacent VOT categories(e.g., short lag and long Second,the rateof fall is greaterin sequencesof accentednonsense words lag) and not the extreme categories(i.e., voicing lead and long lag) to than in segmentallyidentical sequences of unaccentedwords. Similarly, differentiatestops having the sameplace of articulation.Data gathered theF0 peakof a wordof eithertype is lowerfollowing an accentedword from native(but bilingual) speakers of Hebrewand PuertoRican Spanish thanfollowing an unaccentedword, in otherwisematched utterances. It is revealthat they commonlyuse either the extremecategories of VOT or suggestedthat thesefacts are consequencesof the simultaneousexistence voicinglead and a categoryintermediate to shortand long lag. These data, of downstepand declinationin Japanese. togetherwith thosepreviously reported for CanadianFrench, Danish, and Korean, raisequestions about the specificrelationship between audi- tory sensitivityand the determinationof VOT categoriesin naturallan- 2:11 guages.[Research supported by NINCDS.]

SS4. Fundamental frequency characteristics of southern Vietnamese phonetalctones in toorio-and disyllables.Franz Seitz (Departmentof 2:47 Linguistics,University of Pennsylvania,Philadelphia, PA 19104) SS7. Percel•tion of height differences in vowels. Peter F. Assmann and Fundamentalfrequency (F0} trajectorieswere measured for 87 Vietna- TerraneeM. Nearey (Departmentof Linguistics,University of Alberta, mesemonosyllables and 72 disyllablesusing a computerprogram which Edmonton,AB T6G 2H1, Canada) employsautoregressive spectral modeling with cepestrallybased period- icity estimation.The study addressesthe issueof invarianceversus con- Vowelscontrasting in the phoneticfeature of height or opennessare text-dependencyof the F0 patternsassociated with the five phonemic differentiatedprimarily by changesin the frequencyof the first formant. tones;variability of pattern as a function of proximate tones,as well as Severalhypotheses have beenproposed to accountfor the perceptionof segmentalcomposition of the utterance,was examined.The findingsare thesedifferences. Mushnikov and Chistovich [Sov. Phys. Acoust. 19, comparedwith thoseof the definitiveacoustic phonetic studies of Vietna- 250-254( 19731]argue ihat the frequency of themost prominent harmonic

S89 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $89 in the F 1 regiondetermines the heightof a vowel.Carlson et el. [in Audi- modifiedamplitude spectra. The effects ofF0, number,and frequency of tory.4nalysis and Perceptionof Speech,edited by O. Font and M. A. A. harmonicsare investigated. Predicted distances according to severalmod- Tatham(Academic, London, (1974}] favor an amplitude-weightedaver- elswill be comparedwith listener'smatches. Spectral distance models age(center of gravity)of the two mostprominent harmonics. Results of basedon the excitation pattern or loudnessdensity will alsobe considered. matchingexperiments will be reportedin which listenersselect the best Resultsare generally consistent with a localcenter of gravityhypothesis. vowelmatch along an F 1 continuumcorres'•onding to teststimuli with [Worksupported by SSHRC.]

2:5•-3:15 Break ContributedPapers 3:15 inghigh vowel [i] or [u]. Preliminaryobservations reveal complex pat- terns not totally consistentwith those for English:anticipatory SS8. Vowel allophones and the vowel-formant phonetic space. palatalizationin [sJ']in Japanesedoes not seem as robust a processas in Patricia Keating, Marie Huffman, and Ellen Jackson IPhonetics English.Furthermore, perseveratory palatalization, i.e., œs--•œ.f,and both Laboratory,Department of Linguistics,UCLA, LosAngeles, CA 90024) anticipatoryand perseveratory depalatalization, i.e., .fs--•ss, sœ--•ss, all of Throughassimilation and otherphonetic processes, a language may whichare relatively rare in English,are found in Japanesedata. The re- havemore segments on the phoneticsurface than in lexicalrepresenta- sultssuggest a diffculty in explainingthe previous English data in terms tion.Consider English vowels: nasalized, long, front rounded, and central of peripheralarticulatory control. vowelsare all introducedin derivations.Conceivably, then, languages couldbe muchmore similar phonetically than phonemically;possibly 3:51 they couldeven fill the phoneticspace equally. In that case,languages with fewerphoneroes would have to showmuch more phonetic variation SSll. Vocalicferment transitionsare integratedwith noncontiguous perphoneme, compared to languageswith manyphoneroes. The alterna- fricativenoises. D. H. Whalen(Haskins Laboratories, 270 Crown St., tivesituation would be that languageswith fewerphonemes would leave New Haven, CT 06510) partsof the phoneticspace unused. We are testingthese possibilities by Natural-speechfricative noises from fricative-vowelor vowel-frica- comparingthe F 1-F2-F3 spacefor vowelallophones in differentlan- tire syllableswere edited so that the noise started out as either Is] or [•] and guages.Here we reporton two five-vowellanguages, Japanese and Rus- endedup the other fricative.The overallduration of the noisewas held sian.Seven speakers of eachlanguage read word lists and freetext, and constant,and the proportions of thetwo parts varied. The vocalicformant vowelformants are compared across conditions and languages. Prelimi- transitionssupported the phonetic category of onepart of thenoise or the nary resultsindicate that Japanese,the languageexpected to showthe other. With both initial and final fricatives, the transitionsreduced the leastvariation, has widely separated vowels in wordlists, but fills up the amountof noiseneeded to identifya fricativeas belonging to thecategory phoneticspace in prose.[Work supported by USPHSgrant NS 18163•32 of the transitions.Thus either the transitionswere integrated with non- to Peter Ladefoged.] contiguousacoustic cues, or thetransitions had cue value only when con-

3:27 tiguouswith the appropriate fricative noise. A furtherexperiment placed thesame edited noises between two vocalic segments, and subjects identi- SS9. Problems with duration models: Evidence from Chinese. fiedtwo fricatives.The perceivedordering of the fricativeswas often the Ren Hongmo(Phonetics Laboratory, Linguistics Department, UCLA, reverse of the order of the noises themselves when the transitions were in Los Angeles,CA 90024} theopposite order. It thusappears that the transitions are integrated with noncontiguousacoustic cues. [Work supportedby NIH.] Durationsof(1} closure, (2) frication noise, (3) aspiration, and (4} voice

in Chinesesounds under different linguistic conditions were measured on 4:03 oscillominkdisplays of waveforms.A setof rulesof percentageduration variationwere formulated to reflectthe effects of eachof severallinguistic SS12. Noise segmentand vocaliccues of Frenchfricatives. George factorssuch as distinctive features, syllable structures, word lengths, tone P. McCasland(4045 Baltimore Avenue, C3, Philadelphia,PA 19104) and stresspatterns, etc. The notionof "incompressibility"[I. Lehiste,J. Acoust.Sec. Am. 51, 2018-2024(1972); D. H. Klatt, J. Acoust.Sec. Am. A fricative identification test was administered to native French 54, 1102-1104tl973}], i.e., that durationsresist being shortened under speakers.Test stimulihad beenedited from naturallyspoken fricative- combinedshortening rules, is discussed.Like English,Chinese vowel du- vowelutterances:/s, œ,f, 0 / -/i,a,u/. See[J. Acoust. See. Am. SuppL1 rationsare incompressible under several shortening rules; unlike English, 70,S33 (1981}; and 73, S30 (1983}] for Prior use with English and Spanish Chineseconsonant durations do not showclear incompressibility. Two speakers.The results indicated that both noise segment intensity and spec- problems were found in applying the formula Dj trum were majoracoustic cues for the Frenchfricatives. These cues were = K*(D• - Dmi. + Dmi. [D. a. Klatt, J. Acoust.Sec. Am. 59, .1208- redundantfor the/f/, eitherlow intensitynoise or nonsibilantspectrum 1221 0976}] in Chinese,one is that Chinesedata showtwo valuesof sufficed.A muchweaker cue due to theoriginal fricative, sibilant or nonsi- "minimumduration" (one duration symptomatic of word lengtheffects, bilant, of the vocalicportion of the editedsyllables must be taken into and a shorterduration under neutral tone); another problem is that differ- account.By comparison,Delattre had concluded using synthetic speech ent combinationsof shorteningrules may result in differentpowers of stimuli[Phonetica 18, 198-230(1968)] that noise spectrum was necessary incompressibilityin duration. and noiseintensity was redundant as cues for all French fricatives.Results implicatethe specificlanguage experience of the subjects,e.g., French 3:39 lacks/0/; theimpact of naturalor syntheticspeech as sources of stimulus materials; and phonetic perception. Haskins Laboratories on NICHD SS10. An aeoustlc study of Japanesecoronal frleative dusters resulting Contract NIH-71-2420 washelpful in the preparationof stimulusmate- from vowel devoieing.Haruko Kawasaki {36-513 RLE, and Center for rials. Cognitive Science,MIT, Cambridge,MA 02139)

Earlier studies[S. Shattuck-Hufnagel,V. Zue, and J. Bernstein,J. 4:15 Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.1 64, S92(1978}, V. Zue andS. Shattuck-Hufna- SS13. Portuguesenasalized vowelsand nasal consonants:Their relation gel,Proc. 9th ICPS 2, 215 (1979)]examining English fricative clusters [s.f] to following consonants.Edith M. Maxwell (36-511 Speech and [.rs]across word boundaries(e.g., in "gas shortage"and "tunafish CommunicationGroup, MassachusettsInstitute of Technology, sandwich")showed that the directionofassimilatory palatalization is pre- Cambridge,MA 02139) dominantlyanticipatory: [sœ] often becomes [Lf], but [œs]does not. This study investigatesthe cross-linguisticvalidity of such a tendency.Four Pilot spectrographicresults indicate that BrazilianPortuguese dem- speakersof standardJapanese casually spoke sentences containing frica- onstratesa relationshipsimilar to that foundin Englishbetween syllabic tiveclusters [œs] and [s.f] resulting from devoicing/deletion of an interyen- nucleusduration and the voicing characteristic of a followingobstruent:

S90 J. Acoust.Sec. Am.Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $90 vowelslengthen before voiced obstruents and shortenbefore voiceless Sharon Y. Manuel (Haskins Laboratories,270 Crown Street, New obstruents.Also, a nasalconsonant in Portugueseacts in conjunction Haven, CT 06511-6695} with a precedingvowel as a syllabicnucleus; for example,if in a syllabic nucleusa voweldoes not showthe durationexpected before a givenob- Acousticdata from Swabill(a Bantulanguage with a five-vowelsys- struent,the nasalduration compensates, and viceversa. New data from tem)reveal interesting differences in the extentand directionof vowel-to- sixspeakers of BrazilianPortuguese derived from computer analysis will vowelcoarticulation as compared with other languages. Utterances were bepresented which confirm the preliminary results. The acousticcharac- VpV disyllables,including all combinationsof the fivevowels with stress teristicsof nasalizedvowels and nasal consonants in Portuguese will also on the first vowel,recorded by a nativespeaker of Swahili.Two major bedescribed, as well as the extent to whicha prenasalvowel is nasalized resultsemerged from the analysis: (i) Previous research on other languages The differencebetween phonemically nasal vowels and vowelsnasalized hasshown vowel-to-vowel coarticulatory effects across the consonantto becausethey are adjacent to a nasalconsonant (e.g., [l•v ] IS, "wool" vs be restrictedto the vocalictransitions. The presentdata reveal systematic [p•nv] pane,"cloth") will alsobe discussed. vowel-to-vowelcoarticulatory influence which extendsinto the steady- stateportion of thetransconsonantal vowel. {ii) A secondimportant cross- linguisticdifference is foundin examiningthe relationshipbetween the magnitude and direction of these effects.The first vowel, which is stressed,is found to be more affectedby the quality of the secondvowel than vice versa. In Swahili, then, anticipatoryeffects of coarticulation 4:27 exceedcarryover effects. This is in contrast toFowler (1,981) inwhich she showsstronger carryover than anticipatoryeffects for VCVs in English. SS14. Vowel-to-vowel coarticulation in Swahili. Rena A. Krakow and [Work supportedby NICHD.]

THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 10 NOVEMBER 1983 CABINET ROOM, 2:00 TO 3:50 P.M.

SessionTT. Shock and Vibration IV: Damping Techniquesand Materials

ThomasS. Graham,Chairma n Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., Union Station, New London, Connecticut 06320

Chairman's Introduction--2:00

ContributedPapers

2:05 bleor incompatiblepolymers in polymericnetworks known as interpene- tratingnetwork polymers (IPN's), they have the potentialfor highdamp- TTI. Transmission,reflection, and absorption of structurebornenoise by ing over a broad rangeof temperaturesand frequencies.In an effort to discontinuitieson a fluid-loaded plate. D. Feit and J. Caspar understandhow chemicalcomposition and physicalmorphology affect (Departmentof ShipAcoustics, David Taylor Naval Ship R&D Center, the dampingof thesematerials, a seriesof experimentsinvolving varying Bethesda,MD 20084) weightratios of hardblock to softblock segments, molecular weight of the The propagationofstructureborne noise over a fluid-loadedstructure soft block, differentchain extenders,and catalystwere carried out. The with a numberof discretestructural discontinuities is modeled.An analy- reaction-injectionmolded {RIM) urethaneswere based upon poly{capro- sisis presented for an elasticplate excited by a uniformtime harmonic line lactone)glycols, modified 4,4'-diphenyl methane diisocyanate (MDI), 1,4 force; the structural discontinuitiesare each modeledas a translational butanediol or trimethylpropanel, and dibutyl tin dilaurate.The dynamic (zeromoment impedance) single degree of freedom{SDOF) vibrational Young'smodulus was measured by a resonancetechnique for eachgroup system(mass-spring-dashpot) attached to theplate. Wave energy incident of samplesover a rangeof temperaturesand frequencies.The observed on the discontinuitiesare either reflected,transmitted absorbed by the viscoelasticproperties were correlatedwith thermomechanicaltransi- acousticmedium in the formof radiatedsound waves, or absorbedby the tionsobserved in differentialscanning calorimetry analysis. The potential dashpotof the attachedvibrational system. The reflection,transmission, of thesematerials for usein IPN's in sounddamping applications is dis- andabsorption coefficients are presentedas a functionof frequencyfor a cussed. finitenumber of periodicallyspaced discontinuities. The frequencyde- pendenceof thesecoefficients are affectedby the resonancefrequency of 2:35 theSDOF aswell as resonance frequencies associated with thespacing of the discontinuities. TY3. Comparative measurements on viseoelnstic materials used for vibration damping. Christian Pillot (lnstitut National des Sciences 2:20 Appliqu6esde Lyon, 69621 VilleurbanneCedex, France) and Geoffrey L. Wilson (Graduate Program in Acousticsand Applied Research TT2. Structure-propertyrelationships of someRIM polyurethanesfor Laboratory, The PennsylvaniaState University, University Park, PA potentialsound damping applications. Rodger Capps,Linda M. Martin, 16802) and Eric D. Rustin {Naval ResearchLaboratory, Underwater Sound ReferenceDetachment, P.O. Box8337, Orlando, FL 32856) In a previouspaper at the 99th meetingof the AcousticalSociety of America in Atlanta in 1980 a new viscoelastometer was described. This Polyurethaneelastomers are block copolymers made up of relatively instrumentenables the Young'smodulus and lossfactor to be easilyob- short urethanehard block segmentsseparating longer flexible polyether tainedover a wide rangeof frequenciesand temperatures.The prototype or polyestersoft blocks. Polyurethanes often exhibit mechanical proper- of thisinstrument is beingused in a continuingproject for the systematic ties superiorto conventionalelaatomers. They also frequentlydisplay evaluationof the propertiesof a wide varietyof commerciallyavailable considerabledamping. When combined with othertypes of semi-compati- materials.The methodwill be.described and someexamples given.

S91 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America 2:50 3:20

TT4. Measurementof the dampingcharacteristics of metal matrix •'r6. Narrow-band random responseof a nonlinear oscillator. Huw compositesusing a resonantdwell technique. Nancy S. Timmerman(Bolt G. Davies and Dennis.Nandlall (Department of Mechanical Beranekand Newman Inc., 10 MoultonStreet, Cambridge, MA 02238) Engineering,University of New Brunswick,Fredericton, N.B., Canada E3B 5A3) The resonantdwell technique,first develol•d by Heine, wasused to measureloss factors at the fundamentalfrequency of severalcantilever The mean-squareresponse of an oscillatorwith a nonlinearspring to beamsamples. Nine differentmetal matrix composites and threeuntilled narrow-bandrandom excitation can exhibitmultiple values in somefre- basemetals were testedto studystress and temperaturedependence. quencyranges. The randomlyoccurring jumps in levelare similarto the Threetemperatures and four stress levels were used in thestudy, and the jump phenomenonseen in the caseof a sweptsinusoidal excitation. The fundamentalfrequency of all sampleswas between 100 and 200 Hz. The mean-squareresponse ofa Duffingoscillator is calculated here using equi- resultsindicate increasing loss factor with increasingstress level. Loss valentlinearization. The excitationis pinknoise passed through a first- factorsof the compositematerials were lower at elevatedtemperature order resonantfilter. Triple valuesof the responsecan occur at some when comparedwith room temperature,while the lossfactors of the un- frequenciesonly when the filter bandwidthis narrower than the oscillator filledbase metals were higher. [Work supported by AMMRC.] bandwidth. The correct sinusoidal excitation limit is obtained as the filter bandwidthis decreased. On theother hand, the mean-square response is 3:05 wholelysingle-valued if either the filter or oscillatorbandwidths are large. The narrow-bandmean-square response can be treatedas a spectrum •'TS. Theoretical prediction of sound attenuation in a liquid-filled level.Integration of thislevel over all excitationfrequencies shows good rectangularflow duct usinga viscoelastic-fiuidcomposite liner. Sung agreementwith theexact mean-square response to whitenoise excitation. H. Ko (NavalUnderwater Systems Center, New London,CT 06320}and Whenmultiple values occur the integrations using either the "upper" or LouisT. Ho (DavisW. Taylor Naval ShipResearch and Development "lower" part of the responsespectrum bracket the exactvalue and can Center,Annapolis, MD 20084) hencebe used to givea crudeestimate of therelative times the response is at thetwo pseudostable levels. Further work to estimate the expected time A theoreticalinvestigation was madeof the soundattenuation in a spentat eachlevel is in progress.[Work supported by NSERC,Canada.] two-dimensional,liquid-filled duct treated with a compositeliner consist- ing ofa viscoelasticslab and a fluidlayer, which is backedby a perfectly rigid plate. The viscoelasticmaterial is a rubber-like material that has a lossfactor associated with the shearmodulus, and is characterizedby Lameconstants and the material density. The fluid layer of thecomposite 3:35 liner is assumedto be losslessand nondispersivemedium, and is charac- •r7. A novelconcept for vibrationisolation. Thomas S. Graham(Bolt terizedby the fluiddensity and the speed of sound.The fluidcontained in Beranekand Newman Inc., UnionStation, New London,CT 06320} the linedduct is assumedto be inviscidand characterizedby the fluid densityand the speedof the sound.The eigenvalueequation was derived Thispaper describes a novel concept for combininglinear springs to basedon the theoryof elasticity,the acoustic wave equation in the pres- synthesizevarious force-deflection curves as might be useful for particular enceof theflow in theduct, the acoustic wave equation in theabsence of problemsof machineryisolation. (A force-deflectioncurve with a plateau theflow for thefluid layer of thecomposite liner, and pertinent boundary iseasily synthesized, for example.} The concept involves combining a neg- conditions.The eigenvalueequation was solved numerically for a given ativespring, produced by a standardspring acting against lever arms, in ductgeometry, the liner configuration, the composite liner material prop- seriesand parallel with standard springs. It issuggested that such devices erties, and the flow velocity. Then, the sound attenuation was obtained maybe useful where the use of rubberfor machineryisolation is inappro- usingthe calculatedeigenvalues. priate.

$92 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S92 FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 HAMPTON ROOM, 8:30 A.M. TO 12:05P.M.

SessionUU. Noise VI: Industrial Hearing Conservation

Alice H. Suter, Chairman SonusCompany, 1501 Red Oak Drive,Silver Spring, Maryland 20910

Chairman's Introductions8:30

Invited Papers

8:35

UU1. Hearing conservation:Regulatory status and issues.Alice H. Sutcr {SonusCo., 1501 Red Oak Drive, SilverSpring, MD 209]0) The OccupationalSafety and Health Administration published the finaldecisions on itshearing conserva. tion amendmenton 8 March 1983.Certain changes are likely to causeconfusion when OSHA personnel enforcethe standard. Employers now must use personal monitoring in cirumstanceswhere area monitoring is "generallyinappropriate" unless they can show that "area sampling produces equivalent results." Also, OSHA haschanged the term "significantthreshold shift" to "standardthreshold shift," whichsome individuals interpretto meanan ordinaryor expectedshift in hearinglevel. Most changes from the January 1981 version are towardsa performancerather than a specificationapproach, which may resultin lessrigorous hearing conservationpractices, increasing the likelihood that employees will suffernoise-induced hearing loss before interventioncan occur. Consequently, three critical issues have emerged. First, employers and consultants needa standard,practical method of testinghearing protector attenuation as it occursin the field. Second, OSHA needsto deratethe Noise ReductionRating to reflectreal world use,and third, employersneed an objectivemethod by whichto evaluatethe effectivenessof their hearing conservation programs.

9:05

UU2. Measuring the effectivenessof industrial hearing conservationprograms. Julia Doswell Royster (EnvironmentalNoise Consultants,Inc., P.O. Box 144, Cary, NC 27511-0144) and Larry H. Royster (Departmentof Mechanicaland AerospaceEngineering, North CarolinaState University, Raleigh, NC 276501 The performanceorientation of the hearingconservation amendment underscores the needto standardize methodsfor evaluatinghow adequatelyhearing conservation programs (HCPs) protectemployees' hearing. The authorswill reviewHCP evaluationprocedures based on analysisof groupaudiometric data for exposed populations.Techniques include comparisons ofmean thresholds for selected worker groups of hearing levels for nonindustrialnoise exposed populations matched by raceand sex,calculation of ratesof changein mean thresholds,and analysis of thresholdvariability in thedatabase toward better hearing or towardpoorer hearing in baselinecomparisons and sequentialtest comparisons. Acceptable ranges for the incidenceof definedthresh- old shiftshave been identified. Analysis results for additionalindustrial databases will be presented,as well as newlydeveloped approaches to dataanalysis. Applying age corrections to individuals'thresholds before com- biningrecords into groupdata allowsassessment of HCPs with feweremployees by poolingrace/sex groups together.Year-to-year variability in thresholdsfor annualaudiograms has been correlated with daily tempo- rary thresholdshifts for employeeswearing different types of hearingprotectors.

9:35

UU3. Measurementof employeenoise exposureSound levelmeter procedures. Daniel R. Flynn (National Bureauof Standards,Washington, DC 20234) Evenin thisera of sophisticateddigital instrumentation, the simplehand-held sound level meter continues to holdits placeas a workhorsein the measurementof employeenoise exposure. The historyof the soundlevel meterfor suchmeasurements isbriefly reviewed and a summaryis given of themajor advantages and disadvan- tagesof usinga soundlevel meter for occupational noise exposure measurements. Some of theproblems, perils, andpitfalls of conducting such measurements are highlighted. A briefreview is given of accuracy requirements andcalibration procedures. Spatial sampling problems are briefly discussed. The remainderof thetalk concen- trateson temporalsampling procedures for determinationof employeenoise exposure associated with time- varyingnoise; a simpleprocedure is described for accuratemeasurement of noisedose using a hand-heldsound level meter.

10:05

UU4. Do dosimetersoverestimate contributions from impulsivenoise? John J. Earshen(Metrosonics, Inc., Box 23075, Rochester,NY 14692)

The OccupationalSafety and Health Administrationpublished the final versionof its hearingconservation amendmenton 8 March 1983.It statesexplicitly that contributionsfrom all noise,impulsive, intermittent, and

S93 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S93 continuousmust be included in determiningworker noise dose. In additionit isstated that measurements must be madewith instrumentspossessing A-weighting and slowresponse. Many claimshave been made that dosimetersoverestimate contributions from impulsive noise (e.g., defense submissions and testimony in the Co!lier-Keyworthcase and Friend of theCourt submission by ChocolateManufacturers Association). The CMA documentpresents results comparing theoretical computation for waveforms having short pulse compo- nentsto resultsobtained with a varietyof dosimeterscurrently in use.The instrumentreadings are high comparedto the theoreticalcomputations; thus it is concludedthat dosimetersoverestimate. This paper demonstratesthat dosimeters complying with the OSHA stipulation to includeA-weighting and slow response do not overestimate.Conclusions reached in theCMA briefare critically affected by ignoringthe dynamic propertiesof SlowResponse when performing theoretical determination of predicteddose for specifiedpulsed waveforms.It has been suggested, and in severalinstances demonstrated, that the discrepancy between com- putedand measured values disappear if fastresponse is substituted.Mathematical analysis of the idealized dosimetertransfer function verifies this conclusion. It should be noted that the discrepancy reappears for pulse durationof lessthan 0.125 s. The issue to beresolved is not one of instrumentperformance; rather it iswhether the stipulationof A-weightedslow response is justifiable.

10:35

UUS. Assessmentof the performanceof hearingprotectors for hearingconservation purposes. Elliott H. Berger(, E-A-R Div., Cabot Corporation, 7911 Zionsville Road, Indianapolis, IN 46268) Ratinghearing protector performance for hearingconservation purposes can be most accurately accom- plishedwhen not only laboratory, but also 'field performance data are taken into consideration. Although standardizedlaboratory test data have been commonly available since the 1950's(ANSI Z24.22-1957;ANSI S3.19-19741,it is only sincethe mid 1970'sthat significantwork has beenconducted in the area of field performanceevaluation ofhearing protectors. Currently, a number of field techniques areavailable, including: real-earattenuation at threshold and/or mid-line lateralization tests using actual noise exposed employees as subjects,either at theirworkplaces orat specialtest clinics; dosimetry studies via miniature microphones; and temporarythreshold shift evaluations of hearingprotection users in noisyindustries. These real world methods will bereviewed and contrasted to thelaboratory techniques, and key points illustrated with representative data.

ContributedPapers

11:05 variesconsiderably. Advantages and disadvantages of eachmethod is also discussed.Finally, application of the valuesto on-the-jobsituations will UU6. Risk •ssessmentfor populationswearing hearing protectors. Felix be discussed. Z. Sachs(U.S. Army EnvironmentalHygiene Agency, Bldg. E2100, AberdeenProving Ground, MD 21010) ! 1:35 The considerationsand parameters underlying the assessment of risk of hearingloss for a populationwearing personal hearing protective de- UUS. The effect of reduced headband force on the attenuation of muff- vices(HPD's) are examined. A damagerisk function for a protectedpopu- type protectors. Daniel L. Johnson, Charles W. Nixon, and lationis developed,and measuresof hearingprotector effectiveness are Mike Skelton(Air Force AerospaceMedical ResearchLaboratory, defined.It is notedthat the NoiseReduction Rating (NRR) formulation Wright-PattersonAir ForceBase, OH 45433) of protectoreffectiveness cannot be validly used as a population-oriented measureof hearingprotector effectiveness. In the population-oriented The headbandforce of fivedifferent protectors was decreased in one- context,real-ear attenuation' values for hearing protectors obtained under halfpound increments until the force was less than one pound. Using a user-fitconditions must be used,but the meanvalue should only be re- dummy head,the attenuationwas measuredfor eachvalue of headband ducedby 1/4 to 1/2 of a standarddeviation in orderto providethe re- force.The resultsindicated that four of themuffs were relatively insensi- quiredstatistical confidence. Finally, somenumerical examples of hear- tiveto a decreasein headbandforce and loss of 50% of theoriginal force ing protectoreffectiveness are developedusing computer simulation akin resulted in less than a 3-dB reduction in the value of•the Noise Reduction to the Monte Carlo method. Rating(NRR). One muff, however,was very sensitive and a 50% lossin headbandforce resulted in roughlya 50% lossin attenuation.To verify the dummy head results,attenuation was measuredat selectedforces on threehuman subjects. Although the attenuationsmeasured were some- 11:20 whatless than those measured for thedummy heads, the effect of chang- UU7. Comlmrisonof hearingprotector single-number rating methods. ing headbandforce produced similar results. While all protectorswere LeonardC. Marraccini (U.S. Departmentof Labor, Mine Safetyand unaffectedby a reductionof one-halfpound in force,the effect of greater Health Administration,Pittsburgh, PA 15213) reductionsvaried dramatically with themake and model of the protector. Apparently,manufacturers need to setguidelines tailored to theirspecific Duringthe last ten years, various organizations have developed single- models. number rating methodsfor hearingprotectors. These valueshave been usedto approximatethe amountof noisereduction obtained by using thesedevices. From thehearing protector attenuation data obtained from 11:50 theAmerican National Standards Institute test procedures, the organiza- UU9. Impulse contribution of total worker noise dose. $ohn Erdreich tionshave mathematicallyarrived at singlenumbers such as the "R fac- (NationalInstitute for OccupationalSafety and Health, 4676 Columbia tor", the "NRR", and "D factor", and so on. These are basedon various Parkway,Cincinnati, OH 45226) itemssuch as actual noise spectrums, pink noise spectrums, standard devi- ationof theattenuation data, etc. This paper compares the various single For severalyears there has been controversy concerning whether im- numberratings which have been calculated for sixdifferent hearing pro- pulsivenoise should be included in determiningthe noise dose to whicha teetots,and the methodsused. As canbe seen,the singlenumber rating workeris exposed.Clearly, the impulsivenoise components reach the ear

S94 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $94 andshould be considered in determininghazard. However, recent court andeither a 40-dBor a 72-dBdynamic range were analyzed and the total rulingsheld that, since appropriate instrumentation isnot available to the OSHA doseand the OSHA dosefor the impulsesalone were calculated. industrialhygienist for impulsemeasurement, the calculations and tables The impulsesaccount for as muchas 20% of the exposuretime. In this in the OSHA HearingConservation Amendment should not includethis shortperiod, however, the impulsenoise accounts for up to 50% of the noise.How muchof a differencedoes not including impulse noise make in total dose.Eliminating impulses from dosecalculation may resultin' thetotaldose? Measurements in 14plants made with a 40-kHz bandwidth workerexposure estimates half of the actualdose.

FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEE ROOMS, 9:00 A.M.

SessionVV. UnderwaterAcoustics VI: Propagation(Pr6cis-Poster Session)

Ding Lee, Chairman Naval UnderwaterSystems Center, New London, Connecticut06320

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

ContributedPapers

9:05 Duringthe last decade the fast field program (FFP} has been an impor- tant tool for modelingwave propagationin stratifiedmedia. The earlier VVl. Theoretical method for a range-dependentfast field program. modelsof thistype were based on a solutionof thedepth-separated wave K. E. Gilbert, W. A. Kuperman, and R. E. Grimm {Naval Ocean equationby meansof the Thomson-Haskellmethod. In this new FFP Researchand DevelopmentActivity, Numerical Modeling Division, modela moredirect and faster solution technique is employed. The fieldis NSTL Station,MS 39529} expressedin termsof unknownscalar potentials. At eachinterface the A fast field program(i.e., a Green'sfunction method) is an accurate boundaryconditions yield a linear systemof equationsin the Hankel and flexiblemeans for treatingwave propagation in a range-independent transformsof the potentials.Using a techniquesimilar to the oneused in environment.Until now, however,there apparently has been no theory finite-elementprograms, these equations are mappedinto a globalsystem for applyingthe methodto a range-dependentenvironment. This paper whichis solvedwith an efficientband-solver. Contrary to the Thomson- derivesand applies a fastfield method for one-waywave propagation in a Haskellmethod, the newtechnique can treat severalsources and receivers range-dependentenvironment. The methodis basedon the solutionof the with one singlesolution. Hence, the field producedby vertical source ellipticwave equation for an arbitraryvertical source distribution. On a arrayscan be determined.Even with onesource and receiverthe compu- givenrange step, the verticalsource distribution is takento be the fieldat tationalspeed has been improved by an orderof magnitude,and pulse theend of theprevious step. It is shownanalytically and numerically that calculationsby meansof Fourier synthesishave becomefeasible. The thisapproach does, in fact,give the correct solution for one-waypropaga- featuresof the modelare illustratedthrough a few computationalexam- tion in a range-dependentenvironment. ples.

9:17

9:09 VV4. Modeling of soundpropagation over Dickins Seamount.Finn B. Jensen{SACLANT ASW ResearchCentre, 19026 La Spezia,Italy) VV2. Matrix methodfor numericallysolving the inhomogeneouswave Experimentaldata for sound propagation across a steepseamount {14 ø equation.R. E. Grimm, K. E. Gilbert,and W. A. Kuperman(Naval meanslope} was recently reported [G. R. Ebbesonand R. G. Turner, J. OceanResearch and DevelopmentActivity, NumericalModeling Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 143-152(1983}]. The broadbanddata exhibit a fre- Division,NSTL Station,MS 39529) quency-dependentshadowing effect with a dropin soundlevel just behind In recentyears, matrix methods(e;g., finite elements,finite differ- themount of morethan 20 dB at 12.5Hz. An earlierattempt to explain ences)have been successfully used to numerically solve the parabolic wave thesepropagation features using the parabolic-equationtechnique gave equation.This paperdiscusses the applicationof suchmethods to the promisingresults [F. B. Jensen,W. A. Kuperman,and H. Medwin,J. solutionof the elliptic wave equation for a generalvertical source distribu- Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.I 68, S52{1980}]. The data havenow beensub- tion. In particular,it is shownthat one-dimensionalfinite elements are a jectedto a detailedmodeling using both range-dependent ray theoryand convenientway to accuratelyreduce the depth-separated inhomogeneous the recentlydeveloped wide-angled parabolic equation theory [D. Lee, waveequation to an easilysolved system of linearequations. The advan- G. Botseas,and J. S. Papadakis,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 70, 795-800 {1981 }]. tagesof thismethod over methods which use special functions are that it It is found that the full complexityof the propagationsituation is well acceptsarbitrary numerical profiles and that it canbe simply applied to handledby boththe acoustic models, and that theshadowing is dueto the computea range-dependent"fast field" solution.In addition,for realistic cutoffofsteep propagation paths (bottom-bounce paths) by theseamount, environmentswith complex stratification, the computation speed should leavingmainly waterborne paths to propagatebeyond the mount.For becompetitive with methodsbased on specialfunctions. theselatter pathsthe surfacc-decouplingloss essentially determines the frequencydependence of the measuredloss.

9:13 9:21

VV3. A new fast-field solution to propagation in multilayered solid VV5. A range reflection parabolic equation. Frederick D. Tappert environments.Henrik Schmidt (SACLANT ASW Research Centre, (University of Miami, Miami, FL 33149) and Ding Lee (Naval 19026,La Spezia,Italy} Underwater SystemsCenter, New London, CT 06320}

$95 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S95 Applicationof the standardparabolic wave equation to solvereal However, we choose to solve our three-dimensionalPE by the same problemsrequires a clever selection of thereference wavenumber ko. An Crank-Nicolsonscheme as usedto solvethe two-dimensionalPE. Using extendedparabolic equation, earlier developed [F. D. Tappert,The Para- thisimplicit finite-difference scheme in conjunctionwith an efficienthigh- bolicApproximation Method {Springer-Verlag,Berlin, 1977},Lecture performancepreconditioning technique, developed at Yale, can produce Notesin Physics,Vol. 70, pp. 224-287], is re-introduced.This parabolic an accuratenumerical solution. [Work supportedjointly by ONR and waveequation has range refraction capability and is totallyko-indepen- NUSC.] dent.The existingImplicit Finite-Difference (IFD} modelwas applied to testthe range refraction parabolic equation. Results compare favorably with knownsolutions for weaklyrange dependent environments, but yield 9'.37 significantcorrections for propagationthrough strong oceanic fronts. [Work supportedby NUSC.] VV9. Applicationof the Yale sparsematrix techniqueto the three- dimensionalparabolic wave equation. Ding Lee INaval Underwater SystemsCenter, New London, CT 06320), Martin H. Schultz (Yale 9:25 University,New Haven, CT 06520},and KennethR. Jackson{University W6. HYPER: A hybrid parabolic equation-ray model for high- of Toronto,Toronto, Ontario, Canada M5S IA?} frequencyunderwater sound propagation. Frederick Tappert(University The Yale Universitysparse matrix technique is an efficientmethod for of Miami/RSMAS, Miami, FL 33149) solvinglarge sparse systems of linearequations such as those that arise at The parabolicequation (PE) propagation model contains all diffrac- eachstep in thenumerical integration of thestiff system ofordinary differ- tion effects,PE appliesto fully range-dependentenvironments, and PE entialequations resulting from the application of the methodof linesto hasno upperlimit of validityin frequency.However, simple operation the three-dimensionalparabolic wave equation.The theory behindthe Yale sparsetechnique and the advantageof usingit for this problemare countestimates show that PE executiontimes increase proportional to at leastthe square of frequency,and thus PE becomesimpractical to runon discussed.The solutionof a three-dimensionalocean eddy propagation problemis presented as an example. [Work supported jointly by ONR and minicomputersat highfrequencies {above about 500 Hz). Theequations of NUSC.] geometricalacoustics can be solvedin fully rangedependent environ- mentswith executiontimes independent of frequency,but amplitudesand phasesare not reliablebecause these equations do not containdiffraction effects.The HYPER (Hybrid PE-Ray)model uses only the ray tracepor- 9:41 tion of geometricalacoustics to locatethe importantpropagation paths. Then HYPER solvesa modifiedparabolic equation in a small region WlO. Time inversion of acoustic signals with weak dispersion. (decreasingwith increasingfrequency} near the ray pathsand computes L. B. Felsen {Departmentof Electrical Engineeringand Computer amplitudesand phases.Theoretical calcuations show that HYPER pro- Science,Polytechnic Instituteof New York, Route110, Farmingdale, NY ridesuniformly valid diffractlye solutions in fully rangedependent envi- 11735)and E. Heyman(Department of ElectricalEngineering, Tel-Arty ronmentswith executiontimes nearly independent of frequency.Thus University,Tel-Arty 69978, Israel} HYPER shouldbe practicalto run on minicomputersat very high fre- Wavepropagation in a verticallyinhomogeneous ocean exhibits effec- quencies. tive dispersionalthough the mediumitself is nondispersive.Wave disper- sion is weak at sufficientlyhigh frequencies.The resultinglocal plane wavespectral repp•entation of a source-excitedsound field may thenbe 9:29 inverted exactly to yield the impulsiveresponse. Alternative inversion VV7. Propagationin a one-dimensionalrandom medium. Suzanne techniquesare the Cagniard-DeHonpand the more generalChapman T. McDaniel (AppliedResearch Laboratory, The PennsylvaniaState procedures.Both have limitations which are overcomeby an analytic University,University Park, PA 16802) functionapproach, from which either a generalizedCagniard-DeHoop or the Chapmanformulations are derivedsystematically by manipulations Acousticpropagation in a one-dimensionalrandom inhomogeneous in the complexspectral plane. The threemethods are comparedand illus- mediumis considered.Exact solutions of the Dysonequation for the co- trated on caustic-formingmultiple reflectedray fieldsand on refraction herent field are examined to determine constraints on the correlation arrivals. functionof the randominhomogeneities to insure finite results. The long rangebehavior of thecoherent field is predicted,yielding an attenuation due to scatteringand a modificationof the real part of the propagation constant.Approximate solutions for thecoherent field are then applied to 9:45 determinethe incoherentfield. In contrastto resultsobtained using a VVII. Intrinsic modes in a wedge-shapedocean. J. M. Arnold straightforwardperturbation approach, the predictedincoherent field is, {University of Nottingham, Nottingham, EnglandI and L. B. Felsen in this case,finite in the absenceof attenuation.{Research supported by {Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, ONR.] PolytechnicInstitute of New York, Route 110,Farmingdale, NY 11735} By a recentlydeveloped theory appliedto propagationin a wedge- 9:33 shapedocean with penetrablebottom [J. M. Arnold and L. B. Felsen,J. VVS. A wide-anglethree-dimensional parabolic wave equation. Ding Lee Acoust.Sec. Am. 73 1105 119831],spectral integrals have been derived (NavalUnderwater Systems Center), William L. Siegmann(Rensselaer that yield,by asymptoticevaluation to lowestorder in the smallbottom PolytechnicInst., Troy NY 12181), and Oregory A. Kriegsmann slope,the adiabatic modes, where these are valid, but which also describe (NorthwesternUniversity, Evanston, IL 60201) the previouslyinaceessible transition through cutoff in upslopepropaga- tion. Thesespectral integrals have now beenreexamined by performing Onestraightforward extension of thestandard two-dimensional PE to the evaluationto the next asymptoticorder. It is found that the result the three-dimensionalcase can be accomplishedby retainingthe angular generatedin this manner agrees,to the sameorder of accuracy,with a derivativeterm. However,a numberof basicquestions arise concerning directcoupled mode solution of the boundaryvalue problem wherein the the derivationof this equationand its domainof validity. We discuss adiabaticmodes appear as the basicelements. Thus, the modeforms gen- answersto thesebasic questions. Our answerslead to formulationof a new eratedby thespectral integral include lowest order coupling between adia- wideangie, three-dimensional partial differential equation which models batic modes.We refer to theseuncoupled "more adaptable"modes, which soundpropagation in the three-dimensionalocean. This formulationis likewiseapply in thetransition through cutoff, as intrinsic modes in order achievedby operatortheory. Insteadof straightforward,small-angle to distinguishthem from the "lessadaptable" adiabatic modes. Some threc-dimensionalPE, the new wide-angleequation is (in principleD a considerationis givento still furthergeneralization of the intrinsicmodes third-orderpartial differential equation. This third-orderPDE is in an to furnishuncoupled modes in a morestrongly range dependent environ- implicitform, makingits solutionby somenumerical methods difficult. ment. [Work supportedby ONR AcousticsBranch.]

S96 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America SiN} 9:49 The causticsof shortwavelength wave propagation may be classified accordingto catastrophetheory. After establishingthis connectionthe VV12. Acoustic normal modes propagationthrough ocean eddies. behaviorof thetime-dependent wave field due to an impulsive wave in the Y. Desaubies,C. S, Chiu, and J. Miller (Department of Ocean vicinityof the general cuspold catastrophe isexamined. Numerical results Engineering,Woods Hole OceanographicInstitute, Woods Hole, MA arepresented for the fold, cusp, and swallowtail catastrophes which show 02543} the smoothvariation of the time-dependentacoustic field as the control Uniformly valid asymptoticsolutions are derivedfor normal mode parametersare varied. These results vividly demonstrate the phenomenon propagationin a slowlyvarying ocean waveguide. The limits of validityof of rayfocusing, showing the number of rayswhich converge at eachcatas- variousapproximations asa functionof modenumber, acoustic frequen- trophe,the resulting phase shifts they undergo as well as their decay in cy,and range are discussed for realisticocean environments. In particu- shadowregions. Analytical results are given which describe the most im- lar, the first correctionto the adiabaticequations is calculated,which portantproperties of the time-dependentacoustic field on andat large providesan approximatesolution to the coupledmode equations. The distancesaway from each of thecuspold catastrophes. implicationsfor numericalcalculation of normal modesare discussed.

10:09

9:53 VV17. Impulsivewave propagationand the elliptic, hyperbolic,and VV13. The uniform WKB normal mode code: Applications to cw nnd parabolic umbilic caustics.Michael G. Brown •Division of Ocean broadbandpropagation. R. F. Henrick (The JohnsHopkins University, Engineering,Rosenstiel School of Marine and AtmosphericScience, Universityof Miami, Miami, FL 33149-1098) AppliedPhysics Laboratory, Johns Hopkins Road, Laurel, MD 20707),J. R. Brannan, D. B. Warner, and G. P. Forney (Department of Thetime-dependent wave field due to an impulsivewave in thevicini- MathematicalScience, Clemson University, Clemson, SC 296311 ty of theelliptic, hyperbolic, and parabolic umbilic caustics is examined. Numericalresults are presentedwhich show the smoothvariation of the The increasedinterest in the modelingof underwateracoustic signals whichare time limitedor possesssignificant frequency bandwidth has time-dependentacoustic field in thevicinity of all threecaustics. Analyti- resultedin a varietyof broadbandpropagation codes. However, these calresults are given which describe the most important properties of these codesare typicallylimited in utility by extremelylong run timesor in wavefields. The time-dependentstructures of thesewave fields are qual- accuracyby simplifyingassumptions. The approachtaken here it to use itativelydifferent than thoseassociated with the cuspoldcaustics. The uniformasymptotic approximations to the normalmodes of the sound reasonfor thedifference stems from the difference in phaseshifts which channelto obtainboth accuracy and numerical efficiency. These approxi- individualray arrivals undergo as a resultof touchingone of thetwo types mationsare basedon the WKB approachbut includecorrections for of caustic(cuspold versus umbilic). modesthat turn near boundariesand near mode turning points. This uniform WKB model approachleads to further efficienciesin multiple 10:13 frequencybroadband or pulsedpropagation. The accuracyof this ap- proachand the importanceof thesecorrections is firstillustrated for a cw VV18. Shallow-oceanfronts: Effects on array performanceand acoustic signal.Subsequent examples show accurateresults for both broadband prediction of properties. T. H. Rousseau,• M. J. Jacobson, and and time pulsedsignals. Run time comparisonsshow reductionsof two W. L. Siegmann(Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY 12181) ordersof magnitudein comparisonto conventionalbroadband codes. A parametric model is introduced which includesthe location and orientationof a shallow-waterfront, aswell asjumps in soundspeed and 9:57 currentacross it. In order to investigatefrontal effectson array perfor- mance,a cwpoint source and a horizontallinear array of pointreceivers is VVI4. On normalmode attenuation. Gary H. Brooke(Defence Research considered.The errorin predictedsource direction, resulting from a fron- EstablishmentPacific, Victoria, BC, CanadaV0S 1B0) tally induceddisplacement in peakarray output,is examined.Also, it is shownhow the peaklevel and shapeof the main-lobearray output are The attenuationof normal modesdue to viscous-typeabsorption degradedsignificantly by the presenceof a front as a point sourceap- lossesin a layeredbottom is examined.A standardperturbational ap- proachesthe nearfield. Finally, two sources and two receiversare placed proachis usedto relatethe modalattenuation coefficient to the energy at known locations on either side of the front. It is shown how travel times storedand the powerflow in eachmode and to the intrinsicviscous loss in overdirect rays between source-receiver pairs are affected by the various eachlayer. As such,the method is straightforwardlyapplied to geoacous- frontalparameters. A correspondingsystem of equationsmay be inverted tic waveguideconfigurations involving solid layers. Numerical examples so that travel-timechanges can be usedto predictestimates for frontal are presentedwhich illustratethe relationshipbetween normal modeat- geometry and sound-speedand current discontinuitiesacross a front. tenuationand energyconcentration in the variouslayers. [Worksupported by ONR.] • Presentaddress: Union College, Schenec- tady, NY 12308.

10:01 10:17 VV15. Abstract withdrawn. VV19. Long-range Pacific acoustic multipath identification. John Northropand Richard C. ShockIcy(Naval Ocean Systems Center, San Diego, CA 92152I

Acousticsignals from three long-range(500-700 km) transmission pathsin the NortheastPacific were examined for multipathstructure. Soundpropagation along each path encounteredboth differentsound- speedprovinces and uniquebathymetry which, together with the range differences,caused characteristic pulse arrival patternsat each hydro- phonesite. The receiverswere all on a slopingbottom at depthsbetween 1200and 1400m and the sourcedepth was at 450 m in deepwater. Ray- patharrivals were modeled using IMPULSE, a new ray-theoretical impulse 10:05 responsecode written by oneof us(RCS). This codeuses piecewise contin- uouscubic polynomialsto fit the sound-speedprofile and bathymetric VVI6. Impulsive wave propagationand the cuspoldcaustics. Michael profile,and Ruuge-Kutta methodsto solvethe ray equationof motion.It G. Brown IDivision of Ocean Engineering,Rosenstiel School of Marine allowsarbitrary ray densityin launchangle, and identifieseigenrays by and AtmosphericScience, University of Miami, Miami, FL 33149-1098) searchingfor rays whosedepths bracket the receiverand which were

S97 d. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S97 adjacentat thesource. Using this procedure, we were able to identify most acousticsin the high-frequeacylimit. The sourcedepth determines the of the major pulsearrivals observed at eachof the recordingsites. initial valuesfor the effectivesound velocity profile and its derivativewith respectto depth.

10:29 10-.21 VV22. Measurements of transmission fluctuations in the Florida Straits. VV20. Estimationof mesoscalesound speed perturbations via underwater H. A. DeFerrari, D. Ko, and P. Gruber (Division of Ocean acoustic tomography. Ching-SangChiu and Yves Desaubies Engineering,Rosenstiel School of Marine and AtmosphericScience, (Department of Ocean Engineering, Woods Hole Oceanographic Universityof Miami, Miami, FL 33149-1098} Institution,Woods Hole, MA 02543) Experimentsare underwayon the acousticremote sensing of trans- The inverseproblem in oceanacoustic tomography corresponds to the port and averagetemperature of the Florida current.The experiments estimationof the parameterscharacterizing the soundspeed fluctuations employa reciprocaltransmission geometry to separatetransport and tem- due to mesoscale eddies from the acoustic travel time data. A determinis- peratureeffects. Preliminary results give information on theacoustic vari- tic modelof the soundspeed pexturbation field tScis presented.In the ability and coherenceof transmissionbetween a fixed bottom mounted model&: is assumedto be generatedby a smallnumber of Rossbywaves sourceand mooredreceivers at rangesof 8, 16, and 24 kin. Statisticsof andaccounts for mostof thedata variance. Thus, 6c isdetermined by only fluctuationsfor broadbandpulse-like transmissions are presented.Envir- a few waveparameters, that is the amplitudes,wavenumbers and phases onmentaldata are usedas inputsto ray and P.E. modelsto intepretre- of the waves.The forward problemof travel time and ray path fluctu- sults.[Work supported by ONR andNOAA.] ationsdue to •c and currentsis studiedby computersimulations and resultsare presented.An iterativemethod to estimatethe wave param- 10:33 etersof the nonlinearsystem of the inverseproblem is discussedand pre- liminary resultsin applying it to the data of the 1981 experimentare VV23. Acousticpropegafion of AFAR: Theory and experiment.Stephen presented. A. Reynolds,Stanley M. Flatt6 ILs SoilsInstitute, P.O. Box 1434, La Jolla, CA 92038}, Roger Dashen (Institute for Advanced Studies, Princeton, NJ}, Barry Buehler, and Pat MaciejewskiINUSC, New London,CT}

10:25 We examine the statistics of the second and fourth moments of the W21. Sampleetacot/re sound velocity profiles. Edward R. Floyd •Navai acousticfield measuredat the AzoresFixed AcousticRange (AFAR}. OceanSystems Center, Code 7222, SanDiego, CA 92152} The resultsare from pulsetransmissions during 1973and 1975of several acousticfrequencies over two volume-refractedpaths in differentscatter- Varioussample effqctioe sound velocity profiles [E. R. Floyd, J. ing regimes:a 2.9-kin geometricand a 35-kmpartially saturated path. The Acoust.Soc. Am. 60, 801-809 (1976}]for representativehypothetical Garrett-Munk internalwave model is usedto specifythe index-of-refrac- soundvelocity profiles are generatedexactly albeit numerically.These tion fluctuations;model parametersare entirely determinedby environ- variouseffectJoe sound velocity profiles exhibit their dependence upon the mental observations.Predictions based upon the path-integralformula- constantof themotion (i.e., the vertexvelocity}, source frequency, and the tion [SoundTransmission through a FluctuatingOcean, edited by S. M. sourcedepth. Even for isotropicsound velocity profiles, the existsneeof a Flatt6•1979}] compare favorably with theacoustic observations. The arri- finite velocitygradient is sufficientto inducea constant-of-the-motion val time Iphase}fluctuations are predominantly geometric. However at 35 dependencein the effectJoesound velocity profile. Any dependenceupon kin, microrayeffects in the phasecan be identified. The 2.9-kinamplitude theconstant of themotion represents an anisotropiceffectioe sound veloc- behaviorappears geometric although comparison is hamperedby a short ity profile.All effectJoesound velocity profiles exhibit the vertex point time series.At 35 kin, log-amplitudeand intensityfluctuations are due recedingto infinitedepth (flat-earth assumption} which manifests the nod- largelyto microrayeffects; the powerspectra of log-amplitudeare de- al characteristicof the singularityof the nonlineardifferential equation scribedby a singleparameter model where the parameteris relatedto the that specifiesthe effectioesound velocity profile. The behaviorof the fre- intensity decorrelationcaused by the microrays. [Work supportedby quencydependence manifests an asymptoticapproach to geometric ONR, Code 425UA.]

FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 CHAMBER ROOM, 8:30 TO 11:50 A.M.

SessionWW. Engineering AcousticsVI: Transducers

Daniel Queen, Chairman Daniel QueenAssociates, 5524 w. Gladys•4venue, Chicago, Illinois 60644

Chairman's lntroduetion---8:30

ContributedPapers

8:35 In an articleby Rudnick[J. Acoust. Soc. Am. 63, 1923(I 978)]a proce- dure for the "reciprocitycalibration of transducersin unconventional WWI. Reciprocitycalibration of transducersin a plane-waveresonator. geometries"was described.The theory presentedby Rudnick has been Charles L. Burmasterand S. L. Garrett (PhysicsDepartment, Code testedexperimentally and extendedto include the effectsof the com- 61Gx, Naval PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA 93940} plianceof nonidealtransducers on the quality factorof the plane-wave

S98 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $98 resonances.A computer controlled system with automated switching was 9:35 designedand built to acquireand process the resonance data required for the reciprocitycalculations. Two reversibletransducers and one micro- WW5. Noncontacting,acoustic vibration sensor.W. G. Richarz, P. phonewere mounted in thecylindrical resonant cavity to allowa six-way A. Sullivan,and Tao Ma IInstitutefor AerospaceStudies, University of roundrobin self-consistency check of the experimentalprecision. The Toronto,4925 Dufferin Street, Downsview, Ontario, M3H 5T6•Canada I absoluteaccuracy of the sensitivitythus obtained is thencompared with The measurementof vibrationof lightweightstructures requires that the resultsof a conventionalreciprocity technique [ANSI S1.10-1966 anyloading due to a vibrationtransducer be eliminated. A noncontacting (R1976)]and/or manufacturersspecifications. [Work supportedby displacementsensor has been developed to assistin theunderstanding of ONR.] the dynamicsof lightweightair cushionvehicle skirts. A remotevibration sensoris requiredto monitorthe unsteadymotion of thesemembranelike structures.A low-costacoustic displacement sensor has been developed. A piezoelectricdriver aimed at thevibrating surface; the reflected beam is 8:50 detected by a microphone. The motion of the reflector introduces a WW2. Computerizedmeasurement and analysls of sonar transducer "Dopplershift" whichis detectedby a lock-inamplifier whose internal equivalent circuit parameters. L. J. $kowronck, D. V. Contc, O. electronicstransform this informationinto a signalproportional to dis- B. Wilson, and S. L. Garrett (PhysicsDepartment, Code 61Gx, Naval placement.The resolutionof the systemis governedby the wavelengthof PostgraduateSchool, Monterey, CA 93940} the incidentbeam, high frequencies (fo < 20 kHzI affordingpeak to peak valuesof the orderof I 0 ram;for largerexcursions lower frequencies are Measurementsof the electricaland mechanicalproperties of trans- used.The systemis sensitiveto changesin air temperature,the speedof dueersare of importancein both their designand servicein their evalua- soundfiguring in the Dopplerfactor. In additionthe directivityof the tion. Followingthe formalismof Hunt [Electroacoustics(Acoustical So- transducerplays a role, the resultantamplitude modulated signal afford- cietyof America,New York, 1982}],these properties can be determined ing additionalsensitivity. The displacementtransducer is readily confi- by accuratemeasurements of compleximpedance or admittancemade guredfrom standardcomponents found in manylaboratories and is ideal throughoutthe frequency range of interest.Manual collection of the nec- for the detectionof low-frequencydisplacements (f< 100 Hz). [Work essarydata is tediousand particularlyerror pronefor transducerswith supportedby the Natural Scienceand EngineeringResearch Council and sharpresonances. A computer-controlledsystem, using an H-P 85, will TransportCanada.] be describedwhich automaticallyacquires and plotsthe electricaldata andcalculates the equivalentelectrical circuit parameters, coupling con- stants,and efficiencies. Sample data will bepresented for piezoelectricand 9:50 magnetostrictivetransducers. [Work supportedby ONR and the NPS WW6. Finite elementmethod applied to characterizationof piezoelectric FoundationResearch Program.] ceramics.B. Tocquet,D. Boucher(GERDSM,83140LeBrusc, France), J. N. Decarpigny,J. C. Debus,and P. Tierce {ISEN, 3, rue F. Ba•s, 59046 Lille Cedex, France} 9:05 Finiteelement computation of piezoelectrictransducers requires the WW3. A wide bandwidth constant beamwidth end-fire array. knowledgeof elastic,piezoelectric, and dielectric coefficients of ceramics. Theseconstants are generallynot availablefrom the manufacturer,and Beatriz Ugrinovichand Elmer L. Hixson (Departmentof Electrical even,variations up to 20% canbe expectedin theworse cases. The classi- Engineering,The Universityof Texasat Austin,Austin, TX 78712} cal experimentalmethod, proposedby Mason, is basedon admittance An end-firearray usingfive electret microphonesand "bucket-bri- measurementsand a completedetermination of all the materialsproper- gade"analog delay lines are used to producethe desired beamwidth at 353 tiesrequires five resonatorgeometries. An interestingmethod, based on Hz. A half-scalemodel is implementedby addingtwo moremicrophones an adjustmentof firstmodes of ceramicrings with a finiteelement code, is and usingthree redundant microphones to givethe samebeamwidth at described.It hasthree advantages over the Masonmethod. First, it does 707 Hz. High-passand low-passfilters are usedin the respectivearray not requireparticular resonator geometries; second, the experimental outputswhich are summedto producea constantbeamwidth over the methodis summedup on a simpleimpedance measurement of the whole octave.The designprocess is repeated to producea constantbeamwidth 3- ceramics;and third, the adjustmentis unaffectedby localnonhomogen- octavearray. Predictedand measuredcharacteristics will be presented. eity of materials.In this paper,the whole methodis developed.Then experimentaland numericalresults are comparedfor severalceramics.

9:20 10:05

WW4. An improved fiber optic lever transducer. Frank W. Cuomo WW7, Computationof a piezoelectricdeep-submergence transducer by (Departmentof Physics,University of RhodeIsland, Kingston, R102881 three-dimensionalfinite element method. B. Tocquet, D. Boucher and.NUSC, Newport,RI 02841) (GERDSM, 83140Le Brusc,France), J. C. Debus,and P. Tierce(ISEN, 3, rue F. Bai•s,59046 Lille Cedex,France} The conceptof a bifurcatedfiber optic transducer has been described and appliedto the measurementof pressureand temperature.This ap- The advantagesof deep-submergencetransducer are well known al- proachhas been usedto designlow-frequency hydrophones [F. W. thoughpractical solutions to solvehigh-pressure problems are very few. Cuomo,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 1848-1857(1983)]. The sensitivityof this In this paper,such a systemis studied.The radiatingarea of the trans- deviceis proportionalto the total numberof adjacenttransmit/receive duceris a ring, on the innerface of which severallength expander motors fiber pairs usedin the bundle.For goodsensitivity the transmit/receive arefixed in a starshape. Every motor is composed of a ceramicstack and a fiber distribution must be maximized while the total number of fibers tail mass. No mechanical connection is able to transmit exterior static or must be large.This paperdiscusses an improvedbifurcated fiber optic dynamicforces to the motors.This transducerhas mainly two resonance transducercomprising one transmit fiber and two receive fibers, each frequencieswhich can be used:one is lower than the resonancefrequency receivefiber having a differentcore diameter. The three fibersare separat- of the ring alone,the other is slightlyhigher than the motor resonance.To ed at oneend and combinedat the distalend in the vicinityof a miniature analyzethis transducer,a finite elementcomputer code (ATILA) has been reflectivesurface sensitive to axial motion causedby minute pressure developed.In water,the vicinityof the transduceris modelizedwith 3D changessuch that any displacementof the reflectorfrom equilibriumwill fluid elementsup to an exteriorsurface, the boundaryreflection being increase or decrease the illuminated areas of the two receive fibers and will dampedthrough use of a suitableradiation impedance. So, in air eigen- generatea processedoutput signal proportional to this motion.The major modes,transmitting voltage response, directivity patterns, and electrical relevant improvementsover prior designsinclude a probe of minimal impedancecan be computed.In this paper,the experimentalresults ob- dimensions,a greatlyimproved sensitivity, and an output independentof tainedwith a deep-submergencetransducer are comparedwith the theo- variationsat the input. retical ones.

-•99 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S99 10:20 11:05

WWS. Responseof an edge-supported,annular, electret earphone.llenc WW11. Four accelerometerstructural vibration intensity measurements J. Busch-Vishniac(Department of MechanicalEngineering, University on beams.G. P. Carroll and J. A. Clark (MechanicalEngineering of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 78712} Department,Catholic University of America, Washington,DC 20064) In manyelectre• transducers, the diaphragm is held above a metalized Two accelerometermeasurement methods do not accuratelymeasure backplateby circularridges machined into the backplate.Such trans- structuralvibration intensity near boundaries for the lowestbeam modes ducersmay be thoughtof as a seriesof annularelectrct transducer seg- becausethe shear and moment-related intensity components are no longer ments,each of whichhas an edge-supported diaphragm. In thetreatment equal.It wasshown by the authors[J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.I 73, S33 presentedhere the behaviorof an edge-supported,annular, eleetret ear- • i 983)]that thisis a seriouslimitation since it isoften by the lowestmodes phoneis studiedanalytically in a two-stepprocedure. First, the static that poweris transmittedthrough complex structures. In thistalk, a four diaphragmdeflection is determined.A stabilitycriterion is developed aceelerometerspectral averaging measurement approach originally pro- which physicallycorresponds to a limit in the maximumstable static posedby Verheij[J. SoundVib. 70, 133-1380980)1 will be reviewed.A deflection.Second, the diaphragmdynamic motion is determinedand the method for convenientlyimplementing this approachwith currently resultingsound pressure in theear canal calculated. Using this method the availabletwo-channel FFT signalprocessors will bedescribed and results linearresponse and distortion response may be separately analyzed. Both froman experimentalstudy of a beamexcited transversely at oneend and tend to increasein level as the transducerapproaches the point of static dampedat the otherend will be presented.The experimentalresults will instability.Experimental results agree well with the predictionsof the also be comparedwith theoreticalsolutions and with resultsobtained theory.[Work done in partat BellLaboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974.] independentlyby holographicinterferometry. [Research supported by David Taylor Naval ShipResearch and DevelopmentCenter, Washing- ton, DC.] 10:35

WW9. Characteristicsof a particle velocity hydrophonebased on hot. 11:20 film anemometry.Pieter S. Dubbeiday (Naval Research Laboratory, Underwater Sound ReferenceDetachment, P.O. Box 8337, Orlando, FL WW12. Relationshipbetween reflection and transmissioncoefficients of 32856) a linearpassive junction. L.J. Magaand G. Maidanik(David W. Taylor Naval ShipResearch and Development Center, Bethesda, MD 20084) It is desirableto measureparticle velocity in an acousticfield in addi- tion to pressure.The heat transferinherent in hot-film anemometryis The impulseresponse function of coupled,one-dimensional dynamic mostlya functionof particlemotion. The relationbetween particle veloc- systemscan be describedin terms of the wavenumbersof the constituent ity and voltageoutput in a harmonichydroacoustic field appears different dynamic systemstogether with the reflectionand transmissioncoeffi- from that in a nonperiodicflow (King's law). For horizontalmotion, the cientsat junctionswhich couple the dynamicsystems. The junctionsalso outputis proportionalto the velocitysquared, with a frequencytwice that definethe terminal positionsof the dynamicsystems. Constructions of of the acousticfield. If the motionis vertical,it modulatesthe steadyfree- somesimple but usefuljunctions are consideredand the corresponding convection flow off the film, and a linear relation ensues with the same reflectionand transmissioncoefficients that can be assignedto thejunc- frequencyas the field.Experimental results were obtained by meansof a tions are derived. The characteristics of these coefficients and their rela- horizontallydriven open trough for the first caseand a verticalinertial tionshipwith eachother are discussed. calibratorfor the second.It was attemptedto correlatethe output, ex- pressedas a Nusseltnumber amplitude, to the relevantdimensionless 11-.35 numbers:particle displacement relative to sensordiameter, Stokes, Four- ier, and Grashofnumbers.Preliminary experiments show that an imposed WW13. An acoustic microscopedesigned for observingthe vocal fold biasflow improvesthe sensitivityand directionalresponse of the sensor tissue.Yojiro Inoue, Yuki Kakita, and Minoru Hirano IDepartmentof [Work supportedby Officeof Naval Research.] Otolaryngology.School of Medicine,Kurume University,Kurume 830, Japan} 10:50 This paperdescribes our newly designedscanning acoustic micro- WWI0. An automatedadmittance measuring system for electroacoustic scope(SAM). Our concernis to determinethe mechanicalproperties of transducers.Clementina M. Ruggicroand T. A. Hcnriqucz(Naval each histologicalcomponent of the vocal folds in normal and varying ResearchLaboratory, Underwater Sound ReferenceDetachment, pathologicalstates. Generally speaking, the imagesobtained by meansof Orlando, FL 32856} an acousticmicroscope not only present structure of theobject to beinves- tigated but also reflectits mechanicalproperties. Our presentSAM has A fullyautomated method of obtaining admittance loops of piezoelec- the followingfeatures. (I) The frequencyof ultrasonicwaves is variable tric transducershas been designed to be utilizedin conjunctionwith the between100 and 200 MHz, causingthe resolutionbetween 5 and H-P 4192Aimpedance analyzer. The algorithm determines the frequen- (21Logarithmic and linear conversion of theimage intensity are available. ciesat maximumand minimumadmittances; the seriesand parallelreso- The imageconverted by logarithmicfunction can covera wide rangeof nancefrequencies; the resonance and antiresonance frequencies aswell as mechanicalproperties. 131 Tilting mechanismis installedto the sample themechanical quality factor of the element under test. The collected data bedso as to adjustthe angleof the specimen.(4) The imagesstored in the areplotted in theform of admittanceloops with evenly spaced points. digital memorycan be displayedon an ordinary videosystem. The struc- This programhas beenimplemented successfully at the Underwater ture and functionof our newSAM systemwill bedemonstrated together SoundReference Detachment as a meansto rapidlyobtain the admittance with somepreliminary data of voealfold tissue. [Work supportedin part information of various loaded and unloaded underwater transducers and by ScientificGrant :•:57870103 by the JapaneseMinistry of F_.,ducation, transducerelements. [Work sponsored by NAVSEA.] Scienceand Culture.]

$100 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acouslical Society of America Sl 00 FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 COUNCIL ROOM, 9:00 A.M. TO 12:05 P.M.

SessionXX. ArchitecturalAcoustics VII and Musical AcousticsVII: Organ TechnologyToday

David L. Klepper, Chairman KlepperMarshall King Associates Ltd., 96 HaarlemAvenue, White Plains, New York10603

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

Invited Papers

9:05

XX1. Comparingthe relativeadvantages of pneumato-and electroacousticsources for organtone radiation in churches.Daniel W. Martin {BaldwinPiano & OrganCompany, Cincinnati, OH 45202} The varietywhich exists within churcharchitectural design, in liturgicalforms of worship,in the relative locationof churchorgans and the worshippets,and evenin the structures{or lack thereof)which organ buildershave provided in the immediatevicinity of the organtone radiators, suggests that thereis probably morethan one aesthetically acceptable means for radiatingorgan tone into worship space. Yet someadherents to thetraditional maintain that thereis onlyone acceptable means for radiatingorgan tone, i.e., pneumato- acoustic.This analysisassumes (1) that equivalentroom acoustics and tone source locations are provided for eitherpneumator- or electroacoustictone radiators; and {2}that electricalinput signalsare providedto elec- troacoustictone radiators which include the transient, spectral and modulation contributions to thetone by the traditionalair streaminteraction with a piperesonator. What acousticaladvantages and disadvantages remain for the two differenttypes of toneradiation means?

9:35

XX2. How computer and electroacoustictechnology are used to improve musical performancein church electronicorgans. Duane A. Kuhn {ClassicalOrgan Division, Baldwin Piano & OrganCompany, Cincinnati, OH 45202} Recentadvances in technologyenable the electronic organ to approximateclosely the musicalresources of the pipeorgan while increasing the control and flexibility of thoseresources. To createa trueensemble of organ sounda patentedmultiple octave generator tuning system provides multiple frequency sources on a givennote and variancein sourcesbetween different octavesof the samechromatic note, all under masterclock control for tuningstability. A tone radiationsystem consisting of an electroacousticpipe array with fifteenindividual audiochannels provides tone radiation characteristics similar to thoseof a groupof air-blownflue pipes. The useof a microprocessorcontrolled combination action increases instrument reliability while reducingits cost. New controloffered to the organistby this noise-freecombination action includes pedal stop-to-manual divi- sionregistration, visual identification of individualstops in the crescendopedal sequence, and a newtype of division cancel.

10:05

Presentations by Panel of Experts

Participants

Ronald F. Ellis M.P. Moller, Inc., 403 N. ProspectSt., Hagerstown,Maryland 21740 Jean-LouisCoignet, Tonal Director CasavantFreres Lte., C. P. 38, St. Hyacinthe,Quebec, Canada J2S 7B2 Manuel J. Rosales RosalesOrgan Builders, Inc., 160Glendale Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90026 Lawrence Phelps Allen OrganCompany, Macungie, Pennsylvania 18062

S101 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America Slfil FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 GARDEN ROOM, 8:30 TO 10:11A.M..

SessionYY. SpeechCommunication VI: Effectsof Age on Productionand Perception

Patricia K. Kuhl, Chairman Departmentof Speechand Hearing Science. University of Washington,Seattle, Washington 98195

Chairman's Introduction--8:30

ContributedPapers

8'.35 We investigatedwhether perceived differences in stimulusgoodness, thatis, the degreeto whicha stimuluswithin a phonemecategory is con- YYI. The interactionof ageand responsecondition in the useof acoustic sideredto be a "good instance"of the category,predicted differential cuesto voicingin final stops.C. Wardrip-Fruinand SharonPeach responsesto thesestimuli by younginfants. Two pointswere chosen in an (Departmentof CommunicativeDisorders, California State University, F I/F2 coordinatevowel space: one judged to bea "good"representative LongBeach, CA 90840} of the/i/vowel category,the other a "poor" representative,based on Thedevelopmental use of vowelduration, final transition, and voicing adult judgments.Then, variantswere synthesizedby manipulatingthe duringclosure as cues to voicingin finalstop consonants was investigated, first two formantsin both distanceand directionfrom thesetwo points. usingsubjects ages 3 to 6 yearsand adult The stimuliwere alterations of The resulting stimuli formed rings around the "good" eightstop-vowel-stop words. The presentation of eachstimulus item was /i/and the "poor"/i/. Thirty-two6-month-old infants were tested in a responsecontingent. There wasevidence that the adultsresponded more generalizationtask using a visuallyreinforced head-turn procedure. Half to durationcues than did the children.The responseto spectralcues was of the infantswere testedusing the "good"/i/and its variants,and half moresimilar for the threeage groups. A comparisonof the responseof usingthe "poor"/i/and itsvariants. Results showed that generalization theseadults with responseof adultsin a previousstudy suggested that aroundthe "good"/i/was significantlygreater than aroundthe "poor" conditionof responsehad a verysignificant effect on the directionand/or /i/. Moreover,infant responsepatterns correlated with adult subjective magnitudeof responseto specifictreatments. In theearlier study the stim- "goodness"judgments. uli werepresented at 750ms. The responsecontingent presentation of the stimuliin thisstudy seemed to resultin a very differentdecision strategy 9:11 on the part of the listeners.For example,adult subjectsjudged the same stimulusitem voiced(67%} at 750 ms ISI but voiceless(62%) underthe YY4. Chidren'sidentification of synthesized/r-w/continua for adult openinterval condition. Listeners gave much more definite judgments and child speakers.Ralph N. Ohde (Divisionof Hearingand Speech underthe fixedinterval condition,judging many stimuli ambiguous in the Sciences,Vanderbilt University School of Medicine,Nashville, TN openinterval condition. Implications of thesefindings for thedesign and 37232}and Donald J. Shaft (Speechand HearingSciences Program, the interpretationof speechperception studies will be discussed. Universityof Michigan,i i I I EastCatherine Street, Ann Arbor,Ml 4810•) In a recentstudy [D. J.Shatf and P. J. Benson, J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 71, 8:47 1008-1015(1982}], adults were found to reliablyidentify synthesized/r- w/continua modeledafter adult and child vocal tractsafter one testing YY2. Vowel normalizationby 3-year-oldchildren. Cathy A. Kubaska session.In order to determinethe stabilityof children'sperception of and RichardN. Aslin (Departmentof Psychology,Indiana University, thesecontinua, we testedten 6-7-year-oldsubjects with normalarticula- Bloomington,IN 47405) tion and hearing.After passinga criteriontest of at least90% correct identificationsof the end-point stimuli, each child listened to randomiza- A two-alternativeforced-choice procedure was usedto assessvowel tions of the stimuli from the adult and child continua on two separate normalizationin 3-year-olds.The stimuliwere edited natural tokensof days.The results showed no significant difference in categoryboundaries [$e]and [n] producedby maleand femaleadults and maleand female betweenthe two testingsessions for bothadult and child continua. The children. Subjectswere visually reinforcedfor making an appropriate childrencorrectly identified the three stimuli at eachend of theadult and pointingresponse to oneof twotelevisions. Initial trainingof thepointing child continuaat leastat the 95% level and the categoryboundary oc- responseconsisted of pairingan adult male [ze] with one television and an curredwithin the three middlestimuli. These findings suggest that chil- adultmale [A] with theother. After reachingan 90% correctcriterion on drenare at leastas reliable as adults in theirresponses to variationsin the thetraining stimuli, subjects were presented with blocksof eightstimuli F2 andF3 separationof glideonset frequencies even when the absolute (four[•e]s and four [n]s).The tokensof [n] by the femaleadult and the frequencyspectrum of stimuli differ by a factorof 1.5.[Work supported in childrenhad formant valueswhich were closerin frequencyto the male part by NINCDS.] adult's[a:]. For subjectsin the constantvowel group, all the [a:]swere assignedto onepointing response, and all the [A]Sto the other.For sub- jectsin the mixedvowel group, two [a:]sand two [A]swere assigned to eachpointing response. The constantvowel group was able to categorize the vowelsappropriately, despite the differencesin absolutefrequency; YYS. Acousticanalysis of cry of SIDS infants. John M. Heinz, Rachel the mixed vowel group performednear chance.These resultsprovide E. Stark, Rosemary Condino, Michele Hege (John F. Kennedy empiricalevidence for vowelnormalization in youngchildren. Institute, 707 N. Broadway,Baltimore, MD 21205}, and Alfred Stein- schneider(National SIDS Institute,Atlanta, Spontaneouscry recordingswere obtainedfor approximately1700 8:59 infantsborn at theUniversity of MarylandHospital over a 2•-yearperiod. Wherepossible, recordings were obtained during both the first and fourth YY3. The internal structure of vowel categories in infancy: Effects of weeks of life. Of those infants recorded, four later died of SIDS. For one, stimulus"goodness." DiAnne L. GrieserandPatriciaK. Kuhl(WJ-10, recordingshad beenobtained during both the firstand fourthweeks, for Child Developmentand Mental Retardation Center, University of oneonly duringthe first week,for oneonly duringthe fourth week,and Washington,Seattle, WA 98195] one only at two later times (9 and 14 weeks}.Thirty-second samples of

S102 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America SI02 continuous,fully developedcry wereselected for detailedanalysis from Acousticmeasurements were made of the vowelsin spontaneouslypro- eachof theSIDS infants and from 50 age-matchedcontrols. For eachcry ducedwords with knownreferents. Vowels were grouped by targetvowel segment,measures of duration,intensity, and fundamentalfrequency into high,front {/i/,/i/}, highback {/u/,/U/}, and low (/o/,/a/). Evi- wereobtained and the presence or absenceof a numberofcry featureswas dencefor controlof vowelheight was measured in termsof firstformant determined.Preliminary analysisof the data for the two SIDS infants frequency{F 1} cl•ange over time. Vowel backing was measured by changes recordedin weekone indicates that a numberof the measuresgroup to- insecond formant frequency {F2}. Average F 1and F 2 valuesand standard ward the tailsof the distributionsof thesemeasures for the controls,while deviationsoff i andF2 weredetertrained from harmonic amplitudes in the data for the two SIDS infants recorded in week four do not show this narrow-band discrete Fourier transforms and from local maxima in LPC pattern.Implications of theseresults and further findingswill be dis- spectra.Over periodsof 5 months,the averageF i for high vowelsde- cussed.[Work supportedby NICHD and the AaronStraus and Liilie creasedwhile the averageF 1 for low vowelsincreased. Also, standard StrausFoundation.] deviationsfor eachvowel group decreased with age.Control of backing wasseen primarily in increasingaverage F2 for front vowels.Standard deviationsofF2 forboth front and back vowels decr• withage. [Work 9-.35 supportedby grantsfrom the U.S. Departmentof Educationand from YY6. Chameteristiesof redoplientedbabbling in 6-8-monthold infants. NINCDS.] Rachel E. Stark and Jennifer Bond {JohnF. KennedyInstitute, 707 N. Broadway,Baltimore, MD 21205} 9:59

Reduplicatedbabbling has been defined as sequencesof identicalor YYS. Acoustie ehnracteristits of stop consonantsin the speeeh of nearlyidentical consonant-vowel syllables. This type of vocalizafionap- ehiidren. Ralph N. Ohde [Division of Hearing and SpeechSciences, pearsquite suddenlyin the premeaningfulutterances of infantsat 6-9 Vanderbilt UniversitySchool of Medicine,Nashville, TN 37232} monthsof age.In the presentstudy, reduplicated babbling was examined at the time of its onsetin four infantsof 6-8 months.Computer-assisted Althoughthere are theoretical and practical reasons for studyingthe spectrographicanalysis was carried out andamplitude and pitch contours acousticcorrelates of speechsounds in children,few studies have attempt- wereobtained. Measurements were made of syllableand sequence dura- ed to examinecharacteristics of theirproductibn which may directly vary tion.A speciallydesigned transcription system was also employed in data asa functionof placeof articulation.Research on thespectral characteris- analysis.It wasfound that: (I} the timing patternsin reduplicatedbab- tics of stopsin adultshave shown that frequencyand amplitudepara- blingdiffered in specificways from those of earliervocalizations; {2} that a metersvary systematically and somewhat invariantly with placeof articu- varietyof vocants[vowel-like) sounds were produced within a babbled lation.The purposeof this studywas to determinethe acousticcorrelates sequence;{3} that mannerof articulationof consonantal{closant) sounds of stopconsonants in the speechof children.Six children between 8 and9 variedbut placeof articulationdid not withina babbledsequence. The yearsrecorded five repetitions each of voicelessaspirated/ph, th, k•/and implicationsof thesefindings for developmentof speechmotor skills will voicedfo,d,g/stops in combinationwith thevowels/i,e,u,o,u/. Spectral be discussed.[Work supportedby NICHD.] characteristicsof burstonsets were determinedaccording to LPC analy- ses.The findingsshowed that place of articulationsystematically in- flueneedthe spectral characteristics of stopconsonants. Average resonant 9:47 peaksfor labialswere generally below 2 kHz, andfor alveolarsthey were YY7. Developmentof vowel nrticulntion in children. Corine Bickley generallyabove 2500 Hz. Spectralcharacteristics of velars,on the other (Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, hand,were highlyinfluenced by vowelcontext; the resonantpeaks were MassachusettsInstitute of Technology,Cambridge, MA 02 I high precedinghigh front vowelsand low precedingback vowels. The findingswill be discussedin termsof theseacoustic correlates of placeof The developmentofclfildren's ability to producehigh versus low vow- articulationand their variability in children'sspeech production. [Work els and front versusback vowelswas examinedin a longitudinalstudy. supportedin partby NINCDS.] '

FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 GARDEN ROOM, 10:15 A.M. TO 12:20 P.M.

SessionzZ_ SpeechCommunication VII: Impaired Productionand Perception

Sandra L Hamlet, Chairman Departmentof Hearingand Speech Science, University of Maryland,College Park, Maryland 20742

Chairman's Introduction--10:15

ContributedPapers

10:20 configurationswithand without thefirst formant. SyntheSis inthe/el/ environment allowed minimal acoustic differences to cue the contrasts. ZZi. Procedureswhich alter the intelliglbility ofvoiced stop consonants To maximizethe probabilityof findingevidence of maskingspread the for hearingimpaired listeners, M. F. Donnan,J. M. Lindholm,and M. stimuliwere presented at levelsboth above and below the point of maxi- T. Hannley {Departments of Speech and. Hearing Science and muminteiligibility. At nopoint on thefunction was performance without the first formant better than performancewith the first formant. To inves- Psychology,Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85287) tigateother ways in whichthe intelligibility of rod/could be enhanced, we To assessthe hypothesisthat spread of maskingfrom F 1is responsible altered,in separatemanipulations, the amplitudeand duration at signal for pooridentification of voicedstop consonants by hearingimpaired onsetof thecues for placeof articulation.Increasing the amplitude of the listeners,/bdg/weresynthesized with burstsand formanttransitions in onsetcues improved identification accuracy for/d/but not for fo/or

S103 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S103 /g/. In contrast,increasing the duration of theonset cues improved iden- obtainedfrom selectedportions of the Minimal Auditory Capabilities tificationaccuracy for/g/but impairedaccuracy for/b/and/d/. These (MACI Test {includingCID EverydaySentences}, the DiagnosticRhyme resultsand otherssuggest that the beneficialeffects of prolongingthe Test,the CaliforniaConsonant Test, and other less difficult tests designed onsetspectrum for/g/results not from better frequency resolution due to to reducethe role of specificlanguage lealures. Results support those of longerprocessing time, but fromthe cueof durationper se. the Hochmairson the efficacyof singlechannel implant systemsfor speechunderstanding. [Research supported in part by a BiomedicalRe- ß searchSupport Grant {NIMH}.] 10:32

ZZ2. On improving articulation index predictionsof speechsound 11.'08 identificationperformance by the hearingimpaired. Chaslav V. Pavlovic (Departmentof CommunicativeDisorders, University of Mississippi, ZZ5. A prototype hearing aid for acoustic coupling of telephoneand Oxford, MS 386?71 and Gerald A. StudebakerIDepartment of hearing aids. Richard G. Stoker, Marilyn French-St. George, and Audiologyand SpeeCh Pathology, Memphis State University, Memphis, Jonathan Brown (Program in Communication Disorders, The TN 38152• PennsylvaniaState University, I l0 Moore Building,University Park, PA 16802) Predictionsof speechsound identification performance by hearing impairedindividuals were made using an articulationindex (AI). The AI Recenttrends in the telecommunicationsindustry have resulted in an scheme used was one that had earlier been found accurate for normal increasednumber of telephonereceivers which are not compatiblewith hearinglisteners. It was expectedthat somesensorinenral hearing im- the inductioncoils contained in many hearingaids. This situationhas pairedindividuals would exhibit reduced suprathreshold speech process- developedin spiteof effortsby theFederal Government to legislatetele- ingcapacity, and that therefore, the AI procedurewould need to bemodi- phone/hearingaid compatibility.This projectwas designed to evaluatea fied to aceomodate those effects. To this end we measured several prototypeheating aid with specializedfrequency shaping capability. In psychoacousticalvariables (critical bands. upward spread of masking, short,we wished to discoverif currenttechnologies were capable of creat- temporalmasking, tuning curves, etc.} that might be incocporated into the ing a hearingaid whichcould be effectively used by hearingaid wearersto AI formulasto accountfor thedegraded performance. Results for eachof understandspeech transmitted over a telephonewithout the useof mag- the individualstested will bediscussed. [Work supportedby NINCDS.] neticcoupling. Ten subjectsfrom three different hearing loss categories: precipitoushigh-frequency loss, sloping high-frequency loss, and relative- ly fiat, severeloss, were tested.Subjects were evaluatedusing three types 10:44 of frequencyshaping: "typical hearing aid response,"low-frequency com- pensation,and fiat gain condition(up to 40 dB of linear amplification ZZ3. Principal component amplitude compression. Diane beyondthat normally requiredfor free-fieldcommunication}. Subjects K. Bustamanteand Louis D. Braida IRLE, Rm. 36-749, MIT, Boston, wererequired to respondto recordingsof the NU-6 WORD LIST pre- MA 02 ! 39} sentedin quietand with 45 dB and 55 dB SPL of competingbackground Multiband amplitudecompression systems which processeach fre- noise(multitalking noise}. The resultsof this study suggestthat certain quencyband independently of theothers have yet to proveadvantageous classesof hearingimpairment may benefitfrom specializedcircuitry for sensorineuralhearing impaired listeners over goodlinear amplifica- whichprovides frequency shaping to the telephonesignals received at the tion systems.Although audibilityis improved,certain speech cues are hearingaid microphone.This techniquehas also been shown to evenbe consistentlydegraded by multibandcompression. Acoustic analysis indi- effectivein moderateamounts of backgroundnoise, allowing speculation catesthat multibandsystems whiten the short-termspeech spectrum, re- that acousticcoupling of hearingaids and telephonesmay be morerealis- ducingthe spectraldetail. Analysis of speechreception errors suggests tic than commonlythought. thatthis degrades speech intelligibility. Spectral detail can be preserved by utilizing the correlationof speechlevels in different frequencybands. 11:20 Ratherthan treatingeach band independently, the compressionin each channelis a functionof the levelsin all the channels.One implementation ZZ6. An approachto telephonecommunication between deaf and hearing of sucha systemis basedon a principalcomponent analysis of short-term persons.Jared .Bernstein,R. Becker, D. Bell, H. Murveit, F. Poza, speechspectra. Compression of the firstcomponent, which corresponds and G. Stevens(Speech Research Program, SRI International,Menlo roughlyto overalllevel, equalizes the energyin consonantsand vowels Park, CA 94025• muchas does a widebandcompressor. Compression of thesecond compo- nent, which correspondsroughly to spectraltilt, actsas a variablefre- It maybe possiblefor a deafperson and a hearingperson to converse quencygain characteristic. The principalcomponent system implementa- overthe telephone using special equipment only at thedeaf person's end of tion and measurementsof the propertiesof processedspeech materials the connection.The deaf persondrives a text-to-speechconverter with an will be presented. efficientkeyboard system. The hearingperson speaks sentences in a word- at-a-timefashion. The wordsare handledat the deaf person'send by a largevocabulary isolated-word recognition system that displaysa sen- 10:56 tencelattice la sequenceof setsof likelywords for eachword spoken I. The deafperson then tries to find a sensiblepath through the sentencelattice. ZZA. Second-languagespeech tests in a deaf patient with cooblear For sucha systemto be successfulrequires adequate performance in: implant.CarIG. MfillerandCorneliaM. Kemppel{SpecchandHearing humantext generationspeed, 12) text-to-speech intelligibility, {3} human Center, Universityof Denver, Denver, CO 80208• one-word-at-a-timespeaking, (4• large vocabularyIWR, and {5} human disambiguationof sentencelattices. We reportpreliminary experimental Some reports of speechunderstanding through cochlear implants results that bear on requirements [1}, {2}, [3}, and 15};we outline an ap- have been difficult to evaluate becausetest material in a foreign language proachto {4}, the implementationof which is simulated.Experimental was not comparableto the widely usedand highlystandardized speech studiesof{l) and 15}are run on deafsubjects. [This material is basedupon material in English.Thus the data and their implicationshave not been work supportedby the National ScienceFoundation under Grant ECS- widelyaccepted. To overcomethis, we haveprovided patient "CK" from 8023527.] the VienneseImplant Project with entensiveEnglish language training in vocabulary,grammar, and composition with the goalsof evaluatingher processof second-languageacquisition and of corroboratingthe signifi- 11:32 cant Vienneseresults by usingstandardized English language tests. Tape- recordedmaterial was presented solely through electrical connection to ZZ7. Identification of novel wordsand sentencesusing a tactile vocoder. the speechprocessing electronics supplied by the Hochmairgroup (Vien- B. J. Frost, P. L. Brooks {Department of Psychology, Quecn's na), therebyruling out possibleacoustical input. Stimulationwas deliv- University,Kingston, Ontario, K7L 3N6, Canada),D.M. Gibson,and J. eredto a singlechannel electrode through amplitude limiting, frequency L. Mason IDepartmentof ElectricalEngineering, Qucen's University, shaping,and high-frequencypre-emphasis circuitry. We reporton results Kingston, Ontario, K7L 3N6, Canada)

$104 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society o! Amedca S104 The presentexperiments are part of an ongoingevaluation of a tactile A groupof five anteriorand sevenposterior aphasic patients were vocoderthat hasbeen developed at Queen'sUniversity. The subjectused recordedfor their vowelproductions of thenine nondipthongized vowels in the experimentshas normal hearing and had previouslyacquired a of AmericanEnglish [Peterson and Barney,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 24, 175- [actualvocabulary of 250words. In all experimentsthe subject and reader 184{1952}], and compared to the productionsof a groupof sevennormal satin adjacentsoundproof booths with a windowproviding visual contact speakers.All phonemicsubstitutions were eliminated from the data base. when necessary.The first seriesof experimentsexamined the subject's A linearpredictive coding program was used to extractthe firstand sec- abilityto identifywords that the subjecthad not receivedtactual exper- ondformant frequencies for eachof thefive repetitions of the ninevowels. iencewith before.The subjectwas not awareof the possiblewords that The vowelduration and the fundamentalfrequency of pronationwere mightoccur and a givenword was only tested once. In thelipreading alone alsomeasured. Statistical analyses revealed that theduration and the fun- (LA} condition39% of the wordswere identified correctly compared to damentalfrequency for the aphasicswere significantly different from the 69% correctin the lipreadingplus tactile vocoder(LV) condition.The normal subjects.Although there were no significantdifferences in the abilityof thesubject to identifynovel words with thetactile vocoder alone formantfrequency means, there were significantly larger standard devia- {VA} wassurprising and encouraging.These results will be discussedin tionsfor the aphasicgroup. This greatervariability was consideredas detail.Experiments testing the subject'sability to recognizeopen set sen- evidenceof a phoneticdeficit on the part of the aphasicspeakers, in the tences showed an increase in correct identification of over 100% when the context of preservedphonemic organization. [Work supportedby LV conditionwas compared to the LA condition. ADAMHA.]

11:44 12:08 ZZS. Identification of words and manner features of speech by two profoundlydeaf teenagersusing a tactile vocoder.P. L. Brooks,B. ZZ10. Vowel farmant characteristics in Huntington's disease. I. Frost {Departmentof Psychology,Queen's University, Kingston, ThomasMurry and Michael Caligiuri (Veterans Administration Ontario, K71 3N6, Canada}, J. L. Mason, and D. M. Gibson Medical Center, San Diego, CA 921611 IDepartmentof ElectricalEngineering, Queen's University, Kingston, Ontario, K7L 3N6, Canadal The speechof Huntington'sdisease (HD) hasbeen described with a varietyof termsincluding slow, hesitant, and staccatolike, yet virtuallyno Two prelinguallyprofoundly deaf teenage girls were taught to identify datahave been presented to quantifythese characteristics. Acoustic anal- "live-voice"English words while wearing a tactileyoder. To ensurethe ysisof thevowels in HD speechmay provide information about the nature subject'sdeafness, hearing aids were removedand earplugsand head- of thespeech output. In thisstudy, two questions were posed. (1) Are the phonescarrying white noise were worn. The readersat out of sightfrom vowelsof HD subjectsdifferent from normalspeakers as determinedby the subjectso lipreading information could not beobtained. Words were the formantcluster patterns? (2) Are HD speakerscapable of reaching introducedtwo or threeat a time until the subjectreached criterion on a vowelformant targets when more complex speech utterances are utilized? 50-wordlist. The two subjectsacquired a tactualvocabulary of 50 words Tensubjects with HD rangingin agefrom 26 to 58years old werestudied. with 21 and25 h of training,respectively. Immediately after these word Eachsubject was asked to producefour vowelsin isolationand in CVC identificationtests, experiments were carried out to testthe subject's abi- syllablesin whichthe initial consonant was either/d/or/g/and thefinal lity to identifythe "mannerof articulation"features of speech.Subjects consonantwas always/d/. Measurementsoff I andF2 weremade for all couldidentify whether CV's containeda nasal,liquid voicedstop, un- vowelsfrom widebandspectrograms. The resultsindicate that the voicedstop, or unvoicedfricative with accuraciesranging from 75% to isovoweltargets, especially for F2, for HD speakers,were different from 100% correct. normalF2 values.When comparedto the isovowels,the formantsin the CVC context reflectedcentralization. The resultssuggest that formant

11:56 trajectoriesfor the vowelsin HD speechfail to reachnormal isovowel formanttargets and that as the stimulus complexity increases, approxima- ZZ9, Vowel productionin aphasia.John H. Ryalls (Departmentof tionto normalvowel formant frequencies decreases. [Work supported by Linguistics,Brown University, Providence, RI 02912) the VeteransAdministration.]

FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 CABINET ROOM, 9:00 TO 11:05 A.M.

Session AAA. Shock and Vibration V: Friction-Generated Noise

Paul J. Remington,Chairman Bolt Beranekand NewmanInc., 10 Moulton Street,Cambridge, Massachusetts02238

Chairman's Introduction--9:00

Invited Papers

9:05

AAAI, Disk brake noisein rail transit vehicles.Lynn L. Faulknerand CharlesW. Rodman(Applied Dynamicsand Acoustics:Section, Battcllc's Columbus Laboratories, Columbus, OH 43201} A criticalparameter in themechanism ofdisk brake squeal is the manner in which the coefficient offriction changesas a functionof theinstantaneous relative velocity between the friction material and the brake rotor. Substitutionof alternativematerials for asbestosas a frictionmaterial constituent has produced squeal in some brakedesigns but not in others,leading to theconclusion that one or moreparameters not associatedwith

S105 d.Acoust. Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall1903 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S105 frictionmaterial characteristics operates to controlthe squeal mechanism. The probablenature of theseparam- etersis reviewedalong with a descriptionof experimentalwork carried out to investigatethe cause of squeal. [Work Supportedby US-DOT-TSCand WashingtonMetropolitan Area TransitAuthority {WMATA).]

9:.35

AAA2. Mechanismsfor the generationof railroad wheelsqueal. Nicholas R. Dixon and Paul J. Remington (BoltBeranek and NewmanInc., Cambridge,MA 02138} Railroadwheel squeal is associatedwith rail vehiclesrounding curves of smallradii, and it is regardedas oneof the mostintense and annoyingnoise mechanisms on rapidtransit systems. This paperreviews a theory for thegeneration of wheelsqueal and provides experimental data from laboratory and field measurements that arecompared with the theoretical analysis. Squeal occurs when the railroad wheel slides laterally across the rail head,and the theoretical analysis shows that the friction forces generated by thissliding can cause squeal if the coefficientof frictiondecreases with increasingrelative velocity between the wheeland rail. Laboratorymea- surementsof thecoefficient of friction(p) versusthe lateralcreep of a railroadwheel are discussed that verify the decreasein p with increasingwheel rail relativevelocity. A seriesof fieldmeasurements on severalrapid transit lines is described that determined the influence of the ratio of curve radius to truck wheelbase on the occurrenceof squeal and provided good agreement with thetheoretical prediction for theonset of wheelsqueal. Methodsof controllingsqueal have involved special damped or resilientwheels. A recentsurvey of the loss factordata of specializedwheels, known to suppresssqueal, indicates that lesswheel damping is required than that predictedby the presenttheory. Reasons for this discrepancyare discussed.

10:05

AAA3. Vibrationdamping to controlrailroad wheel squeal. Francis Kirschnet(The Soundcoat Company, 175 PearlStreet, Brooklyn, NY 11201)

The squealnoise radiated by rapid transit wheelson sharp turns is an importantinstance of friction generatednoise. It is causedby the lateral slip-stickfrictional force betweenthe wheel and railhead. Noise controlmethods such as rail lubrication,hard facedrails, tunedwheel dampers, and resilientwheels have dot beenentirely satisfactory from thestandpoint of eithercost effectiveness or of safety.This paperwill focuson severallightweight vibration damping treatments which have been economical and effective means of reducing squealnoise. Several ring and constrainedlayer damping treatments which make use of efficientviscoclastic dampingmaterials have resulted from extensivedevelopment and laboratorytesting programs. Treatments rangedfrom 1% to 2% of the totalweight of wheelsweighing 450-800 lb. Waysidenoise reductions of 34 dB havebeen measured in recentfield testson rapid transit systems.These measurements have shownexcellent correlationwith vibrationspectra measured in the laboratoryand confirm the effectiveness of vibration damp- ing in controllingfriction generated noise of thistype.

10'.35

AAA4. In-serviceevaluation of dampedsubway wheels. Jerome E. Manning (CambridgeCo!laborative, Inc., P.O. Box 74, Cambridge,MA 02142) A I-yr in-serviceevaluation of damped subway wheels is being done on theNew York City TransitAuthor- ity systemas part of theUrban Mass Transportation Administration's Urban Rail NoiseAbatement Program. Four typesof dampedwheels are beingevaluated to determinetheir effectivenessin reducingwheel squeal. Acousticdata are being collected throughout the I-yr programto monitorthe acousticalperformance of the wheels.Data are alsobeing collected to deteivnincthe cost of thewheels, including any additional maintenance andinspection. This presentationfocuses on resultsobtained through the first6 monthsof the I-yr evaluation. [Work supportedby the UnitedStates Department of Transportation.]

$106 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $106 FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 8:00 TO 11:41 A.M.

SessionBBB. PhysicalAcoustics VI: GeneralTopics III--Mostly Scattering

Allan D. Pierce, Chairman Schoolof MechanicalEngineering, Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, Georgia 30332

Chairman's Introduction.•8:00

ContributedPapers

8:05 (Department of Engineering Sciencesand Applied Mathematics, NorthwesternUniversity, Evanston, IL 60201) BBB1. Vsriatlonal method for predictionof acousticradiation from vibrating bodies. Allan D. Pierce and Xiao-Feng Wu (School of A newmethod is described for determiningthe scattered field from an MechanicalEngineering, Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, GA obstaclein the resonantfrequency regime. The methodis basedon the 303321 assumptionthat thedensity of theobstacle is either much greater or much lessthan the density of thesurrounding acoustic fluid. When the frequen- Integralequation formulations such as discussed by Chertock,Cop- cy of theincident wave is not close to a resonancefrequency of theobstacle Icy, Schenck,Meyer, Bell, Zinn, Stallybrass,and manyothers, typically in vacuo the reaction of the fluid on the obstacle is small. However, this havenonsymmetric kernels and are not easilyrephrased as a variational reactionis importantnear a resonancefrequency. We usethe methodof principle.However, a symmetrickernel does result from thenormal deri- matchedasymptotic expansions to obtaina uniformapproximation for vativeof the Kirchhoff-Helmholtzintegral, with the exteriorpoint subse- the scatteredfield, valid at all frequencies.It is shownthat the resonant quentlyallowed to approachthe surface,but the integrandthen hasun- peakbandwidth is related to theradiation cross section, for simplemodes. manageablesingularities. A methoddue to Mane andStallybrass allows Multiple modesare alsoconsidered. The methodis illustratedby exam- thisintegral equation to be recastinto a usableform (involvingtangential ples. derivativesof the unknownsurface pressure} and this version in turn leads to a variationalprinciple that hasconsiderable promise for systematic approximatesolutions of radiationproblems in thelow to moderateka regimes.Validity of this formulationis substantiatedby derivationof 8:41 knownresults for vibratingspheres and disks. Numerical results for other BBB4. Comparisonof physical acousticsand geometrletheory of geometriesare expected to yieldhigher accuracy than previously because diffraction predictions for backscattering by impedance-covered onecan incorporate one's best "physical insight" in initial choicesfor the wedgelikescatterers. D. A. Sachs(Bolt Beranekand Newman Inc., 50 classof trial functionsfor surfacepressure. If computationsnow in pro- Moulton Street, Cambridge,MA 02238) gressare completed, the example of anoscillating airfoil will bediscussed, with someexpected clarification of the anomalousresults of the Brooks' Radarscattering studies have shown that scatteringpredictions based experiment. on physicalacoustics are generally invalid away from specularly reflect- ingdirections. In thispaper, comparisons are madebetween the predic- 8:17 tionsof physicalacoustics and the geometricaltheory of diffractionfor acousticbackscattering by impedance-coveredwedgelike scatterers. Sub- BBB2. Acousticscattering from absorbentwedges. Mehmet Marsanand stantialdifferences are seenin the resultsat anglesof incidencewell off the SabihI. Hayek(Department of EngineeringScience and Mechanicsand specularlybackscattering direction where diffraction by thewedge edge The AppliedResearch Laboratory, The PennsylvaniaState University, dominatesthe return.[Work sponsoredby Naval UnderwaterSystems UniversityPark, PA 16802I Center,New London,CT.]

The predictionof thesound scattered by impedancecovered wedges is obtainedby useof dualintegral equations. The impedanceof eachface of thewedge is modeledas a pointreacting complex quantity which is inde- 8:53 pendentof the other face.The solutionwas constructedas an angular BBB$. scattering by a cylindricalshell. D. Brilla• spectrumto satisfythe boundaryconditions and Sommerfeldradiation andG. C. Gaunaurd(Naval Surface Weapons Center, R43, WhiteOak, condition.The solutionkernel was obtainedexactly and is in terms of SilverSpring, MD 20910} circularfunctions. The solutionof the scatteredpressure was then ob- tainedfor farfieldand mid-rangeby useof asymptotictechniques. This We presenta studyof theresonance scattering process that takes place solutionis much simpler than the one developed by Russianscientists [for whenplane acoustic waves are incidenton elasticcylindrical shells in example,see G. D. Malyuzhinets,"The Radiationof Soundby Vibrating water.The analysisproceeds along the lines described by usearlier [D. Boundariesof an Arbitrary Wedge,Parts 1 and 2," Soy.Phys. Acoust. 1, Brill and G. Gaunaurd,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 1448-1455I1983}] for 152-174, 240-248 (1955}]which was obtainedby a methodsimilar to solidelastic cylinders, and extendsit to Ihollow}shells. For aluminumgas- Wiener-Hopf techniques.Thus it is easierto usehighway noise applica- filledcylindrical shells of variousthicknesses, we construct the families of tionsbecause of its simplicity.The solutionfor the diffractedpressure zerosin thecomplex k•a • x} planethat giverise to the Rayleighand the exhibitsclearly the role of the incidentand reflectedshadow boundaries whisperinggallery waves circumnavigating the shell. We have isolated the and showsthere is one minimum in the scatteredfield which dependson propermodal shell resonances from their modalbackgrounds and we thetwo surfaceimpedances. For backscatteredpressure, the solutionex- havegenerated monostatic plots of background-supressedformfunctions hibitstwo minima.In all cases,the scatteredpressure becomes negligible (i.e.,cross sections} that agree well with recentexperimental observations nearthe wedgesurfaces. [Work supportedby NAVSEA.] madeby a team in France.We have noticedthat as the shellsbecome thinner,fewer families at polesseem to offercontributions, until for very 8:29 thin shells,only one type of circumnavigatingsurface wave seems to be possible.Finally, by meansof the RST-polediagrams, we havealso stud- BBB3, A new approach to resonancescattering in acoustics and ied the moreattenuated land less significant} contributions of the Franz or elasticity. A. N. Norris (Exxon Researchand EngineeringCompany, creepingwaves to the overallresonance scattering process. Work contin- P.O. Box. 45, Linden,NJ 07036},G. A. Kriegsmann,and E. L. Reiss ues.a•D. Brill is with the U.S. Naval Academy,Annapolis, MD 21402.

S107 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of Amedca $107 9:05 miningthe parameters of the representationare described. Some of these procedureshave been implemented, and resultsare shown.A simplified BBB6. Excitation of anomalous resonances for acoustical scattering descriptionis developedfor the caseofa circularlysymmetric transducer from fluid loaded solid elastic spheroids.M. F. Werby (Naval Ocean whichpermits a significantreduction in computation.Forward and back- ResearchDevelopment Activity, NSTL Station,MS 39529)and Roger ward propagationof the radiatedacoustical field can be performedusing H. HackmanINaval CoastalSystems Center, Panama City, FL 32407) Fourier transform methods.This characterizationis very effectivefor Conventionaltheories of scatteringfrom fluid-loadedelastic solids analysisof scatteringproblems, particularly when they are expressedin indicatethat there is a thresholdin K.4 (K is the wavenumberand .4 some the T-matrix formalism.An exampleis shownfor normalincidence back- characteristicdimension of the object) below which one cannot excite scatteringfrom a layeredviscoelastic half-space. Rayleighresonances and for whichthe scatteringbehavior is essentially rigid.However, a systematicinvestigation of acousticalscattering from elasticsolid spheroids reveals that anomalousbehavior occurs for scatter- 9:53 ing in an angularregion off the axisof symmetry.it wasfound that this behavioris morepronounced for higheraspect ratio objects and that the BBB!0. Scatteringof elasticsurface waves by a semi-infinitefluid-filled anomalousform functionsshift down in K.4 with increasingaspect ratio. crack. W. M•hring (Max-Planck-lnstitut fiir Str•mungsforsehung, Further investigationrevealed that thisbehavior actually corresponded to ]•ttingcrstr. 4-8, D 3400, G•ttingen, FederalRepublic Germany) the excitationof surfacedisturbances corresponding to standingwaves Wave momentum considerations lead to the conclusion that scatter- followinga spheroidalpath. We thusrefer to them as spheroidalreson- ing problemsinvolving a fluid-filledcrack Inormalstress and displace- ances,which are similar in natureto Rayleightype resonances.Such re- mentcontinuous, vanishing tangential stress) should be in manyrespects sonancescan only occur for elongatedobjects above a certainaspect ratio simplerto salvethan similarproblems with a zero-stresscrack. To illus- and are most stronglyexcited at specificangles. These resultswill be tratethis, an elastichalf-space with a semi-infinitefluid-filled crack paral- presented. lel to the free surfaceand extendingto the left is considered.Incident surfacewaves, both from the left and from the right are assumed.The Wiencr-Hopf techniqueis usedto determinethe reflectedand transmit- 9:17 ted surfacewaves for differentfrequencies and differentvalues of Pois- BBB7. Rigid scatteringfrom fluid-lnadedobjects for highaspect ratios. son'sratio. It is foundthat, in termsof the normalfree-surface displace- M.F. Werby {Naval OceanResearch and DevelopmentActivity, NSTL, ment,scattering is largerfor wavesincident from the left. The methodcan Station,MS 39529) be extendedto a semi-infinitefluid-rifled crack in an elasticlayer. The solutioncan alsoserve as a startingpoint in well-knownefficient methods We performa systematicstudy of acousticalscattering from rigid to calculatethe scatteringof elasticwaves by a finitecrack or by a finite fluid-loadedspheroids with aspectratios ranging from 10to 30 usingthe sizedconnection between two elasticlayers. Similar resultsfor zero-st•ss coupledhigh-order T-matrix formulation developed for high-aspectratio crackshave apparently been obtained only in symmetricalconfigurations. problems.The kl/2 rangewill be from 6 to 50,where k isthe wavenumber and/is thelength of thespheroid. Until recentlyit hasnot been possible to explorethis regionof interest.Of particularinterest is the monostatic 10:05 angulardistributions. In thisregion there is a proliferationof nullsdue to the variationof pathsfrom different points of thescatterer to the pointof BBBII. Sound scattering and radiation from a thin rod in a viscous detection.The originof thefirst and subsequent nulls can be related to the medium. Wen H. Lin and A. C. Raptis (ComponentsTechnology aspectratio of the objectby an expressionderived from classicalwave Division (308),Argonne National Laboratory,Argonne, IL 60439) arguments.Results will be presented. Sound waves incident on a thin elastic rod whose radius is smaller than the wavelength of the incident sound induce flexural and uniform compressionaloscillations in the rod. Theseelastic oscillations again ra- diate sound waves into the fluid medium and affect the scattered waves. BBBS. The isolationof physicalmechanisms associated with acoustical This synopsispresents theory of soundscattering by, and acousto-clastic scattering from submergedelastic spheroidal and spherical shells. vibrations of, a thin elastic unbound rod in a viscous fluid. The shear M. F. Werby {Naval Ocean Research and Development Activity, viscosityof the fluid wasconsidered in the solutionsto the boundmy-value Numerical Modeling Division, NSTL Station, MS 39529) and Roger problemsconcerning the soundscattering and the elasticresponse of the H. Hackman{Naval Coastal Systems Center, Panama City, FL 32407) rod. Resultsshow that the scatteredcompressional waves consist of the Acousticalscattering from submerged spheroidal and spherical elastic rigid-rodscattering of compressionalwave, a monopolarwave due to the shellsexhibits varied behavior over a broad rangeof K`4 {K is the wave- uniformpulsating of therod, and a dipolafwave due to the flexuralvibra- numberand .4 the largestdimension of the object).This behavioris com- tion of the rod. The scatteredviscous waves consist of the rigid-rodscat- plicateddue to reflectionsfrom the innersurface (except for very thin tering of viscouswave and a dipolaxwave due to the flexural vibration of the rod. Acoustic resonances occur when the effective inertia force of the shells)resulting in a very pronouncedinterference phenomenon between the internaland specular reflections as well aseffects from the resonances, rod balancesthe stiffnessforce of the rod. The fluid viscosityand the A generaltheory based on elastodynamicsthat accountsfor all these scatteringof soundgive rise to radiationdamping for the rod vibrations mechanismsis perforcevery difficult to employcomputationally. In addi- and affectsignificantly tbe acousticresonances. tion,some K.4 regionsdo not includeall the mechanismsand thusa more simplifiedtheory could be used.Thus, if onecan develop a procedurethat can accountfor the individualmechanisms separately considerable pro- 10:17 gresswill bcmade in solvingthe overallproblem. We proposeto developa BBBI2. Selective observationof elastic body resonancesby using long theorybased on an orderingprocedure that will allow one to isolatethe pulses to excite a ringing responsein the body. S. K. Numrich, variouseffects. Several assumptions and schemeswill be examinedand W. E. Howell, and H. UberalP• {Naval Research Laboratory, comparedto solutionsof the exactproblem. Washington,DC 20375)

An elasticbody submerged in waterwill ring wheninsonified by sound 9:41 whosefrequency is the sameas one of the resonancesof that body.Corre- BBB9. Angular spectrumcharacterization of acousticaltransducers. spondencehas been established between these normal mode resonances of RichardK. Johnson(IREX, 69 SpringStreet, Ramsey, NJ 07446) the bodyand the individualcircumferential waves predicted by creeping wavetheory. Insonifying the targetwith a relativelylong sinusoidal pulse The transmittingand receiving responses of an acousticaltransducer resultsin a seriesof superimposedresponses consisting of the specular in a fluid are characterizedusing the angularspectrum of planewaves reflectionand a seriesof creepingwaves arriving after successive circum- representation.Nearfield and farfieldcalibration procedures for deter- navigationsof the body. Echoes,both analyticallyand experimentally

$108 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S108 obtained,from spherical targets will beused to identifythe propertiesof 11:05 the resonanceringing and associatethe superimposedechoes with the resonancepoles that can be predicted theoretically. alAlso at The Catholic BBB16. Intensityfluctuations of wavespropagating in a randommedium. Universityof America, Washington,DC 20064. Alan R. Wenzcl (Naval Ocean Researchand DevelopmentActivity, Code 340, NSTL Station,MS 39529)

A theoreticalanalysis of the wavefield radiated by a point sourcein a 10:29 one-dimensionalrandom medium is presented.The analysisis basedon the quasi-Rytovmethod, and includesboth multiple forward-scatter and BBBI3. Effects due to elantie responseof some simple bodies on multiple backscattereffects. An approximateexpression for the mean- eoherently processedbroadband echoes. C. F. Gaumond, S. K. squarefluctuating intensity is derivedunder conditions of a weaklydissi- Numrich, and L. R. Dragonette(Naval ResearchLaboratory, patiremedium. This expressionshows that at low and intermediatefre- Washington,DC 20375) quenciesthe intensityfluctuations are a maximumat the sourcepoint, As an approximationunderwater targets are sometimesmodeled as decreasingexponentially with distancefrom the source.These findings point scatterers.However, broadbandechoes from elasticbodies of finite are in qualitativeagreement with analyticaland numericalresults ob- extentcan be modulated by circumferential or internal elastic waves. This tained by Kohler and Papanicolaou[J. Math. Phys. 15, 2186-2197 modulationcauses the echoes tobe temporally broadened and more wide- (1974}].At high frequencies,however, this expression shows that, under ly distributedon a cross-ambiguityplot. The extentof theseelastic effects certain conditions,the intensity fluctuationsreach a maximum at some on pulsewidth, coherence, and ambiguitywill be shownfor severalcases positivedistance from thesource, decreasing monotonically with distance of solid and hollow bodies. in eitherdirection from this maximumpoint. These latter resultsare in qualitativeagreement with observationsof intensityfluctuations of opti- cal wavespropagating in the loweratmosphere. [Research supported by 10:41 NORDA.]

BBB14. Mixed-mode acoustic glory: Model and experimental verification.Kevin L. Williamsand Philip L. Marston(Department of 11:17 Physics,Washington State University, Pullman, WA 99164) BBB17. Scatteringfrom gratingsof high aspectratio complianttubes Scatteringfrom largeelastic or fluid spheresis enhancedalong the embedded in an elastomer. Ronald P. Radlinski and Robert S. Janus backwardaxis due to a weakfocusing. The effectof diffractionon this (NavalUnderwater Systems Center, New London,CT 06320) axialfocusing was shown [P. L. Marstonand D. S. Langley,J. Acoust. An improvedformulation for normalincident plane wave scattering Soc.Am. 73, 1464-1475(1983)] to removean unphysicaldivergence of from gratingsof complianttubes embedded in a viscoclasticlayer im- scatteredpressure predicted by elementaryray acoustics.Our previous modelof this "acousticglory" of elasticspheres was complete only for mersedin fluid is presented.Approximations to boundaryconditions at transmittedwaves within the sphere which were either all longitudinal(L) theinterfaces between the interstice and compliant clements are eliminat- or all shear(S). Thesecontributions were separatedby measuringthe ed by treatingthe intersticeas a viscoelasticplate which has the material backscatteringof shorttone bursts from a glasssphere in waterhaving propertiesof the polymermatrix material. The complianttubes arc treat- ka•457. Measuredpeak-to-peak pressures were typically within 5% of edas two structurallyand acoustically coupled plates with endconditions predictions[P. L. Marston,K. L. Williams,and T. J. B. Hanson,J. whichcorrespond to thosefor the vibrationalmodes of a highlyeccentric Acoust.Soc. Am. 74, 605-618 (1983)].In the presentresearch we com- ellipticalshell. Conditions on normaldisplacement, normal stress, and pletethe theoryfor thecase of mixed-modeglories in whichthere is at tangentialdisplacement relate the compliant plates and viscoclastic plate ]east one L to S or S to L mode conversion due to reflection. A novel boundariesto the surroundingviscoelastic layers. Comparisons of the calculationshows the focalparameters are iodcpcndentof permutations insertionloss for gratingsin fluid and gratingsin viscoelasticlayers in of themode sequence; however, the contributions to thescattering depend fluid will be shown. Limitations of the analysis will be discussedand onsequence. Measured mixed-mode pressures (from the aforementioned calculationswill be comparedwith experimentaldata. sphere)are within 5% of thepredictions. [Work supported by ONR. Mar- ston is an Alfred P. S1oanResearch Fcllow.] 11:29

BBBIS, Precisionmeasurements of the reflection coefficientand of the 10:53 acousticimpedance of materialsin water filled tubes.E. J. Skudrzyk BBBIS. Ultrasoundpropagation and scatteringin randomlydistributed (Applied ResearchLaboratory, The PennsylvaniaState University, particles.Jofi. oC. Machado(COPPE/UFRJ,Department of Biomedical University Park, PA 168021 Engineering,C. P. 68510,Rio deJaneiro, Brazil), Rubens A. Sigelmann, The reflectioncoefficient and theacoustic impedance of materialscan and Akira lshimaru(Department of ElectricalEngineering, University be measuredin tubeseither by monitoringthe amplitudeand phaseof of Washington,Seattle, WA 98195} reflectedsinusoidally modulated pulses, or by determiningthe resonance This paperdeals with experimentaland theoreticalinvestigations frequenciesand the damping observed for a continuouslyexcited standing aimedat increasingthe basic understanding of theinteraction of acoustic wave.The pulsemethod has the advantageof isolatingthe errorscaused waveswith randommedia. The rangesof frequencyare 0.85-3.0 MHz by the tubeconstructional arrangement, while the standing wave method and 5.0-6.0 MHz. The randommedium consists of a suspensionof poly- integratesthese errors with the propertiesof the test probes.The tube styrenespheres (mean diameter 0.589 ram,standard deviation 0.066 ram} itself affectsthe experimentalresults due to vibrationsthat travel in the in a solutionof waterand sugar. For differentconcentrations, experimen- wall and are coupledinto the water, by additionaltube vibrationsthat tal resultsfor attenuationand pulsebroadening for transmissionand occurat itsends and by reflection•caused by discontinuitiesand supports. backscattering,and attenuation as a functionof the receivingangle for Also, the transducerswill be consideredin detail and the effectsof damp- transmissiononly are presented.In the rangeof 0.85-1.1 MHz, the total ing.In thispaper, the behavior of themeasuring tube will beanalyzed and scatteringcross section of the particlesdepends on the lSth powerof recommendationswill be madefor the designof trouble-freetest tubes. frequency.This dependence is dueto the roleof shearwaves inside the [Sponsoredby NAVSEA O5H andby theOffice of NavalResearch (Code particles.The powerspectrum density of a burstof sinewave back- 479).] scatteredfrom the randommedium is measured.The experimentaland theoreticalresults agree well. The complexpropagation constant of the coherentwave in the mediumwith large concentrationsof particlesis measured.It deviatesfrom thosepredicted for a low-densitymedium. For the theoreticalcalculations, the sizedistribution of the particleswas con- 11:41 sidered.[Work supported by CNPq in Braziland the U.S. Army Research Officeand the Officeof Naval Research.] BBB19. Abstract withdrawn.

S109 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol.74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S109 FRIDAY MORNING, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 SUNRISE ROOM, 9:00TO 11:50A.M.

SessionCCC. Psychological Acoustics VI: HearingImpairment; Applied Acoustical Analysis

Donald D. Dirks, Chairman Headand Neck Surgery, Medical Center University of California, Los Angeles, California 90024

Chairman's Introductionre9:00

ContributedPapers

9:05 10:05

CCC1. Patterns of phonemeidentification errors in cooblearand eighth CCCA. Temporal processingin cochlearimplants. Robert V. Shannon nervedisorders. Maureen HarmIcy(Department of Speechand Hearing {ColemanLaboratory, HSE-863, University of California,San Francisco, Science,Arizona State University, Tempe, AZ 85282) CA 94143) The purposeof thisstudy was to determinewhether patterns of phon- Psychophysicalexperiments were conducted to assessthe temporal emeidentification errors differ as a functionof signalpresentation level processingof patientswith multichannelcochlear implants. Threshold among listenerswith eachlearand retrocochlearauditory disorder.An and suprathresholdtemporal integration were similarto normals,with analysisof the speechintclligibility performance of 15 patientswith con- integrationtime constants of 100-200ms and 50-100 ms, respectively. firmed eighth nervedisorder was conducted,using confusion matrices Gap detectiondecreased from 60 ms near thresholdto 1-2 ms for loud derivedfrom responses toa monosyllabicword list. The same analysis was stimuli,similar to normalsat highfrequencies. Forward masking de- conductedon the responsesof a groupof 15patients with eachleardisor- creasedas the delayof the signalfrom the maskerwas decreased, with a ders,matched to theretrocochlear group for age and audiometric configu- time coursesimilar to or slightlylonger than normals.All of thesemea- ration.The resultsindicated that: (1) vowelerrors wcrc marc prevalent suresindicate that temporalintegration and adaptation in implantsare andvaried directly with increasingstimulus presentation level in theret- similarto normals,indicating an intactcentral mechanism. One major rocochleargroup; and (2) consonant errors did not differ in typeor relative differencebetween implants and normals was in thesensitivity to details frequencybetween the two groups,nor was there a level-dependenteffect. of the temporalwaveform. Normals hear little or no differenceas a func- Theseresults are supportedby closed-setvowel identificationtests and tion of phasewithin a complexwaveform, but the samestimuli can cause thusdo not appearto be an artifact of openset testing. Vowel errorsmay largeperceptual differences for implant patients. Implications for implant accountfor a majorpart of the speech"rollover" phenomenon typical of processordesign are considered. [Work supportedby NIH.] retrocochleardysfunction.

9:20 10:20 CCC2. Hearingaid usingan emphasizedspeech for hearing-impaired subjects.Hidenobu Harasaki and Shinji Ozawa(Faculty of Scienceand CCCS. Electrical stimulation of the auditory nerve in man: Dynamic Technology,Keio University,3-14-1, Hiyoshi, Kohoku-ku, Yokohama range as a function of stimulus duration. Mark White (863-HSE, 223 Japan), Hiroshi Oho, and ToshisadaDeguchi (Departmentof Universityof California, San Francisco,CA 94143) Educations,Tokyo (•akugei University, Koganei-shi, Tokyo, Japan) Psychophysicaltests with implantedsubjects indicate that responses A new hearingaid whichemphasizes the phoneticfeatures of mono- to short durationelectrical stimuli (similar in duration to transitional syllablesissuggested in this paper. In vowelparts of speech,we applied a segmentsin speech)exhibit very narrow dynamic ranges, on the orderof digitalfiltering technique to a formantemphasis. The 101order transver- 6-10 dB; whereasresponses to longerduration stimuli can exhibit consid- sal filter emphasizesformant frequencies ( + 10- + 30 riB). This filter erably larger dynamic ranges,on the order of 17-40 dB. A specialized enabledus to reducemisrecognitions of/i/and/e/, /u/and /o/ for formof compressionthat compensates for this variation of thesubject's hearing-impairedchildren. To emphasizeconsonant parts, three empha- dynamicrange may be useful. A verysignificant amount of compressionis sismethods are experimented and discussed. One is an emphasis of ampli- essentialbecause of the narrow dynamicrange elicited by electricalstimu- tudesin consonantpart, the next is a durationexpansion of nasalconso- li in thesesubjects. We haveinvestigated a setof"split-spectrum," multi- nant,and the last is an insertionof silencebetween stop consonants and channelspeech processor configurations. These speech processors have the followingvowels. The combinationsof thesemethods were alsoex- beendesigned to compressthe wide dynamic range of theacoustic envi- perimented.The results of theseexperiments showed a distinctimprove- ronmentinto the very narrowdynamic range of the implantrecipient. A mentin the recognitionratio of monosyllables. setof compressionsystems have been compared to determinewhich stra- tegiesoffer the mosteffective control of stimulusamplitude. [Work sup- ported oy NIH and Hearing Research, Inc.] 9:35

CCC3. Calculation of the external-ear directional filter function of the KEMAR manikin. R. E. Davis, S. Koshigoc, and A. Tubis 10:35 (Departmentof Physics,Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN 47907) In order to assessthe quantitative reliability of tbe calculationof CCC6. Gap detection in sensori-neuraland simulated hearing sounddiffraction by the external car using the boundary-integral-equa- impairments. Mary Florentine (133FR, Communication Research tion methodIS. Koshigoeand A. Tubis,J. Acoust.Sac. Am. Suppl.I 73, Laboratory, Northeastern University, Boston, MA 021151 and S76 (1982)],wc calculatcthe directionalfilter functionfor the KEMAR Seren Buus (413MU, Auditory Perception Laboratory, Northeastern manikinexternal ear. The calculationsarc basedon the assumptionsof University,Boston, MA 021151 blockedmeatus conditions and the embedding of tbeexternal ear in a The minimumdetectable gap MDG in a low-passIf,. = 7 kHz I noise planerigid baffle. [Work supportedby NSF.] was measured monaurally as a function of level in listenerswith normal

Sl 10 J.Acoust. Soc. Am. Suppl. 1,Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society ofAmerica S110 hearing,hearing impairments of primarilycochlear origin, and impair- and3.5 kHz. Forthe normal listeners, the speech was set to 70 dB SPL and mentssimulated by masking.The listenerjudged which of twointervals, thenoise to 80 dB SPL.For theimpaired listeners, the levels were chosen markedby lights, contained the gap anda modifiedBUDTIF procedure to yieldbetter than 95% discrimination in the easiest condition, but poor wasused to measurethe MDG. The resultsfor normallisteners agree with discriminationin the most difficult condition. Both groups of listeners previousdata. Results for sevenimpaired listeners indicate that in most showedthe poorest performance when the noise was centered at 2.5kHz. casestheir MDGs dependon theirhigh-frequency thresholds. For exam- Asthe noise moved away from this critical region performance improved ple,at highlevels, one listener with a low-frequencyimpairment had near- for bothgroups, but more rapidly for thenormal listeners. These results ly normalMDGs, whereaslisteners with high-frequencyimpairments indicatethat the impaired listeners' reduced frequency selectivity may showedenlarged MDGs. Most of the reductionin temporalacuity could contributetotheir difficulty ofdiscriminating speech in noise.[Supported be producedby presentinga normallistener with a maskingnoise spec- by NSF and NIH.] trallyshaped to simulatethe audiogram. However, for twoimpaired lis- tenerswith almost identical audiograms, one listener's performance could be simulatedwell by maskinga normal ear, but the other'sMDGs were 11:20 worsethan the simulationby a factor 1.5 at the high levels.These results indicatethat temporalacuity, per se,may be reducedin some,but not all, CCC9. Changesof tinnitus pitch after monauralexposure to a 1000-Hz impairedlisteners. [Work supportedby NIH Grant RR07143 and the pure tone. I. M. Young and L. D. Lowry (Department of Oto- RSDF of NortheasternUniversity.] laryngology,Jefferson Medical College of ThomasJefferson University, Philadelphia,PA 19107}

A subjectwith tinnitusof 10 000-Hz pitch equ!valentin the left ear and no tinnitusin the right ear wasexposed in the left ear to a continuous 10:50 pure tone 2000 Hz, 107 dB SPL, for 10 min. This exposureresulted in CCC7. Diffraction limitations on sound-imagingexperiments for permanenttinnitus in bothears with similarpitch of 10 000 Hz. Whenthe hearing-aidedlisteners. George F. Kuhn (VibrasoundResearch Corp., left ear wasexposed to a continuouspure tone 1000 Hz, 123dB SPL, for 10957East BethanyDrive, SuiteJ, Aurora, CO 80014) 21 min, tinnitusdisappeared temporarily from stimulatedear but was heardin the nonstimulatedear. In the left ear:6• h afterstimulation, It had beenproposed by Bauer [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 33, 1536-1539 tinnitusreappeared as a mixture of multiple pitches;51 h after stimula- ( 1961}]that two loudspeakersof differentsource strengths in thehorizon- tion, tinnituspitch changedto 4100 Hz, 3 dayslater to 5800 Hz, 5 days tal planecould be usedto producea virtual soundimage, located at other later to 8700 Hz, and 48 days later to the original 10000 Hz and has than the actual source location. It is shown here that, due to the diffrac- remainedthere since. In the nonstimulatedright ear: After stimulation, tion of soundby the head,this particular method produces simultaneous tinnituspitch was7500-8500 Hz for 7 days;thereafter, tinnitus has been and interdependentinteraural time (ITD) and leveldifferences (ILD). The fluctuatingbetween 8500-9500 Hz; tinnitusdid not return to the pre- particular1TDs and ILDs producedby Bauer'smethod do not generally exposurepitch of l0 000 Hz until about9 weeksafter exposure.Differ- correspondto a uniquespatial location and thereforeproduce potentially encein recoverybetween two earswas compared with our previousstud- conflictinglocalization cues. This difficultyis aggravatedby unbalancing ies of 125-, 250-, and 500-Hz stimulation. thehearing aid gainsor their phaseresponse. It appearsfrom the study by A. Nabelek,T. Letowski,and D. Mason[J. SpeechHear. Res. 23, 670- 687 {1980}]that aidedlisteners position the soundimage on the basisof 11:35 interauraltime differences.The role of interauralpressure level differ- enceson the positioning ofsound images could not be established unambi- CCC10. Diagnosis of childhood respiratory diseasebased on acoustical analysis.Elizabeth B Slawinska(Department of Psychology,University guouslyfrom thesedata. of Calgary,Calgary, Alberta, T2N 1N4, Canada}

Diseasesof the respiratorypathways are often associatedwith a nar- rowingof the respiralorychannel. Different diseases are characterized by 11:05 a welldefined locus of theconstriction. Theoretical analyses suggest parti- CCCS. Masking of the/da/-/ga/distinction in eoehlearimpairment. cular acousticalcharacteristics which can aid in diagnosis.Predictions Soren Buns, Joanne L. Miller, and Bertram Schaff (Psychology include(al a shift in spectraldensity to the higherfrequency range, due jointly to an enlargednoise source and the constrictedrespiratory chan- Department,Northeastern University, Boston, MA 02115) nel, in tonsiliris;(b} specific relations between the acousticalpressure/ Discriminationbetween two 300-mssynthesized syllables,/da/and murmur at inspirationand expiration,in congenitalstridor; tcJ several /ga/, presentedin the middleof a 900-msnarrow-band noise, was mea- noisesources generating large high-frequencyamplitudes, in acute sub- suredin threenormal and sixcochlearly impaired listeners. The segmen- glottallaryngitis; (d) stridor during inspiration if the constrictionis in the tal distinctionwas conveyed by the frequencyof the initial burst and the neck or during expirationotherwise, with the narrowingof the traches. form of the third-formant transition, which was 50 ms in duration: For Thesetheoretical predictions are developedand then testedwith experi- /ga/the transitionstarted around 1.9 kHz and roseto its steady-state mentaldata obtained from 500children, including 50 casesof tonsilitis,47 value of 2.5 kHz and for/da/it started around 3.0 kHz and fell to 2.5 kHz. casesof congenitalstridor, 30 cases of subglottal laryngitis, and 24 cases of The narrow-band noises were 300 Hz wide and were centered between 1 narrowingof the traches.[Work supportedby AHFMR and NSERC.]

$111 d. Acoust.Soc. Am.Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America $1 '11 FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 HAMPTON ROOM, 2:00 TO 5:05 P.M.

SessionDDD.-Noise VII: Measurement, Evaluation, and Control

GeorgeC. Maling, Jr., Chairman IBM AcousticsLaboratory, C18/704, P.O. Box 390, Poughkeepsie,New York 12602

Chairman's Introduetion---2:00

ContributedPapers

2:05 rudderof thejet trainer.The specimenswere subjected to thesame excita- tionof thejets of the engines.The durationof testingswere accumulated DDDI, A note on the acousticsof a duet •th a wall treatment of axially to the sameperiod in which the first crack wasdetected on the aircraft imrtitioned porous material. S. W. Rienstra (National Aerospace (100h}. Tests showed that improvementcould be achieved by introducing LaboratoryNLR, P.O. Box 153,8300 AD Emmeloord,The Netherlands) intermediatesupport in the form of a spacerbetween the skins of the Consideredis the problemof soundpropagation through a cylindrical panel,or by increasingthe number ofstiffeners or ribs,or byjust enlarging ductwith a wall treatmentconsisting of a layerof porousmaterial, usually the rib flangesand addingone morerivet row. Initial tensionof the skin fixedby a segmentedstructure. The mathematicalproblem is one of sound alsohad a bettereffect, for example,applying air pressurebetween the fieldsin the duet and in the layer coupledby conditionsof continuity skinsproduced such tension. Alternatively the reductionin skin stiff- acrossthe interface.So, in general,the layer is not locallyreacting and nessescaused by jet temperaturehad an adverseeffect. Extensive theoreti- cannotbe representedby an impedanceof the wall. As a resultcalcula- cal calculationsfor panelinstabilities under various support conditions tionstend to bequite complex. However, in the presentpaper it isshown weremade. There wasa closerelationship between the staticbuckling that if the porouslayer issegmented by an axialarray of annularpartitions modeand the modecausing acoustic fatigue failure. '• Previouslya re- with a smallenough pitch, the couplingof the fieldssimplifies in sucha searchworker at Departmentof Researchand Development,Helwan waythat thecondition of continuityreduces to a boundarycondition, per Aircraft Factory,Arab Organizationfor Industry,Egypt. circumferentialmode similar to that of a point reactingliner. Sothen the porousmaterial is characterizedby a circumferentialmode number-de- pendentimpedance of the duct wall. Consequently,all the well-estab- 2:50 lishedtheory for soundpropagation in ductswith uniformwall imped- anceis applicablefrom hereon. DDIM. Annoyanceto advancedturboprop aircraft flyover noise.David A. McCurdy INASA Langley Research Center, Mail Stop 463, Hampton, VA 23665} 2:20 A laboratoryexperiment was conducted to quantifythe annoyanceto DDD2. The effect of grazing flow on the impedance of Helmhnltz advancedturboprop aircraft flyover noise.A computersynthesis system resonator. Nghiem-Minh Nguyen-Vo, and Peter A. Monkewitz wasused to generate45 realistic,time-varying simulations of propeller (Mechanicsand StructureDepartment, University of California,Los aircraft flyovernoise in whichthe harmoniccontent was systematically Angeles,CA 90024I variedto representthe factorialcombinations of five fundamentalfre- quenciesranging from 67.5 to 292.5 Hz, threefrequency envelope shapes A theoreticalmodel for the acousticimpedance ofa Helmholtzreso- representinghelical tip Mach numbersof 0.63, 0.73, and 0.78, and three natorwith grazing flow is presented for thecase of low-excitationfrequen- tone to broadbandnoise ratios of 0, 15, and 30 dB. In the experiment,64 cy andamplitude and moderategrazing flow machnumber. The analysis subjectsjudged the annoyanceof recordingsof the45 synthesizedflyover is basedon the two-dimensionallinearized invicid equation of motion. noisespresented at D-weightedsound pressure levels of 70, 80, and90 dB The methodof matchedasymptotic expansions is combinedwith the in a testingroom which simulatesthe outdooracoustic environment. C•reen'sfunction technique to solvethe boundaryvalue problem. It is Analysesof thejudgments examine the effects on annoyanceof the differ- shownthat the vorticitygenerated by soundincident on a rigid body is eneasin the harmoniccontent of the flyovernoises. The annoyancepre- "carriedaway" by the grazingflow. This resultsin a transferof acoustic dictionability of variousnoise measurement procedures and corrections is energyto the one associatedwith vortical distribution.The acousticim- also examined. pedanceobtained agrees well with experimentalresults available in the literature.[Research supported by NASA.]

3.•5 2:35 DDDS. Alternative concept for aircraft interior noise control. Curtis DDD3. Acousticfatigue failure of aircraftcomponent. Sabry F. Girgisa• I. Holmer IE-A-R Division,Cabot Corporation, 791 ! ZionsvilleRoad, (Department of Aeronautics, Faculty of Engineering, AI-Fateh Indianapolis,IN 46268) University, Tripoli, Libya) Cuerenttechnology for aircraft interior noisecontrol depends on the Rudderskin cracks were noticed on the lower part of mostaircrafts of useof weightedbarriers and absorbinglayers to controlnoise radiation oneseries. The seriesof aircraftwere grounded for rudderrepair. Investi- into the cabin environment.This ignoresthe presenceof structureborne gationswere made later and a permanentsolution to overcomethis failure flankingpaths to interiorstructural/decorative surfaces which contribute wasdevised. The stressesthat causefailure dependon the dynamicchar- significantlyto the total cabinnoise Icyel. An alternativeapproach is to acteristicsof the paneland on the externalexcitation. The dynamicchar- employstructural damping with (or without)vibration isolation to reduce acteristicswere determinedby groundresonance tests, in the form of noiseradiated. This concepthas significant potential for reducingtreat- resonantfrequencies and modeshapes. The externalexcitation was due to mcntweight, because it canmake use of the weightof deeorativesurfaces intensesound pressure generated by the jets of engines.The excitationof foracoustic functions. In this paper •ve review the results ofa flighttest both lurbulentboundary layer and vortexeffects are at low level.Equiva- demonstrationprogram for thisdamped trim panelconcept. The treated lentspecimens of therudder panel were constructed but with thedifferent aircraft (a 12-14 passengerbusiness jet) exhibitedequal or lower noise designapproaches. Specimens were installedon elasticmountings and level• to that achievedwith weighted-layertreatments with more than a hingedto rigid framesin a similarmanner to the lower part of aircraft 40% reductionin the weightof acousticalmaterials used.

$112 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of Amedca $112 3-20 sented.The formulationis developedas an aid for thedesign of experi- mentsand experimentalprocedures for measuringthe performanceof DDD6. Vibroaeonstichabitability of spacestations. David G. Stephens blankets.The interpretationof dataacquired in suchexperiments is treat- (NASA LangleyResearch Center, Mail Stop463, Hampton,VA 23665) ed in somedetail. A simplifiedanalytical model, which has the gross The predictionand controlof noiseand vibrationis essentialin the featuresof the pressurefield beneath a convectingturbulent boundary designand operationof future spacestations to ensuremaximum crew layer,is utilized. This serves to illustrate the trends that can be anticipated efficiencyand utilization. On a numberof previousspace vehicles, noise in data and to illustratethe effectsof undesireablestray pressure fields. andvibration levels have exceeded design specifications and have evoked Somelimited data were acquired in a quietturbulent pipe facility and are crewcomplaints, particularly in the areasof sleepand communication, treatedwith the developedformalism. Significant features in the data are thussuggesting the needfor bettervibroacoustic prediction and control briefly discussed. techniques.In othercases, adverse reactions have resulted despite design specificationsbeing met whichsuggests that earthbased design criteria maybe inadequatefor spaceapplications. A technologyprogram is being 4:20 formulatedto developprediction methods and control techniques for use in the designand operationof spacestations to ensureacceptable vibroa- DDDI0. Water-flow-induced tones associated with resonant fluctuations consticlevels for bearing,communication• performance, comfort, and of a free floodingcavity. S. A. Elder (PhysicsDepartment, U.S. Naval sleep.The goalsinclude: accurate vibroacoustic prediction and assess- Academy,Annapolis, MD 21402} ment modelsfor spacestation design; criteria for assessingthe effectsof differentspace station crew exposure levels; and newtechniques for con- A towed-modelapparatus designed to studynonresonant water-flow- trolling the vibroacousticenvironment within a spacestation. inducedcavity tones was found to exhibitstrong fixed-frequency oscilla- lion at certainspeeds. Stationary ensonification of themodel by meansof a J9 projectordisclosed six apparent resonances in the range0-200 Hz, five 3:35 of whichcould be excited by flowover the cavity. Aecelerometer measure- mentsof the cavitywall vibrationare consistentwith the hypothesisthat DDD?. Quallfleatlon of a bemi-•nechoic room for sound power level the acoustic oscillation is due to fluctuations in the chamber cross section. determination.Bart L. Burkewitz(E-A-R Division,Cabot Corporation, The strongestmode was found to occurat a Strouhalnumber predictable 7911Zionsville Rd., Indianapolis,IN 46268} by a formulapreviously derived for air pipetones.[Work supportedby As part of E-A-R's technicalexpansion program for its noiseand Naval SeaSystems Command General Hydromechanics Research Pro- vibration control laboratory,an interim hemi-anechoicroom has been gram,administered by the David W. Taylor Naval ShipR & D Center, addedto the facilities.Consistent with collectionof quality acousticdata, Bethesda,MD.] specialacoustic environments need to be understood.To accomplishthis, ANSI StandardS 1.35-i 979, "PrecisionMethods for the Determinationof Sound Power Levels of Noise Sources in Anechoic and Hemi-Anechoic 4:35 Rooms," was selectedas both a tool to guide study of the room and a documentationprocedure to provideassurance to subscqnentrecipients DDDI1, Measured and predicted features of the quasisteady wall of resultsof testsperformed in theroom. This paper will discussthe specif- pressurefield beneathturbulent spotsin a laminar boundarylayer. Fred ic testprocedures used to qualifythe roomunder the standard,data analy- C. De Metz (i 1815Jellten Avenue, Granada Hills, CA 91344} sistechniqu• used, and the idiosyneracies involved in performingtests of this type. Themeasured features of the quasisteady components ofthe wall pres- surefield beneath naturally and artificiallygenerated turbulent spots in a laminar boundarylayer are comparedwith thosecalculated from struc- 3:50 tural modelsbased on the large-scalemotions within the spots.Contrasts reportedin the literslureconcerning whether the wall pressuredistur- DDDS. Documentprinter sourcenoise eontrolmA case history. Daniel banceduring spot passage is initially negativeor positiveand the spatial T. Lilley (E-A-R Division, Cabot Corporation,7911 Zionsville Road, distributionof the spot'swall pressurefield are discussed[Cantwell,. Indianapolis,IN 46268) Coles,and Dimotakis, J. Fluid Mech. 87, 641•72 (1978};Mautner and Noisereduction of at least17

S113 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America S113 FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 COUNCIL ROOM, 1:30 TO 4:45 P.M.

Session EEE. Architectural Acoustics VIII and Musical Acoustics VIII: Architectural Acoustics for the Organ

Ewart A. Wetherill, Chairman Bolt Beranekand NewmanInc., 21120 VanowenStreet, Canoga Park, California91303

Chairman's Introducfion•l:30

Invited Papers

1:35

EEEL Architectural acoustiesfor the organ. Robert B. Newman (Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., Cambridge,MA 02238} Organsare usedin manysettings: churches, concert halls, recital halls, and evenpractice rooms. An organ maybe used as a soloinstrument, as accompaniment to a chorus,or aspart of an orchestralcnsemble. There is a widerange of apprupriateacoustics for the auditoriumas well as placement of the instrumentand performer with relationto the audienceand to the otherperformers. These matters will be discussed.

2.-O5

EEE2. l•eliminry observationsof the influenceof caseworkof pipe orgmtson room acousticalfields. BertramY. Kinzey,Jr. (Departmentof Architecture,University of Florida,Gainesville, FL 3261l) A studioorgan was built for theUniversity of Floridaso that itscasework can enclose the pipeworkexcept for theopen front or beremoved to permitpipes to befree-standing. The sound of pipesin variouslocations was recordedat a numberof pointsin theroom with andwithout the case in place.The universityorganist recorded the sameBach preludeand fugueusing identical registration with and without caseenclosure. Data are presentedshowing the comparative spectral analysis of selectednotes with and without casework. Professional musicianswere asked to pickthe cased and uncased examples of therecorded prelude and fugue and give their reactions.Generally, the soundwith the casein placecontained louder lower harmonicsrelative to higher pitchesthan soundfrom free-standingpipes. Musicians readily differentiated between the easedand uncased examplesof the preludeand fugueand observeda betterblending of encasedhigh-frequency notes which was lackingfor free-standingpipes.

2:20

EEE3. Roomacoustics for organs.Bertram Y. Kinzey, Jr. (Departmentof Architecture,University of Florida, Gainesville,FL 32611} Traditionalcriteria of very reverberantenvironments for organmusic are cited.These are comparedto suchconsiderations assmall instruments in smallspaces vs larger ones in largevolumes. The need for clarity in theaudition of the polyphonicliterature for theorgan is discussed and compared to therequirement of speech intelligibilityin churcheswhere good acoustics for bothmusic and speech are a goal.All thefactore pregented relativeto acousticalenvironments for organsindicate the needfor a broaderrange of criteria than organists and organbuilders and otherstypically accept.

2:35

Presentationsby Panel of Experts

Participants

Daniel W. Martin BaldwinPiano and OrganCompany, 1801 GilbertAvenue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Ronald F. Ellis M.P. Moller,Inc., 403 N. ProspectStreet, Hagerstown, Maryland 21740

Sl 14 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $114 Jean-LouisCoignet Organier-expertfor theCity of Paris,France, Casarant Freres Lte., C. P. 38, St. Hyacinthe,Quebec, Canada J2S 7B2

Manuel J. Rosales RosalesOrgan BuiMers, Inc., 160Glendale Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90026

Duane A. Kuhn ClassicalOrgan Division, Baldwin Piano and Organ Company, 1801 Gilbert Ave- nue, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

LawrencePhelps Allen OrganCompany, Macungie, Pennsylvania 18062

ContributedPaper

3:35 nave.We measuredan average reverberation time near 1.5 s (measuredin thirdoctave bands up to 8 kHz),9bserved inefficient coupling of sound energyfrom the pipe organ chamber via the chancel to thecongregation, EEE4. Electroacousticassistance of parish church organ music. R. dueto locationof thesole acoustic feed high in theside wall of thechancel. L. Prater,F.W. Christie,and C. Stockbridge(American Bell Inc., E. D. To augmentthe acoustic coupling a microphone was positioned infront of & D., Holmdel, NJ 07733) theorgan chamber, and the signal was digitally delayed by 82 ms, ampli- Whenthe new organist at St. George's-by-the-Riverchurch in Rum- fied,and fed into a pair of powerfulloudspeakers positioned high and son,New Jersey complained that his greatest efforts at fillingthe church againstthe rear corners of thenave. This produced a substantial increase with music seemedfutile becausethe reverberationtime was too low, we in soundlevel ( > 6 dBover 3 octaves}.Both we and the organist found the attemptedto quantifythis feeling and explore low-cost remedies. The naturalcharacter of the pipeorgan with thismild electroacousticassist church is of modestsize, a 8.1 X9.6-m chancelarea and a 19.7X 17.8-m quitegratifying.

3:50 to 4:45

Panel Discussion

FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 GARDEN ROOM, 2:00 TO 5:07 P: M.

SessionFFF. SpeechCommunication VIII: SpeechPhysiology and Timing

Peter J. Benson,Chairman ITT-DCD, 10060Carroll Canyon, San Diego,California 92131

Chairman's Introduction--2:00

ContributedPapers

2:05 patternsoften accompanied stuttering episodes, with idiocyncratic strate- giesrevealed for breaking the stuttering block. The envelope for thefirst FFFI. Electroglottographicand acousticwaveforms of voiceonset in EGG cyclesdiffered from normal for some stutterers. Some of thesevere stutterers.Gloria J. Bordenand Thomas Baer (HaskinsLaboratories, stutterersshowed patterns of gradualbuildup of EGG amplitudeafter a New Haven,C-q' 06510) block,whereas the mild stutterersand normalcontrols showed a more Thefirst few glottal pulses in thestuttered and fluent tokens of voiced abruptenvelope. When fluent, all speakershad EGGs with abrupt enve- utterancesby stutterers were analyzed and compared with the initial voice lopesand a morestable open phase for each cycle. EGG activities will be pulsesin thesame utterances bynonstutterers. Signals analyzed were the relatedto theiracoustic correlates. [Work supported by NIH.] impedancechanges across the glottisduring voice initiation via eleetrog- Iottography(EGG) and the acoustic waveforms. In single-cycleanalysis 2:17 of vocalfold vibration,normal speakers evidenced abrupt decrease in impedancewith increasing vocal fold contact, and a moregradual in- FFF2. An aerodynamics•udy of stopswith differentphonation types. creasein impedanceas the folds opened. Stutterers, when perceived as SarahN. Dart and PatriciaA. Keating{Phonetics Lab, Departmentof fluent,followed the same pattern as normals. Extremely aberrant EGG Linguistics,UCLA, LosAngeles, CA 90024}

$115 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL74, Fall1983 106thMeeting: Acoustical Society of America Sl 15 Measurementswere made of intraoralair pressureand oral airflow functionand/or utterance,and in the coordinationof muscleactivity duringthe productionof stopswith differentphonation types. The sounds patternsfor any particulargesture. [Research supported by a grantfrom investigatedinclude Korean lenis and fortis,and Hindi voicedand mur- the NationalInstitute of Health (NS-10424).] mured,stops. An aerodynamicmodel was used to simulatepossible arti- culationswhich could produce air flowsand pressures like those observed. For example,higher intraoral pressure and lower oral flowwere found for 3:05 Koreanfortis as compared to lenisstops. This difference follows from a simulateddifference in vocaltract wall tenseness.Furthermore, the right FFF6. Vibratory patterns of the vocal folds during pulse register shapeof intraoralpressure curves can be simulatedwith a differencein phonation. Robert L. Whitehead, Dale E. Metz, and Brenda subglottalpressures. This analysis-by-synthesisapproach, combining H. Whitehead(National Technical Institute for the Deaf, P.O. Box9887, physiologicalmeasurements and articulatory modeling, provides new in- Rochester,NY 14623} sightsinto differencesin phonationtypes. [Work supportedby USPHS In a previouspaper JR. L. Whiteheadeta!., J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. grantNS 18163-02to PeterLadefoged.] I 73, S47(1983}] we reportedthat duringa singlevowel sample of pulse registerphonation, each vibratory cycle of the vocalfolds consisted of 2:29 eithera doubleor triplepulsing motion prior to achieving complete glottal closure.The currentpaper presents data on twoadditional vowel samples FFF3. Control of rate and movementduration in speech.David J. Ostry, obtainedon the samefemale subject phonating in pulseregister. Glottal Kevin G. Muhall, and Avraham Parush(Department of Psychology, area-timefunctions were calculated, using high speed laryngeal films, for McGill University,Montreal, QuebecH3A lB1, Canada) 35 consecutivecycles from onefilm and for 33 consecutivecycles from the other.The resultsfrom the firstfilm indicatedthat eachvibratory cycle of This paperprovides evidence on the controlof rate and movement thevocal folds consisted of a singleopening/closing gesture followed by a duration in speech.A computerizedpulsed-ultrasound system was used lengthyclosed period. The resultsfrom the secondfilm indicatedthat to monitorseparately tongue dotsum movements and laryngealgestures eachvibratory cycle consisted of a doubleopening/closing vocal fold pat- duringthe productionof CV and CVCVC sequences.The kinematicsof ternfollowed by thelengthly period of closure.From our data,it appears tongueand iaryngeal movements were analysed by partitioningthe lower- that one of the physiologicaldescriptors of pulsephonation is that of inggesture of the tongueand both the abductionand addution gestures multiple, as well as single,vibratory patternsof the vocal folds. [Work of the vocalfolds to give estimatesof displacement,duration, and maxi- supportedby U.S. Departmentof Education.] mum velocity.For botharticulators the ratioof the maximumvelocity to the extentof the gesturewas found to vary inverselywith the durationof the movement.The findingsuggests that a singlefunction might account for a wide rangeof changesin the duration of individual gestures.The 3:17 controlof movementrate and duration through the regulationof biome- FFF7. Stability analysisof the humanvocal cords. Charles Thompson, chanicalcharacteristics of speecharticulators is discussed. J.Wallace Grant, andSharon A. Starowicz(Department of Engineering Science and Mechanics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 2:41 University,Blacksburg, VA 24061)

FFF4. Ultrasonic orientation methods for tongue scanning. Sandra A mathematicalmodel will be presentedto describethe behaviorof L. Hamlet (Departmentof Hearing and SpeechSciences, University of the vocalcords during the productionof speech.The modelfor the folds Maryland,College Park, MD 20742) consistsof two-hingedgates which serve to modulatethe flow through the glottis.The degreeof flow modulationis relatedto the angulardisplace- Real-timeultrasonic imaging of the tonguepresents a problemin ver- mentof thegates. Equations governing the mechanical motion of thegates ificationof the orientationof the scan,especially when detailed measure- arederived by satisfyingconservation of massand momentum across the mentsare to bemade, or replicationof measurementsisattempted. Ultra- glottis.The introductionof acousticimpedance of thevocal tract serve to sonicallyidentifiable landmarks may be free to move(e.g., hyoid bone) and couplemechanical, acoustic, and fluid dynamicelements of themodel. A thuspresent an inherentlyunstable reference. A reviewand evaluation of linearstability analysis will bepresented detailing the rangeof mechanical variousorientation techniques is presented,including (I) useof external constantsfor which the motionof the gatewill becomestable. It is shown facialfeatures for transducerplacement, (2) useof ultrasonicallydistin- that stability of the gate motion is not dependenton the trans-glottal guishableanatomy, {3• placement of oral markersor probes,(4} adoption pressuredistribution but on the acoustic-mechanicalinteraction. of standardspeech and speech-like gestures. [Work supportedby NIH.]

3:29

FFFS. Differential negative resistancein a one-massmodel of the larynx 2:53 with supraglottalresistance. William A. Conrad (30 W. 71 Street, New York, NY 10023) FFF5. Jaw muscle activity for speech and nonspeech gestures. Michele Gcntil and Thomas Gay (Department of Oral Biology, The steadyflow calculationsof Conrad [Conferenceon Physiology Universityof ConnecticutHealth Center, Farmington,CT 06032) andBiophysies of Voice,Iowa ( 1983)],show that the larynx can manifest a differentialnegative resistance, i.e., translaryngealpressure can decrease The activity patternsof the mandibularelevator muscle system were as flow rate increases. These calculations were based on the one-mass investigatedfor speechand nonspeech gestures for the purposeof deter- modelof Flanaganand Landgraf [IEEE Trans.Audio Electroacoust. AU- miningthe possibilityof nenromuscularspecialization for speechin rela- 16, 57-64 (1968}]with addedsupragiottal resistance. If the springacting tion to other mandibular functions. Intra-muscular wire electrodes were on the massis changedfrom linearto nonlinear,the differentialnegative placedinto the sevenmudes of the mandibularsystem and the anterior resistancebecomes bounded by two regionsof positivedifferential resis- belly of the digastric.The activity of thesemuscles was recordedalong tance.As nonlinearstiffness increases, differential negative resistance dis- with a time varying magnetometervoltage that correspondedto the dis- appears.The one-massmodel plus supraglottalresistance can be de- placementof thejaw in two andthree dimensional space. These signals scribedas an N-type, flow-controllednonlinear resistance, QNLR. It is wererecorded from threeadult AmericanEnglish subjects during the well knownin electronicsand elsewherethat a QNLR in a seriesresonant productionof speechat differentrates and for nonspeechgestures that circuit can transformde power to osci!latorypower [e.g., Ph. le Cor- includedborder movements, functional opening-and-closing and masti- bei!ler, Proc. Inst. Elec. Eng. 79, 361-378 (1936}].The systemcan be cation.Results indicated that jaw spacefor speechis the mostrestricted of usefullyanalyzed in termsof vander Porsequation which gives the oscil- any mandibularfunction, jaw movementsfor speechare generallypro- lationcondition, the frequency,rate of build-up,limiting amplitude and ducedby the most simplemuscle action patternsand individual differ- efficiency.The analysisshows that differentialnegative resistance is a encesexist in theselection of a givenmuscle or musclesystem for a specific necessarycondition for oscillation.

S116 d. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America Sl 16 3:41-3:55 Bre•k

ContributedPapers

3:55 4:31

FFF9. Durational characteristicsof vocal and subvocalspeech. Bruce FFF12. Computationof mappingfrom muscularcontraction patterns to L. Smith and JamesHillenbrand (Speechand LanguagePathology, formantpatterns in vowelspace. Y. Kakita (KurumeUniversity School NorthwesternUniversity, 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,IL 60201) of Medicine, Kurume, Japan) and O. Fujimura (Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ 07974} In an attemptto investigateissues related to speechtiming, adult sub- jectswere asked to performtwo tasks. They produced a numberof disylla- In previouspapers [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 62, S15(1977);in bicwords and phrases orally, and they also "thought" the same words and Frontiersof SpeechCommunication Research, edited by B. Lindblomand phraseswithout vocalizing them. Some of the stimuliwere easy to pro- S. Ohman(Academic, London, 1979)], pp. 17-24,we demonstrated that a nouncele.g., "baseball"),while others were more difficult (e.g., "wrist three-dimensionalstatic model of the tonguecan be usedto explainsome watch"}.Subjects repeated each stimulus 20 timesin successionas rapidly basiccharacteristics, in particularan insensitivityof the formantpattern and as accuratelyas possible.Durations of vocaland subvocalproduc- of the vowel[i] to changesin the magnitudeof musclecontraction force tionswere measuredby havingsubjects tap the spacebar of a computer overa widerange when an appropriateset of musclesis used.We have terminaleach time theysaid or thoughtthe word. Measurementsof inter- implementeda computerprogram to computesystematically the map- tap intervalssuggest that stimuliwhich were more difficult to pronounce ping relationbetween various combinations of musclecontractions and vocally(indicated by longerinter-tap intervals} were also more difficult to theresultant formant frequencies in the vowelspace. Muscular modeling producesubvocally (r = 0.86}. However, subvocaldurations averaged for differentvowels are being experimented based on available anatomical about 15% shorterthan oral productions.These findings appear to sup- andphysiological data, in particularthose reported by K. Hondaet al. [J. port modelsof speechproduction which proposethat speechsegments Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 72, S103 (1982)]. Eventually, after the work by havetemporal characteristics associated with themat the abstractorgani- M. V. Mathewset al. [J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 63, 1535(1978)] on mapping zationallevel, but the resultsalso seem to showoutput-level effects as betweenarea functions and formantpatterns, this would illustrate inher- well. ent characteristicsof the inverserelations from F patternsto muscular patternsfor vowels. Uniqueness problems will be discussed with quantita- tive examples. 4:07

FFFI0. Acoustic characteristics of flap productions by American 4:43 English-speaking children and adults. Robert Rimac and Bruce FFF13. Componentsof lingual and labial articulation. Jan Edwards, L. Smith (Speechand LanguagePathology, Northwestern University, Katherine S. Harris (Graduate Center, CUNY and Haskins 2299 SheridanRoad, Evanston,IL 60201) Laboratories, 270 Crown Street, New Haven, CT 06510}, and Acousticcharacteristics of underlying,intervocalic /d/ and /t/ flaps Betty Tuller(Cornell University Medical College, Ithaca, NY 14853and producedby a numberof childrenand adultswere studied to determine HaskinsLaboratories, 270 Crown Street,New Haven, CT 06510) whetherchildren's flaps showed similar propertiesto their other speech One problemin speechproduction research is that it is difficultto segmentswhen compared with adults'productions. Closure durations of relate muscleactivity in individual articulatorsto the resultingmove- flapsand other consonents and a numberof voweldurations were mea- ments.In largepart, this is becausemovement of any givenarticulator is suredusing a laboratorymini-computer system. Contrasts such as "pud- highlydependent on movementof connectedstructures. Both tongue ding/putting"and "writer/rider" produced in a carrierphrase were elic- bladeand lip movementscontain a componentdue to jaw movementin ited usingpictures so that no auditorymodel would be availablefor the additionto a componentthat reflectsmuscle activity of the tongueor lip. children.Preliminary results showed that flapsfrom underlying/d/were Using data obtainedby the x-ray microbeamsystem [Kiritani et al., J. about10% longerin durationthan flaps from underlying/t/for boththe Acoust.SOC. Am., ( 1975)],tongue blade and lip movementswere separat- childrenand adults. Although stressed vowels preceding underlying/d/ ed into thesetwo components.Dynamic characteristics of tongueblade flapswere longer in durationthan those preceding underlying/t/flaps for articulationof/i/and/a/and labial articulationof/p/were examined bothgroups, this contrast was substantially greater for the adults.It was acrossmultiple tokens of two to four syllablenonsense utterances. The alsoobserved that flapdurations were approximately 40% longerfor the children than for the adults, while the durations of the children's vowels timingof lip andtongue blade articulations relative to jaw raisingfor/p/ andjaw loweringfor/i/and/a/is influencedby surroundingphonentic and nonflapconsonant productions were more comparable to the adult's contextand syllablestress. It wasfound that the lip and the tongueblade durationsfor thosesegments. compensatefor somebut notall of thevariations in inter-articulatortim- ingand positioning. [Work supportedby NINCDS.] 4:19 4:55 FFFll. Effects of phrasing and word emphasis on transitional movements•Location and stability of tongue blade iceberg patterns. FFF14. The word-position similarity constraint on segmental speech O. Fujimuraand W. R. Spencer(Bell Laboratories,Murray Hill, NJ errors: Further experimental results. StefanieShattuck-Hufnagcl 07974) (Research Laboratory of Electronics, MassachusettsInstitute of Technology,Cambridge, MA 02139) In previousASA meetings,it wassuggested that certain movements of an articulator that is crucial for both CV and VC identities were often In earlier experimentsit was shownthat speecherrors involving the observedunaffected in their nearpeakparts as stablefragmental time interactionof two targetsegments arc governedby a word-positionsimi- functions,even when large variation in otherportions such as vowel por- larity constraint:two segmentsare morelikely to interactin an error if tionswas introduced by prosodiccontrol. By an automaticprocedure, we they are word initial then if they are stressed-syllableinitial or simply haveidentified the partsof demisyllabictransitions that are likely to be syllableinitial. Further experimentshave shown that this effect( 1) is more stableunder manipulation of phrasingsuch as (21 + 2}X 3 vs21 + (2X 3}, pronouncedfor nonwords than for words, suggestingthat the pheno- and contrasfiveemphases placed on differentwords in a sentencesuch as menonarises during the computationof a short-termrepresentation of the "It's 9 8 11 Brooks Drive." The data were obtained by the computer unitsof the utterancerather than during lexical access, and (2)is foundin controlledx-ray microbeamsystem at the Universityof Tokyo [Kiritani, sentencegeneration tasks as well as in the original tongue-twisterrepeti- Itoh, andFujimura, Acoust. Soc. Am. 57, 1516-1520( 1975)],and pertain, tion tasks,making an expla•nationin terms of memoryconstraints less in thispaper, to thevertical position of a metalpellet placed on the tongue likelyand an accountin termsof productionplanning more likely. [Work blade. supportedby NIH-NINCDS Grant •2 RO I NSO4332 19.]

$117 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America $117 FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 FORUM ROOM, 1:00 P.M.

SessionGGG. UnderwaterAcoustics VII: SignalProcessing (Pr6cis-Poster Session)

Harry A. DeFerrari, Chairman RosensteilSchool of Marine andAtmospheric Science, University of Miami, 4600Rickenbacker Causeway, Miami, Florida 33156

Chairman's Introduction•l:00

Invited Papers

L-OS

GCA•I. High-resolutionbeamforming with oversampled arrays. Charles L. Byrne(The Catholic University of America,Washington, DC 200641and RaymondM. Fitzgerald(Naval ResearchLaboratory, Code 5120, Washington,DC 20375)

Plane-wavebeamforming is interpretableas estimation of the Fourierwave vector spectrum from samples of the spaticilydependent acoustic field. Because spaticily localized sources contribute discrete peaks to the wave vectorspectrum, the useof high-resolutionnonlinear techniques (such as Burg'smaximum entropy method--MEM) to resolveclosely spaced sources has received much attention [Johnson, Proc. 1EEE 70{9), 1018-1028{I 982}].Such techniques are expectedto be mostuseful for shortarrays, whose dimensions do not exceeda few wavelengths,for whichcase conventional beamforming offers poor resolution. Such short arrays typicallycontain a numberof hydrophonesand thus oversample the spatial field; the spacing between adjacent hydrophonesis lessthan one half a wavelength.When MEM is appliedto oversampledarrays, spurious featuresarc oftenproduced due to the concentrationof the spectrumwithin thevisible region of wavevectors. Thesespurious features can be eliminatedthrough the useof a more generalhigh resolutionprocedure, the weightedreciprocal spectrum approximation method [Byrne and Fitzgerald,IEEE Trans.Acoust. Speech SignalProcess. ASSP-31, 276-279 {1983)].

1.-30

GGG2. Signal design considerationsfor long-rangeshipboard active sonar. Thaddeus G. Bell (Naval UnderwaterSystems Center, New LondonLaboratory, New London,CT 06320} Ifs long-rangeshipboard active sonar is to successfullycover target ranges out to thefirst convergence zone at 35 miles,an optimumfrequency about 3 kHz is impliedalong with a usableband approximating 1.5 kHz. This modestband hasmany competingdemands on its utilizationbesides signal design, some of which are subbandallocations for: multiple-shipmutual interference, increased data rate, and adjacentsector coverage withoutreverberation buildup. The basichand segment available for signaldesign must be usedto copewith either high or low Doppler echoesin a combinationof noiseand reverberationinterference. Echoes differ significantlyfrom the transmitted signal from spreading effects both in timeand frequency. Time spreading can beproduced by multiplepaths and target structure. Frequency spreading can be producedby targetand own shipmotion. Reverberation spectra can besignificantly influenced by wavemotion, own shipmotion, relative bearingof transmissionand biologicalscattering resonances. Selected signal design options are consideredfor copingwith theforegoing signal and interference characteristics. Methods of estiniatingconsequent detection performanceare presented.

ContributedPapers

1:55 correlationfor replicashaving the target'strue depth.At present,synthe- sizeddata containingnoise has been used for comparisons.However, the GGG3. Source depth classificationby modal decompositionand methodshows promise ofbeing a usefultool for depthlocalization. Exam- correlation.DeWayne White and StanleyChin-Bing {Naval Research pieswill be presentedfor bothvertical and horizontal arrays. and Development Activity. Numerical Modeling Division. NSTL Station,MS 39529) 1:59 Variousmethods have been and are beingused to classifyand localize submarinetargets using real-time information from acousticsensors. We GGG4. A comparisonof spatial spectra from vertical line arrays of haveinvestigated another technique which utilizesthe environmentand differentaperture using maximum entropy method (MEM) beamforming. its variabilityto excludeItheoretically} all possibletarget depths except Mimi Zebrick Lawrence(ODSI DefenseSystems, Inc., 61 i0 Executive the correctone. The methodinvolves synthesizing the normalmodes us- Boulevard,Rockville, MD 20852) and Dan J. Ramsdale(Naval Ocean ingthe bestavailable sound speed profile and geoacoustic model as inputs Researchand DevelopmentActivity, OceanAcoustics Division, Code to a complexnormal mode model. Both single frequency and broadband 345, NSTL Station,MS 39529• fieldscan be modeled.These synthesized modes are sampledin depth(or range)to forma suiteof replicas.The synthesized replicas are then corre- This studywas undertakento providea preliminaryanswer to the latedwith the roodallydeconvolved incoming data havingthe samespa- questionof howaperture size affects beamwidth and resolution for verti- tial samplingas the replicas.The ambiguitysurface shows relatively high cal linearray data which is processedusing the (MEM) beamformer.This

S118 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America Sl 18 wasdone empirically by examiningthe (MEM) beamformedoutput of a tion levelsfor thispurpose is found.When a signalexceeds the saturation nine-elementvertical line array and reducingthe apertureby deleting levelof the A/D converter,spurious signals will be generatedat new hydrophones.Narrow-band acoustic data were providedby a cw source frequencies,which may aliasback upon the bandof interest.When two or (54Hz) whichwas towed at a nominaldepth of 91 m radiallyaway from more signalsjointly exceedthe saturationlevel, intermodulationeffects thearray. The (MEM) beamformerwas implemented using the Burg algo- amongsignals having different arrival angles may produce spurious sig- rithm in complexform with averagingperformed over the filter coeffi- nalswhich are coherent across the array. These signals appear in frequen- cients.The spatialspectrum was characterized in generalby two domi- cy-wavenumberspace as false targets. An analysisand a computersimula- nantarrivals which varied in angularseparation and level relative to the tion of this effectare presented.The requirementson the minimum backgroundnoise. For arrivalswith highsignal-to-noise ratios and large acceptablesaturation level of the A/D converterare determined. angular separation,preliminary resultsshowed little degradationin beamwidthas the aperture was decreased by a factorof two.As theangu- lar separationbetween arrivals decreased or whenthe signal-to-noise ratio 2:15 decreased,beamwidth and resolutionwere degradedwhen the aperture was reduced. GGG8. Interpolationnoise in a hard-limitedbeamformer. J. W. Young (Bolt Beranek and Newman Inc., 3065 RosecransPlace, Suite 208 San Diego, CA 92110) 2:03 Beamformingtypically requires sampling of individualhydrophone GGGS. Re•po•se of a towed•rray to acousticfields in shallowwater. M. outputsat a rate substantiallyhigher than Nyquist for bandpasspro- J. Buckinghama•(Naval Research Laboratory, Code 5120, Washington, cesses.One approachto minimizingthe samplingrate is the useof an DC 20375) interpolationfilter for reconstructionof intermediatesample values JR. G. Pridhamand R. A. Mucci,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 63,425-434 ( 1978)]. In An analysisof the responseof a towedarray to the modal field in principle,the requiredsamples can be determined without error from the isoveloeityshallow water is presented.In general,the response consists of Nyquistrate samplessince the latter containcomplete information on the a coherentsum over all the modes.However, when the sourceis endfire-on band-limitedelement signal. When the elementsignals are hard-limited, to the array, or in that vicinity,the towingmotion introduces a certain all amplitudeinformation is lostand errors are introducedinto the inter- amountof rangeaveraging into the responseto the farfieldradiation. A polationprocess. Information in a hard-limitedsignal (HLS) is contained criterion is given, in terms of the interferencelength betweenthe two in thezero-crossing times. Basically, sampling a HLS obliteratesthe infor- lowestorder modes in the field,for the degreeofrange averaging required mationnecessary to determineexact zero-crossing times between sample to reducethe outputof the array to an incoherentsum over the modes. values.In this paper,we presentan analysisof the meansquare error This sum is associatedwith a set of virtual sourcesdistributed in azimuth, (interpolationnoise) associated with estimatingthe valuesof the I•LS at eachof whichis associatedwith a particularnormal mode. This means intermediatetimes. We computethe increasein beamnoise power due to that somesignal energy is rejectedby the array,which results in a reduc- this error and show that this imposesa limit on our ability to perform tion in the signalgain. At the sametime beambroadening, or in extreme adaptivenull steeringwith suchan array. casesbeam splitting,arising from the angular spreadof the virtual sources,occurs and this may give rise to a significantbearing error. • Cur- rentlyon exchange from the Royal Aircraft Establishment, Farnborough, 2:19 Hants, UK. GGG9. On the use of focusedhorizontal arrays as modeseparation and source location devices in ocean acoustics-numericalmodeling results 2:07 James F. Lynch (Department of Ocean Engineering,Woods Hole OceanographicInstitution, Woods Hole, MA 02543) and Daniel GGC•. A look at detection performance for maximum entropy K. Schwartz(Department of Physics,Harvard University, Cambridge, beamforming.Arthur J. Collier(Code 5122, Naval Research Laboratory, MA 02138) Washington,DC 20375) It hasbeen shown theoretically that one can performnormal mode A statisticalinvestigation of the detectionperformance of maximum separationand sourcelocation using focused horizontal arrays [J. F. entropybeamforming for low levelsignals is described.The investigation Lynch,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. (to be published)].To illustratethis theory, wasperformed for a horizontalline array with a half-wavelengthfrequen- numericalmodeling results are displayed for both line and convex circula- cy of 500 Hz. Bothsparse and filled array configurations were investigat- ly curvedarrays in range-dependentand range-independentwaveguide ed. Realisticmodels of a deep-waterambient noise field and array self- environments,both in thepresence and absence of sourcemotion. Various noisewere used to definethe expected cross-spectral matrix for the array topicsto bediscussed include: direct measurement of modalgroup veloc- in a noisefield. Signals of 60, 200, and400 Hz comingfrom nearbroadside ities from movingcw sourcemeasurements, determination of environ- and near end-fire were considered. The detection statistics were obtained mentalrange variations, mode interference effects and ray theorymulti- by generatingsample mean cross-spectral matrices with a Wishartdistri- path focusing,and the intercomparisonof focusedarray modefiltration bution,using the Bartlettdecomposition as implementedby Smith and with other standardtechniques, e.g., steering. Hocking[Applied Statistics, 1972]. The resultsare summarized in ROC

2:23

2:11 GGGI0. Initial seatest resultsof a multi-hydrophonedigital buoy system with in-situ Fl:r processingcapabilities. Peter C. King and Peter GGG7. Digitizing effectson noisedynamic range and signalspectra in D. Herstein (Naval Underwater SystemsCenter, New London, CT broadbandarrays. M.D. Green, J. W. Young, and F. I. M. Sullivan 06320) (Bolt Beranekand Newman Inc., 3065 RosecransPlace, Suite 208, San Diego,CA 92110) Two majorproblems have been historically associated with self-con- tainedanalog acoustic data acquisitionbuoy systems. First, analogtape Digitizing of the signalsfrom elementsin an acousticarray resultsin recorder characteristicsbound the obtainabledynamic range of the re- varioustypes of errorsin the beamformingprocess. Among these are ceiveddata. Second,post-processing of the data tapesto obtainthe re- quantizationnoise, clipping noise, spectral distortion, and false-target quiredacoustic information can be bothtime consuming and expensive. generation associatedwith clipping. This paper presentsan analysis of To addressthese problems, a new buoy has been developed at NUSC. theseeffects in the contextof designrequirements for a broadbandreceiv- Acousticdata from eachof eight hydrophonesis digitizedand then fast ing array.The arraymust operate over a specifieddynamic range of am- Fouriertransformed by the buoy'smicro-processor. Complex and ensem- bientnoise. A methodis developed for ensuringthat the sumof quantiza- ble averagedspectral results are thenwritten onto a digitalcassette tape. tionnoise and clipping noise will bekept at a specifiedlevel below ambient An instantaneousdynamic range of morethan 72 dB isavailable over the noiseover the entireoperating range. The optimumselection ofquantiza- frequencyband 2-350 Hz. The spectralresults are computedin 2 Hz

S119 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America Sl 19 incrementsand Harmingweighting is used.The first at-seatest of the 2-.39 systemoccurred in August1983 at a deepwater location near Bermuda. GGGI4. The influence of environment and source motion on broadband In thispaper we will presentresults from thai test. Received signals from acousticcorrelations: A nornmlmode approach, Robert Gragg(Applied stationaryand movingcw sourceswill be emphasized.[This work was ResearchLaboratories, The Universityof Texasat Austin, Austin, TX sponsoredby the SurveillanceEnvironmental-Acoustic Support Project 78712-8029) {SEAS},Naval Ocean Research and Development Activity, Code 520 {C. E. Stuart,Program Manager}.] We dealwith a sourcewhich emits a broadbandsignal $(t } whilemov- ingthrough a shallow{<300 m), range-invariant environment at constant speed,depth, and bearing. The receivedsignal is constructedfrom the result[K. E. Hawker,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 63, 675-681(1979}] for the 2:27 $ {t)• e• case.In termsof Fouriertransforms,

GGGll. Sidelobe level of hyperbolic frequencymodulated (HFM) ^ waveforms.S. I. Chou (Naval OceanSystems Center, San Diego, CA P{r,z,t}•• (S{ca)expl{ik,{to) - n 92 i 52) X [ I -- e,(co)cos0 (t)] Ir -- r,•{t As largetime-bandwidth products are employedfor the widelyused X g../•*[;,ca,{cod }1 U, [zo,o, {co,t}] }" LFM (linearfrequency-modulated) waveforms, the lossdue to the phase mismatchof the peakoutput of a singlematched filter becomes excessive is the signalat r,z,t from a sourceon trajectoryro{t } at depthz o and speech evenfor very moderatetarget radial speeds. HFM {hyperbolicfrequency uo. O(t) is the source-receiverangle, e•(co}=v•/t/•ca}(I, and modulated}waveforms can eliminate this loss.An early resulton sidelobe to,,{co,t ) = to- vok,{ca)leos O{t ) -- e, {co}]is a Doppler-shiftedfrequency. levelof HFM waveform[J. J. Kroszczynski,Proc. IEEE $7, 1260-1266 We model subkilohertz-bandsignals in this way for fixed explosive {1969}]apparently has errors in itsderivation in applyingasymptotic ap- sources{SUS) and for movingnoise sources. The signaland its autocorre- proximationtechniques. The only numerical result provided there did not lationare comparedwith experimentaldata to determinethe importance agreewell with the analyticallyderived result, despite the claim to the of environmentalfactors {gross SVP features,finer SVP details,bottom contrary.In the presentpaper, new asymptotic results have been derived attentuationprofile} and sourcemotion {speed and cparange), as well as usingintegration by partsin thecorrect direction, so that termsdiscarded sourceand receiver depths. [Work supportedby DARPA TTO andNaval aresmaller than the quantity being approximated. Computer simulations ElectronicsSystems Command {Code 612}.] usingseveral sets of parameters,including the one mentioned above, com- parewell with the newanalytic approximations. The increasedsidelobe level of HFM waveform over that of the LFM one is much less than indicatedby the early approximation.

GGGIS. Cross correlation of two hyperbolic-frequency-modulated {HFM} waveforms.S. I. Chou{Naval Ocean Systems Center, San Diego, 2:31 CA 92152}

GGG12. Array gain improvementsat low SNR and low frequency via In a multi-userradar/sonar environment, or in the caseof a singleuser maximumentropy beamforming. Donald R. De1 Balzo {Naval Research but with differentpulses transmitted, it is important to know the cross correlationof the waveformsas a functionof time delay. The cross-corre- Laboratory,Code 5.120, Washington, DC 20375} lationproperty of two differentlyswept LFM {linear-frequency-modulat- It isfairly well accepted that nonlinearbeamformers will significantly ed}waveforms is straightforward from the viewpoint of usingthe station- improvearray performance for the caseof moderateto highinput SNR ary-phaseapproximation. There, as one waveform's frequency-time curve and near the designfrequency. Most applicationsof high-resolution slidesagainst the other's,the intersectingangle remains constant over an beamformershave beentarget resolutionand localization,assuming an interactioninterval in timedelay corresponding to thecommon frequency initial detectionhas beenmade. This work addressesarray gain at low intervalof thetwo waveforms. The picturechanges vastly when the two SNR for bladerate frequencieswell belowdesign using a maximumen- LFM waveformsare replacedby t.woHFM {hyperbolic-frequency-modu- tropy beamformer{MEB} on a horizontal,bottomed array. Simulation lated}ones. In this paper,the crosscorrelation over suchan intervalis resultsshow array gain improvements for the MEB, whencompared to a established.Using examples,the analyticalapproximation is shownto conventionalapproach, that dependon the input SNR and averaging comparefavorably with numericalsimulation results. The difference time. betweenthe analyticand numerical results is furthercharacterized using the unity volumeconstraint for narrow-bandcross-ambiguity function which is lesserknown than the auto-ambiguitycounterpart.

2:35

GGGI3. A ray theory simulatorof a movingbroadband source. James 2.-47 D. RatlilT and Clark S. PenrodlApplied ResearchLaboratories, The Universityof Texasat Austin, Austin, TX 78712-8029} GGG16. Coherent wavefront resolution. Donald A. Murphy {1062 Valencia Mesa Drive, Fullerton, CA 92633• A computermodel is describedwhich simulatesand processesthe timeseries received from a movingbroadband source. Ray theoryis used Resolvingcoherent arrivals is fundamentallydifferent from resolving to computethe setof eigenraysinstantaneously valid at eachsource emis- arrivals from independent sourcesbecause an interference field is created siontime in a rangeinvariant environment characterized by an arbitrarily by the coherentarrivals. This resultsin a field whichis not spatiallysta- depth-dependentwater-column sound-speed profile atop a singlesedi- tionary.At high signal-to-noiseratios considerably better resolution is ment layer with linearsound speed and attenuationprofiles overlying a possiblethan for the caseof independentsources. An array which hasa semi-infinitehomogeneous substrate. The receivedtime series is obtained null of the interference field at its center will resolve the two arrivals for by a discretetime domainconvolution of an arbitrarysource waveform aperturesconsiderably smaller than expectedby usingthe Rayleighcrite- with a setof impulseresponses which depend on emissiontime and propa- rion. The phasedifference of the two arrivalsis critical to resolutionin tMs gationpath. The received time series can be autocorrelated or crosscorre- case.Resolution of this type was observedwith signalswhich were re- latedto examinethe impact on broadbandsignal processing due to envir- ceivedat a fixed array in the deepocean from a singlelow-frequency onmental(particularly bottom interaction} effects, source motion effects sourceover long propagationpaths through complicated sound speed IDopplerand multipath structure evolution}, and the choice of signalpro- structures,thus demonstrating the coherenceof the multipathsinvolved. cessingparameters. Example correlation functions are shown to illustrate The coherenceof the verticalmultipaths follows from the discretenature the effectsof someof thesemechanisms. [Work supportedby Naval of the arrival structure.In this caseeach multipathis not appreciably OceanResearch and DevelopmentActivity, Code 530.] spreadin arrival angle.

S120 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S120 2:51 2:55

GGGI?.Sensitivity ofa passivehorizontal-tracking algorithm toinput- GGG18. Eigenvaluedetection threshold statistics. Peter C. Mignerey measurementerrors. P. Bilazarian,'1 W. L. Siegmann,and M. (Naval ResearchLaboratory, Code 5120 Applied Ocean Acoustics, J. Jacobson(Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, NY 12181) Washington,DC 20375) We considerthe passivedetermination of bearing,range, depth, fre- A promisingmethod for high-resolutionbeamforming on underwater quency,and horizontal velocity for a narrow-bandacoustic source which arraysis the eigenvectordecomposition method which requires know- movesat constantdepth. An algorithmfor trackinga movingsource is ledgeof theexpected noise in orderfor multipleeigenvalues to occur.[D. developedand employed, using a horizontallinear array whichis towedat H. Johnsonand S. P. DeGraaf, IEEE Trans. AcousticsSpeech Signal fixeddepth. The sourceand receivermove with constanthorizontal veloc- Process.30, 638 (1982).]It is presentlynot well understoodhow to objec- ity in the upperportion of a deepocean and are separatedby relatively tivelyseparate the signaland noisesubspaces. When the correlationma- shortrange. Acoustic signals are presumedto arrivealong two upper- tricesare estimated with a finitenumber of degreesof freedomthe rank oceanray paths. The tracking is accomplished using a newcombination of becomesfull and the½igenvalues spread. Under these conditions the clas- processedmultipath information from the ray paths,frequency shifts sificationof eigenvaluesmay be madeusing statistical methods. A Gaus- from a cw emission,and directionalmeaurements from the lineararray. sianprocess was applied to the hydrophonesof a ten-elementfilled array The sensitivityof predictionsfor three-dimensionalposition, frequency, andsample noise matrices were generated in the metricof otherindepen- and horizontalvelocity are demonstratedfor small variationsin environ- dent samplenoise matrices. Probability densities were obtainedbased on mentalparameters and acousticmeasurements. Results for a varietyof 106samples for eacheigenvalue and the broadside beam of conventional, source-receiverconfigurations are discussed.Variance estimates of posi- maximumlikelihood and maximum entropy beamformers. A comparison tion and motionpredictions are obainedin termsof input measurement of ROC curvesdemonstrates sufficient detection capability by the eigen- variances.[Work supported by ONR.] ,I Presentaddress: Siena College, value method to allow the establishment of detection thresholds for the Loudonville, NY 1221 I. objectiveclassification of eigenvalues.

FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 11 NOVEMBER 1983 SENATE/COMMITTEE ROOMS, 1:00 TO 4:35 P.M.

SessionHHH. Underwater AcousticsVIII: Scattering and Noise

Herman Medwin, Chairman Departmentof Physics,Naoal Postgraduate School, Monterey, California 93940

Chairman's Introductionml:00

ContributedPapers

1:05 The backscatteringfrom a manganesenodule field is studied.The theorypredicts a dependenceof reflectivityon acousticwavelength, nod- HHH1. Surfacestatistics and the spatial coherenceof surface-scattered uleshape, nodule size and number of nodulesper unit area. First results energy.W. A. Kinney (NORDA Code 340, NSTL Station,MS 39529) froma recentdeep tow expedition(ECHO Leg01, June1983) are present- and C. S. Clay (Departmentof Geologyand Geophysics,Weeks Hall, ed. The variabilityof reflectivitywith nodulecoverage and sizeis dis- Universityof Wisconsin,Madison, WI 53706) cussedfor eachof severalfrequencies (4.5, 9, 28, 60, 110,163 kHz). The The facet-ensemblemethod [W. A. Kinney et al., $. Acoust.Soc. Am. acousticdata, obtainedsome 70 m abovethe deepsea floor, are compared 73, 183-194(1983}] was used to determinehow the statisticsof a rough with bottomphotographs and box cores taken along the same path. surfacerelate to the spatialcoherence of energyscattered from it. Two ideal water surfaces were studied. One had a sawtooth cross section de- rivedfrom the sum of the firstfour terms of a Fouriersine series represen- 1:35 tation. The cross section of the other surface was derived from the sum of the sameterms but with eachhaving random phase. This resultedin two HHH3. Wind- and wave-inducedacoustic noise at very low frequencies. surfaceseach with the samerms roughness(0.2 cmI, spatialwavelength A. C. Kibblewhite,• K. C. Ewans, and D.C. Coup (Departmentof (16cm}, and spatial wavenumber components, but differentcross-section- Physics,University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand) al shapes.With eachsurface, the acousticfield in waterwas computed at two receiverlocations for both backscatterand forward scatterfor a graz- Underwater ambient noiseis known to be dependenton the wind. Severalmechanisms have been proposed to explainthe natureof the trans- ing angleof 35 (with respectto the surfacemean), 11210kHz, and a total travel distanceof 421 cm. For backscatter,the pressureamplitudes and fer of energyfrom the wind field to the acousticnoise field. Examples include wind and wave turbulence and nonlinear interactions between coherencevalues differ considerablybetween the two surfaces,and the differencesincrease with increasingreceiver separation. For forwardscat- surfacewaves, which given rise to manyphonemenu not presentin linear ter the differencesare much less.[Work supportedby NORDA.] theory.This study examines these wind-related mechanisms from the low endof the acousticspectrum. Data from a long-termstudy of oceanwaves and the associatedmicroseismic field recordedashore has produced evi- 1:20 dencehelpful to the identificationof processesactive in the acousticfield at somewhathigher frequencies.The uniqueenvironment under which HHH2. Variability of acoustic reflectivity over a manganesenodule theserecordings were made in New Zealandhas contributed to the suc- field. F. N. Spiess and Marco M.P. Weydert (Marine Physical cessof the study. Correlationswith ambient noiserecorded by a shallow Laboratoryof the ScrippsInstitution of Oceanography,University of waterhydrophone were also made. '• VisitingScientist, Applied Research California, San Diego, San Diego, CA 92152} Laboratories,The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, TX 78712-8029.

$121 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl. 1, VoL 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S121 1:50 2:50

HHH4. High-frequencyacoustic sea surfacescatter correlated with HHHS. AppUeation of the composite roughness model to bottom wind and wave measurements.Steven O. McConnell (Applied Physics bagkscatterlng. Darrell R. Jackson {Applied Physics Laboratory, Laboratory, University of Washington, Seattle, WA 98105), Universityof Washington,Seattle, WA 98105},Dale P. Winebrenner, SerhadAtakturk, and Kristina B. Katsaros (Department of and A. lshimaru (Departmentof ElectricalEngineering, University of AtmosphericSciences, University of Washington,Seattle, WA 98195) Washington,Seattle, WA 98 ! 95) Backscatterand forward-scatter measurements were made at frequen- Oceanbottom acousticbackscattering is modeledas an incoherent ciesranging from 20 to 50 kHz (principally21 and40 kHz} in Lake Wash- sumof intensifiesdue to interfaceroughness and volume inhomogeneity. ington.Simultaneous measurements were made of thewind speed, stress, Roughinterface scattering is treated by a versionof thecomposite rough- anddirection, and of the largeand small scale wave height up to frequen- nessmodel similar to that appliedto the seasurface [S. T. McDaniel and ciesof 30 Hz. The waveheight sensors penetrated the watersurface at the A.D. Gorman,J. Geophys,Res. 97, 4127-4136(1982}]. The volumescat- approximatecenter of the areaof ensonification,allowing a spatiallyas tering portionof the modelemploys the first-ordermultiple-scattering well as temporally simultaneouscomparison of scatteringlevels with approximationincluding refraction and large-scaleinterface slopes, but waveheight. Preliminary results show the backscatter level to beabout 10 neglectslayering [A. N. Irakin and Yu. P. Lysanov,Soy. Phys. Acoust. dB lessthan in the openocean for a givenwind speed. This resultmay be 27, 212-215 (1981}].The modelis comparedwith data presentedat the due to differencesin near-surfacebubble size density distributions Cincinnatimeeting [J. •. Crisp,P. A. G. Thomas,A.M. Baird,and D. R. betweensalt and fresh water [Scott, Deep-Sea Res. 22, 653--657(19751]. Jackson,•. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1 73, S97(1983)] using power-law fits to measuredbottom relief spectra.The relativelyslow fall-off of these spectracauses the composite roughness model to be sensitiveto the large- 2:05 scalecutoff wavenumber. [Work supported by ONR.]

HHHS. Ocean ambient noise at very low frequencies. Frederick D. Cotaras, Harold M. Merklinger, and lan A. Fraser (Defense 3.'05 Research Establishment Atlantic, P.O. Box 1012, Dartmouth, Nova Scotia, Canada B2Y3Z7} HHH9. Spectra and limits of boundarywaves at grazing ineiclenceover rough surfaees. Gerald L. D'Spainf Emily H. Childs,'• and' Ambient noisein the frequencyrange i to 20 Hz was measuredat a Herman Medwin {PhysicsDepartment, Naval PostgraduateSchool, numberof sitesin the North Atlantic. Freely drifting, surface-suspended Monterey, CA 93940} hydrophoneswere used. A digitalradio telemetry link wasused to trans- mit the acousticdata to an attendingship. It isshown thal the characterof Previouslywe havepresented measurements of the large,coherently the noisein the l-4-Hz rangeis differentfrom that in the 6-20-Hz range. scattered,boundary wave amplitude and dispersionfor low-frequency The distributionof 5-rain averagesof noisepower in narrowfrequency grazingpropagation over rigid planes with rigid hemispherical or hemicy- bandsshows significant differences in standarddeviation, skew, and kur- lindriealbosses. Recent laboratory studies with wedgecorrugations and tosisobserved above and below5 Hz. The highcoherence of noisemea- with sphericalroughness elements, and for rangesup to kR = 3000,show suredby two independentmeasurement systems 150-300 m apart hori- that:{a} the growth of theboundary wave amplitude is self-limited; and zontally givesstrong evidencethat the noise measuredin the 1-5-Hz the spectrumof the boundarywave amplitude is a functionof the slope range was not flow, turbulence,or electricalnoise related. There is an andsize of thewedge corrugations. [Research supported by theOffice of indicationin the data that two noisemechanisms may be responsiblefor NavalResearch.] '} OceanAcoustics Associates. the noisein the l-5-Hz range;at leastone of theseis wind speedrelated.

3:20

2:20 HHHI0. Coherentresponse to a point sourceirradiating a roughplane. R.J. Lucas'• andV. Twersky(Department of Mathematics,University HHH6. High-frequency scattering from the sea surface. Suzanne of Illinois, Chicago,IL 60680) T. McDanid {AppliedResearch Laboratory, The PennsylvaniaState University,University Park, PA 16802] We considera pointsource of soundexciting a planarrough surface, and write the coherentresponse as the Sommerfeld-Weylintegral in Compositeroughness theory provides one meansof treatinghigh- termsof the .reflection coefficient (R) forcorrelated distributions ofprotu- frequencyscattering from the seasurface. In thismethod, the surfaceis berances(bosses} on rigid or free baseplanes. The coefficientR and the artificiallypartitioned into two wavenumberregimes leading to results associatedangle-dependent impedance arc determinedby the ensemble- that are dependenton preciselyhow the surfaceis partitioned.in this averagedmultiple scattering amplitude {F} for one fixedboss of revolu- paper,diffractlye corrections to the geometricaloptics solution of the tion, and F is specifiedby its singlescattered value and the statistical- Kirehhoff integral are derived.The correctionterms, in this case,arise mechanics radial distribution function (p} for impenetrable disks. quitenaturally from an asymptoticexpansion of the scatteringintegral Low-frequencyforms in termsof simpleintegrals ofp delineatemultipolo and are, hence,not dependenton the choiceof an arbitrary parameter. couplingand packingeffects on propagationand attenuation(arising Numerical results are obtained for a Iwo-dimensiona] surface and com- from incoherentscattering as well asabsorption} as functions of the frac- paredwith Iheresults of compositeroughness theory. [Research support- tion {w}of baseplane covered by bosses.Approximations of the response cd by NORDA.] integraland correspondingplots are presentedto exhibitthe d•pendence on w andon otherkey parameters,and near-grazing aspects are empha- sized.a• Visiting from Mathematics Dept., Loyola University, Chicago, 2:35 IL.

HHH7. Comparisonsbetween sinusoidalboundary s•attering theories and measured data. Diana F. McCaramon {Applied Research 3:35 Laboratory,The PennsylvaniaState University,University Park, PA 16802] HHHII. Model of high-frequency ambient noise in coastal waters. David Dunlap (Bendix Oceanies, 15825 Roxford Street, Sylmar, CA An exactgolution to scatteringfrom a sinusoidalboundary has been 91342} presentedby Holford [J. Acoust.SOC. Am. 70, I i 16-1128{1981)]. This solution,and the approximatesolutions of Kirchhoff,Eckarl, Brekhovs- A computersimulation of Ihe directionaldependence and level of kikh, and Rayleighare contrastedwith the measureddata given by La- intensityof high-frequencyambient noise in coastalwaters has been de- Casceand Tamarkin [J. Appl. Phys.27 [2] (I 956]]for threedifferent sur- veloped.Many investigatorshave shownthe directionaldependence of faceroughnesses. Very goodagreement is obtained by theHolford theory, surfacegenerated noise. This paperextends that work to higherfrequen- especiallyin the locationof reflectionamplitude peaks and zeros. ciesto simulatethe backgroundin whichsome active sonar systems must

S122 J. Acoust.Soc. Am. Suppl.1, VoL74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America S122 operate.Contributions from thermalnoise and biologicallyproduced normaland 30 ø angles of incidenceversus windspeed are presented.Pro- noiseare also considered in thetotal levels. The surfacewind noise compo- filesof volumescattering are shownin relationto the water columnchar- nent is modelledas a variablegeometric pattern of point sourceswhose acteristics.The bottomscattering, as observed via a surface-bottom-sur- densitymay alsobe varied. Initial levelsand bottom reflectioncoefficients facepath is controlled by surfaceroughness. Statistical distributions of the aretal•en from the literature, and results are compared with measured backscatteringobservations are compared with the Rayleighianprobabil- data.The noiseintensity is presented as a functionof frequency,depth and ity densityfunction. These observations clearly indicatethe potentialof vertical direction. utilizing the DCP4400/300 to gain usefulinformation about sea surface conditionsand abouthigh-frequency backscattering in general.

3:50

HHH12. Measurements of wind-generated noise levels in the Eastern 4:20 Indian Ocean.D. J. Kewley and A. S. Burgess{Department of Defense, Weapons SystemsResearch Laboratory, Defense Research Centre HHH14. Sonar estimates of sea floor microroughness.T. K. Stanton Salisbury,South Australia} {MarineStudies Center, University of Wisconsin,Madison, WI 53706}

Recordingsof ambientsea noise made with a verticallinear hydro- This paperpresents an analysisof theeffects of microroughnessof the phonearray {VLA} at five sitesin the EasternIndian Ocean have been oceanbottom on a sonarsignal. The resultsbest apply to featureswhere analyzedfor wind-speeddependence. Use is made of the vertical direc- the roughnessamplitude is lessthan one-quarterof an acousticwave- tional discriminationof the VLA to resolvenoise generated at a distance lengthsuch as with ripples,beds of rocks,and nodules.The shapeof the and locally generatedwind noise.The resultsare comparedwith data probabilitydensity function (PDF} of the echoenvelope is examinedin fromsimilar experiments off the east coast of Australia[A. S. Burgessand termsof the rmsroughness and a newparameter, the correlationarea of D. J. Kewley,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 73, 201-210 (1983}]. the bottom.The area is equalto the productof the x andy correlation distancesalong the floor.The PDF is shownto be extremelysensitive to small changesin the roughness.Furthermore by determiningthe rms 4:05 roughnessfrom standardcoherent reflection measurements, the correla- tion area maybe extracteddirectly from the PDF. Thusboth verticalas HHHI3. Observationsof scattering at 300 kHz. Lloyd C. Huff and well as lateral informationis obtainablefrom sonardata. The technique Robert G. Williams (NOAA, National Ocean Service,6001 Executive can be usedto discriminatebetween different types of bottomsthat may Boulevard,Rockville, MD 20852) have the sameroughness but differentcorrelation areas, for examplea Observations made with a modified Ametek-Straza model floorwith ripplesversus one with rocksor nodules.The analysiscombines DCP4400/300 Doppler currentprofiler during an experimentto charac- two approaches:{1} A generalstatistical model employing the Rice PDF terize the current measurementperformance of the DCP4400/300 in a (S.O.Rice, in SelectedPapers on Noiseand StochasticProcesses, edited by bottom-mounted,upward-looking configuration afforded the opportuni- N.Wax {Dover, New York, ! 954},pp. 133-294] and {2} a theory originated ty to observenarrow-beam backscattering over an interestingrange of by Eckart[C. Eckart,J. Acoust.Soc. Am. 25, 566-570( 1953}].The analy- environmentalconditions. CTD casts,water samples for particulatedis- sisis applied to sonardata collected from the continental shelf near Cape tributions,and wind velocity measurements were made concurrently with Hatteras, North Carolina. The resultsare consistentwith the known char- the acoustic observations. The functional forms of surface backscatter at acteristics of the area.

S123 J. Acoust.Sec. Am. Suppl.1, Vol. 74, Fall 1983 106th Meeting:Acoustical Society of America 5123'